Apollo - Moon
Bookbinders
Tel. (03) 836 1800
SS
U
ZS
5
,
$
j
b
rs
yar
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
ЖЕЕ UR
gm А ша У
T ge ne Mi пі 9р,
4 AA : af EN
Oy РЕ» м | INS
P Ma ^
y t %
"f 1€
DP 102 | p
-6At wp TE
uem КУА
РАА
— yon P d
a?
ts
Volume 15, Part 1, 11 March 1988
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, Dr
D.P.A. Sands or to the Business Manager, Dr E. Brough, Australian
Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia
4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian dollars,
can be accepted.
The Entomological Society of Queensland membership is open to anyone
interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held in the Entomology
Department, University of Queensland on the second Monday of March-June,
and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's
News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notice of other Society events and information on Members’ activities.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary А$15.00 p.a. ($13.00 if paid by Ist March).
Country & Overseas A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Associate: students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council - A$10.00 p.a., ($8.00 if paid by Ist March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology, University
of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 1
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
EDITORIAL
At the request of Max Moulds the Entomological Society of Queensland
has agreed to take over publication of Australian Entomological Magazine
from Volume 15, 1988. Max has capably edited the Magazine from its
first issue in July 1972 until the final part (6) of Volume 14, published
at the beginning of 1988.
The Australian Entomological Magazine has provided an effective
medium for the publication of some categories of valuable observations
which might not otherwise have been published. In addition it has served
as an avenue for the publication of more detailed research.
Australian entomologists are further indebted to Max and Barbara Moulds
for compiling an accumulative bibliography of Australian entomology,
providing a valuable source of references to recent publications.
The Magazine will continue to publish articles from amateur and
professional entomologists and remain a vehicle for a wide range of
Australian entomological research manuscripts, notes and book reviews.
Contributions from neighbouring Pacific countries, especially Papua New
Guinea and south Pacific nations will be encouraged.
An editorial committee comprising Editor, Assistant Editor and Business
Manager will be responsible for the quality and production of the Magazine,
with assistance from others from time to time for non-editorial matters.
Articles will normally be submitted to two referees before being assessed
by the Editor and Assistant Editor for suitability.
For advice and suggestions on the format of the new series of the
Magazine, I am grateful to several contributors and in particular, to Patricia
Wellisch, Publications Officer, CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Canberra.
I would.like also to thank Sybil Monteith for the logo used for the cover
of the Magazine.
The original aims of the Magazine will continue with the production
of a publication of high standard. I look forward to continued support from
the subscribers and contributors who have helped to establish Australian
Entomological Magazine as a publication of international entomological
value.
D.P.A. Sands
2 ~" 475 f
С ls: {
5 =
(Editor)
LIBRARY
2, Aust. ет. Маг. 15 (1), 1988
FOUR ADDITIONAL ANTLION RECORDS FROM
BARROW ISLAND, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
(NEUROPTERA: MYRMELEONTIDAE)
C. N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, College St., Sydney, N.S.W., 2000.
Abstract
Four species of antlions are recorded for the first time from Barrow Island, Western Australia,
Introduction
Smithers (1984) gave an account of the lacewings and antlions of Barrow
Island, listing sixteen species. New (1985) added three species of antlions
to the list. This paper records an additional four species, collected by МАН,
Butler, bringing the total number of species to ten. The material will be
deposited in the Western Australian Museum.
New Records
Heoclisis conspurcata (Gerst.). 1 male, 1 female, 1 without abdomen, 15-20.11.1983. W.H.
Butler. Previously known from Queensland, Northern Territory and mainland Western
Australia.
Cosina mclachlani (Weele). 1 male, 15-20.iii.1983. W.H. Butler. Previously known from
Queensland, Northern Territory and Western Australia.
Mestressa subfasciata (Banks). 3 males, 1 female, 15-20.iii.1983. 1 male, 1 incomplete
specimen, 12-23.v.1983. W.H. Butler. Previously known from Queensland, Northern Territory
and Western Australia.
Bandidus sp. near congestus (Gerts.). | male, 5 females, 2 incomplete specimens, 15-
20.11.1983. 1 male, 16-23.iv.1983. W.H. Butler.
The following ten species of antlions are now known from Barrow Island:
Myrmeleon pallidus (Esb. Pet.), Eophanes distinctus (Banks), Bandidus Sp.
near congestus, Bandidus sp. near pulchellus, Heoclisis acuta (Kimmins),
Н. fulvifusa Kimmins, H. fundata (Walk. Н. conspurcata, Cosina
mclachlani and Mestressa subfasciata.
Acknowledgement
I would like to thank Mr W. Н. Butler for collecting and allowing me to
study the material listed in this paper.
References
NEW, T.R. 1985. A revision of the Australian Myrmeleontidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). I.
Introduction, Myrmeleontini, Protoplectrini. Australian Journal Zoology. Suppl. Ser. 104: 1-
90, figs 1-339. II. Dendroleontini. Australian Journal of Zoology. Suppl. Ser 105: 1-170, figs.
340-1041. Ш. Distoleontini and Acanthoclisinae. Australian Journal of Zoology Suppl. Ser.
106: 1-159, figs 1042-1605.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1984. The Neuroptera of Barrow and nearby islands off Western Australia.
Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 61-68.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 3
NANOPHYLLIUM PYGMAEUM REDTENBACHER
(PHASMATODEA: PHYLLIIDAE: PHYLLIINAE) A
LEAF INSECT RECENTLY RECOGNIZED IN
AUSTRALIA
D.C.F. RENTZ
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T 2601.
Abstract
A small leaf insect, Nanophyllium pygmaeum Redtenbacher, is recorded from rainforest in
Australia for the first time. The species was originally described from Papua New Guinea.
Notes on its biology, including culture in the laboratory, and its change in body form from
nymph to adult are presented.
The 1986 Australian National Insect Collection expedition to Iron Range
in northeastern Queensland yielded the first determinable Australian
specimen of the leaf insect Nanophyllium pygmaeum Redtenbacher. The
genus and species was described from Katau, New Guinea in 1907 in
Brunner and Redtenbacher's classic phasmatid work and the Australian
example agrees with the description and figures presented there. The male
is smaller and more slender than most other leaf insects but readily
identifiable as such by its peculiar legs and flanged abdomen (Figs 1, 2).
The first records of this genus from Australia were probably those of
G.B. Monteith, who collected a series of nymphs from Iron Range in Feb.
1976. But his specimens died as nymphs and could only be recognised as
species of Phylliinae. One of these specimens is preserved in the Queensland
Museum.
A single specimen collected as a nymph by the author was found at |
12? 44' S, 143° 14'Е, 3km ENE of Mt Tozer, nr Iron Range National Park,
northeastern Queensland, 29 June 1986. The specimen matured on 25
December 1986 and died on 19 January 1987. It was swept by hand net
from an isolated small shrub about 1.5 m from the ground, a few metres
from one of the many branches of the Claudie River. The nymph was
approximately 10 mm long. In captivity the individual had a strong tendency
to move upward and I suspect if its host shrub had been in contact with
a larger tree, the insect would have been seen in higher vegetation. Intensive
collecting over the following three weeks failed to yield a single additional
specimen. Interestingly, this was approximately the same locality where Dr
Monteith had collected his specimens.
The nymph was kept alive in the field by providing it with young leaves
of its unidentified "host" plant. It was transported to Canberra, where it
was offered the choice of a variety of plants but preferred the young leaves
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Fig. 1. Mid-instar nymph of Nanophyllium pygmaeum Redtenbacher. Note
female-type characteristics of body shape and length of antennae.
Fig. 2. Adult male, same individual. Note change in characters noted above
and decidedly slender appearance.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 5
of Pyracantha sp. (Rosaceae). The nymph was kept in a plastic cylindrical
cage with a wire screen top, with ample Pyracantha sp. foliage and water
was provided. Temperature was maintained at 25?C and the lighting
maintained on a 12 hour light, 12 hour dark regime. The food plants were
positioned so that they came into contact with the top of the cage to prevent
the nymph from inadvertently starving to death.
The nymph (Fig. 1) was thought initially to be a female. The broad,
flat appearance, yellow green colour and very short antennae being typical
of females of other phylliine species. It moulted several times apparently
at night, each time consuming its old exuvium. Prior to moulting, the insect
became sluggish and listless and did not feed. When the adult finally
appeared (Fig. 2) not only was it a very small phylliine (30 mm) but it
also seemed to change its appearance from male to female. The figures show
the same individual, Fig. 1 at middle instar and Fig. 2 at adult illustrate
the difference in body proportions, structure and antennal length.
The increase in number of antennal segments between nymph and adult
and the difference in colour and pattern is also graphically portrayed.
The adult male lived for 27 days in the laboratory. Mr T. James (pers.
comm.), convener of the Phasmatid Study Group based in England, notes
that PAyllium spp. males live for only 2-3 weeks as adults; females live
much longer. The adult male of N. pygmaeum became very active and
attempted to fly which it did feebly when disturbed. The tegmina and wings
are shining black with a bluish overcast similar to some Hymenoptera and
it is my impression that the species may be a hymenopteran mimic. The
adult fed very little and remained motionless during the day unless disturbed.
Drawing from his experience in breeding four species of the related genus
Phyllium, Mr T. James informs that they produce non-adhesive eggs which ,
are randomly broadcast by the females. Seemingly, they eventually land on
the ground and if true with N. pygmaeum, this is the reason I was able
to find the young nymph on an isolated sapling. In the related subfamily
Necrosciinae, various species attach their eggs to stems or bury them in
the ground (John eft al. 1987).
References
JOHN, B., RENTZ, D.C.F. and CONTRERAS, N. 1987. Extensive chromosome variation
in the stick insect genus Sipyloidea Brunner von Wattenwyl (Phylliidae: Necrosciinae) within
Australia and descriptions of three new species. /nvertebrate Taxonomy |: 603-630
REDTENBACHER, J. 1907. In 'Die Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden'. (K. Brunner von
Wattenwyl and J. Redtenbacher, 1906-1908). pp. 181-338, pl. VII-XV. (Verlag Engelmann:
Leipzig.)
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
A NEW HOST PLANT FOR JUNONIA VILLIDA CALYBE
(GODART) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
DAVID G. JAMES
Yanco Agricultural Institute, New South Wales Department of Agriculture,
Yanco, N.S.W. 2703
Abstract
A food plant for larvae of Junonia villida calybe (Godart), Arctotheca calendula (L.) is
recorded for the first time.
Larvae of the meadow argus butterfly, Junonia villida calybe (Godart)
feed on various native and introduced herbaceous plants. Recorded hosts
include species from the Plantaginaceae, Verbenaceae, Scrophulariaceae,
Gentianiaceae, Portulacaceae, Convolvulaceae, Goodeniaceae and Asteraceae
families (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). In the Asteraceae only Epaltes
australis Lessing has previously been recognised as a host for J. v. calybe.
During October 1986 females of J. v. calybe captured at Griffith, New
South Wales, readily oviposted upon another member of the Asteraceae,
Arctotheca calendula (L.) (cape-weed), when held in captivity. Larvae
developed successfully on this plant and produced adults. Another group
of larvae held in a field cage containing the commonly used host-plant
Plantago lanceolata (L.) (plantain), and A. calendula, utilised both species
as a food supply.
The extent of natural use of A. calendula as a larval host by J. villida
is unknown. However, in most years A. calendula is abundant in western
New South Wales during spring and may be an important host plant for
the migrating populations of J. v. calybe that occur at this time of year
(James unpub. obs.; Smithers 1985)
References
COMMON, L.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. 'Butterflies of Australia.' Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
SMITHERS, СМ. 1985. Migration records in Australia: 5 Lycaenidae and Nymphalinae
(Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 91-97.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 7
A REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENUS
ATROPHANEURA | REAKIRT (LEPIDOPTERA:
PAPILIONIDAE)
D. L. HANCOCK
5 Northampton Crescent, Hillcrest, Bulawayo, Zimbabwe
Abstract
The classification of Atrophaneura Reakirt is revised. Pachliopta Reakirt (= Losaria
Moore, syn. nov.; = Balignina Moore, syn. nov.) is recognized as a subgenus, comprising
the coon and polydorus groups. A. hector (Linnaeus) is removed from the polydorus group
and included with A. antenor (Drury) in subgenus Pharmacophagus Haase (= Tros Kirby,
syn. nov.) The phylogeny and biogeography of the genus are discussed.
Introduction
The 45 species considered here were placed in two separate genera,
Pachliopta Reakirt and Parides Hübner (subgenus Atrophaneura Reakirt),
by Munroe (1961). This arrangement was disputed by Hancock (1980, 1983),
who recognized Atrophaneura as a distinct genus and placed Pachliopta
as a synonym of it. Munroe (1961) assigned the species to five species-
groups, which were accepted unchanged by Hancock (1980, 1983). Both
authors, however, noted that the position of A. antenor (Drury) from
Madagascar, may need to be revised. More information on this species is
now available, both from dissected material and data provided by Paulian
and Viette (1968). This information enables the systematic position of A.
antenor to be resolved.
Another anomalous species is the Indian A. hector (Linnaeus). Generally
included in the polydorus group, this species lacks the hypertrophied socii
and tegumen of the male genitalia seen in other species in the group (and
used as a generic character by Munroe 1961), and A. Лестог has relatively .
broader wings than the other members of the polydorus group. Examination
of the female genitalia (Fig. 1) shows this species to be closely related to
A. antenor, despite the very different shape of the male valvae. The shape
of the wings and tail support this arrangement. The female genitalia of these
two species share with both the coon and polydorus groups (Figs 2, 3) the
presence of an elongate, apically sclerotized ductus bursa. They differ from
both these groups in the much more elongate corpus bursa and signum.
With the removal of A. hector, the polydorus group becomes a very
homogeneous assemblage. This group is closely related to the coon group,
as noted by Hancock (1980, 1983), based on morphological characters of
the adults, and by Igarashi (1984), based on larval characteristics. Indeed,
Igarashi (1984) included both groups in the genus Pacliopta. even though
male genitalia characters do not agree with Munroe's (1961) diagnosis of
the genus. Based on the female ductus bursa, A. antenor and A. hector would
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
also be referable to Pachliopta and some authors may choose to recognize
this as a genus. Here however, Pachliopta and Pharmacophagus are both
regarded as subgenera of Atrophaneura, in line with earlier findings
(Hancock 1980, 1983). Whatever course is followed, the concept of
Pachliopta as a genus remains untenable unless both the antenor and coon
groups are included.
Classification
Genus Atrophaneura Reakirt
For a generic diagnosis see Hancock (1980, 1983). Although often |
considered to be a subgenus of Parides, the medial extension to the basal
suture on the pseuduncus seen in all species where the suture is entire
demonstrates the affinity of this genus with Troides Hübner and its allies.
The early stages also support the recognition of Atrophaneura as a separate
genus. Grey colour-forms of the larva occur in Atrophaneura, Troides,
Ornithoptera Boisduval and Trogonoptera Rippon, but apparently not in
Parides or other troidine genera.
Six species-groups are recognized here, placed in three subgenera. Only
available names have been listed in the respective synonymies, for
unavailable names see Hancock (1980, 1983).
Subgenus Atrophaneura Reakirt
Atrophaneura Reakirt, 1865, Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 3: 446. Type species
A. erythrosoma Reakirt (= semperi C. & R. Felder).
Byasa Moore, 1882, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1882: 258. Type-species
Papilio philoxenus Gray (= polyeuctes Doubleday).
Pangerana Moore, 1886, J. Linn. Soc. 21: 51. Type-species Papilio
varuna White.
Panosmia Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, 1887, J. Proc. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal 55: 374. Type-species Papilio dasarada Moore.
Karanga Moore, 1902, Lep. Indica 5: 157. Type-species Papilio nox
Swainson.
Male hind wing with inner marginal androconia (scent-organ) well
developed and woolly. Male genitalia with pseuduncus well developed, the
basal suture entire and extending for a distance down mid-line; socii and
tegumen not hypertrophied; valvae well developed, entire or weakly
emarginate dorsally and distally; harpe broad, serrate or toothed; aedeagus
short and stout, curved. Female corpus bursa rounded, the signum well
developed, elongate and relatively broad; ductus bursa short, stout and not
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 9
sclerotized (Figs. 4-5). The larva has a supraspiracular tubercle on the first
abdominal segment (Igarashi 1984).
There are two species-groups.
(i) latreillei species-group
Male hind wing with inner marginal fold narrow; tail well developed
and spatulate. Male valvae entire; harpe serrate or spinose; pseuduncus with
medial extension of suture short (figured by Hancock 1980). This group
contains 15 species from southeastern Asia and Japan (Igarashi 1984, Collins
and Morris 1985).
Species: daemonius (Alpheraky), plutonius (Oberthür), alcinous (Klug),
latreillei (Donovan), polla (de Nicéville), crassipes (Oberthür), adamsoni
(Grose-Smith), nevilli (Wood-Mason), /aos (Riley & Godfrey), mencius (C.
& R. Felder, impediens (Rothschild), febanus (Fruhstorfer), hedistus
(Jordan), dasarada (Moore), polyeuctes (Doubleday).
(ii) nox species group.
Male hind wing with inner marginal fold very broad and rolled-up; tail
vestigial or absent. Male valvae weakly emarginate dorsally and distally;
harpe toothed (figured by Hancock 1980). This group contains 12
southeastern Asian species, placed here in two subgroups. A. tungensis Zin
and Leow (1982), described from Sumatra, appears to be a hybrid nox x
hageni.
priapus subgroup: Male with valvae dorsally rounded and pseuduncus
with medial extension of suture short. Hind wing with a distinct yellow,
blue or green postdiscal band enclosing black spots. Southern Burma to
Sumatra and Java. Four species: priapus (Boisduval), sycorax (Grose-Smith),
hageni (Rogenhofer), /uchti (Roepke).
nox subgroup: Male with valvae dorsally pointed and pseuduncus with
medial extension of suture elongate. Hind wing not as above. Northern India
and Taiwan to Sulawesi and Bali. Eight species: semperi (C. & R. Felder),
kuehni (Honrath), horishanus (Matsumura), aidoneus (Doubleday), varuna
(White), zaleucus (Hewitson), nox (Swainson), dixoni (Grose-Smith).
Subgenus Pharmacophagus Haase
Pharmacophagus Haase, 1891, Bibl. zool. 8: 15. Type-species Papilio
antenor Drury.
Tros Kirby, 1896, Handbk to Order Lepidoptera, Part 1, Butts 2: 305.
Type-species Papilio hector Linnaeus. syn. nov.
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Wings relatively broad; tail very narrow, non-spatulate; male hind wing
with inner marginal androconia (scent organ) absent, the inner marginal fold
narrow. Male genitalia with pseuduncus reduced, the basal suture absent
or weakly present at sides, never present medially; socii and tegumen not
hypertrophied; valvae entire or vestigial; harpe relatively narrow or much
reduced; aedeagus long and slender, straight. Female corpus bursa elongate,
the signum elongate and narrow; ductus bursa long, slender and sclerotized
in apical portion (Fig. 1). The larva retains the supraspiracular tubercle on
the first abdominal segment (Woodhouse and Henry 1942, Okano 1983).
There are two species-groups.
(i) antenor species-group.
Fore wing with numerous white spots; hind wing with a postdiscal series
of three white spots towards the costa and scattered blue-green scales;
antenna red, the club straight. Male genitalia (Fig. 6) with valvae well
developed, entire; harpe relatively narrow and with a large tooth posteriorly;
pseuduncus short, broad, with two small dorsal tubercles but without a basal
suture (not absent beyond suture as previously noted).
This group contains only А. antenor from Madagascar. The female |
genitalia were figured by Paulian and Viette (1968), the larva by Okano
(1983).
(ii) hector species-group.
Fore wing with subapical and discal white bands; hind wing generally
with a postdiscal series of red spots (the three towards the costa being best
developed) but no metallic scales; antenna black, the club curved. Male
genitalia with the valvae vestigial; harpe thorn-like; pseuduncus short, broad,
with a trace of suture at sides (figured by Hancock 1980).
This group contains only A. Лестог from India, Sri Lanka and the
Andaman Is. Woodhouse and Henry (1942) recorded a specimen with the |
red hind wing spots suppressed and greenish-blue reflections present, and
described the larva in detail; the supraspiracular tubercle on the first
abdominal segment is small.
Subgenus Pachliopta Reakirt
Pachliopta Reakirt, 1865, Proc. ent. Soc. Philad: 3: 503. Type-species
Papilio diphilis Esper (= polydorus Linnaeus).
Losaria Moore, 1902, Lep. Indica 5: 184. Type-species Papilio coon
Fabricius. syn. nov. |
Balignina Moore, 1902, Lep. Indica 5: 187. Type-species Papilio |
neptunus Guérin-Méneville. syn. nov. |
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Figs 1-7. Male and female genitalia. 1-5: Corpus bursa and ductus bursa of
Atrophaneura. 1: A. hector; 2: А. neptunus; 3: A. aristolochiae; 4: A.
polyeuctes; 5: A. varuna. 6-7: Male genitalia of Atrophaneura. 6: A. antenor;
7: А. neptunus. (p = dorsal view of pseuduncus).
12 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Wings narrowed; male hind wing with inner marginal androconia (scent-
organ) reduced or absent, not woolly, the inner marginal fold narrow. Male
genitalia with pseuduncus often reduced, the basal suture absent or weakly
present at sides, never present medially; socii and tegumen often
hypertrophied; valvae dorsally emarginate or greatly reduced; harpe narrow
and longitudinal, or a transverse ridge; aedeagus long and slender, straight.
Female corpus bursa rounded, the signum short and broad; ductus bursa
long, slender and sclerotized in apical portion (Figs 2-3). The larva lacks
the supraspiracular tubercle on the first abdominal segment (Igarashi 1984).
There are two species-groups.
(i) coon species-group
Male hind wing with scent-organ present; tail petiolate. Male genitalia
with valvae dorsally emarginate but well developed; harpe narrow and |
longitudinal or a transverse ridge; pseuduncus with or without traces of
suture at sides; socii and tegumen not hypertrophied. Female corpus bursa
rounded; signum rounded, composed of spicules; ductus bursa sclerotized
for a relatively long distance (Fig. 2). This group contains four southeastern
Asian species, placed here in two subgroups.
neptunus subgroup: Male with valvae mitten-shaped and with a weak
dorsal emargination (Fig. 7; Hancock 1984); harpe a transverse ridge;
pseuduncus short and without suture; socii bent downwards. Hind wing with
postdiscal patches only. Malaya and Palawan to Sulawesi. Two species:
neptunus (Guérin-Méneville), palu (Martin). When viewed in incident light,
the black wing areas of A. palu have a violet sheen.
coon subgroup: Male with valvae strongly dorsoapically emarginate;
harpe elongate and longitudinal; pseuduncus elongate and with traces of
suture at sides; socii not bent downwards (figured by Hancock 1980). Hind
wing with discal and submarginal patches or spots. Assam and Hainan to
Andaman Is. and Sumatra. Two species: coon (Fabricius), rhodifer (Butler).
(ii) polydorus species-group
Male hind wing with scent-organ vestigial or absent; tail present or absent
but not petiolate. Male genitalia with valvae greatly reduced; harpe thorn-
like; pseuduncus with or without a vestigial suture at sides; socii and tegumen
hypertrophied (figured by Hancock 1980). Female corpus bursa rounded;
signum relatively short and narrow, striate; ductus bursa sclerotized for a
relatively short distance (Fig. 3). This group contains 12 Indo-Australian
species, although A. aristolochiae kotzebuea (Eschscholtz) is regarded as
a distinct species by some authors (e.g. Collins and Morris 1985).
Species: jophon (Gray), pandiyana (Moore), oreon (Doherty), liris (Godart),
polyphontes (Boisduval), schadenbergi (Semper), mariae (Semper), phegeus
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 13
(Hopffer), phlegon (C. & R. Felder), atropos (Staudinger), aristolochiae
(Fabricius), polydorus (Linnaeus).
Phylogeny and Biogeography
A reappraisal of the relationships of the subgenera and species-groups
of Atrophaneura can now be made. Based on outgroup comparison with
Troides, Ornithoptera and Trogonoptera, subgenus Atrophaneura appears
to be the most primitive, since these groups have several features in common,
such as the unsclerotized ductus bursa, well developed valvae, stout and
curved aedeagus, medial extension to the pseuduncus suture (except in
Trogonoptera, where the pseuduncus is reduced) and well developed scent-
organ on the male hind wing.
The various differentiating characters of Pharmacophagus and Pachliopta
all appear to be derived, as is the loss of the lateral supraspiracular tubercle
on the first abdominal segment of the larva in Pachliopta. This tubercle
is present in Atrophaneura, Pharmacophagus and the Troides group (Igarashi
1984), and also in Parides and Battus (Scopoli) (Moss 1919). Although more
detailed information is required, it appears that the larvae of both
Pharmacophagus.species have a pair of black-tipped tubercles on the
prothorax, whilst the pupae have the lateral expansions of the thorax reduced.
In Atrophaneura and Pachliopta these prothoracic tubercles are wholly red,
whilst the lateral expansions of the pupae are more pronounced.
The elongate corpus bursa and shape of the signum, plus the postdiscal
spots and narrow tail of the hind wing, suggest that antenor and hector
represent sister-groups. The reduced valvae of the polydorus group, different
from the vestigial condition seen in A. hector, represent an extreme
development of the dorso-apical reduction seen in the coon group, and
these also appear to be sister-groups. Larval characters support this .
arrangement. The suggested phylogenetic relationships of the six species-
groups are shown in Fig. 8.
Having established the relationship of the various subgenera and groups,
some interesting biogeographical hypotheses can be proposed, which amend
the discussion by Hancock (1980, 1983). It is very likely that the Troides
lineage radiated from Sundaland, suggested by the presence there of both
Trogonoptera and Troides subgenus Ripponia Haugum & Low and the
existence of Ornithoptera in the New Guinea region. Based on pattern
characters, particularly the extent of the yellow areas on the hind wing and
the iridescent scaling on the underside, Ripponia is considered to be more
primitive than subgenus Troides, forming a link with Ornithoptera (Hancock
1983).
Atrophaneura appears to have radiated from further north, with the
unspecialized latreillei group centred in southern China and neighbouring
14 Aust. ent. Маг. 15 (1), 1988
areas, but not in India. A spread to Sundaland appears to have resulted in
the differentiation of Pachliopta. In the present author's opinion, a taxon
is more likely to undergo change whilst colonizing a new environment than
in one where it has stabilized, hence the numerous specializations seen in
Pachliopta support the suggestion that it is the colonizer. The coon group,
with its less reduced valvae and non-hypertrophied tegumen and socii
appears to be less specialized than the polydorus group, suggesting a
latreillei
nox
antenor
hector
coon
polydorus
Fig.8. Phylogenetic relationship of the species-groups of Atrophaneura. |
Character sets: 1: Male scent-organ well developed and woolly; suture at base of
pseuduncus entire; harpe broad; aedeagus short, stout and curved; ductus bursa
short, stout and unsclerotized. 2: Male scent-organ reduced or absent; suture at
base of pseuduncus absent medially; harpe narrow; aedeagus long, slender and
straight; ductus bursa long, narrow and apically sclerotized. 3: Tail narrow;
corpus bursa elongate; signum elongate and narrow; larva with a supraspiracular
tubercle on first abdominal segment. 4: Tail petiolate, spatulate or absent: corpus
bursa rounded; signum short and broad; larva without a supraspiracular tubercle
on first abdominal segment. See text for characters delimiting species-groups.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 15
Sundaland origin for the subgenus. At a later stage this colonization was
repeated by the nox group of subgenus Atrophaneura, again accompanied
by some character specialization, such as loss of the tail, expansion of the
scent-organ and reduction of the valvae. The priapus subgroup, with its less
reduced valvae and short medial extension of the pseuduncus suture (as seen
in the /atreillei group), appears to be less specialized than the nox subgroup.
This suggests that the лох group radiated from Sundaland rather than from
further north.
An early offshoot from Pachliopta apparently reached India as
Pharmacophagus and from there it spread to Madagascar. The Sundaland
ancestor then split into two, to give the coon and polydorus groups. The
original Pachliopta ancestor in Sundaland apparently adapted to drier forest
types than Atrophaneura, perhaps as a result of competition with the already
established Trogonoptera and Troides. This presumably assisted in its
dispersal into India and Madagascar. А. hector is known to be migratory
(Woodhouse and Henry 1942).
The Old World troidines appear to have been closely associated with
southeastern Asia for a considerable period of time. They probably arrived
there at the same time Cressida Swainson reached Australia, both evolving
from South American ancestors during the tectonic break-up of continental
Gonwanaland. As such they provide strong biological evidence for the
suggestion (apparently no yet fully embraced in biogeographical studies) that
southeastern Asia, including southern China, was a part of Gondwanaland,
closely associated with India and Australia. Geological and palaeontological
evidence for this were provided by Ridd (1971) and Cooper (1980)
respectively.
Acknowledgement
I am grateful to Lt. Col. J. N. Eliot (UK) for supplying material of A.
neptunus for dissection.
References
COLLINS, N. M. and MORRIS, M. G., 1985. "Threatened swallowtail butterflies of the World,
the IUCN Red Data Bodk.' IUCN, Gland & Cambridge.
COOPER, M.R., 1980. Palaeobiogeography and the reassembly of Gondwanaland. South
African Journal of Science 76: 35-37.
HANCOCK, D. L., 1980. The status of the genera Atrophaneura Reakirt апа Pachliopta
Reakirt (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 7: 27-32.
HANCOCK, D. L., 1983. Classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera): a phylogenetic
approach. Smithersia 2: 1-48.
HANCOCK, D. L., 1984. A note on Atrophaneura palu (Martin) 1912. Papilio International
1: 71-72.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
IGARASHI, S., 1984. The classification of the Papilionidae mainly based on the morphology
of their immature stages. Tyó to Ga 34: 41-96.
MOSS, A. M., 1919. The Papilios of Para. Novitates Zoologicae 26: 295-319, 3 pls.
MUNROE, E. 1961. The classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Canadian
Entomologist, Suppl. 17: 1-51.
OKANO, K., 1983. The revision of classification on the genera of Papilionidae in the World
(preliminary report). Part 1: with description of a new genus. Tokurana 5: 1-75.
PAULIAN, R. and VIETTE, P., 1968. Insectes Lépidoptéres Papilionidae. Faune de
Madagascar 27: 1-97, 19 pls.
RIDD, M. F., 1971. South east Asia as а part of Gondwanaland. Nature, London 234: 531
533.
WOODHOUSE, L. С. О. and HENRY, С. M. К., 1942. 'The Butterfly fauna of Ceylon.’
Ceylon Journal of Science. Colombo, 172pp.
ZIN, S. Z. and LEOW, K. F., 1982. A new species of Atrophaneura butterfly from Sumatra.
Malayan Nature Journal 35: 285-290.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 17
NEW LOCALITIES AND BIOLOGICAL NOTES FOR
THE GENUS ONTHOPHAGUS LATREILLE
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
КЛ. STOREY! and T. A. WEIR?
Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 1054, Mareeba, Qld 4880.
? CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
New distribution records are given for 25 species of Australian Onthophagus Latreille, as
well as biological and descriptive notes for some species.
Introduction
The scarabaeine genus Onthophagus Latreille is the largest genus of dung
beetles in the world and also in Australia, which has 173 described and
at least 30 undescribed species. Matthews (1972) revised the Australian
species which has stimulated interest in the group.
Storey (1977) described six new species and work by the present authors
on the description of other new species is continuing. Allsopp (1975, 1977,
1978), Williams (1979) and Williams and Williams (1982, 1983a, 1983b,
1983c, 1984) have published various papers on regional scarabaeid faunas
including Onthophagus, covering parts of coastal New South Wales and
southeastern Queensland, with notes on seasonal activity and food
preferences.
This paper lists many new localities for 25 species of Onthophagus with
notes on the biology and morphology of some. Most of the new records
are from northern Queensland, especially the Atherton Tableland and Cape
York Peninsula. Pitfall traps baited with human faeces were one of the most
effective means of collecting this genus (Matthews 1972) but light traps,
and more recently flight intercept traps, have been very effective in obtaining
rare species.
For convenience, the species are placed in the order used by Matthews
(1972). 'The majority of specimens on which the records are based are housed
in either the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, A.C.T. or the
Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, Qld.
New Records and Biological Notes
O. carmodensis Blackburn
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2-6km SE Broome, 14-18.xii.1975, R.I. Storey.
Matthews (1972) examined only the type and two old specimens of this
species. New records came to human faeces.
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
O. prehensilis (Arrow)
QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 3-10.iv.1975, M. Walford-Huggins;
15.04S, 145.07E, Mt Webb Nat. Pk, 27-30.iv.1981, J. Feehan; 15.035, 145.09E, 3km NE
of Mt Webb, 30.iv.-3.v.1981, J. Feehan; 15.24S, 145.03E, Hazelmere Station, 24km WNW
of Cooktown, 8.v.1981, J. Feehan; Station Ck, 16km NW of Mt Molloy, 14-15.iv.1973, К.І.
Storey; Davies Ck, via Mareeba, 10-11.1у.1973, R.I. Storey; Tolga, 15-20.111.1985, 23-
30.x.1985, 6-13.xi.1985, 20.1.1986, J.D. Brown; 12km W of Herberton, 11-15.1.1979, R.I.
Storey; Watsonville, 22-27.111.1980, КЛ. Storey; 3-14km along Mt Spec Rd, Paluma, 10-
11.1у.1973., R.I. Storey.
This species was previously known only from the unique type, collected
at Kuranda. Extensive trapping on the Atherton Tableland area has produced
a good series of this species and some modifications to the description given
by Matthews (1972) are warranted: total length 9.6 - 12.4 mm; in the male,
the degree of the effacing of the frontal clypeal carina is variable from totally
effaced to almost totally intact, and the elytra of some specimens are more
nitid than others; the female is like the male except the frontal clypeal carina
is stronger but still partially effaced in some, and the elytra are often more
nitid with only a trace of a sericeous texture in some.
This species is very close to O. glabratus Hope but is easily separated
from it and others in the g/abratus group by the characters given in
Matthews’ (1972) key. О. muticus Macleay is commonly taken with O.
prehensilis on the Atherton Tableland but can be separated by the more
nitid pronotum and more prehensile tarsal claws.
Trapped with human faeces and taken at light traps, from Paluma north
to Iron Range.
О. muticus Macleay
QUEENSLAND: Granite Gorge, Mareeba, 10.xi.1986, N. Bryde.
This is one of the few records of this commensal species taken on
domestic animals. It is common in November attached to the hairs on the
rumps of goats.
O. peramelinus (Lea)
QUEENSLAND: Watsonville, via Herberton, 22-27.111.1980, R.I. Storey; 12km W of
Herberton, 29-30.xii.1978, К.І. Storey; Tolga, 15-28.iii.1985, 23-30.x.1985, 13-20.xi.1985,
7.11.1986, 3.11.1986, J.D.Brown.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution as northern New South Wales
and southern Queensland. Specimens are recorded here from the Atherton
Tableland in northern Queensland. These specimens are identical to southern
specimens except the major males have the basal pronotal horn less
developed, though still prominent, and some have а few setae on the lateral
margins of the pygidium. The presence of a slight depression along the
posterior margin of the pronotum helps to separate this from related species.
Taken at human faeces and in light traps in open forest.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 19
O. jalamari Matthews
NORTHERN TERRITORY: Mary R. Crossing, Arnhem Highway, 27-30.xi.1978, R.I. Storey.
QUEENSLAND: Laura, 30.xi.1974, A. and M. Walford-Huggins.
Matthews (1972) described this species from a series taken at Humpty
Doo in the Northern Territory.
O. fissiceps Macleay
QUEENSLAND: Einasleigh К. Crossing, via Mt Surprise, 6-7.1.1980, ЕЛ. Storey; Gilbert
R. Crossing, 72 km E of Croydon, 11.1.1973, R.W.G. Jenkins.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution of this species as the northern
parts of the Northern Territory and Western Australia.
O. bicavicollis Lea
NORTHERN TERRITOR Y: 12.48S, 132.42E, Nourlangie Ck, 8km N of Mt Cahill, 21.v.1973,
E. Matthews.
QUEENSLAND: 15.16S, 144.59E, 14km W by N of Hopevale Mission, 7-10.v.1981, J.
Feehan; 15.245, 145.03E, Hazelmere Station, 24km WNW of Cooktown, 8.v.1981, J. Feehan.
Matthews (1972) saw no recent specimens of this colourful species at
the time of his revision. Since then several series have been taken from
western Arnhemland and the Cooktown area, taken at cow dung in open
pasture and at human faeces in closed forest.
O. macrocephalus Kirby
QUEENSLAND: 8km N of Landsborough, 24-25.xi.1973, КЛ. Storey.
Known from Victoria and New South Wales, this is the first record of
this species for Queensland, in traps baited with human faeces in wallum
country.
O. capellinus Frey
QUEENSLAND: 27km E of Foysayth, 24.xii.1977, R.I. Storey; Watsonville, 7-15.ii.1976,
R.I. Storey; 7km S of Herberton, 18.1.1979, КЛ. Storey; Shanty Ck via Mareeba, 31.1.1978,
LC. Cunningham; Southedge via Mareeba, 3-8.11.1976, 15.11.1977, R.I. Storey; Mareeba,
18.11.1977, К.Н. Halfpapp; Mt Mulligan Plateau, 700 m, 15-19.iv.1985, К.Н. Halfpapp;
Walkamin, 23.1.1984, 8-15.111.1985, J.D. Brown; Tolga, 8-15.11.1985, 1.iv.1986, 15-28.1.1985,
3.11.1986, 10.11.1986, 17.11.1986, 20.1.1986, J.D. Brown.
Matthews (1972) examined six specimens from Silver Plains, Sellheim
and Mt Molloy in northern Queensland. Numerous specimens from the
Atherton Tableland and adjacent areas are now known. The series from
Watsonville were taken in live mushrooms and in a pitfall trap baited with
decaying fungi. These appear to be the only specimens for which any
ecological data are available, most others being taken at light. It is possible
that this and the related species O. picipennis Hope and O. wigmungan
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Matthews are mycetophagous, which may account for their rarity in
collections despite extensive trapping with excrement baits within their
range.
O. rufosignatus Macleay
QUEENSLAND: 15.035, 145.09E, Зкт NE of Mt Webb, 30.iv.-3.v.1981, J. Feehan; 15.175,
145.13E, Ikm N of Rounded Hill, 5-7.v.1981, J. Feehan; Cape Flattery Rd, 28.x.1981, R.I.
Storey; Petford, 27-29.1.1978, R.I. Storey; 16km W of Mt Garnet, 14-15.1.1976, К.І. Storey;
Einasleigh R. via Mt Surprise, 6-7.1.1980, R.I. Storey; Mt. Mulligan Plateau, 15-19.iv.1985,
К.Н. Halfpapp; 12.455, 143.17E, 8km E of Mt Tozer, 8.vii.1986, T. Weir.
Matthews (1972) recorded this species from the coast of Queensland from
near Brisbane to at least Mt Carbine, as well as the northern parts of the
Northern Territory and Western Australia. Further collecting has shown it
to occur as far north as the Iron Range area (Mt Tozer) in open forest,
heath on sandy soil and pasture. Trapped with human faeces.
O. yiryoront Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 6km SW of Kuranda, 10.xii.1984-15.1.1985, 15.1.-20.11.1985, Storey and
Halfpapp; 1.5km NW of Cape Tribulation (site 1), 23.ix.-7.x.1982, Monteith, Yeates and
Thompson.
Recorded previously only from a few specimens from El Arish and
Cairns, this species has since been taken several times in flight intercept
traps, including the first non-coastal capture near Kuranda.
O. vilis Harold
NORTHERN TERRITORY: South Aligator R., Arnhem Hwy, 11.xii.1982, A. Walford-
Huggins.
QUEENSLAND: Little Laura R., near Laura, 24.xii.1978, КЛ. Storey; Lake Boronto
(=Wincheura), Newcastle Bay, Cape York, 30.i.-4.ii.1975, С.В. Monteith.
Matthews (1972) stated that this rare species was known only from a
few old specimens taken at the tip of Cape York Peninsula and one from
Cairns. Nothing was known of its habitat or food preferences. In 1975 several
specimens were taken burrowing in and under the fruits of Syzygium
rubrimolle B. Hyland (Myrtaceae) in the Bamaga area by D.J. Rogers. Since
then, it has been taken in Syzygium suborbiculare (Benth.) on northern Cape
York Peninsula, and also in the fallen fruit of Siphonodon pendulus F.M.
Bailey (Siphonodontaceae) near Laura. There now seems little doubt that
fruit are its preferred food, making it the first carpophagous Onthophagus
recorded in Australia. Although Williams and Williams (1983a, 1983b,
1983c) recorded 0. dunningi Harold in a pitfall trap baited with rotting
watermelon and several other scarabaeines responding to apple core baits,
it seems doubtful that true carpophagy is involved with these species. This
species is also recorded from the Northern Territory for the first time.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 21
O. gangulu Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 40 Mile Scrub via Mt Garnet, 20-21.xi.1976, ЕЛ. Storey.
Known previously from the Rockhampton area and Carnarvon Gorge
(Matthews 1972).
O. yungaburra Matthews
QUEENSLAND: Wallaman Falls, 18-19.iv.1976, К.І. Storey; Kirrama Ra. via Kennedy, 17-
18.1у.1976, К.І. Storey; Wongabel S.F. via Atherton, 10.xi.1983-9.1.1984, Storey and Brown;
Tully Falls S.F., 20-21.iv.1973, КЛ. Storey; Windsor Tableland, 9.ix.-4.xi.1976, КЛ. Storey.
Previously known only from the type locality, Yungaburra.
O. rubescens Macleay
QUEENSLAND: Cooktown, 27.iv.1981, J. Feehan; 7km NW of Cooktown, 14-15.1.1978, R.I.
Storey; Einasleigh К. via Mt Surprise, 6-7.1.1980, R.I. Storey; Davies Ck via Mareeba, 4-
8.11.1976, R.I. Storey; Southedge via Mareeba, х1.1976-11.1977, R.I. Storey; 36km W of
Georgetown, 31.11.1976, R.I. Storey; 150km E of Hughenden, 26-30.111.1976, ЕЛ. Storey;
12.43S, 143.16E, 7km ENE of Mt Tozer, 6.vii.1986, T. Weir.
Matthews (1972) recorded this species from northern parts of Western
Australia and the Northern Territory, and in Queensland as far north as
Atherton. Subsequent collecting has extended its range to the Iron Range
area (Mt Tozer).
О. waminda Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 15.478, 145.17E, Moses Ck, 4km N by E of Mt Finnigan, 14-16.x.1980,
T. Weir; Mt Lewis, 20km SW Mossman, 1000m, 10.vii.-l.viii.1982, S. & J. Peck; 13km
up Mt Lewis Rd, 29.iv.-2.v.1976, КЛ. Storey; 40km УУ of Ingham, near Wallaman Falls,
22.vi.-7.viii.1982, S. & J. Peck, 600m; Wallaman Falls, 18-19.iv.1976, R.I. Storey; Kirrama
Ra. via Kennedy, 17-18.iv.1976, R.I. Storey; Windsor Tableland via Mt Carbine 26.xii.1983
-24.1.1984, Storey and Halfpapp.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution as the south eastern edge of the
Atherton Tableland. Further collecting has extended this range north to near
Cooktown and south to inland from Ingham. Specimens were taken at human
faeces and flight intercept traps in closed forest up to 1000 metres.
O. parrumbal Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 7.5km NNW of Kuranda, 20.ii.-20.iii.1985, Storey and Halfpapp; 5km NNW
of Kuranda, 20.11.-20.111.1985, Storey and Halfpapp; 4km NNW of Kuranda, 15.1.-20.11.1985,
Storey and Halfpapp; Tinaroo Ck Rd, 25km SE Mareeba, 11.iv.1976, R.I. Storey; Southedge
Res. Station, via Mareeba, 5.1.1976, К.І. Storey; Watsonville, 7-14.1.1976, К.І. Storey; 43km
У of Mt Garnet, 15.xi.1976, R.I. Storey; Mt Molloy, 18.11.1980, L.C. Cunningham; Station
Ck, 17km NW of Mt Molloy, 14.iv.1973, КЛ. Storey; Saltbag Ck, 8km S of Mt Carbine,
14.iv.1973, R.I. Storey; Saddlebag Ck, 12 km W of Mt Molloy, 14.iv.1973, R.I. Storey; Cow
Bay, north of Daintree R., 26.iii.-2.v.1983, Storey and Cunningham.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
A mainly mycetophagous species recorded for the first time in the
Atherton Tableland area, in closed and open forest situations. Taken in fresh
mushrooms, traps baited with mushrooms and flight intercept traps.
O. kiambram Storey
QUEENSLAND: Binna Burra, Lamington Nat. Pk, 25.111.-4.1у.1985, J. & N. Lawrence.
NEW SOUTH WALES: Gloucester R, Barrington Tops Nat. Pk, 12-14.xi.1981, T. Weir;
Dorrigo Nat. Pk, 28.11.-4.111.1980, A. Newton and M. Thayer; Dorrigo Nat. Pk, 2.xii.1967,
E. Matthews (paratypes of O. tuckonie Matthews); Gibraltar Range Nat. Pk, 5.xii.1967, E.
Matthews (paratype of O. tuckonie Matthews); Wiangaree S.F., 29.11.-3.111.1980, A. Newton
and M. Thayer; Wiangaree S.F., 10-12.1.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder; Richmond Range S.F.,
13-14.11.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder; Beaury S.F., 15-17.1.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder.
Storey (1977) gave the distribution as southeastern Queensland near
Cunningham's Gap and Bald Mountain via Emu Vale. The records above
have greatly extended this southwards to Barrington Tops. Williams and
Williams (1983a, 1983b, 1983c) gave many other records from the
intervening areas of coastal New South Wales. Specimens have been taken
at human faeces, squid, malt and at flight intercept traps in rainforest.
O. asper Macleay
QUEENSLAND: 17km S of Mt Carbine, 28.v.1977, A. Macqueen; 40 Mile Scrub via Mount
Garnet, 22.xi.-21.xii.1985, 10.1.-25.11.1986, Storey and Heiner; Davies Ck via Mareeba, 4-
8.11.1976, R.I. Storey; Southedge Res. Station via Mareeba, 1.x.1976-10.ii.1977, R.I. Storey;
Mt Mulligan Plateau, 15-19.iv.1985, К.Н. Halfpapp.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution as Queensland from Gayndah to
Charters Towers, mostly in inland localities with an annual rainfall less than
750 mm. New records extend this distribution some 400 km northwards.
At Southedge Research Station near Mareeba, where dung baited pitfalls
were run fortnightly from Feb. 1976 to Feb. 1977, O. asper was only taken
from November through to February, whereas the related O. ocelliger Harold
occurred in all months except June, July and August.
O. clypealis Lea
QUEENSLAND: 97 km E of Hughenden, 9.xii.1978, R.I. Storey; 40km W of Georgetown,
9.1.1978, R.I. Storey and LJ. Titmarsh; Wrotham Park via Chillagoe, 27.x.-10.xii.1976, 28-
29.1.1978, R.I. Storey.
Matthews (1972) examined only five specimens of this species, of which
only one was from Queensland (Mutchilba). Numerous specimens have been
taken since in inland areas with reddish sandy soil from the southern part
of Cape York Peninsula as far south as east of Hughenden. The Wrotham
Park and Hughenden localities were forest dominated by Eucalyptus miniata
A. Cunn. (Myrtaceae) growing оп гей soil. Trapped with human faeces and
taken at light.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 23
O. planicollis Harold
QUEENSLAND: 40km W of Georgetown, 9.xi.1978, R.I. Storey and IJ. Titmarsh; Cooktown,
27-28.х1.1976, К.І. Storey; Janie Ck, 12km S of Old Mapoon Mission, 30.xi.1983, A. Walford-
Huggins.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution as the east coast of Cape York
Peninsula, from Torres Strait south to Cape Bedford. New records are south
and southwest of this. Taken at light and in traps baited with human faeces.
O. macleayi Blackburn
QUEENSLAND: Fraser L, 31.xii.1973, A. Macqueen.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution from the north coast of New South
Wales to Bundaberg in Queensland including Bribie I. and North Stradbroke
1. This new record is from Fraser Island, the largest and northern most
offshore sand island in southeastern Queensland.
O. pillara Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 26km up Tinaroo Creek Rd, 10.xi.-23.xii.1982, 23.xii.1982-12.1.1983, 12-
28.1.1983, 28.1.-16.11.1983, 16.111.-12.1у.1983, Storey and Brown; 18km up Davies Ck Rd, 2-
18.11.1983, 12.iv.-14.v.1983, Storey and Titmarsh; Wongabel S.F., 6km S Atherton, 10.xi.-
1.xii.1983, Storey and Brown.
Originally described from a short series taken at The Crater near
Herberton. This unusual rainforest species has proved to be one of the most
common Onthophagus species taken in flight intercept traps set near that
locality, where it is active from September through to June. It has still not
been taken in bait traps and its biology is unknown.
O. bornemisszai Matthews
QUEENSLAND: Cunningham’s Gap, 18.1.1973, R.I. Storey.
NEW SOUTH WALES: Yabbra Forest Rest Area, 7km S of Urbenville, 2.xii.1982, B.
Halliday; 28.225, 153.05E, Wiangaree S.F., 1050m, 10-12.1.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder;
28.485, 152.59E, Richmond Range S.F., 600m, 13-14.ii.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder; 28.295,
152.32E, Beaury S.F., 700m, 15-17.1.1983, T. Weir and A. Calder; 32.085, 151.27E, Allyn
R., Chichester S.F., 10-11.xi.1981, T. Weir.
Matthews (1972) described this species from three localities in coastal
New South Wales: near Eden, Batemans Bay and south of Kempsey.
Williams and Williams (1983a, 1983b, 1983c) gave further records within
this range and extended the distribution westwards to the Barrington Tops
area. Allsopp (1975) recorded it from closed forest at Ravensbourne in south-
eastern Queensland. Further records are given here, all some distance from
the coast, and three are from closed forests at altitudes up to 1050 metres.
Specimens were taken in wallaby, pig and human faeces, in closed and open
forest.
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
O. bunamin Matthews
QUEENSLAND: 15.475, 145.14E, Shiptons Flat, 16-18.v.1981, J. Feehan; Iron Range, 15-
21.iv.1977, R.I. Storey; Lockerbie Scrub, 7-14.iv.1977, КЛ. Storey; 12.435, 143.18E, Пкт
ENE of Mt Tozer, 11-16.vii.1986, T. Weir; 12.435, 143.16E, 7km ENE of Mt Tozer,
6.vii.1986, T. Weir.
Matthews (1972) gave the distribution of this species as lowland coastal
areas of northern Queensland from Sarina to Daintree. Subsequent collecting
has extended this range northwards to Lockerbie at the tip of Cape York
Peninsula. All specimens, except one, were taken at human faeces in open
forest.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank John Rogers and Geoff Monteith for information on
hosts of O. vilis, Neil Bryde for specimens of O. muticus from goats, John
Clarkson for botanical advice and Allan Walford-Huggins for the loan of
specimens.
References
ALLSOPP, P.G., 1975. Dung Beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) collected in the Toowoomba
district, south-east Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 47-49.
ALLSOPP, P.G., 1977. Further records of dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from the
Toowoomba district. Australian Entomological Magazine 3: 101-103.
ALLSOPP, P.G., 1978. Records of Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from Charleville, Queensland.
Australian Entomological Magazine 5: 35-37.
MATTHEWS, E.G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. I. Tribe
Onthophagini. Australian Journal of Zoology Suppl. Ser. 9: 1-330.
STOREY, R.L, 1977. Six new species of Onthophagus Latreille (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
from Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 16: 313-320.
WILLIAMS, G.A., 1979. Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from the Harrington district of coastal
northern New South Wales, with special reference to a littoral rainforest habitat. Australian
Entomological Magazine 5: 103-108.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T., 1982. 'A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and
Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales.’
Part |: Nowra to Newcastle Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 42-48.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T., 1983a. 'A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae,
and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South
Wales. Part 2: Barrington Tops to the Comboyne Plateau. Victorian Naturalist 100: 25-30.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T., 1983b. 'A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae
and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South
Wales. Part 3: Bulahdelah to Taree. Victorian Naturalist 100: 98-105.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T., 1983c. 'A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae
and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South
Wales. Part 4: Lansdowne State Forest. Victorian Naturalist 100: 146-154.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WILLIAMS, T., 1984. 'A survey of the Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and
Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from small wet forests of coastal New South Wales.’
Part 5: Littoral rainforests from Myall Lakes to Crowdy Bay National Park. Victorian
Naturalist 101: 127-135.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 25
MIGRATION AND BEHAVIOUR OF NON-
REPRODUCTIVE DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN THE BLUE
MOUNTAINS, NEW SOUTH WALES
DAVID G. JAMES
Yanco Agricultural Institute, New South Wales Department of Agriculture,
Yanco, N.S.W. 2703.
Abstract
The behaviour and movement of mass-released, non-reproductive Danaus plexippus (L.) in
the Blue Mountains, New South Wales was studied during autumn and winter 1984. An easterly
migration into the Sydney basin occurred during warm weather in March and April. Movement
of up to 75 km was recorded and three individuals were recovered from an overwintering
colony of D. plexippus at Wallacia. The advent of cooler weather during May-July inhibited
Jong distance movement, resulting in the formation of a local population which displayed
behaviour characteristic of overwintering, non-reproductive D. plexippus.
Introduction
Wanderer or monarch butterflies, Danaus plexippus (L.) overwinter in
the Sydney area of New South Wales as reproductive or non-reproductive
individuals (Smithers 1965, James 1979, 1981, 1984a). Non-reproductive
populations form when newly-emerged butterflies experience cool, cloudy
conditions during late summer and autumn (James 1983). These individuals
subsequently migrate coastward and establish overwintering colonies at sites
in the Sydney basin and Hunter Valley (Smithers 1965, James 1982, 1983,
1984b, 1984c). Circumstantial evidence indicates that many butterflies in
these colonies originate from highland and tableland areas to the west and
south-west of Sydney, such as the Blue Mountains (see James 1982, 1983,
1984a, 1984b). In addition, a recent study (James 1986a), showed that
migrating D. plexippus during late summer and autumn in Sydney, invariably
travel in a northerly to easterly direction. However, despite widespread
tagging of populations over the past two decades (Smithers 1972 and pers.
comm., James 1984a), no direct evidence of the origin of individuals in
overwintering colonies has been obtained.
This study presents data on the migration and behaviour of mass released,
non-reproductive D. plexippus during autumn and winter 1984 in the Blue
Mountains.
Methods
Due to the practical difficulties of rearing sufficient numbers of butterflies to generate
meaningful results, individuals from wild non-reproductive populations were used in this study.
During March-July 1984 D. plexippus were obtained at weekly or fortnightly intervals from
cluster sites at Camden, Picton and Wallacia in the Sydney basin (see James 1979, 1982,
1984a) and transported to Hazelbrook in the Blue Mountains. Following sexing, examination
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
of condition and tagging (see James 1984c), the butterflies were released en masse, usually
within 24 hours of capture. The release site at Hazelbrook, 17 km east of Katoomba at an
altitude of 650 m, was a tree-sheltered clearing on a south-facing slope. Trees were
predominantly Eucalyptus spp. and the principal host plant of D. plexippus in the Sydney
area, Gomphocarpus fruticosus (L.) (Asclepiadaceae), occurred commonly at the site. A
thermograph situated 1.5 m above ground level provided a continuous record of temperature.
Observations on behaviour of butterflies at the site were made throughout the study, but
particularly during the first two days following each release. Particular attention was paid
to flight behaviour and dispersal from the site. Observations were also made on feeding,
sun-basking, mating, courtship, roosting and oviposition behaviour. Temperature and weather
conditions were recorded for all observations on behaviour.
An indication of degree of fidelity to the site by released butterflies was obtained by
the recapture of tagged individuals. These individuals also provided information on direction
and distance flown by migrants, as well as data on condition and longevity. Known sites
of overwintering colonies of D. plexippus in the Sydney basin were inspected regularly for
the presence of mountain-tagged individuals, and weekly recaptures were made of butterflies
remaining at the release site.
Results
A total of 2,741 butterflies was released at the site from 24 March to
2] July and 79 (2.996) were recaptured. Examination of data from each
release indicates that migration occurred most effectively during March and
April. Long distance (20-75 km) recaptures comprised 50% of total
recaptures of butterflies released during these months (Table 1). Recaptures
from releases made during May-July were predominantly local (« 5 km),
or occurred at the site. During June and July a small, but noticeable pool
of individuals persisted at the release site. This was indicated by an.
increasing incidence of recaptures at the site together with multiple
recaptures of at least five individuals. In addition, sightings of tagged D.
plexippus by members of the public or myself, were common within a radius
of 5 km from the site during June-August.
Twelve butterflies (15.296 of recaptures) were recovered from distances
ranging from 12-75 km, and were considered to be migrants (Table 2). AII
long distance movements occurred in a generally easterly direction into the
Sydney basin. Three of the 12 recaptures were made at a single overwintering
site at Wallacia, 30km southeast of the release point (see James 1979).
Recaptures of migrants were made at intervals of 1-140 days after release,
and all individuals were in a good condition when caught.
The behaviour of butterflies after release appeared to be strongly
influenced by prevailing temperature and weather conditions. Sunny weather
and ambient temperatures greater than 15°C resulted in rapid dispersal of
released butterflies during March and April. During May-July when daily
maximum temperatures generally remained below 15?C, dispersal flight
behaviour was inhibited. When overcast conditions coincided with cool
temperatures, flight activity was prevented. During sunshine at all
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
2
-l
Table 1. Release-recapture and site temperature data for D. plexippus
liberated at Hazelbrook during March-July 1984.
Number of recaptures
Daily mean
Release No. Total At site « 5km > 10km temp. °С
period released (96) (% of total) (96 of total) (96 of total) Max. Min.
24.111-7 У 1168 18(1.5) 4(22.2) 5(27.8) 9(50.0) 19.6 10.8
15.v -2 .vi 1249 39(3.1) 18(46.1) 19(48.7) 2(5.1) 15.3 8.7
16.vi-28.vii 324 22(6.8) 16(72.7) 5(22.7) 1(4.5) 11.2 5.4
Totals 2741 79(2.9) 38(48.0) 29(37.0) 12(15.0) 15.4 8.3
Table 2. Release-recapture data for migrant D. plexippus released at
Hazelbrook during March-June 1984.
Notes
Date Date Location of
released recaptured recapture
3l.iii l.iv Springwood (20km E)
3.11 14.iv Parramatta (75km E)
31.iii П.у Wallacia (30km SE)
14.iv 24.v Wallacia (30km SE)
14.iv 20.vi Londonderry (30km ENE)
14.iv 3.ix Londonderry (30km ENE)
30.iv 24.v Wallacia (30km SE)
30.iv 30.vi Penrith. (33km E)
30.iv 21.vii Warrimoo (26km E)
13.v ПУН Faulconbridge (12km ENE)
26.v 7.х Valley Heights (25km E)
16.vi 22.vi Springwood (20km E)
24h between release and recap.
recap. in overwintering colony
recap. in overwintering colony
20 weeks between release & recap.
recap. in overwintering colony
19 weeks between release & recap.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
temperatures below 20°С much open-winged basking occurred, with most
individuals adopting a characteristic inverted V posture by holding the
forewings down towards the body. Following release, most individuals
congregated in large groups (50-200) on nearby trees; a characteristic
behaviour of non-reproductive D. plexippus (Urquhart 1960). These
formations persisted overnight when dispersal was slow. In addition, the
small resident population that occurred during June and July invariably
roosted in small groups of 2-6 individuals and often remained inactive by
day.
Flight activity of butterflies in the days following each release was
observed to be primarily of two readily distinguishable types. Individuals
either flew within the release area with movement punctuated by turns,
glides, feeding, basking and roosting, or they embarked upon rapid, easterly
and uninterrupted (within visual range) flights which were considered to
be dispersal flights. Occasionally high speed courtship flights were seen,
but these never resulted in the loss of individuals from the site. Feeding
upon flowers was commonly observed and one female was seen ovipositing
on G. fruticosus.
Discussion
This study provides evidence of an easterly migration of non-reproductive
D. plexippus during March-May 1984 from the Blue Mountains into the
overwintering area of the Sydney basin. Long distance movements (210 km)
occurred mainly during warm days in March and April and ceased with
the advent of cool-cold days in June and July. The latter conditions were
associated with the formation of a non-migratory local population which
exhibited non-reproductive overwintering behaviour such as communal
roosting and site fidelity.
An autumn coastward movement of D. plexippus in New South Wales
as part of a seasonal extension and contraction of range in eastern Australia
was first suggested by Smithers (1977). Subsequent studies by James (1983,
1984a, 1984b, 1986), also indicated a tablelands to coast movement of non-
reproductive D. plexippus prior to the establishment of overwintering
colonies in the Sydney basin. However, this study provides the first data
on pre-wintering migration of individual D. plexippus. Due to difficulties
in locating sufficient numbers of wild mountain butterflies, or breeding an
adequate supply of non-reproductive laboratory stock, butterflies were taken
from clusters in the Sydney basin and transferred to the release site in the
Blue Mountains. It was considered unlikely that this procedure would
substantially alter natural behaviour of the butterflies. Migrants taken from
transient or unstable cluster populations (James 1982, 1984b) would continue
to display the same pattern and phenology of movement when transferred
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 29
to the study site, less than 50 km away. They were in effect, taken back
a "few steps" from the position they had reached when captured. One
individual recovered in the Wallacia overwintering colony after release in
the mountains was originally obtained from the same colony a few weeks
earlier.
Due to the relative scarcity of host plants, summer abundance of D.
plexippus in western areas of New South Wales is never great. The
occurrence of larger populations in these areas would undoubtedly make
interpretation of the seasonal movements of D. plexippus a lot easier.
However, the data presented here together with the earlier work of Smithers
(1977) and James (1983, 1984a, 19845, 19862), provide reasonable evidence
for a coastward movement of non-reproductive D. plexippus during autumn,
in central and. southern areas of New South Wales. Most overwintering
colonies are found in the Sydney basin, although they have been recorded
as far south as Nowra (B. Holloway pers. comm.). The choice of specific
overwintering sites which are used annually, raises a number of interesting
questions. Are overwintering sites situated on migration "routes" These may
occur as a result of the valley and hill topography of the Tablelands
funnelling migrants into well defined migration "corridors". Do site
colonisers produce an attractant pheronome creating a "zone of attraction"
for later migrants? It is interesting to note that the three butterflies recovered
in the Wallacia overwintering colony were the only migrants that moved
southeast.
This study also provides further evidence for the role of temperature
in the migration of D. plexippus. James (1984b) showed that migration was
enhanced by warm (> 20°С) days and cold (< 1090) nights, and was
progressively inhibited as days cooled during autumn. A similar phenology
occurred in the current study; migration occurred mainly in the warmer
months of March and April, and was reduced or absent in the cooler
conditions of May-July. A small resident population persisted at the site
during June-July and showed behaviour characteristic of overwintering, non-
breeding populations such as communal roosting and reduced flight activity
(James 1979, 1984c). In addition, it was clear from numerous reports from
other people and personal observations that a fairly sedentary population
of tagged D. plexippus existed locally at this time. Butterflies at the site
from May onwards spend a good deal of time engaged in thermoregulatory
basking behaviour. The characteristic "delta" posture adopted by.basking
D. plexippus and observed commonly in this study, ensures maximum
efficiency in absorption of radiant energy (James 1986b).
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
References
JAMES, D. G., 1979. Observations on two overwintering clusters of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in the Sydney area during 1978. Australian Entomological
Magazine 5: 81-85.
JAMES, D. G., 1981. Studies on a winter breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Spencer, New South Wales. General and Applied Entomology
13: 47-53.
JAMES, D. G., 1982. A transient non-breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) near Picton, New South Wales. Australian Entomological
Magazine 8: 96-99,
JAMES, D. G., 1983. Induction of reproductive dormancy in Australian Monarch butterflies,
Danaus plexippus (L.) Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 491-498.
JAMES, D. G., 1984a. 'Overwintering biology of the monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus,
in Sydney, New South Wales. Ph.D. Thesis, Macquarie University, Sydney.
JAMES, D. G., 1984b. Migration and clustering phenology of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 23;
199-204.
:JAMES, D. G., 1984c Population and general biology of non-reproductive colonies of the
monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Danaidae) in New South Wales.
Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 663-670.
JAMES, D. G., 1986a. Studies on the migration of Danaus plexippus (L.) Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in the Sydney area. Australian Entomological Magazine 13: 27-31.
JAMES, D. G., 1986b. Thermoregulation in Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae); two cool climate adaptations. General and Applied Entomology 18: 43-47.
SMITHERS, C. N. 1965. A note on overwintering in Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Australian Zoologist 13: 135-136.
SMITHERS, C. N., 1972. Observations on a breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Camden, New South Wales Australian Zoologist 17: 142-148.
SMITHERS, C. N., 1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 16:
175-184.
URQUHART, F. A., 1960. 'The monarch butterfly.’ University of Toronto Press. 361 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 31
DIEL PATTERN OF FEEDING AND OVIPOSITION BY
CYRTOBAGOUS SALVINIAE CALDER AND SANDS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
M. SCHOTZ and D.P.A. SANDS
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Private Bag No. 3, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068.
Abstract
The diel pattern of oviposition and feeding by the salvinia weevil, Cyrtobagous salviniae
Calder and Sands is described. The weevil deposited 76.5% of its eggs and produced 72.3%
of feeding scars at night when maintained at ambient conditions of light and temperature.
Weevils held at constant 25°C with a 12:12 hour photoperiod deposited 80.7% of eggs during
hours of darkness.
The salvinia weevil, Cyrtobagous salviniae Calder and Sands was
introduced into Australia for biological control of the water fern, Salvinia
molesta Mitchell (Room et al. 1981). In laboratory studies feeding by adult
weevils increased with an increase in temperature (Forno et al. 1983), while
an increase in nitrogen concentration in the plant increased the rate of
oviposition (Sands et al. 1986) but not of feeding (Forno and Bourne 1985).
Little is known of the diel pattern of behaviour of these weevils but
they are frequently observed on the upper surface of the host plant by day
and are occasionally attracted to lights at night (Room ef al. 1981). We
investigated feeding and oviposition by C. salviniae as part of a
comprehensive study on the biology of the weevil.
In an experiment at ambient temperatures, weevils were collected from
the field and allowed to acclimatise for 7 days on S. molesta, containing
ca 2% nitrogen dry weight, in a fibreglass trough outdoors. After
acclimatisation seven pairs of weevils were each placed in 500 ml plastic
food containers with base and top replaced by gauze. Tertiary-stage (with
upright leaves) plants of 5. molesta were provided as food. Containers with
weevils and plants were suspended by a polystyrene foam frame in a
fibreglass trough containing a nutrient solution. Plants were replaced daily
at 0600 hours and 1800 hours for 7 days (sunrise ca 0530 hours, sunset
ca 1840 hours) and examined for eggs and feeding scars, using the methods
of Forno et al. (1983).
In an experiment at constant 25°C, weevils from a laboratory colony
were conditioned for 10 days in an environmental cabinet with a 12:12 hour
photoperiod on 5. molesta with the same nutrient. Pairs of weevils were
then placed in plastic containers with plants and nutrient. Eggs and feeding
scars were counted twice daily after each 12 hour photoperiod.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
At 25°C, more eggs (80.7%, S.E. 3.6) were deposited during hours of
darkness. Similarly, at ambient temperatures of the salvinia plants (23.0 -
27.5°C), more eggs (76.5%, S.E. 5.6) were deposited and more feeding scars
produced (72.396, S.E. 2.2) at night over 7 days.
Feeding and oviposition would therefore appear to be mainly nocturnal
activities of the adult weevils (Fig. 1), despite the lower water temperatures
at night.
E day
Е night
16
14
Ж
ERN
Se
te
$
% of total eggs laid/scars in 7 days
Days
Fig. t - Diel oviposition and feeding of Cyrtobagous salviniae over 7 days
at ambient temperatures (means from 7 pairs).
References
FORNO, I.W., SANDS, D.P.A. and SEXTON, W., 1983. Distribution, biology and host
specificity of Cyrtobagous singularis Hustache (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), for the biological
control of Salvinia molesta. Bulletin of Entomological Research 73: 85-95.
FORNO, I.W. and BOURNE, A.S., 1985. Feeding by adult Cyrtobagous salviniae on Salvinia
molesta under different regimes of temperature and nitrogen content and the effects on plant
growth. Entomophaga 30: 279-286.
ROOM, P.M., HARLEY, K.L.S., FORNO, I.W. and SANDS, D.P.A., 1981. Successful
biological control of the floating weed Salvinia. Nature, London 294: 78-80.
SANDS, D.P.A. SCHOTZ, M. and BOURNE, A.S., 1986. The intrinsic rates of increase of
Cyrtobagous singularis Hustache and C. salviniae Calder and Sands: agents for biological
control of the water weed Salvinia molesta Mitchell. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata
42: 231-237.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 33
NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR JALMENUS EVAGORAS
EVAGORAS (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA:
LYCAENIDAE)
MICHAEL F. BRABY
21 Cromwell Street, Eltham, Vic. 3095.
Abstract
Two additional larval food plants, golden wattle Acacia pycnantha Benth. and lightwood A.
implexa Benth., are recorded for the common imperial blue butterfly Jalmenus evagoras
evagoras (Donovan) from the Macleod-Bundoora area near Melbourne, Victoria.
Introduction
Hawkeswood (1981) listed thirteen species of Acacia (Mimosaceae),
including one unrecorded species, on which Jalmenus evagoras evagoras
(Donovan) breed. Common and Waterhouse (1981) and Dunn (1984) added
two further species of Acacia, bringing the total number of known larval
food plants to fifteen. Larvae are known to feed gregariously during the
day, usually on plants of 1-2 m high, pupating in groups on communal webs
on foliage or twigs of the host-plant (McCubbin 1971, Common and
Waterhouse 1981, Hutchinson 1972). Larvae prefer bipinnate acacia
(Kitching and Taylor 1981), although they are by no means restricted to
them. Two previously unrecorded Acacia spp. utilised by this butterfly near
Melbourne, Victoria are recorded.
Food Plants
The author, accompanied by Mr G.P. Closs, discovered colonies of J.
e. evagoras breeding on Acacia pycnantha Benth. and Acacia implexa Benth.
in open woodland at the Mont Park Psychiatric Hospital, Macleod,
approximately 14 km NE of Melbourne, Victoria (145? 03'E, 37? 44'S)
on 17th January 1987. Two plants of A. pycnantha about 1 m high, supported
eggs, thirty-six late instar larvae, nine pupae and numerous uncounted first
instar larvae (presumably of second generation). A third plant of A.
pycnantha (ca 6-7 m high), contained several hundred pupae, exuviae and
some final instar larvae. Larvae and pupae occurred on the trunk within
1 m of the ground. Most pupae were well concealed, situated beneath loose
bark or in cracks in the trunk.
The single plant of A. implexa (ca 0.5 m) largely comprised juvenile
bipinnate foliage, although some phyllodes were present at the base of the
plant. Nine late-instar larvae, three pupae and a number of eggs were present.
Larvae were observed feeding only on the bipinnate leaves.
Adults were abundant on all plants of both species, settling on the foliage
and base and the trunk of the large A. pycnantha where some were observed
mating. АП plants were relatively close together with the two small plants
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
of A. pycnantha situated 1 m from A. implexa, approximately 10 m from
the large A. pycnantha.
In the same area J. e. evagoras was observed breeding on many small
plants («2 m high) of A. mearnsii De Wild. and on some A. melanoxylon
R. Br. At La Trobe University, Bundoora, J. e. evagoras commonly breeds
on small plants of A. melanoxylon and A. mearnsii and less often on A.
dealbata Link and A. pycnantha (T.R. New pers. comm.).
Discussion
The occurrence of J. e. evagoras breeding on A. pycnantha and A.
implexa is unusual in several respects. Despite the abundance of these Acacia
spp., neither have previously been documented as natural food plants. Also,
the size of the large A. pycnantha and the location of pupae on this plant
are most uncharacteristic for this butterfly, at least in Victoria (D.F. Crosby
pers. comm.), and somewhat resemble the habits of the closely-related J.
ictinus Hewitson (McCubbin 1971, Common and Waterhouse 1981). Both
A. pycnantha and A. implexa are usually small trees, the latter species
somewhat similar to А. melanoxylon. (Simmons 1981, Costermans 1983).
A. pycnantha is also host plant for the 7. icilius Hewitson and J. lithochroa
Waterhouse (Common and Waterhouse 1981), whereas A. implexa has not
been recorded for any other species of Jalmenus. The extent to which J.
e. evagoras utilises both A. pycnantha and A. implexa is not clear. Both
Acacia spp. are common and widespread in open-forests of Victoria
(Simmons 1981, Costermans 1983) where J. e. evagoras occurs.
Acknowledgement
I would like to thank Dr Tim New, Department of Zoology, La Trobe
University for providing comments on the manuscript.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, Р.Е. 1981. ‘Butterflies of Australia.’ Revised edition,
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
COSTERMANS, L.F. 1983. 'Native trees and shrubs of south-eastern Australia.’ Revised
edition Rigby, Melbourne. 422pp.
DUNN, K.L. 1984, Acacia diffusa Lindl. - A new larval foodplant for Jalmenus evagoras
evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Victorian Entomologist 14: 8.
HAWKESWOOD, ТЈ. 1981. The food plants of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 8: 1-2.
HUTCHINSON, J.F. 1972. Some observations on the emergence of Jalmenus evagoras Don.,
(Lepidoptera Lycaenidae). Victorian Entomologist 2: 8.
KITCHING, R.L. and TAYLOR, М.Е.Ј. 1981. The culturing of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras
(Donovan) and its attendant ant, Iridomyrmex anceps (Roger). Australian Entomological
Magazine 7: 71-75.
McCUBBIN, C. 1971. ‘Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206pp.
SIMMONS, М.Н. 1981. 'Acacias of Australia’. Nelson, Melbourne. 325pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 35
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN
CHRYSOPIDAE (NEUROPTERA)
C.N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, College St., Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.
Abstract
Recently studied material in the collections of the Australian Museum provide new distribution
records for Australian Chrysopidae, which are recorded here.
Introduction
New (1980) gave an account of the economically important neuropterous
family Chrysopidae in Australia, including distribution records for each
species. Since then additional material in the Australian Museum has been
examined. This study has extended the known range of some species and
increased the knowledge of the distribution of others. This paper records
the relevant data derived from this study. New (loc.cit.) recorded individually
many suburbs in Sydney. The new material includes many species from
Sydney but these are not listed unless the records are of particular interest.
Abbreviations used are as follows: Q: (Queensland), NSW: (New South
Wales), ACT: (Australian Capital Territory), V: (Victoria), T: (Tasmania),
SA: (South Australia), WA: (Western Australia), NT: (Northern Territory).
In the list of material the following collectors are referred to by initials:
ВЈ. Day, С. Flanagan, О. Griffiths, B. Hacobian, C. Howard, L. Hill, A.
Holloway, G.A. Holloway, J. Holloway, D. Hyatt, D. Jenkins, K. Khoo,
M. Lowman, D. K. McAlpine, J. McLean, B.J. Moulds, M.S. Moulds, T.
Moulds, V.J. Robinson, M.A. Schneider, A.S. Smithers, C.N. Smithers, C.
Wilson, T. Woolley.
New Distribution Records
Oligochrysa lutea (Walker)
NSW: 1 spec. Mooney Mooney Creek, 18.1.1980 (D.K.McA., B.J.D., D.J.); 1 male, Iluka,
24.xi.1970 (D.K.McA.).
Dictyochrysa latifascia Kimmins
T: I male, Mt. Arrowsmith, 31.1.1987 (C.N.S., A.S.S.).
Dictyochrysa peterseni Kimmins
NSW: 1 female, Wilton, 28.iv.1973 (V.J.R.); 1 male, 12km NW Ошропг, 4.iv.1979
(D.K.McA., B.J.D.); 1 female, Wilson's Valley, 10.11.1979 (О.К. McA., B.J.D.). О: 1 spec.,
Barkula State Forest, 15.ix.1982 (B.H.).
Nathancyla verreauxi Navas
T: 1 female, Olga Camp, 42° 42’S, 145° 48'E, 4.iii.1977 (C.H.,L.H.). NSW: 1 male, Styx
River State Forest, 4.1.1982 (В.Н.).
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Ankylopteryx pallida Banks
О: 1 spec., N. Pine River on Mt. Pleasant Road., SW Caboolture, 30.viii.1982 (O.G.); 2
males, Mt. Windsor Tableland, 27.xii.1976, 30.xii.1980 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
Italochrysa insignis (Walker)
О: 1 spec., Barcaldine, 10.11.1981 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 1 male, 40 mile scrub, 65km NW Mt.
Garnet, 15. iii. 1982 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 1 female, Burra Range between Hughenden and
Charters Towers, 2.11.1981 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 1 male, Windsor Tableland, 20.11.1982 (M.S.M.,
B.J.M.). WA: 2 males, Broome, 5.xi.1978 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 2 females, Glen Gerald Gorge,
Rawlinson Range, 16.v.1983 (G.A.H.). NT: 1 female, Larrimah, 25.1.1983 M.S.M., B.J.M.);
1 male, Hull R., Mannanana Range, 18.v.1983 (G.A.H.); 1 male, 1 female, Keep R. crossing,
Victoria Highway, 7.1.1986 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
Italochrysa fascialis (Banks)
О: 1 male, Eurimbula, 26.ii.1975 (D.K. McA.).
Italochrysa punctistigma (Esben-Petersen)
WA: 2 males, Fitzroy R., Derby-Broome Rd., 3.xi. 1978 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
This species is known only from Western Australia.
Italochrysa lata (Banks)
NT: 1 male, 2 females Taylor's Creek, 47km N. Barrow Creek Township, 22.1.1984 (M.S.M.,
B.J.M.).
This species was known only from the type locality (Darwin) and Silver
Plains Station (Queensland).
Italochrysa luddermanni (Navas)
NSW: 1 male, Pymble (Sydney), 11.xii.1977 (M.S.M.)
This species was known only from the type specimen, also from Sydney.
It appears to be a rare species.
Italochrysa banksi New
Q: 1 female, Etty Bay, near Innisfail, 13.xii.1980; 1 male, same locality, 24.11.1982; 1 male,
Upper Jardine R., 16.х.1979 (M.S.M., В.Ј.М.).
Italochrysa froggatti (Esben-Petersen)
Q: 1 female, Jardine R., 3.x.1979; | female, same locality, 28.x.1979; 1 female Bald Hills
Station, 30km N. Cooktown, 3.1.1981; 4 male, 1 female, same locality, 11.11.1982; 2 females,
Swamp at Isabella Creek, 12km N Bald Hills Station, 14.11.1982; 3 males, Hann R. crossing,
near Laura, 6.xi.1979; 3 females, Mt. Windsor Tableland; 30.xii.1980; 1 spec., same locality,
13.11.1982; 1 spec., same locality, 8.1.1984; 1 male, Mt. Spurgeon, NW Mossman, 28.xii.1976;
2 males, Upper Annon R., near Shipton's Flat, 1.1.1981 (M.S.M., В.Ј.М.); 1 male, Bloomfield,
1.xii.1980 (T.M.).
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 37
Calochrysa extranea (Esben-Petersen)
SA: 1 male, 1 female, Pichi Richi Pass, near Port Augusta, 17.1.1976; 1 male, Wilpena Pound,
18.1.1976 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). WA: 1 female, Tunnel Creek, E. Derby, 1.xi.1978 (M.S.M.,
B.J.M.) 1 male, 1 female, Kalgoorlie, 1.xii.1985 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). NT: 1 female, Keep В.
crossing, Victoria Highway, 7.1.1986 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
Glenochrysa opposita (McLachlan)
О: 1 female, Jardine R., 14.x.1979 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
Chrysopa traviata Banks
Q: 1 male, Colosseum Creek, NW Miriam Vale, 6.ix.1982 (O.G.).
Chrysopa australis New
SA: 1 spec., Musgrave Ranges, 9.v.1983 (G.A.H.).
Chrysopa triactinata New
NSW: | male, | female, Brunswick Heads, 19.11.1981 (B.J.D.).
This is the second New South Wales record for this species which was
known from Coraki (NSW) and Roma and Duaringa (Q).
Chrysopa edwardsi Banks
NSW: | male, Bago State Forest, 11.11.1981 (D.H., G.A.H.); 1 female, Chakola, Kangaroo
Valley, 13.v.1985 (C.N.S., A.S.S.). T: 1 female, Black Charlie's Opening, 25.v.1985 (C.N.S.,
G.A.H.) 1 male Rocky Cape, 20.v.1985 (C.N.S., G.A.H.).
Chrysopa ramburi Schneider
О: 1 female, Mapleton, 8.ix.1982 (O.G.); 1 male, Butler Creek, 20km W. Cloncurry, 21.i.1977;
1 male, Toowoomba, 18.xii.1976; 1 female, Frazer Island, Central Forest Station, 4.xii.1980;
1 female, Barcaldine, 10.11.1981 (M.S.M., ВЈМ.). WA: 1 male, Dunham River, 100km S
Wyndham, 7.11.1977; | female, Tunnel Creek, E. Derby, 1.xi.1978; | female, Wittenoom
Gorge, Hammersley Rnge., 20.ii.1977 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). SA: 1 female, Anajatra, 10-11.v.1983;
1 male Mt. Illibillie, 4-5.v.1983 (G.A.H.). NT: 1 female, Keep R. Crossing, Victoria Highway,
7.1.1986 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). NSW: 1 female, Kinchega National Park, 22-23.viii.1983 (G.A.H.,
J.H., A.H.); 1 female, Pindara Downs Homestead, 55km Е Tibooburra, 10-12.viii.1983
(С.А.Н.).
Chrysopa atalotis Banks
Q: 1 female, Lizard Island, 15.xi.1974; 1 male, 3 females, Jardine R., 14-16.x.1979 (M.S.M.,
B.J.M.).
Chrysopa innotata Walker
NSW: І female, Terania Creek, near Lismore, 5.11.1983 (D.K. McA., K.K.): 1 male, Snapper
Beach, Urunga, 23.xi.1981 (D.K. McA., B.J.D.); 1 male, 16km E Hay, 11.xii.1978 (M.S.M.,
B.J.M.). SA: 1 male, Innamincka, Cooper Creek, 24.1.1976 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). WA: 1 male,
1 female, Tunnel Creek, E. Derby, 1.xi.1978; 1 male, Broome, 5.xi.1978; | spec. Marble
Ваг, 17.11.1977 (M.S.M., B.J.M.).
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Chrysopa otalatis Banks
О: 3 males, 3 females, Oldem, 31.vii.1982; 1 spec. False Cape, 10.vii. 1984 (J. McL.); 1
male, 1 female, Mapleton, 8.ix.1982 (O.G.); | male, 1 female, Jardine River, 14.x.1979
(M.S.M., B.J.M.). NT: 1 male, Beatrice Hill, 26.iv.1984 (C.W., G.F.). WA: 1 female, Tunnel
Creek, E. Derby, 1.xi.1978 (M.S.M., В.Ј.М.); 1 female, 40km N Yuna, 5.ix.1981 (G.A.H.):
Chrysopa signata (Walker)
О: 1 female, Clermont, 7.11.1981 (M.S.M., B.J.M.). NSW: 3 males, 3 females, Lake
Cootapatamba, Snowy Mts., 9.11.1979 (D.K.McA, B.J.D.); 1 male, Kangarooby Valley, near
Cowra, 6.x.1980 (Ю.К. McA.); 1 female, 16km E Hay, 11.xii.1979 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 1 male,
4 females, 95km E. Tibooburra, 10.viii. 1983; 1 female, Pindara Downs Homestead, 55km
E. Tibooburra, 10-12.viii.1983; 6 males, 6 females, 100km SE Tibooburra, 4.viii.1983; 4 males,
1 female, Kinchega National Park, 2.viii.1983; 22-23.viii.1983 (G.A.H.); 1 male, Yalcogrin
State Forest, 25.х.1983 (T.W.); 1 male, Katoomba, 2.x.1982 (B.H.). SA: 1 male, Salt Creek;
Coorong, 8.xii.1977 (D.K. McA., M.A.S.); 1 female, Wilpena Pound, 18.1.1978 (M.S.M.
В.Ј.М.); 1 spec. Anajatra, 10-11.v.1983; 1 male, 1 female, Mt. Illibillee, 4-5.v.1983; 1 male,
Dalhousie Hot Springs, 29.v.1983; 3 males, 4 females, Blanche Cup Spring, 15.v.1981 G.A.H.):
WA: 1 male, 10km SW Payne's Find, 29.viii.1981; 1 male, 1 female, Kalgoorlie, 1.xii. 1985;
1 male, 1 female Kalgoorlie, 1.xii.1985 (M.S.M., B.J.M.); 2 males, Glen Gerald Forge:
Rawlinson Rnge., 16.v.1983 (G.A.H.).
This is one of the commonest and most frequently encountered Australian
chrysopids.
Mallada basalis (Walker)
NSW: 1 spec. Greenacre, 18.1.1969 (G.A.H.); 1 male, 5 males, Narabeen, 16.xii.1984
10.x.1984 (G.H.); 1 spec. Dorrigo, 31.x.1980 (M.L.)
The only previous New South Wales record was from One Tree Waterhole:
north of Broken Hill. It is, however, a species widespread in the Pacific
Region and has been recorded from Queensland and Victoria. It is surprising
that there are so few records from New South Wales.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the many collectors, especially Max and Barbar?
Moulds, for collecting and donating material to the Australian Museum: |
Reference
NEW, Т.К. 1980. A revision of the Australian Chrysopidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australia! |
Journal of Zoology, Suppl. Ser. 77: 1-143, 552 figs.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 39
INDUCTION OF PUPAL DIAPAUSE IN PAPILIO
AEGEUS AEGEUS DONOVAN AND GRAPHIUM
SARPEDON CHOREDON (C. & R. FELDER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
DAVID G. JAMES
Yanco Agricultural Institute, New South Wales Department of Agriculture,
Yanco, N.S.W. 2703.
Abstract
Data are presented on the induction of pupal diapause in the papilionid butterflies, Papilio
aegeus aegeus Donovan and Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. & R. Felder). Laboratory
studies showed diapause in both species to be facultative and induced primarily by short
larval photoperiods. Temperature had a modifying influence on the incidence of diapause,
particularly in P. a. aegeus which showed continuous development at warm temperatures.
The diapause response of G. s. choredon showed greater coupling to photoperiod at warm
temperatures, but the non-diapausing effect of long photophases was negated by cool
temperatures. Short photophases at 25?C resulted in hastened larval development and reduced
pupal weights in both species.
Introduction
A number of studies have been reported concerning the overwintering
strategies of various species of swallowtail butterflies (Papilionidae) in
temperate areas of North America and Japan. Most have been shown to
exhibit a facultative pupal diapause as a result of environmental stimuli
(usually photoperiod and/or temperature) operating during the larval stage
(Oliver 1969; Ichinose 1974; Sims and Shapiro 1983; Shimada 1983; Endo
and Murakami 1985). No detailed studies on the overwintering biology of
Australian swallowtail butterflies have been reported, although at least 5
species occur in the temperate zone (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Both Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan and Graphium sarpedon choredon
(C. & R. Felder), are familiar butterflies over much of eastern Australia.
P. a. aegeus is widely distributed but is most common in coastal areas of
Queensland and New South Wales. It is occasionally considered to be a
minor pest of young citrus (Hely ег al, 1982). С. s. choredon although
common, is confined to the coastal strip from Cape York to a little south
of Sydney. Both species occur in tropical and temperate areas with probable
year-round production of generations in the former and a winter period of
inactivity in the latter. Overwintering in both species is known to occur
in the pupal state (Common and Waterhouse 1981). However, apart from
a statement by these authors that larvae of P. a. aegeus produce diapausing
pupae if exposed to a daylength of less than 14 hours, no information is
available on the induction or nature of winter dormancy in P. a. aegeus
or G. s. choredon.
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
This paper presents the results of experiments designed to investigate
the effect of temperature and photoperiod on the induction of pupal diapause
in P. a. aegeus and G. s. choredon.
Materials and Methods
Butterflies used in this study were obtained from gravid females (P. a. aegeus) or eggs
(G. s. choredon) collected in the Sydney area during 1985/86. Females of P. a. aegeus
oviposited on potted citrus (Citrus spp., Rutaceae) in a wooden framed, muslin covered cage
maintained at 28°С under constant illumination. Eggs of С. s. choredon were readily found
on terminal shoots of Cinnamomum camphora (L.) (Lauraceae) and transported to the
laboratory. Rearing of larvae of both species was carried out in perspex cylinders (30 x 15
cm) with muslin lids, using potted citrus or cut C. camphora in water as food for P. a.
aegeus and G. s. choredon respectively.
Induction of pupal diapause was studied at 3 temperatures (209, 25? and 30°С) and 2
photoperiods (LD 10:14, 15:9). These conditions were provided by environmental chambers
with temperature variance of +1°С and time-controlled fluorescent lighting. Eggs were placed
in the chambers before observable embryonic development occurred. Upon completion of larval
development, pupae were removed and stored at 30°С, LD 15:9. Pupae were judged to be
in diapause if eclosion had not occurred within 24 days under these conditions. Mean number
of days from pupation to eclosion for non-diapausing P. a. aegeus and С. s. choredon under
this temperature/photoperiod regime was 11.9 + 0.4, range 11-13, n = 15 and 12.8 +07,
range 12-14, n = 12, respectively. In some experiments data were collected on duration of
larval period and pupal weights. In an additional experiment, larvae of both species were
reared outdoors under natural conditions of temperature and photoperiod during late summer
and autumn 1986.
Results
The effect of temperature and photoperiod on the induction of pupal
diapause in P. a. aegeus and G. s. choredon in the laboratory is shown
in Table 1. Both species exhibited a facultative pupal diapause induced by
short day photoperiods during larval development. In P. a. aegeus the
diapause response to short days was overridden by warm temperatures. Thus
at 25?C, 33% of pupae produced under short day conditions were non-
diapause and at 30°С short-day-induced diapause was prevented. However,
in G. s. choredon a temperature of 25?C failed to override the diapause-
producing effect of short photoperiod, whilst only a small percentage of
individuals failed to diapause at 30°С under LD 10:14. In this species, cool
(20°С) temperatures negated the effect of long day photoperiods and
produced a high incidence of diapause. 10096 incidence of diapause was
recorded only for G. s. choredon at 20? and 25?C under short photoperiod.
In P. a. aegeus some non-diapausing pupae were produced even under cool
temperatures and short daylength.
Short day conditions for rearing at 25?C resulted in individuals of both
species spending a significantly shorter time as larvae than under long day
conditions (Table 2). There was also a corresponding reduction in pupal
weights of the faster developing larvae. A similar developmental response
тш каст —
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 4]
Table 1. Effect of temperature and photoperiod on induction of pupal
diapause in P. a. aegeus and G. s. choredon.
Rearing Photoperiod
temperature n % Diapause
CC) (L:D)
P. a. aegeus
20 10 : 14 12 92
20 ЈЕО 12 0
25 10 : 14 12 67
25 5:60 12 0
30 10 : 14 12 0
30 iD 5.9) 12 0
G. s. choredon
20 10 : 14 12 100.0
20 15 gw) 14 71.4
25 10 : 14 12 100.0
25 15610 12 0
30 10 : 14 12 91.6
30 ll) 3 9) 12 0
Table 2. Larval durations and pupal weights of P. a. aegeus and G.
s. choredon reared under different conditions of temperature
and photoperiod.
Temperature Mean larval duration Mean pupal wt.
photoperiod n (days + SE) (mg + SE)
P. a. aegeus
25°С
1 ӘКӘ 5) 6 271 дк ТЫ 1467.3 + 182.0
L:D 10 : 14 6 24.2 + 1.9% 1162.9 + 97.9
G. s. choredon
20°C
JE DEISESO 8 38.0 + 3.9 831.9 + 146.5
L:D 10 : 14 8 26.0 + 2.4** 873 + 1244
25°C
L:D 15:9 8 26.4 + 1.9 1172.6 + 86.0
L:D 10 : 14 9 ПИ ИК 906.6 + 1832
30°C
I5 DNI58:00 5 13.0 + 2.4 978.4 + 79.0
L:D 10 : 14 8 14.1 + 2.4 995.9 + 42.7
*P < 0.01 **P < 0.001 Significantly shorter duration or lighter weight
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
to photoperiod was also noted for С. s. choredon larvae reared at 20°С
although pupal weights did not differ significantly. No photoperiodically-
induced differences in developmental duration and pupal weights were
detected at 30?C.
Larvae of both species reared under natural conditions of temperature
and photoperiod during late January-late March produced diapausing pupae
(Table 3). During this time daylengths declined from 14-12 h and mean
daily maximum and minimum temperatures ranged from 23-27°С and 15-
19?C, respectively.
Discussion
The results presented indicate that P. a. aegeus and G. s. choredon
undergo a facultative pupal diapause in winter induced primarily by short
photoperiods operating during the larval stage. The diapause-inducing effect
of short daylengths is modified by temperature, particularly in P. a. aegeus.
Total avoidance of diapause is possible in this species at warm temperatures.
However, in G. s. choredon warm temperatures only allow a small proportion
of individuals to continue direct development under short photoperiods.
Diapause appears to be fixed more strongly as an overwintering strategy
in G. s. choredon than P. a. aegeus. Under summer temperatures of 20-
25°C, short days produced 100% diapause response amongst larvae of С.
s. choredon. A high incidence of diapause was also obtained under long
daylengths at 20?C. Conversely, the diapause response of P. a. aegeus shows
greater flexibility with 10096 diapause not achieved under any temperature/
photoperiod condition tested. This species has the capacity, if temperatures
are high enough, to continue development despite a short photoperiod.
Larvae of both species reared outdoors under natural late summer-autumn
conditions in Sydney, produced only diapausing pupae. It is difficult to
compare the results obtained in the laboratory, under fixed temperatures and
photoperiods, with data obtained under varying ambient conditions.
However, the effective mean temperature experienced by the outdoor larvae
was probably close to 20°С in most instances, and the average mid-larval
stage photophase about 13 h.
The critical photoperiod for diapause induction in P. a. aegeus and G.
5. choredon has not been determined accurately. However, the data for P.
а. aegeus suggest that at 25°С the critical photoperiod (inducing diapause
in 50% of individuals) is little more than 10 h. The substantial modifying
effect of temperature on diapause induction in this species indicates that
the critical photoperiod is dependent on temperature. This is less likely to
be the case with G. s. choredon, with limited data indicating a critical
photoperiod of about 13 h at 30°С (James, unpublished observations). The
precise photo-sensitive stage for diapause induction during larval
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 43
development is unknown for either species but is likely to be during mid-
larval life as it is in a number of other papilionids (Endo et al. 1985; Shimada
1985).
An interesting observation was the hastening of larval development in
both species under short photoperiod at 25?C. This may be an adaptation
to ensure complete larval development before the deterioration of
environmental conditions, signalled by short photoperiod. The resulting
spring generation of butterflies may also be better adapted for dispersal,
by virtue of their smaller size and probable lower wing-loading ratio (Angelo
and Slansky 1984). Development under cool temperatures and short
photoperiods has been shown to produce “migration-adapted” adults in two
Australian vanessid butterflies (James 1987).
The difference in diapause induction response between P. a. aegeus and
G. s. choredon may reflect their different geographical origins. The
suppression of photoperiodic reaction by high temperatures in P. a. aegeus
may be an adaptation to continuous development under short days in the
tropics. Conversely, strict photoperiodic control of diapause in С. s. choredon
may indicate evolution of this species in more temperate regions. The
flexibility of diapause response in P. a. aegeus should result in continuous
development in warm areas where winter breeding of G. s. choredon would
be constrained by short photoperiods Adults of P. a. aegeus may be taken
throughout the year in most of Queensland. The seasonal breeding status
of G. s. choredon in northeastern Australia is less certain (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). А number of sub-species of both P. a. aegeus and G.
s. choredon occur in the Australian and Oriental zoogeographical regions.
Comparative studies on the diapause response of these races would yield
interesting biological as well as evolutionary information, concerning the
spread of these species in the Pacific region.
Table3. Induction of pupal diapause in P. a. aegeus and G. s. choredon under
natural conditions of temperature and photoperiod.
n Photoperiod Temperature °С
(h) Max Min %
X-SE range X+SE range Diapause
P. a. aegeus
27.1 - 5.01 12 13.9-12.5 24143.8 20-28 19.14+2.9 16-22 100
16.11 - 2411 6 13.4 - 12.1 23.2 + 3.4 16-31 15.642.5 9-20 100
G. s. choredon
18.1- 221 6 14.0 -13.0 26.6+4.1 20-32 17.5+3.0 12-21 100
З.П - 10.III 6 13.5 - 12.5 25.2+3.9 20-29 154-242) 12-19 100
23.11 - 2811 6 13.1 - 12.0 22.943. 16-31 15.5227 9-20 100
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
References
ANGELO, M.J. and SLANSKY, F., 1984. Body building by insects: trade-offs in resource
allocation with particular reference to migratory species. Тле Florida Entomologist 67: 22-
41.
ENDO, K. and MURAKAMI, Y., 1985. Photoperiodic control of three different seasonal
phenomena of the swallowtail butterfly, Papilio xuthus L. Zoological Science 2: 755-760.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. 'Butterflies of Australia’. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney, 682 pp.
НЕГУ, P.C, PASFIELD, G. and GELLATLEY, J.G., 1982. 'Insect pests of fruit and |
vegetables in N.S.W.' Inkata Press, Melbourne. 312рр.
ICHINOSE, T., 1974. Pupal diapause in some Japanese Papilionid butterflies, with special
reference to the difference in photoperiodic response between the diapausing pupae of Papilio
maacki Fenton and P. xuthus Linnaeus. Kontyu 42: 439-450.
JAMES, D.G., 1987. Effects of temperature and photoperiod on the development of Vanessa
kershawi McCoy and Junonia villida Godart (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Journal of the
Australian Entomological Society 26: 289-292.
OLIVER, C.G., 1969. Experiments on the diapause dynamics of Papilio polyxenes. Journal
of Insect Physiology 15: 1579-1589.
SHIMADA, K., 1983. Photoperiodic induction of diapause in normal and allatectomized
precocious pupae of Papilio machaon. Journal of Insect Physiology 29: 801-806.
SIMS, S.R. and SHAPIRO, АМ., 1983. Pupal diapause in Battus philenor (Lepidoptera:
Papilionidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of America 76: 407-412.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 45
BOOK REVIEW
Threatened Swallowtail Butterflies of the World. The IUCN Red Data
Book. By N. M. Collins and M. G. Morris. ISBN 2-88032-603-6, vii 4
401 pages, 8 colour plates. Price £18 (US$26). Published November 1985,
by IUCN, Gland and Cambridge.
This is the second volume in the IUCN Conservation Library series to
deal with invertebrates, and breaks new ground by dealing with a single
family of butterflies, the Papilionidae. The treatment is world-wide and the
book is a veritable treasure-trove of information, of value not only to
swallowtail enthusiasts but also to all biologists with an interest in
conservation. It is of particular importance to those involved in conservation
policy or in the assessment of potential protected areas.
The book opens with a short chapter on how to use it, followed by an
introduction to the family and its conservation. Well written and informative
sections highlight aspects of biology, distribution, classification and origin,
the bearing on man and science, threats and aspects of conservation. The
highly interesting case of how swallowtails helped resolve the Rhesus-
immunization problem in humans is discussed here and the “threats” section
brings out perhaps the most important message of the book, that as long
as habitat alteration and destruction persist, survival of threatened species
is most unlikely. The mere placing of a species on a "protected list" is
totally inadequate, even harmful as it conveys the usually erroneous
impression that something is being done to conserve it. Rainforest species,
not surprisingly, are at greatest risk. The "conservation" section cogently
explains how conservation can be effectively achieved, not by verbal rhetoric
and placard-waving, but by hard work and sound biological data. On page
14 it is stated that the larval foodplants of Papilio (Princeps) species are
almost entirely Rutaceae; it is now known that members of the African P.
zenobia group utilize only Piperaceae. Chapter 3 is a long one, and details
the nomenclature, distribution and conservation status of the 573 species
recognized. The information contained in the annotated list is valuable and
there is a useful geographical index following it. Insect nomenclature
however is far from stable and the Papilionidae is certainly no exception.
Even in the few years since the list was drafted, a few new species have
been described or recognized and further changes will undoubtedly be needed
in the future. Nevertheless, this chapter is an impressive data base, with
conflicting opinions handled in a sensible manner. There are a few errors
in the geographical information. For the benefit of users in the Indo-
Australian Region, I detail the relevant amendments below.
Iphiclides podalirius (Linnaeus): Not in China (see 7. podalirinus)
(Oberthür); Meandrusa sciron (Leech): Subspecies lachinus (Fruhstorfer) is
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
probably a distinct species; Lamproptera meges (Zinken-Sommer):
Subspecies ennius (C. & R. Felder) from Sulawesi, 1s probably a distinct
species; Graphium euphrates (C.&.R. Felder): Subspecies ornatus
(Rothschild) from N. Moluccas, is probably a distinct species; G. batjanensis
Okano: Close to G. stresemanni (Rothschild) and recently described from
Batjan, N. Moluccas; G. cloanthus (Westwood): Not in Sumatra (see G.
sumatranum (Hagen); G. monticolum (Fruhstorfer): Very likely a subspecies
of G. sarpedon (Linnaeus) (G. milon (C. & R. Felder) is acceptable as a
species, occurring in Sulawesi and the Moluccas); Ornithoptera priamus
(Linnaeus): Distribution to include NE Queensland (Cape York to Stewart
River); Papilio (Princeps) noblei de Niceville and P. (P.) antonio Hewitson:
Transfer to demolion group; P. (P.) helenus Linnaeus: Only on Palawan
in the Philippines (P. hystaspes C. & R. Felder elsewhere); P. (P.) jordan
Fruhstorfer: Transfer to nephelus group, near other danaid mimics: P. (P.)
hipponous C. & R. Felder and P. (P.) pitmani Elwes & de Niceville: Records
from the Philippines belong to P. hipponous, not to P. pitmani which is
a mainland species; P. (P.) fuscus Goeze: Subspecies pertinax Wallace from
Sulawesi and the Sula Is, is probably a distinct species, and P. hipponous
lunifer Rothschild from Sangihe and Talaud Is, is probably a subspecies
of it. P. fuscus also occurs in Sulawesi; P. (P.) heringi Niepelt: A probable
hybrid.
Chapter 4 analyses the distribution of the swallowtails and discusses the
faunas of certain countries with an important fauna. Indonesia is considered
the most critical in this regard and its fauna is analysed in detail.
Unfortunately, the accompanying Table 4.2 contains a number of
distributional errors, particularly concerning Sulawesi, the Moluccas and
Java, and these need to be checked by referring back to Chapter 3. In
addition, С. cloanthus should be deleted from the list, as records belong
to G. sumatranum, whilst G. batjanensis needs to be added. Nevertheless,
the analysis presented is an important contribution. The fauna of the
Philippines is also analysed but in the accompanying Table 4.4, P. pitmani
should read P. hipponous and this species occurs throughout thePhilippines.
Conversely, the widespread distribution given for P. demoleus Linnaeus
requires confirmation. The faunas of China, Brazil and Madagascar are
discussed briefly.
| Trade in swallowtails is the subject of Chapter 5, which discusses the
Impact of private and commercial collectors on the fauna, and the increasing
awareness of butterfly ranching as a means of meeting the needs of both
collectors and conservation, as well as providing a source of income for
the local populace. together with the previous chapter, this one provides
valuable data for those involved in the planning of conservation policy and
protected areas.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988 47
A little over half of the book is taken up by Chapter 6, which treats
in detail the 78 species considered to be threatened at the present time.
Virtually all that is known about the species concerned is recorded here,
together with conservation measures that have been applied, thus highlighting
areas where further research is needed. Of these, 42 species occur in the
Indo-Australian Region, with 12 in Papua New Guinea, including most of
the Ornithoptera species. The newly described Graphium batjanensis should
be added to this section; its conservation needs are probably similar to those
of the related С. stresemanni. No Australian species are detailed, but
Protographium leosthenes (Doubleday) is treated in an Appendix as
requiring further monitoring and research. This is especially true of the very
poorly known Northern Territory subspecies. The birdwings O. euphorion
(Gray) and O. richmondia (Gray) are also included in this category.
In general, this is a timely and very worthwhile book. A host of literature
references point to further sources of data should the reader require them.
The errors are minor and do not detract from the usefulness of this volume.
Attractively produced and inexpensive, this publication should become a
much-consulted addition to the libraries of all those interested in biology
and conservation.
D. L. Hancock
5 Northampton Crescent,
Hillcrest, Bulawayo,
Zimbabwe
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (1), 1988
Contents
EDITORIAL
SMITHERS, C.N. FOUR ADDITIONAL ANTLION RECORDS FROM
BARROW ISLAND, WESTERN AUSTRALIA (NEUROPTERA:
MYRMELEONTIDAE)
RENTZ, D.C.F. NANOPHYLLIUM PYGMAEUM КЕРТЕМВАСНЕК
(PHASMATODEA: PHYLLIIDAE: PHYLLIINAE) A LEAF INSECT
RECENTLY RECOGNISED IN AUSTRALIA
JAMES, D.G. A NEW HOST PLANT FOR JUNONIA VILLIDA CALYBE
(GODART) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
HANCOCK, D.L. A REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENUS
ATROPHANEURA REAKIRT (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
STOREY, R.I AND WEIR, Т.А. NEW LOCALITIES AND BIOLOGICAL
NOTES FOR THE GENUS ONTHOPHAGUS LATREILLE
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
JAMES, D.G. MIGRATION AND BEHAVIOUR OF NON-
REPRODUCTIVE DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.) (LEPIDOPTERA:
NYMPHALIDAE) IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINS, NEW SOUTH WALES
SCHOTZ, M. AND SANDS, D.P.A. DIEL PATTERN OF FEEDING AND
OVIPOSITION BY CYRTOBAGOUS SALIVINIAE CALDER AND SANDS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
BRABY, M.F. NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR JALMENUS EVAGORAS
EVAGORAS (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
SMITHERS, C.N. NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN
CHRYSOPIDAE (NEUROPTERA)
JAMES, D.G. INDUCTION OF PUPAL DIAPAUSE IN PAPILIO AEGEUS
AEGEUS DONOVAN AND GRAPHIUM SARPEDON CHOREDON (C. &
R. FELDER) (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
BOOK REVIEW - THREATENED SWALLOWTAIL BUTTERFLIES OF
THE WORLD
17
25
31
33
35
39
45
Guide to Contributors
l.
108
Australian Entomological Magazine is published іп at least three parts annually.
Contributions from professional or amateur entomologists will be eligible for publication.
Each manuscript should first be sent to the Editor who will then submit copies to two referees
and the Assistant Editor for assessment. The Editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
The original and one copy of manuscripts, checklists or book reviews should be submitted
as double spaced typescript with ample margins on A4 paper. The title should be placed above
the text on the first page followed by the author's name and address. Title, authors, address
and headings should all start at the left margin.
Manuscripts unsuitable for publication will be returned to the authors, who may be given
an opportunity to revise their papers in the light of editorial comment.
Manuscripts should contain original information. No manuscript that has been published
elsewhere, either wholly or in part, will be accepted for publication.
The Magazine will not generally accept papers which exceed 16 printed pages except by
special arrangement with the Editor.
For style and format, authors are referred to the most recent issue.
Tables must be typed on separate sheets grouped together at the end of the manuscript. Tables
must be numbered consecutively as referred to in the text using arabic numerals.
. Graphs, line drawings and photographs will be referred to as figures. They must be numbered
consecutively whether appearing in groups or not. Numbering must be in arabic numerals.
Magnifications must be indicated by scale lines on the figures where appropriate. Authors
should send clear photographic copies of original line drawings and if possible, all figures
should be submitted at twice the size authors wish them to be published.
. Colour work may be accepted by arrangement with the Editor. The author will be required
to pay additional printing costs.
. Scientific names should be given in full with authorities when first used but may be
abbreviated subsequently if there is no ambiguity. Common names for insects should be
avoided in titles and abstracts. Editorial policy will conform with the Articles and
Recommendations of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
. Common names of pesticides listed in "Pesticides Synonyms and Chemical Names" latest
edition, Australian Department of Health, Canberra, should be used where possible. Trade
names, if used, should be placed in inverted commas and full chemical definition given when
first mentioned.
. The international System of Units should be used for exact measurement of physical
quantities.
. References should be quoted in the text as follows: Smith and Jones (1937) or (Smith and
Jones 1937) and listed with titles of article and journal in full.
. Papers will only be published when the author or his nominee has had an opportunity to read
and correct proof. Prompt return of a proof is requested within 7 days of receipt. Authors
are held responsible for correcting all omissions or errors that can be checked against the
original manuscript. Authors may be charged for correction of errors or alterations in the
text for which the author is responsible.
A condition of acceptance of papers is that authors undertake to pay reprint charges. Reprints
should be ordered when corrected proofs are returned. Reprints are currently charged at the
following rates per page: $18 for 50 copies, $25 for 100 copies and $30 for 200 copies.
. Articles occupying less than one page in the Magazine are acceptable and charges on such
articles may be exempt if no reprints are required.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 1, 11 March 1988
Contents
EDITORIAL
SMITHERS, C.N. FOUR ADDITIONAL ANTLION RECORDS FROM
BARROW ISLAND, WESTERN AUSTRALIA (NEUROPTERA:
MYRMELEONTIDAE)
RENTZ, D.C.F. NANOPHYLLIUM PYGMAEUM REDTENBACHER
(PHASMATODEA: PHYLLIIDAE: PHYLLIINAE), A LEAF INSECT
RECENTLY RECOGNISED IN AUSTRALIA
JAMES, D.G. A NEW HOST PLANT FOR JUNONIA VILLIDA CALYBE
(GODART) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
HANCOCK, D.L. A REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENUS
ATROPHANEURA REAKIRT (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
STOREY, ЕЛ AND WEIR, Т.А. NEW LOCALITIES AND BIOLOGICAL
NOTES FOR THE GENUS ОМТНОРНАСИЗ LATREILLE
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
JAMES, D.G. MIGRATION AND BEHAVIOUR OF NON-
REPRODUCTIVE DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.) (LEPIDOPTERA:
NYMPHALIDAE) IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINS, NEW SOUTH WALES
SCHOTZ, M. AND SANDS, D.P.A. DIEL PATTERN OF FEEDING AND
OVIPOSITION BY CYRTOBAGOUS SALIVINIAE CALDER AND SANDS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
BRABY, M.F. NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR JALMENUS EVAGORAS
EVAGORAS (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
SMITHERS, C.N. NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN
CHRYSOPIDAE (NEUROPTERA)
JAMES, D.G. INDUCTION OF PUPAL DIAPAUSE IN PAPILIO AEGEUS
AEGEUS DONOVAN AND GRAPHIUM SARPEDON CHOREDON (C. &
R. FELDER) (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
BOOK REVIEW - THREATENED SWALLOWTAIL BUTTERFLIES OF
THE WORLD
cS NATO
PS
NA rud
GM
17
25
31
33
35
39
45
~
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 2, 15 June 1988
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, Dr
D.P.A. Sands or to the Business Manager, Dr E. Brough, Australian
Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia
4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian dollars,
can be accepted.
The Entomological Society of Queensland membership is open to anyone
interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held in the Entomology
Department, University of Queensland on the second Monday of March-June,
and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society’s
News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notice of other Society events and information on Members’ activities.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary A$15.00 p.a. ($13.00 if paid by Ist March).
Country & Overseas A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Associate: students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council - A$10.00 p.a., ($8.00 if paid by Ist March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology, University
of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
49 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
NEW NOMENCLATURE OF THE AUSTRALIAN
ANTS OF THE POLYRHACHIS GAB FOREL
SPECIES COMPLEX (HYMENOPTERA:
FORMICIDAE: FORMICINAE)
RUDOLF J. KOHOUT
Queensland Museum, P.O. Box 300, South Brisbane, Qld, 4101
Abstract
Two former infraspecies of the complex of Polyrhachis gab Forel (P. gab aegra Forel and P. gab
senilis Forel), are raised to specific status. P. gab tripellis Forel and P. crawleyella Santschi,
synonymised earlier with P. gab, are considered to be synonyms of P. senilis. All three valid species
(P. gab, P. aegra and P. senilis) are illustrated. Notes on their distribution and nesting habits are
included.
Introduction
The relationship of Polyrhachis gab Forel, its various infraspecies and P.
crawleyella Santschi, were discussed by Bolton (1974). He examined the
types of P. gab tripellis Forel and P. crawleyella and considered them to
be synonyms of P. gab, although his paper indicated that he had not seen
the type of that species. He also suggested that P. gab aegra Forel was
synonymous with P. gab, and questioned validity of P. gab senilis Forel as
an entity separate from P. gab.
I have examined and directly compared all types relevant to this discussion,
along with abundant material from a wide range of localities across northern
Australia. Three valid species are here recognised: P. gab (Fig. 1), P. aegra
(Fig. 2) and P. senilis (Fig. 3), with the synonymy indicated below. The
features distinguishing these species are as follows:
1 Head covered with dense appressed silvery pubescence, which
almost completely obscures the underlying sculpturation; antennal
5сарезШопрегА (эЛ ЫПООЖ илин EIE ETE 2
- Head with only very dilute whitish or yellowish sub-erect pubes-
cence, which does not obscure the underlying sculpturation; antennal
Scapessshorteras Iesu 07) ИНИНИ P. aegra
2 Mesosomal dorsum reticulate-punctate; this sculpturation more or less
hidden by silvery pubescence (Fig.1), which is only slightly less dense
than that on the head and gaster лане P. gab
- Mesosomal dorsum foveolate-punctate; pubescence confined to head
and gaster and virtually absent from the mesosomal dorsum (Fig. 3)
P. senilis
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Appropriately labelled voucher specimens identified in the course of this
study have been distributed to leading Australian and overseas ant
collections.
The SEM micrographs were prepared with a Hitachi S-530 Scanning
Electron Microscope, using gold-coated specimens.
Conventions of measurements and indices are those of Bolton (1973), and
Kohout (1988а). The available names have been set out by Taylor & Brown
(1985) and Taylor (1987). Distribution data follows the 1-degree grid cell
system used by Taylor (1987) and Kohout (1988b). The abbreviations used
for institutions and depositories are those of Taylor & Brown (1985).
Polyrhachis gab Forel, 1880
Polyrhachis guerini r. gab Forel, 1880 : 116. Syntype (?) workers.
AUSTRALIA, GMNH (Examined).
Polyrhachis gab Forel; Dalla Torre, 1893 : 362 (raised to specific status).
Polyrhachis aegra Forel, 1915 stat. nov.
Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) gab v. aegra Forel, 1915 : 109. Syntype workers.
AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Atherton, GMNH, SMNH, ANIC,
(Examined).
Polyrhachis senilis Forel, 1902 stat. nov.
Polyrhachis gab v. senilis Forel, 1902 : 520. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA:
Queensland, Townsville, GMNH, ANIC (Examined).
Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) gab v. tripellis Forel, 1915 : 108. Syntype
workers, females. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kimberley District,
Derby, Noonkanbah, GMNH, SMNH, ANIC (Examined). syn. nov.
Polyrhachis comata Crawley, 1915 : 237. Holotype, paratype workers.
AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory, Stapleton, BMNH, OUM
(Examined). Nom.preocc. (Junior homonym of Polyrhachis comata
Emery, 1911).
Polyrhachis crawleyella Santschi, 1916 : 243. (Replacement name.) syn.
nov.
Distribution
All three species inhabit open forests and woodlands, particularly areas with
thin grass cover and bare rocky patches. They nest mostly in the soil, under
logs and stones, between grass roots, but also in the matrix of moist rotting
logs, and occasionally under the bark of standing trees. Their distribution
is apparently restricted to northern Australia and all three species have
51 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
broadly overlapping ranges. P. gab has been recorded in Queensland from
the Torres Strait Islands and Cape York Peninsula south to Townsville, areas
to the south of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and from the Northern Territory,
near Darwin (Grid cells 10/142, 12/130, 12/131, 14/144, 18/139, 18/142, 19/146,
19/147. P. aegra is known in Queensland from the Torres Strait Islands
and Cape York Peninsula south to Mackay (Grid cells 10/142, 16/145, 17/
145, 17/146, 19/146, 19/147, 20/148, 21/148). P. senilis is the most widespread
species of the complex, ranging in Queensland from the Atherton Tableland
to Townsville, and westwards across the *Gulf Country' to the Northern
Territory and northern Western Australia (Grid cells 12/130, 12/136, 14/126,
16/125, 16/128, 16/145, 17/123, 17/145, 18/124, 18/127, 18/138, 18/139, 18/142,
19/146, 19/147).
FIGS 1-3. Scanning electron micrographs of mesosomal dorsum of
Polyrhachis spp.: (1) - P. gab; (2) - P. aegra; (3) - P. senilis.
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr R.W. Taylor of ANIC, CSIRO, Canberra, for assistance
received during preparation of this paper, and to Dr G.B. Monteith of
Queensland Museum, for reading the final draft of the manuscript. I am
also very grateful to Dr Cl. Besuchet of Museum d'Histoire Naturelle,
Geneva and to Dr Barry Bolton of British Museum (Natural History),
London, for loan of the types in their care used in this study.
References
BOLTON, B., 1973. The ant genus Polyrhachis in the Ethiopian Region. Bulletin of the British
Museum (Natural History) (Entomology series) 28 : 283-369.
BOLTON, B., 1974. New synonymy and a new name in the ant genus Polyrhachis F. Smith (Hym.,
Formicidae). Entomologist' 5 Monthly Magazine 109 : 172-180.
CRAWLEY, W.C., 1915. Ants from north and south-west Australia (G.F. Hill, Rowland Turner)
and Christmas Island, Straits Settlements. Part II. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 15:
232-239.
DALLA TORRE, C.G. de, 1893. ‘Catalogus hymenopterorum huiusque descriptorum systematicus
et synonymicus.’ Vol.7 Formicidae (Heterogyna). Lipsiae. 289 pp.
FOREL, A., 1880. Etudes myrmécologiques en 1879. Bulletin de la Société vaudoise des
sciences naturelles 16 : 53-128.
FOREL, A., 1902. Fourmis nouvelles d'Australie. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 10 : 405-548. |
FOREL, A., 1915. Results of Dr E. Mjoberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910- |
1913. 2. Ameisen. Arkiv for Zoologi 9 : 1-119.
KOHOUT, R.J., 1988a. A new species of Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) from Papua New Guinea with
a review of the New Guinean and Australian species (Hym., Formicidae: Formicinae). Memoirs
of the Queensland Museum 25 (in press).
KOHOUT, ЕЈ. 1988b. Nomenclatural changes and new Australian records in the ant genus
Polyrhachis Fr. Smith (Hym., Formicidae: Formicinae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 25 (in
press).
SANTSCHI, F., 1916. Rectifications à la nomenclature de quelques formicides (Hym.). Bulletin de
la Société Entomologique de France, 1916 : 242-243.
TAYLOR, R.W., 1987. 'A Checklist of the Ants of Australia, New Caledonia and New Zealand
(Hym.: Formicidae).’ CSIRO Australia. Division of Entomology Report. No.41: 1-92.
TAYLOR, ЕМ. & BROWN, D.R., 1985. Hymenoptera: Formicoidea in Zoological Catalogue ој
Australia, 2 : 1-149, 306-348.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 53
A NOTE ON DIRECTIONAL FLIGHTS OF EUREMA
SMILAX (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE) AND
DANAUS CHRYSIPPUS PETILIA (STOLL)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN VICTORIA
MICHAEL F. BRABY
21 Cromwell Street, Eltham, Vic. 3095
Abstract
Observations on Eurema smilax (Donovan) and Danaus chrysippus репа (Stoll) near
Melbourne and at Benalla, Victoria, suggest that a low density, westerly migratory flight
occurred in both species during February and March 1984. The literature giving records of
directional flight for both species in Victoria is summarised.
Eurema smilax (Donovan) and Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) are
both common and widely distributed throughout most of Australia.
However, in Victoria their appearances are sporadic and infrequent
(Anderson and Spry 1893, McCubbin 1971, Common and Waterhouse
1981). Published records of sightings or captures of both species around
Melbourne are well. documented (eg. Lucas 1887, Barnard 1920, Burns
1955, Smith 1965, Condron 1966, Hutchinson 1973, Quick 1974,
Anonymous 1984, Braby 1986, Clarke 1987) with most records during
spring and autumn for Е. smilax and from late spring to early autumn
for D. c. petilia. It is assumed that most appearances of these two
conspicuous species near Melbourne are the result of individuals dispersing
from areas to the north (Lucas 1887, Anderson and Spry 1893, Burns 1955,
McCubbin 1971). They probably do not regularly breed in central and
southern Victoria since their larval food plants are scarce (see Common
and Waterhouse 1981; Willis 1972).
E. smilax is a regular migrant (Smithers 1983b), but there are few details
available on overall patterns of directional flight, particularly in Victoria
(Table 1). In New South Wales, the major directional flights are to the
south (Waterhouse and Lyell 1914, Williams 1941, Smithers 1983b),
although Fisher (1978) records a northerly flight on 27 October 1949 near
Broken Hill. Very little is known about the flight patterns of D. c. petilia.
In New South Wales extensive northerly flights have been recorded during
autumn (Smithers 1983a). The only published directional flight record of
D. c. petilia for Victoria is that of Schwarz (1973) who observed two
individuals travelling east at Kyneton on 6 April 1973.
Observations made by the author on directional flight of E. smilax and
D. c. petilia at localities near Melbourne and at Benalla (approximately
165 km NE of Melbourne) in 1982 and 1984 are summarised in Tables
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
2 and 3. Most observations were made on fine, still sunny days and for
each observation butterflies were tracked for 10-30 seconds to ascertain
direction of flight. Although no precise details on weather conditions were
recorded, the flight in all cases was persistently directional regardless of
prevailing weather, for example, wind direction, and/or obstacles.
During the 1981-82 season only one observation was made, when a
single individual of Е. smilax was observed moving east at Eltham in
March. The following season E. smilax and D. c. petilia were absent.
However, during the next season (1983-84) both species were conspicuous
near Melbourne during February and March, when all individuals observed
were flying in a westerly direction. Two earlier observations were made
of D. c. petilia without obvious signs of directional flight. These were
both near Melbourne, where one individual was recorded near Kinglake
on 24 November 1983 and another at Eltham on 24 December 1983. Both
species appeared to be absent near Melbourne during the following two
seasons (1984-85, 1985-86).
Collectively, the observations on flight made during 1983-84 suggests
that migrations of both E. smilax and D. c. petilia occurred near Melbourne
and at Benalla (possibly throughout much of central Victoria) during
February and March 1984, with relatively low numbers of individuals
moving predominantly in a westerly direction.
Numbers of E. smilax are generally small, with individuals being widely
separated so that migratory flights may be easily overlooked (Smithers
1983b). In New South Wales, southerly flights occur between December
and April (Smithers 1983b) and it is possible that, in some years, such
migrations may extend into Victoria and Tasmania (ie., during late summer
and early autumn). Migratory flights of this magnitude may account for
most appearances of E. smilax іп these two states, where the species
is probably not established, although further observations are needed to
verify this. The species does not breed in Tasmania (Williams 1941,
Common and Waterhouse 1981) and does not appear to breed throughout
much of Victoria, except perhaps in the north and northwestern areas of
the state where the larval host plants naturally occur.
Studies are needed to assess if easterly flights of E. smilax reported
in the literature (Table 1) constitute migration, particularly for those
recorded during spring. Further observations are also required to determine
the extent of migratory flights of D. c. petilia, and if this species moves
southwards from New South Wales into Victoria.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
55
Table 1. Records for directional flight of Eurema smilax in Victoria.
Locality Date Flight Reference
Direction*
Gisborne .x.1894 W Waterhouse and
Lyell (1914)
Kyneton 6.1v.1973 E (2) Schwarz (1973)
Inglewood 13-14.x.1973 E Hutchinson and
McEvey (1973)
Gisborne 15.x.1973 E (1) Hutchinson and
McEvey (1973)
Sea Lake viii.1977 S Fenselau (1977)
Christmas Hills 28.x.1986 E (1) Braby (1986)
* Numbers of individuals where recorded are given in parentheses.
Table 2. New observations for directional flight of Eurema smilax in
Victoria
Locality Date Time Number Flight
(E.S.T.) observed Direction
Eltham 26.11.1982 1500 1 Е
Benalla 21.11. 1984 1000-1300 2 W
Benalla 22.ii. 1984 1500 1 W
Eltham 4. 11.1984 1000 1 W
Kangaroo Ground 4. 11.1984 1100 2 W
Christmas Hills 4. 11.1984 1400 1 W
Kangaroo Ground 4. iii.1984 1430 1 W
Eltham 4. 11.1984 1500 1 NW
Bundoora 5. 11.1984 1200 1 NW
Eltham 6. iii.1984 1400 1 W
Rosebud 10.11.1984 1130 1 W
Sandringham 10.111.1984 1300 1 W
Nunawading 10.11.1984 1400 1 wW
Eltham 17.11.1984 1100 1 W
56
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Table 3. Records of directional flight of Danaus chrysippus petilia in
Victoria
Locality Date Time Number Flight
(E.S.T.) observed Direction
Eltham 14. ii. 1984 1300 1 У
Eltham 16. ii. 1984 1100 1 W
Eltham 17. ii. 1984 1200-1300 7 W
Eltham 18. 11. 1984 0900 1 W
Eltham 18. 11.1984 1300 2) NW
Benalla 21. ii. 1984 1000-1500 3 W
Benalla 22. 11.1984 1000-1500 8 W
Benalla 23. ii. 1984 0900-1100 3 W
Eltham 25. ii. 1984 1200 1 W
Eltham 25. 11.1984 1500 1 W
Eltham 27. 11.1984 1000 1 W
Christmas Hills 4. 11.1984 1400 2 W
Kangaroo Ground 4. 11.1984 1430 1 W
Research 4. 11.1984 1500 1 W
Bundoora 5. 11.1984 1200 1 NW
Acknowledgement
I am grateful to Mark Smith (Plant Research Institute, Department of
Agriculture and Rural Affairs) for providing comments on this note.
References
ANDERSON, E and SPRY, F.P., 1893. ‘Victorian butterflies and how to collect them.' Н. Hearne
Melbourne. 129 pp.
ANONYMOUS, 1984. Minutes of the general meeting,
Entomologist 14: 11.
17 February 1984. Victorian
BARNARD, F.G.A., 1920. No title. Jn Natural history notes. Victorian Naturalist 37: 93.
BRABY, M., 1986 Eurema smilax at Christmas Hills. Victorian Entomologist 16: 76.
BURNS, A.N., 1955. Insect visitors to Melbourne. Victorian Naturalist 72: 12-13.
CLARKE, K., 1987. Eurema smilax at Doncaster east. Victorian Entomologist 17: 7.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 57
COMMON, І.Е.В. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. 'Butterflies of Australia.’ Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
CONDRON, R.L., 1966. Wanderers at Box Hill north. Victorian Naturalist 83: 330-332.
FENSELAU, I.C., 1977. A flight of the chequered swallowtail. Victorian Entomologist 7: 62.
FISHER, R.H., 1978. ‘Butterflies of South Australia.’ Government Printer, South Australia. 272
РР.
HUTCHINSON, J.F., 1973. A spring appearance of Eurema smilax, the grass yellow.
(Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Victorian Entomologist 5: 20.
HUTCHINSON, J.F. and McEVEY, S., 1973. Report of the excursion to the Whipstick mallee,
October 13 and 14, 1973. Victorian Entomologist 3: 5-6.
LUCAS, T.P., 1887. Visit of northern butterflies to Melbourne. Victorian Naturalist 3: 152-
153.
McCUBBIN, C., 1971. ‘Australian butterflies.’ Nelson, Melbourne. 206 рр.
QUICK, W.N.B., 1974. Some abnormal insect records for the summers of 1972-73, 1973-74.
Victorian Entomologist 4: 66-71.
SCHWARZ, M., 1973. Miscellaneous butterfly records, migratory butterflies in Victoria.
Victorian Entomologist 3: 8.
SMITH, A., 1965. Occurrence of certain species of Lepidoptera in suburban Melbourne. Wings
and Stings l: 25.
SMITHERS, C.N., 1983a. Migration records in Australia. 3. Danainae and Acraeinae
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 10: 21-27.
SMITHERS, C.N., 1983b. Migration records in Australia. 4. Pieridae (Lepidoptera) other than
Anaphaeis java teutonia (F.). Australian Entomological Magazine 10: 47-54.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G., 1914. 'The Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 239 pp.
WILLIAMS, C.B., 1941. Butterfly migrations from Melbourne to Tasmania. Entomologist 74
(No. 939): 188-190.
WILLIS, J.H., 1972. 'A handbook to plants in Victoria, Volume II. Dicotyledons.' Melbourne
University Press, Carlton. 832 pp.
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
RECORDS OF TWO LITTLE KNOWN NYMPHIDAE
(NEUROPTERA) FROM CENTRAL QUEENSLAND
A.P. MACKEY
Biology Department, Capricornia Institute of Advanced Education,
Rockhampton, Qld 4702.
Abstract
New records for Nesydrion diaphanum Gerstaecker and N. fuscum Gerstaecker are presented.
Nesydrion diaphanum Gerstaecker is а little known nymphid previously
recorded predominantly from the Bundaberg, Queensland, area (New 1981).
N. fuscum Gerstaecker is a more northerly species, recorded from Yeppoon
and the Mackay and Townsville regions (New 1981). Both species (one
and two females respectively) were collected on 27 .xi. 86 from a very
small patch of scrubby, monsoon forest on the slope of Mt. Archer,
Rockhampton, central Queensland. Several of the Yeppoon records for
N. fuscum are in the period 1919-1923 and Turner (1925) describes the
vegetation at Yeppoon as ‘forest and jungle’.. This and the current record
suggest N. fuscum is likely to be a rain forest species. Interestingly, both
species were collected from moth traps baited with banana.
References
NEW, T.R., 1981. A revision of the Australian Nymphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian
Journal of Zoology 29: 707-750.
TURNER, АЈ., 1925. The Lepidoptera of Yeppoon. Australian Zoologist 4: 17-23.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 59
NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANTS AND NOTES FOR SOME
AUSTRALIAN CERAMBYCIDAE (COLEOPTERA)
M. J. HOCKEY and M. De BAAR
Queensland Department of Forestry, P.O. Box 631, Indooroopilly, Q 4068.
Abstract
Previously unrecorded larval food hosts are presented for 56 species of Cerambycidae in
Queensland.
Introduction
Duffy (1963) summarised the available information on the immature
stages of the Australian Cerambycidae and Williams (1985) in making some
additions, emphasised the need for more effort to establish the larval food
plants in this large family.
Larval food plants resulting from breeding work and observations by
one of us (MJH) have resulted in more data. By looking for wilting or
dead foliage during the winter months (primarily August), we obtained
much material still attached to the host plants. This facilitated
identification. Branch pruning by cerambycids may be a more important
tree-stressing agent than previously indicated by collections made during
summer months in Queensland.
Larval food plant records in Queensland
Subfamily Prioninae
Agrianome spinicollis (Macleay)
Mt. Glorious 27° 22'S, 152" 46'E emerged 29.xii.1979, from log of Ficus watkinsiana F. M.
Bailey (Moraceae).
Long Pocket, Brisbane 27? 28'S 153 1'Е emerged 7.1.1981, from decayed wood in a standing
Solanum mauritianum Scop. (Solanaceae).
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, emerged 13.xi.1979, from the trunk of a dying Bauhinia sp.?
forficata Link (Caesalpiniaceae).
Cnemoplites ?cephalotes (Pascoe)
Southern Cross mine, Ipswich 27" 37'S, 152" 27'E, emerged 4.xi.1977 to 10.xi.1977, from
props of Eucalyptus maculata Hook. (Myrtaceae).
Rhipidocerus australasiae Westwood
Gambubal 28° 15'S, 152° 21'Е, emergences 24.ix.1980 to 17.11.1981, from dead trunk of Pinus
radiata D. Don. (Pinaceae)
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Sceleocantha glabricollis Newman
Imbil 26° 28’S, 152° 41Е, emerged 30.viii. 1981 to 4.1.1982, from decayed trunk of
Cunninghamia lanceolata (Lamb.) Hook. (Pinaceae).
Subfamily Cerambycinae
Allotisis discreta (Pascoe)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 31.iii.1977, from wharf piles of Syncarpia glomulifera
(Sm.) Niedenzu (Myrtaceae).
Amphirhoe decora Newman
Long Pocket, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 20.xi.1982 to 10.vi.1982, from material
collected from a dead fallen tree of Acacia aulacocarpa A. Cunn. ex Benth. (Mimosaceae).
Aphiorhynchus sp.
Amamoor 26° 21'S, 152° 41'Е, emerged 14.ii.1986, from а beetle-pruned branch of Pentaceras
australis (F. Muell.) Hook. f. ex Benth. (Rutaceae).
Aridaeus thoracicus (Donovan)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 9.11.1976, from the cambium layer of a living Caesalpinia
ferrea Tulasne (Caesalpiniaceae).
Woodridge, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 6.1.1983, from decayed portion of a dead
Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. (Rutaceae).
Hawthorne, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 11.xii.1980 from Diospyros kaki L. f.
(Ebenaceae).
Bethelium tillides (Pascoe)
Western Creek 27" 50'S, 151* 6'Е, emerged 7.1.1975, from logwood of Callitris columellaris
F. Muell. (Cupressaceae).
Chlorophorus curtisi (Laporte & Gory)
Beerburrum 26° 58'S, 152° 58'E, emerged 30.х1.1979, from minor branches of a dead Acacia
concurrens Pedley (Mimosaceae).
Passchendaele 28* 33'S, 151* 50'E, emerged 29.xi.1985, from a dead standing Acacia sp.
(Mimosaceae).
Coleocoptus senio (Newman)
Dunmore 27° 39'S, 150" 55'E, emerged 3.xii.1981, from trunkwood of Acacia leiocalyx
(Domin) Pedley (Mimosaceae).
Coptocercus rubripes (Boisduval)
Southern Cross mine, Ipswich 27° 37'S, 152° 47'E, emerged 17.1.1977, from prop timbers
of Eucalyptus maculata Hook. (Myrtaceae).
Coorooy 26° 25'S, 152° 55'E, emerged 7.v.1981, from treated piles of Syncarpia glomulifera
(Sm.) Niedenzu (Myrtaceae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 61
Coptocercus rugicollis Aurivillius
Coorooy 26° 25'S, 152° 55'E, emerged 20.v.1981 to 11.ix.1981, from treated piles of Syncarpia
glomulifera (Sm.) Niedenzu (Myrtaceae).
Coptocercus truncatus Aurivillius
Cooroy 26° 25'S, 152° 55'E, emerged 7.v.1981, from treated piles of Syncarpia glomulifera
(Sm.) Niedenzu (Myrtaceae).
The three records relating to Syncarpia immediately above were all
from the same material.
Coptocercus undulatus (Hope)
Cleveland Sawmill, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° |'E, emerged 23.v.1985, from sawn timber of
Eucalyptus andrewsii Maiden (Myrtaceae).
Diotimana undulata (Pascoe)
Gympie 26° 11’S, 152° 40'E, emerged 12.iii.1980 from sawn timber of Pinus elliottii Engelm.
(Pinaceae).
Eroschema poweri Pascoe
Brisbane 27° 28’S, 153° 1’E, bred from Eucalyptus curtisii Blakely et C. T. White (Myrtaceae)
collected 23.ix.1975.
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° ГЕ. Adult beetle removed from hole in branchlet of Eucalyptus
maculata Hook. (Myrtaceae) collected 4.xi.1976.
Brisbane 27° 28’S, 153° 1’E, emerged 19.x.1981, from beetle-pruned branch of Eucalyptus
grandis W. Hill ex Maiden (Myrtaceae).
Neostenus saundersi Pascoe
Dunmore 27° 39’S, 150° 55'E, emerged 27.xi.1980, from dead trunkwood of Acacia neriifolia
Benth. (Mimosaceae).
Oebarina ceresioides Pascoe
Barakula 26° 26’S, 150° 30'E, 20 adults emerged 2.iv.1975 to 18.ii.1976, from logs of Callitris
columellaris F. Muell. (Cupressaceae).
Paradistichocera kirbyi (Newman)
Brisbane 27° 28'5, 153° ГЕ. Beetles were bred from beetle-pruned stems of Lophostemon
confertus (R. Br.) Peter G. Wilson & J. T. Waterhouse (Myrtaceae) collected 8.iii.1976.
This insect pruned the stems off at heights of 6-7 metres above the
ground. At such heights, the stems were 10cm. in diameter. 5 specimens
were bred, 1 per stem.
Campbellville, via Coochin Ck. 26* 53'S, 152 59'E, emerged 7.iv.1987.
The larva was feeding in the lower butt of Casuarina littoralis Salisb.
(Casuarinaceae). Similar damage was very common in Casuarina along
tidal creeks in the area. Larvae were readily detected by the copious
amounts of white frass being extruded.
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Phacodes bellus Blackburn
Mt. Glorious 27° 22'S, 152° 46'E, emerged 30.1.1975, from stem pieces of Polyscias elegans
(C. Moore & F. Muell. Harms. (Araliaceae).
Phoracantha flavopicta Pascoe
Dunmore 27° 39'S, 150° 55'E, emerged 28.ix.1973, from stems of Dodonaea triangularis Lind].
(Sapindaceae).
Phoracantha punctata (Donovan)
8 Mile Plains, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, emergences 18.ix.1974 to 14.x.1974, from
stemwood of Acacia fimbriata A. Cunn. ex G. Don (Mimosaceae).
Moogerah 28° 3'S, 152" 32'E, emergences 19.v.1981 to 2.ix.1981, from trunkwood of dead
Acacia irrorata Sieb. ex Spreng (Mimosaceae).
Dunmore 27* 39'S, 150" 55'E, emergences 14.xii.1981 and 13.1.1982, from dead branches
on live Acacia leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley (Mimosaceae)
Phoracantha recurva Newman
Dalby 27° 11’S, 151° ISE, emergences l.viii.1978 to 22.xii.1978, from logs of Eucalyptus
bloxomei Maiden (Myrtaceae).
Phoracantha semipunctata (Fabricius)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° IE, emergences from 19.xii.1974 to 21.iv.1975, from dead trunk
material from Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. (Myrtaceae).
Blackdown Tableland 23° 48'S, 149° 8’E, collected 17.viii.1976. Larvae and adults were found
in branches of Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Bak. (Myrtaceae).
Dunmore 27° 39'S, 150° 55'E, emerged 10.11.1980, from trunk material. of Eucalyptus
trachyphloia F. Muell. (Myrtaceae).
Piesarthrius marginellus Hope
Maleny 26° 46’S, 152° 51'Е, emergences 6.x.1986 to 10.x.1986, from branches of Acacia
melanoxylon R. Br. ex Ait. (Mimosaceae).
Porithodes plagiata (Blackburn)
Kenilworth 26° 36'S, 152° 44'E, emergences 1.x.1985 to 29.x.1985, from branches of
Cryptocaria glaucescens R. Br. (Lauraceae).
Rhinophthalmus ?parvus McKeown
Dunmore 27° 39'S, 150° 55'E emerged 24.xii.1980, from dead branch of Acacia leiocalyx
(Domin) Pedley (Mimosaceae).
Hawkeswood (1985) records R. modestus Blackburn for this host.
Skeletodes tetrops Newman
Brisbane 27° 28’S, 153° 1’E, emerged 7.x.1985, from dying branches of Castanospermum
australe A. Cunn. & C. Fraser ex Hook. (Fabaceae).
Amamoor 26° 21'S, 152° 41'Е, emergences 1.1х.1985 to 3.ix.1985, from branches of Pentaceras
australis (F. Muell.) Hook. f. ex Benth. (Rutaceae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 ©
Stenocentrus ostricilla (Newman)
Brisbane, 27° 28'S, 153° ГЕ. From dead trunk of Delonix regia (Bojer) Raf. (Caesalpiniaceae)
collected 18.х1.1974.
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, emergences 2.xii.1980 to 15.xii.1980, from heartwood of a dead
standing Solanum mauritianum Scop. (Solanaceae).
Strongylurus thoracicus (Pascoe)
Amamoor 26° 21'S, 152° 41'Е, emerged 14.x.1985. The larva was feeding in a beetle-pruned
branch of Argyrodendron sp. (Sterculiaceae).
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° ГЕ emerged 7.xi.1985. The larva was feeding in а beetle-pruned
branch of Flindersia pubescens F. M. Bail (Flindersiaceae).
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1'Е, collected 22.vi.1985. The larvae were feeding in dying, attached
branches of Castanospermum australe A. Cunn. & C. Fraser ex Hook. (Fabaceae). 5 specimens
were collected, each pruning different branches on the same tree.
Syllitus grammicus (Newman)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° ГЕ, emerged 25.xi.1981, from fallen dead branch of Acacia concurrens
Pedley (Mimosaceae).
Syllitus rectus (Newman)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° ГЕ, emerged 28.1.1977, from Pittosporum undulatum Vent.
(Pittosporaceae).
Tragocerus spencei Hope
Mapleton 26° 38'S, 152° 52'Е, emergences 26.viii.1985 to 25.x.1985, from the lower trunk
and larger roots of living Callicoma serratifolia Andr. (Cunoniaceae).
_Tritocosmia rubea Pascoe
Maryborough 25° 32’S, 152° 42'E, emerged 16.vii.1973, from Acacia aulacocarpa A. Cunn.
ex Benth. (Mimosaceae).
Tryphocaria nr. acanthocera (Macleay)
Mapleton 26° 38'S, 152° 52'E, emerged 28.xii.1985, from trunk of stressed Eucalyptus
propinqua Deane et Maiden (Myrtaceae).
The trees affected were all on hilltop sites. Larvae feed in the sapwood
at heights of 5-10 metres. The damage differs from the distinctive Bull’s
eye borer (T. acanthocera), in that the attacked area below the bark swells,
causing minor fissures on the surface from which resin exudes. No open
Bull’s eye results.
Tryphocaria solida Blackburn
Maryborough 25° 32'S, 152° 42'E, emergences 29.viii.1986 to 30.ix.1986, from cossid attacked
trunk of Eucalyptus grandis W. Hill ex Maiden (Myrtaceae).
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Xylotrechus ?australis (Laporte & Согу)
Amamoor 26° 21'5, 152° 41'Е, emergences 1.ix.1985 to 29.xi.1985. In excess of 100 adults
bred from a dead fallen branch of Castanospermum australe A. Cunn. & C. Fraser ex Hook.
(Fabaceae).
Subfamily Lamiinae
Ancita crocogaster (Boisduval)
Atherton 17° 16'S, 145° 29E, emerged 3.1.1978 to 16.1.1978, from trunk of Acacid
melanoxylon R. Br. ex Ait. (Mimosaceae).
Ancita marginicollis (Boisduval)
Dunmore 27° 39'S, 150° 55'E, emerged 16.1.1976, from ringbarked, minor branches of Acacid
floribunda (Vent.) Wild. (Mimosaceae).
Beerburum 26° 58'S, 152° S8'E, emerged 4.x.1978, from Acacia concurrens Pedley
(Mimosaceae).
Hughenden 20° 51'5, 144° 12'E, emerged 10.x.1979 from dead branches of Acacia nilotica
(L.) Willd. ex Del. (Mimosaceae).
Demonassa dichotoma (Newman)
Palen Creek 28° 20'S, 152° 46'E, emerged 5.xii.1972, from trunk material of Pinus elliottii
Engelm. (Pinaceae).
Dihammus aestheticus (Olliff)
Саарага 17° 18'S, 145° 44’E, collected 31.x.1976 from fallen trunk of Flindersia brayleyan4
F. Muell. (Flindersiaceae). Larval and pupal specimens were cut from the trunk.
Dihammus fasciatus (Montrouzier)
Sunday Creek 26° 43'S, 152° 32'E, emerged 25.1.1975 to 17.11.1975, from trunk of Ficus SP
(Moraceae). -
Mt. Glorious 27° 22'S, 152° 46'E, emerged 6.xii.1979 to 17.xii.1979, from fallen trunk of
Ficus sp. ?watkinsiana F. M. Bailey (Moraceae).
Dihammus vastator (Newman)
Palen Creek 28? 20'S, 152° 46'E, emerged 22.iv.1974, from trunk of Elaeocarpus 5р.
(Elaeocarpaceae).
Beerwah 26° 51'5, 152° 57'Е, emerged 17.x.1979, from trunkwood of Pinus elliottii Engel
(Pinaceae).
Beerwah 26° 51'5, 152° 57'Е, emerged 27.xi.1986, from billet of Pinus taeda L. (Pinaceae):
The larvae were working in the cambium layer.
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, from dead trunkwood of Salix sp. (Salicaceae).
Disterna plumifera (Pascoe)
Long Pocket, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, emerged 3.ix.1979 to 17.11.1980, from heartwoo?
of a standing dead Solanum mauritianum Scop. (Solanaceae).
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988 65
Kelvin Falls, Warwick 28" 13'S, 152" 2'Е, emerged 19.11.1974, from the trunk of Pinus radiata
D. Don. (Pinaceae).
Long Pocket, Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, emerged 5.xii.1985 to 28.xii.1985, from branches
of Castanospermum australe A. Cunn. & C. Fraser ex Hook. (Fabaceae) pruned off by
Strongylurus thoracicus (Pascoe).
Mesolita lineolata Pascoe
Gambubal 28° 15'S, 152° 21'Е, emerged 11.1.1983 to 21.1.1983, from logs of Pinus radiata
D. Don. (Pinaceae).
Penthea macularia Pascoe
Iron Range 12° 46’S, 143° 16'E, collected 1.vii.1978 as an adult scraping the bark on branches
and stem of Acacia crassicarpa. A. Cunnl. ex Benth. (Мітоѕасеае).
Platyomopsis albocincta (Guerin-Meneville)
Brisbane 27° 28'S, 153° 1’E, emerged 6.1.1975. The adults were observed ringbarking the
smaller branches of Alphitonia excelsa (Fenzl.) Benth. (Rhamnaceae) from the dying portions
of which larvae were collected and bred to maturity.
Eprapah Ck. 27* 35'S, 153° 15'Е, emerged 19.1.1975, from branch of Glochidion ferdinandi
(J. Muell.) F. M. Bail. (Euphorbiaceae).
Brisbane 27° 28'5, 153° 1’E, emerged 5.11.1982, from the minor branches of Koelreuteria
paniculata Laxm. (Sapindaceae).
Platyomopsis ?morata (Pascoe)
Kenilworth 26° 36"5, 152° 44'E, emerged 5.11.1973, from a rainforest Acacia sp. (Mimosaceae).
Platyomopsis pulverulens (Boisduval)
Brisbane 27° 28’S, 153° 1'Е, emerged 11.1.1981, from heartwood of a standing dead Solanum
mauritianum Scop. (Solanaceae).
Prosoplus iratus (Pascoe)
Amamoor 26° 21’S, 152° 41’E, emergences 25.ix.1985 and 14.x.1985, from stem of Notothixos
cornifolius Oliver (Viscaceae).
Rhytiphora dispar (Blackburn)
Rockhampton 23° 32’S, 150° 32’E, collected 21.iv.1987. The adults damaged young Eucalyptus
camaldulensis Dehnh. (Myrtaceae) by removing the bark layers over extensive areas of the
upper branches. Multiple circular oviposition sites (averaging 20mm. diameter) of roughened
bark were prepared lower down the trunk.
Bundaberg 24° 52’S, 152° 21’E, collected 29.1.1986. Adults were damaging the stems of young
plants of Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh. (Myrtaceae) by removing the bark layers over
extensive areas.
Ropica exocentroides Pascoe
Beerwah 26° 51’S, 152° 57’E, emergences 28.xii.1979 to 9.1.1980, from the flower stalk of
Xanthorrhoea sp. (Xanthorrhoeaceae).
Amamoor 26° 21'5, 152° 41'Е, emerged 15.x.1985, from a dead fallen branch of
Castanospermum australe A. Cunn & C. Fraser ex Hook. (Fabaceae).
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Temnosternus planiusculus White
Mt. Nebo 27° 24'S, 152° AT'E, emerged 5.ix.1975, from fallen dead branches of Denhamia
pittosporoides F. Muell. (Celastraceae).
Amamoor 26° 21'5, 152° 41’E, collected 23.viii. 1985, emerged 4.ix.1985 from а beetle-pruned
branch of Pentaceras australis (F. Muell.) Hook. f. ex Benth. (Rutaceae).
Temnosternus quadrituberculatus McKeown
Sunday Creek 26" 43'S, 152° 32'E emergences 15.iv.1975 to 15.v.175 from dead stem of
Ficus sp. (Moraceae).
Velora sordida (Pascoe)
Amamoor 26° 21'5, 152° 41’E, emerged 28.xii.1985, from a dead fallen branch of
Castanospermum australe A. Cunn & C. Fraser ex Hook. (Fabaceae).
Acknowledgements
We thank Dr. G. Guymer, Messrs L. Jessup and W. J. F. McDonald
of the Queensland Herbarium for identification of plant material. Drs G-
B. Monteith, E. B. Britton and Mr. T. A. Weir assisted with insect
identifications.
References
DUFFY, БАЈ. 1963. 'A monograph of the immature stages of Australasian timber beetles
(Cerambycidae). British Museum (Natural History). London. 235 pp.
HAWKESWOOD, T. J. 1985. New larval host plants for ten Australian longicorns (Coleopter?:
Cerambycidae). Giornale Italiano Di Entomologia 2: 393-398.
WILLIAMS, С. 1985. New larval food plants for some Australian Buprestidae and
Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 41-46.
67 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
AESTIVATION AND REPRODUCTIVE DORMANCY IN
ADULT HETERONYMPHA МЕКОРЕ МЕКОРЕ
(FABRICIUS) (LEPIDOPTERA:NYMPHALIDAE)
DAVID G. JAMES,
Yanco Agricultural Institute, New South Wales Department of
Agriculture, Yanco, N.S.W., 2703.
Abstract
Field and laboratory data are presented on aestivation and reproductive dormancy of adult
Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius) in New South Wales. Females emerge in October-
November then aestivate, and ovarian development does not occur until early January. Ovarian
maturation occurs primarily in response to cool temperatures and is enhanced by short
photoperiods. Field populations become gravid from mid-February to mid-April depending
upon local temperatures. Reproductive maturation is accompanied by an abrupt change in
behaviour from sheltering and inactivity, to flight and dispersal.
Introduction
Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius), the common brown butterfly, is
widespread in southeastern Australia occurring in a wide range of habitats
from metropolitan gardens to mountain forests (Common and Waterhouse
1981). In many years populations are extremely large, particularly in coastal
areas and on the tablelands. In New South Wales adults first appear in
October or November with males exhibiting marked protandry (Edwards
1973). Edwards (1973) suggested that females aestivate and showed that
although mating occurred soon after emergence in spring, ovarian
development did not occur until autumn. Males usually die by mid-summer
resulting in autumn populations of only females.
This paper provides additional field and laboratory data on aestivation and
reproductive dormancy of Н. m. merope.
Materials and Methods
To investigate the nature of summer reproductive dormancy in H. m. merope
and the factors involved in its termination, females were obtained from
November 1985 to March 1986 at a 0.25 ha site at Hazelbrook in the Blue
Mountains, 95 km west of Sydney, New South Wales. The butterflies
sampled were inactive individuals and considered to be part of an aestivating
population which was confined to woodland. Samples of 5-40 females were
transferred to the laboratory and exposed to warm (30°С) or cool (20°С)
temperatures under long day (LD 15:9 h) or short day (LD 10:14 h)
photoperiods, or dissected for examination of the reproductive system.
Experimental butterflies were held in wire-framed, muslin covered cages in
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
constant enviroment chambers with a maximum temperature variance of
+ 1°C. They were provided with a sugar solution daily and maintained for
10-30 days after which they were dissected, examined for ovarian
development and whether inseminated. Females were considered to have
developing ovaries if immature (unchorionated) or mature (chorionated)
oocytes were present in the ovarioles. Inseminated females were identified
by the presence of a spermatophore in the bursa copulatrix. Butterflies were
dissected shortly after capture to provide data on the reproductive status
of females during the sampling period. Additional autumn samples of H.
m. merope were obtained from Leeton, 490 km west-south-west of Sydney
in 1986 and 1987. Individuals collected in Leeton in March 1986 and
February 1987 were from an aestivating population.
Twenty females reared in the laboratory at 22 + 200, LD 15:9 h since
collection as 3rd instar larvae at Hazelbrook in late July 1985, were used
in an attempt to affect reproductive dormancy. After eclosion in September
they were exposed to 28 + 1°С and LD 15:9 ћ for 24 days. Five females
were then transferred to 21 + 2°C and LD 12:12 h for 24 days. Ovaries
were examined prior to the experiment (after eclosion), at the end of the
initial 24 day period and at the conclusion of the experiment.
Results
Data on the ovarian condition and insemination of females at Hazelbrook
are presented in Table 1. Mated females predominated throughout although
ovarian development was not detected until mid-February when mean daily
temperature fell below 20°С and daylength was around 13.3 h. In 1986
females collected early in March at Leeton, when the mean daily temperature
was 25.5°С and daylength was 12.7 h, showed no ovarian development
(Table 1). Mean daily temperature in this area did not consistently fall
below 20°C until early April. АП females sampled from Leeton in mid-
April 1986 were gravid. In 1987 temperatures at Leeton dropped below
20°С in late February. Ovarian development was detected in early March.
Termination of ovarian dormancy in both years was associated with a period
of noticeable change in female behaviour. Prior to reproductive development
females remained largely inactive. Cool, shady resting places were sought
and the butterflies only flew when disturbed. At Hazelbrook they remained
inactive within woodland but after mid-February were commonly found
flying in gardens, parks and along roadsides. At Leeton aestivating females
were found from February-March (1986) and from December-February
(1987) in forest areas along the Murrumbidgee River, with aggregations of
up to 50 individuals sheltering in dark locations such as under fallen trees
and in animal burrows. Once reproductive development commenced, females
appeared in town areas and became common throughout the district.
69 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Table 1: Ovarian development and insemination of female H. m. merope
collected at Hazelbrook from November 1985 to March 1986, and at Leeton
during February, March and April in 1986 and 1987.
Sample No. No. females Mean No.Day length Mean daily
date n insem- with ovarian mature (h) temp. (9C)
inated development oocytes (previous 7 d)
HAZELBROOK
1.xi.85 20 13 0 0 14.3 23H23
lii 10 7 0 0 14.6 24.8 + 3.6
29.xii 5 4 0 0 14.7 25.7 + 1.2
6.1.86 5 5 0 0 14.7 26.2 + 2.6
17.1 5 4 0 0 14.2 24.8 + 1.9
24.1 5 5 0 0 13.9 22.8 + 1.8
2.11 5 3 0 0 13.7 23.7 + 24
9.ii 5 5 0 0 13.5 214 + 1.3
15.1 5 5 4 42.8 13.3 19.7 + 2.1
221 5 5 4 20.6 18:6 19.8 + 1.2
1.11 5 5 5 25.2 12.8 17.6 + 2.1
9.iii 5 5 5 53.4 12.5 19.7 + 1.6
20.iii 5 5 5 56 12.2 19.1 +-2.1
LEETON 1986
5.11 5 5 0 0 12.7 25.5 + 2:1
11.iv 5 5 5 72.6 11.6 17.0 + 3.1
LEETON 1987
20.ii D 5 0 0 13.2 25.4 + 2.1
3.iii 5 5 4 12.3 12.7 18.5 + 2.1
70 Aust. ет. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
The effect of temperature and photoperiod on ovarian development in H.
m. merope during summer and autumn is shown in Table 2. No females
obtained before January showed any reproductive development regardless
of treatment. Individuals collected in November, December and early
January failed to survive more than 7 days at 30°С. Females taken in early
January and held at 20°С for 30 days showed ovarian development, although
only short photophases promoted a 100% sample response. The apparent
greater stimulatory effect of short photophase was repeated in late January
when only individuals exposed to short days at 20°С showed ovarian
development after 10 days (Table 2). After 16 days, 40% of females held
under long days at the same temperature also demonstrated reproductive
development. Females obtained in early February also showed enhanced
ovarian development at a short photophase. АП females collected during
January and February and exposed to 30°С conditions failed to develop
reproductively.
In an experiment designed to stimulate ovarian development in newly-
emerged females containing undeveloped ovaries (п=5), exposure to warm
(28°С) temperatures and long (15 h) photophases for 24 days did not result
in observable ovarian development (n=5). АП individuals held for the next
24 days at 21°С and a 12 h photophase commenced ovarian development
(mean number of mature oocytes = 58.5 16.8 n=5). Butterflies kept at
28°С, LD 15:9 for the entire period remained non-reproductive (п=5).
Discussion
The data presented here confirm the occurrence of aestivation and
reproductive dormancy in female H. m. merope in New South Wales. Prior
to this study the nature of reproductive dormancy shown by H. m. merope
females in summer was not understood. The current data indicate that
aestivating females did not commence ovarian development until early
January, even if presented with suitable temperatures, photoperiods and food.
This behaviour is characteristic of the refractory phase of reproductive
diapause in which insects do not respond to normally favourable
enviromental stimuli (Lees 1955, Tauber and Tauber 1976). In the laboratory
exposure to 24 days at 28°С, LD 15:9 was sufficient to "prime" newly
emerged females for ovarian development in subsequent cool, short day
conditions. Мо such delay in reproductive development occurs in males
which are sexually active throughout their lives (Edwards 1973, Common
and Waterhouse 1981). Confirmation of the presence of reproductive
diapause in aestivating females of H. m. merope must await studies on the
endocrine system. However, it is apparent that reproductive dormancy in
H. m. merope is not a simple and flexible direct response to unfavourable
conditions as is the case with the Australian race of Danaus plexippus
L. (James 1982). Although further studies are required it seems likely
71 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Table 2: Ovarian development in wild H. m. merope females collected
at Hazelbrook (November 1985 - February 1986) and exposed to 20°С ог
309C and LD 15: 9 h or LD 10: 14 h. Numbers represent mean numbers
of mature oocytes per sample. The percentage of each sample with ovarian
development is shown in parentheses. Lower figure in parentheses shows
sample size.
Date Holding Holding Temperature and Photoperiod
of Period 20°С 30°C
Sample (days) LD 10:14 LD 15:9 LD 10:14 LD 15:9
7.xi.85 21 0 0 0 0
(8) (10) (5) (7)
29.xii 21 0 0 0 0
(10) (12) (8) (9)
6.1.86 30 60 (100%) 55(60%) 0 0
(10) (10) (10) (10)
26.i 10 11(60%) 0 0 0
(10) (10) (10) (10)
26.i 16 36(100%) 10(40%) 0 0
(8) (10) (10) (10)
8.ii 10 62(100%) 45(60%) 0 0
(10) (10) (10) (10)
that adult reproductive dormancy in H. m. тегоре is obligatory. Rearing
of larvae under various temperatures and photoperiods failed to produce
any females showing continuous development (James unpublished
observations). Summer diapause is similar to winter diapause but usually
has a converse relationship with photoperiod and temperature. Long
photoperiod and high temperatures tend to induce and/or maintain summer
diapause, whereas short photoperiod and low temperature prevent and/or
terminate it (Masaki 1980). Commencement of ovarian development in
H. m. merope appears to be controlled by a combination of cool temperature
and short photoperiod, with temperature perhaps exerting the greatest
influence. In the field ovarian development occurred only when mean
daily temperature was less than 20°C. Thus, in 1986 gravid females
occurred at Hazelbrook in mid-February but did not appear until much
later in Leeton where warm conditions persisted longer.
Observations made during this study confirmed the aestival behaviour of
Н. m. merope first reported by Edwards (1973). From November to
February or March females remained largely inactive in cool, shady habitats
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
which offered at least some respite from summer heat. Aestivating females
contain large amounts of fat (James unpublished data) and do not feed
(Edwards 1973).
The physiology of female H. m. merope in summer ensures that oviposition
is probably delayed to a time most suitable for development of the hatching
larvae. Over much of southeastern Australia larval host plants, soft grasses
die back during summer and recommence growth during autumn. In the
Leeton area, for instance, virtually no suitable host plants occur during
summer, while autumn and winter are characterised by often luxuriant
pasture growth. Larval development occurs during late autumn, winter
and spring and preliminary evidence indicates the presence of another
diapause during this stage (James unpublished observations).
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. ‘Butterflies of Australia’ Revised Edition. Angus
and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
EDWARDS, E.D., 1973. Delayed ovarian development and aestivation in adult females of
Heteronympha merope merope (Lepidoptera:Satyrinae). Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society 12: 92-98.
JAMES, D.G., 1982. Ovarian dormancy in Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) -
oligopause not diapause. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 21: 31-35.
LEES, A.D., 1955. "The physiology of diapause in Arthropods.' Cambridge University Press. 151 рр:
MASAKI, S., 1980. Summer diapause. Annual Review of Entomology 25: 1-25.
TAUBER, MJ. and TAUBER, C.A., 1976. Insect seasonality: Diapause maintenance, termination and
post diapause development. Annual Review of Entomology 21: 81-107.
73 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SKELETODES TETROPS
NEWMAN (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE)
G.A. WEBB
Forestry Commission of New South Wales, P.O. Box 100, Beecroft, N.S.W.
2119.
Abstract
Aspects of the biology of Skeletodes tetrops including larvae, larval host plants, behaviour
and variation in adult size, are discussed.
Introduction
Skeletodes tetrops Newman is a medium-size (ca 12 mm body length)
cerambycid of eastern Australia. S. tetrops is known to attack a number
of plants including Citrus, Flindersia and Geijera spp. (Rutaceae) as well
as Toona australis (Е. Muell.) Harms (Meliaceae), Heritiera trifoliata (Е.
Muell.) Kosterm. (Sterculiaceae) and Araucaria cunninghamii Ait. Ex. D.
Don (Araucariaceae) (Duffy 1963, Webb 1987).
Duffy (1963) described the larvae and pupae of S. tetrops from infested
Citrus spp. but gave no account of larval biology except that they feed
in the subcortical region of the host. Little else is known except that
the adults assume an unusual posture resembling that of a tipulid fly
(Froggatt 1894).
Some futher aspects of the larval and adult biology of S. tetrops are
presented.
Materials and Methods
Billets of cultivated grapefruit Citrus sp. were collected from Bankstown,
a suburb of Sydney, New South Wales, in December 1985 and stored at
ambient temperature under shelter. There was no sign of infestation at
that stage. In May 1986 these billets were found to be infested with
cerambycid larvae and then transfered to a cage with wire mesh (1 mm)
and stored in the laboratory under controlled temperature (26°С) and
relative humidity (75%), awaiting emergence of adults. Large numbers
of adults emerged in early July 1986, and then again in early August.
A few more adults emerged during late September. Observations on
feeding galleries and pupal chambers were made from billets dissected
in January 1987.
On 2 September 1983, recently sawn T. australis, of unknown origin, was
found to be infested with S. tetrops. Adults were collected following
emergence and the damaged timber photographed.
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Results and Discussion
Host Plants
S. tetrops has been recorded infesting a number of plant species, mostly
belonging to the family Rutaceae. Cultivated Citrus spp. are the most
commonly recorded hosts. Infestation of Meliaceae, Sterculiaceae and
Araucariaceae suggests that the range of plant hosts may be more extensive
than is presently known.
Larval Tunnelling
Larvae were found tunnelling in the cambium, leaving behind them tunnels
tightly packed with frass. These tunnels were heavily convoluted (Fig. 1),
the larva making optimum use of all available food. In some billets
examined after the August emergence, no cambial tissue remained.
Just prior to pupation larvae tunnelled into the sapwood for a short distance
and then bored longitudinally to form a pupation chamber (Fig. 2). The
open end of the chamber appeared to be plugged only by frass. Pupation
took place after the larva had turned to face the plugged end of the
chamber. Adult emergence occured through the plugged end of the pupal
chamber.
Larval tunnelling and pupal chamber formation appeared to be similar in
at least one other host, Toona australis (Figs. 3,4) and resembled that of a
number of other Australian Phoracanthini (Duffy 1963).
Adult size Variation
Considerable variation in adult size was observed. Adults ranged in body
length (mandibles to tip of elytra) from 7.2 to 15.1 mm (x = 122 + 2.6
mm, n = 104). Adults which emerged in early July were generally larger
(x = 14.7 + 1.7 mm, n = 48) than those which emerged during early
August (x = 10.2 + 2.0, n = 52) and late September (x = 8.7 + 1.1 mm, л
= 4) This size reduction, a phenomenon common to many Australian
cerambycids (Duffy 1963), is presumably, due to diminishing food resources
or available moisture in the timber billets.
Camouflage
Adults of S. tetrops are well camouflaged on the bark of Citrus spp. The
elytral colour and pattern closely resemble that of the bark. When resting
on the bark adults assumed the tipulid-like posture described by Froggatt
(1894). Adults remained rigidly in this position despite attempts to dislodge
them.
75 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Figs 1-4. Tunnels produced by larvae of Skeletodes tetrops: (1)
Convoluted tunnelling in the cambium of Citrus sp., (2) Pupal chamber in
Citrus sp., (3) Tunnelling in the cambium of Toona australis, (4) Pupal
chamber in Toona australis.
References
DUFFY, E.A., (1963). ‘А Monograph of the Immature Stages of Australasian Timber Beetles
(Cerambycidae).’ British Museum (Natural History), London. 235 pp.
FROGGATT, W.W., (1894). On the life-histories of Australian Coleoptera Part II. Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. 9: 113-125.
WEBB, G.A., (1987). ‘Larval host plants of Australian Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in
some Australian insects collections’ Forestry Commission of N.S.W. Technical Paper No. 38, pp.
1-19.
76 |
77 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
DIPTERA REARED FROM DYSOXYLUM
GAUDICHAUDIANUM (JUSS.) MIQ. AT IRON RANGE,
NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
GARY DODSON and GREGORY DANIELS
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Qld 4067.
Abstract
Six species of Diptera representing the families Tephritidae, Stratiomyidae, Xylomyidae
and Milichiidae were reared from the decomposing trunk of a rainforest tree, Dysoxylum
gaudichaudianum (Juss.) Miq., from northern Queensland.
While conducting behavioural studies of the tephritid fly PAytalmia
mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider at Iron Range, northern Queensland,
several species of Diptera were observed visiting a fallen rainforest tree,
Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum (Juss. Miq. (Meliaceae). Six species of
Diptera were subsequently reared in the laboratory, from sections of the
tree transported to Brisbane.
The trunk of the tree lay on the ground from 26. xi. - 11. xii. 86
in rainforest near the West Claudie River, Cape York Peninsula. The
tree was approximately 14 m long and 12 cm in diameter. Sections of
the trunk were transported in plastic bags to the Department of Entomology,
University of Queensland, St.Lucia, arriving on 20. xii. 86. They were
kept in an air conditioned room until 29. xii. 86, when they were placed
in nylon screen cages in a controlled enviroment room at 28°С (+ 2°C)
and ca 75% RH. Six species of Diptera emerged from these logs over
the next 40 days. The bag containing the logs was left outdoors for part
of one day and overnight before it was held indoors. This was the only
period after removal from the rainforest that the logs may have been
susceptible to ovipositing insects (the bag did have some small tears). Of
the subsequently reared species, only Hermetia illucens (Linnaeus) and
Desmometopa inaurata Lamb are known or likely to occur in southeastern
Queensland.
Records
The following species were bred from these logs:
(a) Tephritidae
Phytalmia mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider, 206 males, 165 females; emerged 11-i-1987 to
19-i-1987.
Genus near Dirioxa, sp.nr. australina Hendel; 2 males, 1 female; emerged 10-1-1987 to 15-
1-1987. (Note: specimens were identified as D. australina by E. Hardy (pers. comm.). D.
McAlpine (pers. comm.) believes the specimens represent an undescribed genus and species
near Dirioxa.)
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
These represent the first host records for these species and add to the
few tephritids known to breed in decaying vegetative (nonfruit) materials.
Dr. Н. Roberts (pers. comm.) has reared Phytalmia alcicornis (Saunders)
and Dacopsis flava (Edwards) from newly felled Dysoxylum
gaudichaudianum and P. cervicornis (Saunders) from felled Xanthophyllum
sp. (Xanthophyllaceae) trees, all in Papua New Guinea, and Diarrhegma
modestum Fab. has been reported from decaying wood in India (Hardy
1986). Species within the genera Afrocneros Bezzi and Ocnerioxa Speiser
have been reared from the stems of Cussonia (Araliaceae), but apparently
infest the trees while they are still alive (Munro 1967).
(b) Stratiomyidae and Xylomyidae
Hermetia illucens (Linnaeus) (Stratiomyidae); 5 males; emerged 31. i. 87 to 1. ii. 87.
Saldubela margaritifera Lindner (Stratiomyidae); 3 males, 1 female; emerged 4. ii. 87 to 8.
ii. 87
Solva laeta Daniels (Xylomyidae); 16 males, 18 females; emerged 10. i. 87 to 20. i. 87.
The Stratiomyidae and the Xylomyidae are the only orthorrhaphous
Diptera which pupate within the last larval skin (the puparium), as is typical
of the Cyclorrhapha. Within the Stratiomyidae, adults emerged from the
pupal case which remains entirely within the puparium. In contrast, pupae
of the Xylomyidae partially emerge from the puparium prior to adult
emergence, leaving the empty pupal case protruding from the puparium
or sometimes completely detached (Rozkosny 1973). 5. laeta exhibited
an extreme form of the latter pattern. In all of more than 25 observed
emergences, the pupae exited completely from the puparium prior to adult
emergence and in most cases the pupal case was actually lying on the
soil surface while the puparium remained under the bark.
Hermetia illucens has been recorded from a wide variety of decaying
organic material (McFadden 1967). These are the first host records for
both S. margaritifera and S. laeta.
(c) Milichiidae
Desmometopa inaurata Lamb; 6 females; emerged 20. i. 87 to 31. i. 87.
Species of the genus Desmometopa Loew including D. inaurata have
been bred from a wide variety of decaying plant and animal material and
manure (Sabrosky 1983). Milichiids in the genus Milichiella Giglio-Tos
have been reared from rotting wood at Warrawee, New South Wales (D.
McAlpine, personal communication).
79 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
Acknowledgments
We thank Margaret Schneider and Jill Jereb for help with the collection
and transport of the materials. Drs. D.E. Hardy and D. McAlpine identified
the specimens near Dirioxa sp. and D. McAlpine also identified
Desmometopa. Vouchers of all fly species have been placed in the
University of Queensland Insect Collection. The species of tree was
identified by Dr. L. Jessup and voucher material was deposited at the
Department of Primary Industries, Indooroopilly, Queensland.
References
HARDY, D.E. 1986. Fruit flies of the subtribe Acanthonevrina of Indonesia, New Guinea,
and the Bismarck and Solomon Islands. Pacific Insects Monograph 42: 1-42.
McFADDEN, M.W. 1967. Soldier fly larvae in America north of Mexico. Proceedings of
the U.S. National Museum 121: 1-72.
MUNRO, H.K. 1967. Fruitflies allied to species of Afrocneros and Ocnerioxa that infest
Cussonia, the umbrella tree or kiepersol (Araliaceae) (Diptera: Trypetidae). Annals of the Natal
Museum 18: 571-594.
ROZKOSNY, R. 1973. The Stratiomyioidea (Diptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Fauna
Entomologica Scandinavica 1: 1-150.
SABROSKY, C.W. 1983. ‘A synopsis of the world species of Desmometopa Loew (Diptera,
Milichiidae).’ Contributions of the American Entomological Institute 19 (8): 1-69 pp.
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (2), 1988
KOHOUT, R.J. NEW NOMENCLATURE OF THE AUSTRALIAN
ANTS OF THE POLYRHACHIS GAB FOREL SPECIES COMPLEX
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE: FORMICINAE)
BRABY, M.F. A NOTE ON DIRECTIONAL FLIGHTS OF EUREMA
SMILAX (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE) AND DANAUS
CHRYSIPPUS PETILIA (STOLL) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
IN VICTORIA
MACKEY, A.P. RECORDS OF TWO LITTLE KNOWN
NYMPHIDAE (NEUROPTERA) FROM CENTRAL QUEENSLAND
HOCKEY, M.J. AND DE BAAR, M. NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANTS
AND NOTES FOR SOME AUSTRALIAN CERAMBYCIDAE
(COLEOPTERA)
JAMES, D.J. AESTIVATION AND REPRODUCTIVE DORMANCY
IN ADULT HETERONYMPHA MEROPE MEROPE (FABRICIUS)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
WEBB, G.A. NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SKELETODES
TETROPS NEWMAN (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE)
DODSON, G. AND DANIELS, G. DIPTERA REARED FROM
DYSOXYLUM GAUDICHAUDIANUM (1055) MIQ. AT IRON
RANGE, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
49
53
58
59
67
73
TI
Guide to Contributors
1.
Australian Entomological Magazine is published in at least three parts annually.
Contributions from professional or amateur entomologists will be eligible for publication.
Each manuscript should first be sent to the Editor who will then submit copies to two referees
and the Assistant Editor for assessment. The Editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
The original and one copy of manuscripts, checklists or book reviews should be submitted
as double spaced typescript with ample margins on A4 paper. The title should be placed above
the text on the first page followed by the author's name and address. Title, authors, address
and headings should all start at the left margin.
Manuscripts unsuitable for publication will be returned to the authors, who may be given
an opportunity to revise their papers in the light of editorial comment.
Manuscripts should contain original information. No manuscript that has been published
elsewhere, either wholly or in part, will be accepted for publication.
The Magazine will not generally accept papers which exceed 16 printed pages except by
special arrangement with the Editor.
For style and format, authors are referred to the most recent issue.
Tables must be typed on separate sheets grouped together at the end of the manuscript. Tables
must be numbered consecutively as referred to in the text using arabic numerals.
. Graphs, line drawings and photographs will be referred to as figures. They must be numbered
consecutively whether appearing in groups or not. Numbering must be in arabic numerals.
Magnifications must be indicated by scale lines on the figures where appropriate. Authors
should send clear photographic copies of original line drawings and if possible, all figures
should be submitted at twice the size authors wish them to be published.
- Colour work may be accepted by arrangement with the Editor. The author will be required
to pay additional printing costs.
. Scientific names should be given in full with authorities when first used but may be
abbreviated subsequently if there is no ambiguity. Common names for insects should be
avoided in titles and abstracts. Editorial policy will conform with the Articles and
Recommendations of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
. Common names of pesticides listed in "Pesticides Synonyms and Chemical Names" latest
edition, Australian Department of Health, Canberra, should be used where possible. Trade
names, if used, should be placed in inverted commas and full chemical definition given when
first mentioned.
. The international System of Units should be used for exact measurement of physical
quantities.
. References should be quoted in the text as follows: Smith and Jones (1937) or (Smith and
Jones 1937) and listed with titles of article and journal in full.
. Papers will only be published when the author or his nominee has had an opportunity to read
and correct proof. Prompt return of a proof is requested within 7 days of receipt. Authors
are held responsible for correcting all omissions or errors that can be checked against the
original manuscript. Authors may be charged for correction of errors or alterations in the
text for which the author is responsible.
· А condition of acceptance of papers is that authors undertake to pay reprint charges. Reprints
should be ordered when corrected proofs are returned. Reprints are currently charged at the
following rates per page: $20 for 50 copies. $25 for 100 copies and $30 for 200 copies.
. Articles occupying less than one page in the Magazine are acceptable and charges on such
articles may be exempt if no reprints are required.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 2, 15 June 1988
Contents
KOHOUT, R.J. NEW NOMENCLATURE OF THE AUSTRALIAN
ANTS OF THE POLYRHACHIS GAB FOREL SPECIES COMPLEX
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE: FORMICINAE)
BRABY, M.F. A NOTE ON DIRECTIONAL FLIGHTS OF EUREMA
SMILAX (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE) AND DANAUS
CHRYSIPPUS PETILIA (STOLL) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
IN VICTORIA
MACKEY, A.P. RECORDS OF TWO LITTLE KNOWN
NYMPHIDAE (NEUROPTERA) FROM CENTRAL QUEENSLAND
HOCKEY, M.J. AND DE BAAR, M. NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANTS
AND NOTES FOR SOME AUSTRALIAN CERAMBYCIDAE
(COLEOPTERA)
JAMES, D.J. AESTIVATION AND REPRODUCTIVE DORMANCY
IN ADULT HETERONYMPHA MEROPE MEROPE (FABRICIUS)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
WEBB, G.A. NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SKELETODES
TETROPS NEWMAN (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE)
DODSON, G. AND DANIELS, С. DIPTERA REARED FROM
DYSOXYLUM GAUDICHAUDIANUM (7085) MIQ. AT IRON
RANGE, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
49
53
58
59
67
73
77
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
eM
A esum OF Were Grek
Ме pu H4 ~
iy s 2 `
{ Стэ | )
IN A #
UL.
чы, 31 d "t
шшш ара
Nets
Volume 15, Part 3, 30 September 1988
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, Dr
D.P.A. Sands or to the Business Manager, Dr E. Brough, Australian
Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia
4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian dollars,
can be accepted.
The Entomological Society of Queensland membership is open to anyone
interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held in the Entomology
Department, University of Queensland on the second Monday of March-June,
and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's
News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notice of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary $15.00 p.a. ($13.00 if paid by 1st March).
Country & Overseas A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by 1st March).
Associate: students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council - A$10.00 p.a., ($8.00 if paid by 1st March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology, University
of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
prt
z А or WE
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
ACROMANTIS AUSTRALIS
HYMENOPODIDAE: | ACRBMANTEN/ NEW
FAMILY AND SUBFAMILY RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA.
J. BALDERSON
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G. РО. Box 1700, Canberra, А. C.T. 2601.
Abstract
The presence in Australia of the family Hymenopodidae, subfamily Acromantinae,
represented by the species Acromantis australis Saussure, is recorded for the first time.
Characters for separating this subfamily from other Australian Mantodea are provided and
are illustrated by habitus photographs and scanning electron micrographs of critical features.
A total of eight families and 26 subfamilies are generally recognised
worldwide in the order Mantodea (see Beier 1964). To date only two famlies
and four subfamlies, none of which are endemic, have been recorded from
Australia. This note records the occurrence of an additional family and
subfamily (Hymenopodidae : Acromantinae) in the Australian mantid
fauna.
The family Hymenopodidae has a worldwide tropical distribution. The
subfamily Acromantinae occurs from tropical Africa across Asia and
down into Indonesia and New Guinea. The genus Acromantis Saussure,
with at least 17 described species, is most extensively developed in
Indonesia though the genus is also found in Japan, Taiwan, the Philippines
and New Guinea (Saussure 1870, 1871).
Two specimens of Acromantis australis Saussure, originally described
from Waigiou (?Waigeo) in the Moluccas, have been collected in recent :
years in the tropical rainforests of northern Queensland. The first, an adult
male, was collected at Iron Range on 26 December 1983 by M.S. and ВЈ.
Moulds. The second, probably a last instar female, was taken 11 km ENE.
of Mt. Tozer near Iron Range National Park on 11 July 1986 by D.C.F.
Rentz, by pyrethrin fogging rainforest foliage and vine tangle
approximately 2 m above ground level. These two specimens are now in
the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra.
As adults, both sexes are fully winged and have the flying wings angled
abruptly at the apex rather than rounded as in most other mantids (Figs
1, 2). Males are slender, about 25 mm long, and are green to light brown
in colour. Females are more robust, about 32 mm long, and light to dark
brown in colour.
The main characters that separate this species from other Australian
mantids are: (1) the preserice of a prominent forward projecting spine on
the head above the ocelli and a slightly smaller similar spine below the
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
ocelli (Fig 3); (2) the closely adpressed reclinate spines along the outer
margin of the anterior tibiae (Fig. 4); in all other Australian mantids these
spines are widely spaced and erect; (3) the presence of a small but distinct
lobate flap distally on the middle and hind femora (Figs. 1, 2). These
characters are found in both sexes.
1
Fig. 1. Acromantis australis, male.
Fig. 2. A. australis, female.
I have examined a series of 16 males and six females of this species
(including four males and two females bearing Acromantis australis
Saussure determination labels by the late Prof. M. Beier) from Papua New
Guinea and Шап Jaya, kindly loaned by the Bishop Museum, Hawaii and
one male in the Australian National Insect Collection from Papua New
Guinea. These specimens are identical with the northern Queensland
specimens in all respects.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
3
Fig. 3. Acromantis australis, head of male.
Fig. 4. A. australis, anterior tibia of male, lateral external view.
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Acknowledgements
I thank Mr Max Moulds for donation of the male from northern
Queensland to the Australian National Insect Collection and Mr Gordon
Nishida for arranging loan of specimens from the Bernice P. Bishop
Museum, Hawaii. The scanning electron micrographs were taken by Dr
D.C.F Rentz and the habitus photographs were prepared from
Kodachrome slides by Mr J.P. Green of C.S.LR.O., Division of
Entomology.
References
BEIER, M. 1964. ‘Blattopteroidea. Ordnung Mantodea Burmeister, 1838 (Raptoriae
Latreille 1802; Mantoidea Handlirsch 1903; Mantidea auct.) Dr H.G. Bronn's Klaassen und
Ordnungen des Tierreichs' (5) (3) 6, pp. 849-970. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Geest &
Portig K.-G. Leipzig.
SAUSSURE, Н. de 1870. Additions au système des Mantides. Mittheilungen der
Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft. 3: 221-44.
SAUSSURE, H. de 1871. Mélanges Orthoptérologiques. Fasc. 3. Memoires de la Societe de
Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve 21: 1-214.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 85
A NEW LARVAL HOST RECORD (FAMILY
PERIPLOCACEAE) FOR THREE LEPIDOPTERA IN
NORTHERN AUSTRALIA
M.P. ABLIN
Tropical Weeds Research Centre, P.O. Box 187, Charters Towers, Qld 4820
Abstract
Three species of Lepidoptera have been collected from, and successfully reared on
Gymnanthera nitida. R. Br. (Periplocaceae): Euclasta maceratalis Lederer (Pyralidae),
Rhodogastria rubripes (Walker) (Arctiidae) and Агата sp. (Undescribed species)
(Geometridae). This is the first recorded host for these species.
The Queensland Department of Lands is currently engaged in a biological
control program against the introduced tropical weed Cryoptostegia
grandiflora R.Br. (Periplocaceae), commonly called rubber vine. When
determining the host-specificity of potential biological control agents, it is
important to test native plants belonging to the same plant family.
Gymnanthera nitida R.Br. and the recently described G. fruticosa Wilson
are the only currently described species native to Australia in the family
Periplocaceae. G. fruticosa is an erect shrub found in sandy or gravelly
creek beds north of Alice Springs while G. nitida is a clambering vine
common in coastal and riverine rainforest, mangrove edges, and humid
vine scrubs from the Kimberleys in Western Australia to south of
Maryborough in Queensland. G. nitida also occurs in Malaysia and
Southeast Asia (McFadyen and Turnour unpubl. rept.).
During studies on the insects associated with G. nitida the following 3
species of Lepidoptera were reared.
(a) Euclasta maceratalis Lederer, Pyralidae
Adults reared from eggs and larvae collected on G. nitida from Macrossan
Crossing, Burdekin River, northern Queensland, May-June 1987. Adults
collected by sweep net on G. nitida, amongst surrounding couch grass,
attracted to insect blacklight trap.
(b) Rhodogastria rubripes (Walker), Arctiidae
Adults reared from larvae and eggs collected from both G. nitida and C.
grandiflora at Macrossan Crossing, Burdekin River, northern
Queensland, May-June 1987.
(c) Agathia sp. (undescribed species), Geometridae
Adults reared from larvae collected from G. nitida at Lee Point and
Buffalo Creek, Darwin, May 1987, and from Macrossan Crossing,
Burdekin River, northern Queensland in June 1987. This species was
previously only known from the Northern Territory (E.D. Edwards, pers.
comm.).
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Discussion
The larval host plants of these three species were previously unknown
(I.E B. Common, pers. comm.). The only other host record is Beaumontia
(Apocynaceae) for Rhodogastria astreus Drury in Malaya. (Barlow 1982).
G. nitida is not known to occur south of Maryborough, Queensland, but
R. rubripes has been recorded as far south as Lismore, in New South
Wales. It is therefore likely that this insect also has other host plants,
probably in the related families Apocynaceae or Asclepiadaceae. The
distribution of Euclasta maceratalis is from N.E. and E. Australia
(Cooktown, Cedar Bay, Townsville, Rockhampton, Geraldton, Duaringa,
Brisbane, Pt. Darwin) (Popescu-Gorj and Constantinescu 1977). The
distribution of the Agathia sp. is not known to the writer.
Acknowledgements
I thank Drs R. McFadyen and І.ЕВ. Common for assistance with this
project and Dr B. Cantrell for identification of specimens.
References
BARLOW, H.S., 1982. 'An introduction to the moths of South-east Asia. Kuala Lumpur: The
Malay Nature Society. 305 pp.
POPESCU-GORJ. A. and CONSTANTINESCU, A. 1977. Revision of the genus Euclasta
Lederer (Lepidoptera, Pyraustinae). Travaux du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle Gr. Antipa.
18: 157-245.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 87
PHENOLOGY OF SOME MYRMELEONTOID
(NEUROPTERA) SPECIES FROM ROCKHAMPTON
(CENTRAL QUEENSLAND).
A.P. MACKEY
Biology Department, Capricornia Institute of Advanced Education,
Rockhampton, Qld, 4702
Abstract
The seasonal distribution of 18 myrmeleontoid species collected from a light trap in
Rockhampton, central Queensland, over a seven year period (1980-1987), are recorded.
Comments are made on the voltinism of the species.
Introduction
There appears to be little information relating to the phenology of
Australian Myrmeleontoidea except that recorded incidentally in the
recent taxonomic treatments by New (1981, 1982, 1984, 1985 a,b,c). The
myrmeleontoid records obtained during seven years of light trapping in
Rockhampton, central Queensland are therefore presented.
Methods
A Robinson style light trap utilizing a Phillips HPL-N 125 watt mercury vapour lamp was
run from dusk to dawn on the campus of the Capricornia Institute of Advanced Education,
North Rockhampton, for five nights per week, from October 1980 to October 1987. The trap
was emptied early in the morning and the Neuroptera identified and counted. Specimens not
immediately attributable to species were collected and identified in the laboratory using keys
provided by New (1981, 1982, 1984, 1985 a,b,c). Counts were summarised as total individuals
per species, per five nights of a standard week (Appendix J, Lewis and Taylor 1967).
Results
Eighteen species belonging to 3 families were recorded from the light trap.
Ascalaphidae were most abundant and Fig. | summarises their seasonal
distribution. SuApalacsa dietrichiae (Brauer) accounted for approximately
90% of the 325 ascalaphids caught. The flight period of this species covered
most of the summer months (Fig. 1) and this species never occurred from
weeks 18-47. In most years there was a peak in abundance in early January
(week 3) but on occasion, as in 1982/3, this peak did not occur until weeks
7 and 8. In 1982/3, 1985/6 and 1986/7 there appeared to be a second peak
in abundance a few weeks after the first. There were marked yearly
differences in abundance.
S. stigmata New and S. subtrahens (Walker) were not as common as 5.
dietrichiae (never more than two individuals per week were recorded) and
their flight periods not so prolonged (Fig. 1). S. stigmata occurred in
December/ January and S. subtrahens in March/ April, although in 1987
the flight period of S. subtrahens was several weeks earlier, in February.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
1980-1
|
a не ЈЕ By,
1981-2
[ ]saietrichiae.
S.stigmata.
S.subtrahens.
| 1983-4
1
!
l
Џ
Џ
1
1984-5
1985-6
! WEEK No.
Fig. 1. Yearly seasonal abundance of three Ascalaphid species at
Rockhampton, central Queensland, during the period Oct. 1980-Oct. 1987.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 89
4
Лана анд
40 44 48 5211 4 8 12 16
МЕЕК Мо.
Fig. 2. Seasonal abundance of Distoleon bistrigatus at Rockhampton,
Central Queensland, using pooled capture records for Oct. 1980-Oct. 1987.
Of the non-ascalaphid species, Distoleon bistrigatus (Rambur) was the
most abundant (Fig. 2). There is some suggestion that there is a peak in
abundance in October/November and again in February, perhaps
indicating two generations per year. The records for D. somnolentus
(Gerstaecker), Glenoleon osmyloides (Gerstaecker), G. conspersum Banks
and Myrmeleon acer Walker are few (Table 1), but the distribution of
captures again suggests a possible two generations per year, although these
observations may reflect a long emergence period and long adult life. The
records for the remaining species in Table 1 are sometimes sparse, but
imply only one generation per year.
Table 1. Pooled records (October 1980-October 1987) by week for some
Myrmeleontoid species. All records are single captures, except
where indicated otherwise by a number in brackets.
Species Weeks recorded
Myrmeleontidae
Bandidus canifrons Navas 2, 50
* Distoleon somnolentus 9, 13, 46, 48, 52
(Gerstaecker)
* Glenoleon conspersum Banks 19, 50
* G. dissolutus (Gerstaecker) 4
* С. osmyloides (Gerstaecker) 1, 9, 20, 37, 38
*G. pulchellus (Rambur) 52
* Heoclisis fulvifusa (Kimmins) 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 18
Myrmeleon acer Walker 12, 13, 14(2), 15, 17, 18,
20, 21, 40(2), 42
* M. pictifrons Gerstaecker 5, ll
Protoplectron venustum 11, 12(3), 16, 18, 19
(Gerstaecker)
Pseudoformicaleo nubecula 12, 16
(Gerstaecker)
Stilbopteryx walkeri Kimmins 4, 47, 51
Nymphidae
Nymphes modesta Gerstaecker 13
N. myrmeleonides Leach 2,6,9
* indicates new records for Rockhampton.
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Discussion
АП the ascalaphid species appeared to be univoltine. No explanation is
offered for the second peak in abundance of S. dietrichiae seen in some
years. It is unlikely to indicate a second generation as it occurs so soon
after the first peak.
The flight periods of three, congeneric ascalaphid species, whilst
overlapping, are to some extent, separated temporarily: in
Rockhampton at least, S. stigmata is an early summer species; S.
' subtrahens a late summer one. In contrast, the few other records
available for S. stigmata (New 1984) indicate that in northern
Queensland this species flies in February and March.
S. dietrichiae is the only species for which the data are adequate to show
between year variations in abundance and flight period. The factors
causing such year to year variation are likely to be many, but climatic
factors may well be important. Weekly maximum and minimum
temperatures and rainfall were investigated to see if they could be used
to explain the yearly variations associated with S. dietrichiae, but
without success.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank Dr. Tim New for making many of the initial identifications.
References
LEWIS, T. and TAYLOR, L.R., 1967. ‘Introduction to Experimental Ecology’. Academic
Press, London. 401 pp.
NEW, T.R., 1981. A revision of the Australian Nymphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera).
Australian Journal of Zoology, 29: 707-750.
NEW, T.R., 1982. A reappraisal of the status of the Stilbopterygidae. Journal of the
Australian Entomological Society, 21: 71-75.
NEW, T.R., 1984. A revision of the Australian Ascalaphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera).
Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series, 100: 1-86.
NEW, T.R., 1985a. A revision of the Australian Myrmeleontidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). I.
Introduction, Myrmeleontini, Protoplectrini. Australian Journal of Zoology,
Supplementary Series, 104: 1-90.
NEW, ТЕ., 1985b. A revision of the Australian Myrmeleontidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). II.
Dendroleontini. Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series, 105: 1-170.
NEW, T.R., 1985c. A revision of the Australian Myrmeleontidae (Insecta: Neuroptera).
III. Distoleontini. Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series, 106: 1-259.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 91
FLUORESCENT MARKINGS IN SOME AUSTRALIAN
BUTTERFLIES
EW.D. ROST* and D.F. HALES
School of Biological Sciences, Macquarie University, N.S.W. 2109
Abstract
Museum specimens of Australian Papilionidae, Pieridae, Nymphalidae, Libytheidae and
Lycaenidae were examined for fluorescent pigmentation. Many papilionids, pierids,
nymphalids and lycaenids showed some fluorescence: the most spectacular observations were
of sexually dimorphic fluorescent patterns in Ornithoptera priamus euphorion (Gray).
Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan and Danaus hamatus hamatus (W.S. Macleay). The
distinction between fluorescence and ultra violet reflection is discussed.
Introduction
Autofluorescence is the property of *glowing in the dark" when an object
is illuminated with ultra violet (U.V.) light (see Rost 1980, Guilbault 1985).
U.V. light stimulates the emission of visible wavelengths of light: the object
may thus appear to be a completely different colour depending on whether
it is illuminated by visible light or by U.V. light. Among arthropods the
phenomenon is best known in scorpions, which appear brilliant blue-green
under U.V. light (see Zahl 1968). In insects, fluorescent pigments occur in
the rhabdomeres of the eyes (Francescini et al. 1981), in lipofuscin (Young
1982) and in integumentary pigments. Cockayne (1924) surveyed a large
number of Lepidoptera for the presence of fluorescent integumentary
pigments. More recent biochemical work has been summarised by
Robinson (1971) and Fuzeau-Braesch (1985), but we know of no previous
report on the gross fluorescence of Australian butterflies.
Methods
Male and female specimens from most genera of Australian butterflies (excluding
Hesperiidae) deposited in the Australian Museum collection were examined under a pair of
Philips HPW 125 watt high-pressure mercury arc lamps, giving excitation at a mixture of
U.V. wavelengths, predominantly 366, 435 and 406 nm. A barrier filter combination of2mm
GG395 glass (Schott) and Nikkor Y44 filter was used for photography using Kodachrome
200 and Ilford FP4 films.
Results
Fluorescence of yellow, white, orange and occasionally red and blue
pigments was observed (Table 1). Black pigments and iridescent colours
did not fluoresce. The most spectacular fluorescence was shown by
Ornithoptera p. euphorion (Gray), Papilio a. aegeus Donovan and Danaus
h. hamatus (W.S. Macleay).
їп О. p. euphorion, the yellow pigment on the wings in both sexes
fluoresced brilliant yellow. In the male, the abdomen fluoresced bright
* on leave from the University of New South Wales
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
yellow, but the iridescent green of the upper wing surface (as seen under
visible light) appeared dull olive green, the underlying fluorescent yellow
pigment apparently being masked by non-fluorescent scales. The male also
had a red fluorescent spot on the lateral surface of the thorax.
In Р a. aegeus, the white markings of the male fluoresced brightly
(Fig. 1). The underwing red marks also showed a faint red fluorescence.
Table 1. Lepidoptera in which fluorescence was observed*.
Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan Delias argenthona argenthona (Е)
P. anactus W.S. Macleay D. mysis mysis (Е)
P. fuscus capaneus Westwood Danaus hamatus hamatus
(W.S. Macleay)
Pachliopta polydora
queenslandicus (Rothschild) D. plexippus plexippus (L.)
Graphium macleayanum Euploea core corinna (W.S.
macleayanum (Leach) Macleay)
Ornithoptera priamus euphorion — Heteronympha mirifica (Butler)
(Gray)
Tellervo zoilus zoilus (F.)
* This is a partial listing. Fluorescence was also observed in other Pieridae,
in the underwings of Lycaenidae, and the eyespots of many
Nymphalidae.
In D. A. hamatus, the blue streaks on the hind wing gave a bright orange
fluorescence, particularly in the male. This was most intense in the two fine
V-shaped blue markings just anterior to the sex-mark on the hind wing (see
illustration by McCubbin 1971).
In discussing the effect of U.V. light on butterfly patterns, two phenomena
need to be clearly distinguished. In this paper fluorescence (i.e. U.V.-
stimulated emission of light visible to human eyes) is described. This
probably has no biological significance, except possibly in enhancing the
apparent patterns on the wings. We propose that the fluorescent properties
of butterfly pigments are an incidental by-product of other functions.
In contrast, the reflection of U.V. light itself may have marked biological
significance, since insect eyes unlike human eyes, can detect U.V.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 93
1a
Fig. 1. Male P aegeus aegeus photographed (a) in visible light (b) in U.V.
light showing fluorescence of white markings.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
wavelengths. It has been demonstrated in the yellow pierids of the genus
Eurema that there are both specific and sexual differences in the pattern
of reflection of U.V. light, and this no doubt aids mate detection and
recognition (Common and Waterhouse 1981). For the same reason,
courtship behaviour fails in some pierids in artificial light containing no
U.V. (Gibbs 1980). However, it seems unlikely that fluorescence would be
strong enough to be detected in ordinary daylight and hence we doubt that
it has any real significance in mate recognition.
Acknowledgements
We thank Keith Gillett for the loan of U.V. lamps, Dan Bickel and Geoff
Holloway for giving us access to the Australian Museum collection and
Jenny Norman who printed the photographs.
References
COCKAYNE, E.A., 1924. The distribution of fluorescent pigments in the Lepidoptera.
Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 1924, 1-19.
COMMON, L.EB. and WATERHOUSE, Р.Е, 1981. ‘Butterflies of Australia’. Revised
edition. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
FRANCESCINI, N., KIRSCHFELD, K. and MINKE, B., 1981. Fluorescence of
photoreceptor cells observed in vivo. Science 213: 1264-1267.
FUZEAU-BRAESCH, S., 1985. Colour changes. In ‘Comprehensive Insect Physiology
Biochemistry and Pharmacology’. pp. 549-589, (eds. Kerkut, G.A. and Gilbert, L.I.)
Pergamon Press, New. York. Vol. 9.
GIBBS, G.W. 1980. ‘New Zealand Butterflies. Identification and Natural History’. Collins,
Auckland. 207 pp.
GUILBAULT, G.G., 1985. Principles of luminescence spectroscopy. Luminescent
determination of clinically and agriculturally important samples. Pure & Applied Chemistry,
57: 495-514.
McCUBBIN, C. 1971. ‘Australian Butterflies’. Thomas Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp.
ROBINSON, R., 1971. ‘Lepidoptera Genetics’. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 687 pp.
ROST, E.W.D., 1980. Fluorescence microscopy. Chapter 10, in ‘Histochemistry Theoretical
and Applied’, 346-378 (Ed. A.G.E. Pearse), 4th Edn. Vol. 1, Churchill Livingstone, London
YOUNG, R.G., 1982. Fluorescent age pigment in insect lysosomes. Experimental
Gerontology 17: 1-6.
ZAHL, P.A., 1968. Scorpions: living fossils of the sands. National Geographic, 133: 436-442.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 95
SOME NEW AND ADDITIONAL LARVAL HOST
RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN CERAMBYCIDAE
(COLEOPTERA)
G.A. WEBB!, G.A. WILLIAMS? and R. de KEYZER?
! Forestry Commission of New South Wales, P.O. Box 100, Beecroft, N.S.W.
2119.
2 Lorien Wildlife Refuge, Lansdowne via Taree, N.S.W. 2430.
3Australian Museum, College St., Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.
Abstract
New and some previously reported larval host plants for Australian Cerambycidae are presented.
In recent years there has been some documentation of cerambycid host
relationships in Australia (Abbott 1985, Hawkeswood 1985a, b, Van den Berg
1980, Webb 1987, Williams 1985). Despite this the biology of most Australian
Cerambycidae remains poorly known. Apparently many are polyphagous
(Duffy 1963, Webb 1987) but for some species only single hosts or groups of
closely related hosts are known. Whether these species are truly monophagous
at the plant species, genur or even family level remains to be seen. For a large
number of cerambycid species no plant hosts are known.
We here present some new and additional host records for Cerambycidae from
new South Wales and Queensland (Table 1). All specimens were reared from
timber stored in sealed containers and maintained at ambient temperatures.
Specimens have been lodged in the collections of the Australian Museum
(Sydney), Australian National Insect Collection (Canberra) and Forestry
Commission of New South Wales (Sydney). Some specimens are also
maintained in the private collections of G.A. Williams and R. de Keyzer.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
96
(овоовзоштуј)
РИМ С1РЧӘД\) su244n22p лорду
(оеаоезоштуј)
Кәүрәд (шшод) х«/22012] D1202y
(овазезоштур Аәүрәд sua44n2uo2 торор
(овоовзоштуј)
Којрза (шшод) хе 02012] р1орәү
(seso?sourrA) voq `гу
"xo UUNO `Y руојил рроа тороу
(sesoesour]A)
“PIIA СТРЧӘД\) $u244n22p D1202V
(seooesourrjA)
"Suo1idg хә лодот5 D/D404.01 DIIDIV
(seooeunuense;))
"Буу pupnapuSuiuuno DUlADNSDD
(9eooeojo1g) 'резцоб 221429 D2ypH
(UAW) “WIS юруәүпә1ира snid&qponz
(ovooeurq) uoq 'а 0201рра snuid
(овоовоцеб) ysy Saployap snjndog
(әвәовоце$) ysy sapiojap snjndog
INV'IdlSOH NOIOXTIOO
хач
хач
хач
хач
хач
хач
хач
змуо
Sv^uxqu
МУО
змуо
184
144
S8 " SI-I I имову "AVS'N
v8 "X CI-8 ъп” 35 “PIO
v8 "IX 90-81 Áqsox) IW “PIO
vg ux етт “IS “PIO
v8 "X Oc епт 15 “PIO
98'X с̧с рие л | siugroH Suofeumy *AN'S'N
#8 TIX CC-X LI ded 5192145 "prO
9g "x-x —— uviqereqeuoo) "AvS'N
98 "X 97 еа aysaq "A'S'N
с̧а "HX [g-I euwopsueT N WJE "AN'S'N
98 HX с SIH JUeuuoq 159M " A'S'N
UMO9NO]NA DiDI2undoosip 22040
oooseq si[D41u22 01204
(оешлом) wmaafiuáis шпіәціә9
(UBAOUOG) $7212D401/] гпгррму
(TeAnpstog) ajpaisnp шторирцау
(2098eg) nipi[12 psna&oy
ЯУМЭЛЯИУҸЯЭ
(иешмәм) зпоуташ snjovyd
S8 "t VI Kasdurox "AN'S'N
#8111 оору лодаћ “"М5'М (KEAN) sijjoomuids әшоиры8у
93IVNINODBId
SALYA
SHONSORHINH ALITVOOT 5919945 АМУ ATINVAENS
(siuouigpo[m ouo? оф ш UDAIS ore soureu [[nj злофпе оф JO ouo ueu) лошо SEM 10]29[[00 оу AYM)
"зероХашелод ueI[E.rjsny IUOS ло} зрлозол juejd JSO [елле ‘T AQEL
97
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
(seooesour]q)
“PIAM С1РЧӘД\) $u244022p D1202y
(овоов55олд по) ‘ds snssa4dn;)
(oraeson)
“PIM (риол) $u244722p тороу
(sesoesour])
триода хә ‘uUNd "y ралроогртр DI2D2V
(9vooesso1dn;))
TION “A 5мојашпјоз 51411102
(oeooesour] i)
‘PIIMA CIDUSAA) $4244022p D1202y.
(oeooeiny)
Jassery ("репу ^) 1240014 спврјоцјом
(оваовшоџошт)) под ‘а
шпутгар шпрртгдојрл2
(uw) peg LA 142029 та ропа
(oesoesour]A)
РА CIUS) $4244n22p D1202y
(seooeuA]N) 'ахом рироопјош snid&qpong
(sesoeuAJA) INN ^H 240242. sniKqponzg
(әвәовѕоштудү) Азјрза $u244n2u02 DI2D2V
(овоовшодлол) “Т D4DUDO DUDIUDT
LNVTd LSOH YOLOATIOO
хач
144
хач
хач
хач
хач
98 'X сё UAODDVIg “ASN
819 иешделедкиоо2) “M'S'N
v8 "Ux 82 UMOTAORTE "AvS'N
68 "X £C ?11-100) IW “PIO
68 РОМ pues] exo1qpens “pid
98 "IX 9z UMODIUIH “M'S'N
v8 IX S-I “A'S SSOg IN “АМ
€8 "IX 81-01 9uaMopsueT N WY € *AVS'N
68 1х ouoisde] *Av'S'N
98 t siugroH Suofeumy *AvS'N
98 ITZ xred Ko[ssog “M'S'N
S8 TE aurperreg "AN'S'N
p8 "ux Á[reo Аазоло зу “PIO
68 I С@-8] зиморзивтј N шус "AN'S'N
HONSOHINH
SALVG
ALITVOOT
иешмәМ 5121125 snssipkyopg
202524 511514] DULIDGIC
WYM 51101250[ ордо
ә02ѕе4 DIDWOI рриао
имогмор Si4D]n20uiq ригдипу
902524 !S42punps snuajsoaN
RIT 40/0214] ррошегршон
(Keo[oe]A) si]Ds40p раоцпал
eooseq шпју sisiuowaq
(иешмәм) sup442qp $n242201d0;)
(ившмәм) огиәѕ snido202]07)
(K10r) 2 110de' T) 1514n2 snaoydosojyD
тәне) 2JD4]SHD шт»әләг)
5919945 АМУ АЛШЛЧУАЯП$
Cpju0))) “Т әче,
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
98
(seooesourrAp[on]A| ^J пигршш Di202y
(әрәовѕоштуү)
РАЛА CIpU9AA) $u244n22p поразу
(әвә2еѕоштуң)
`Зиәлй$ хә зәдә! 0040441 D1202y
(әвәоете”ү) SIN 24215 раритрил
(зваовзошуј)
"PIEM Сзшәд) ррипамојј пороу
(овооеилу) 'ахом рирзопјјош snid&qponzg
(оваовилу) 'ахом рироопјош snid&qpong
(әрәәриАр{) YOOH рлоромиз па ропа
(овооезоштуј)
грм С1РЧӘД\) $u244n22p DIIDIV
(овозешоип))
поа ‘q DjD40 рагш021125
(оваовзошу)
грм CIBUS) $4244n22p D1202V
(әеәзе1пу]) "шиә]50у
Ceg WA) ор«удоицзр 421142H
(оваоезошту)
“PIIA СТРЧӘД\) $u244n22p DIIDIV
(овооезошу)
прим CIpUSAA) $ua4anoap лорду
хач
хач
хач
Чч
144
laa
ЈАН
184
хач
IAVO
хач
IMVD
хач
хач
S8 'X 0€ ?11-100)) IW “PIO
In pus 61991 U^OD[E[g "AN'S'N
v8 "x ccIx € аео) ѕ1ә0105 “pid
98 “HX 0c ISON SOYMEH " AN'S'N
18761 — TS риерәдшпо "МОМ
£8 1х 06 ә$поләд BT "N'S'N
98 "IX Тє xred fo [ssog "AN'S'N
98 1 CC yed Кәѕѕо9 " ANC'S'N
98 "IX ЄС 29 68 MA OE илов "Av'S'N
€8 ‘п 8с-0с — чАодшо S wyg "AU'S'N
S8 T ило "AVS'N
€8'X£CSI 41106 шоојоој, *AvS'N
98 ux рие ‘х / ещн Suofermy *AvS'N
98'^ їн Suofeuny “М'5'М
umqxoe[g Ssmsapow ѕпшүрц:іоищу
(кәл) отђудо sapoyiuog
здон snjjauiS4pui sniuftapsolq
(иешмәм) ошќиоиќѕ рујирораоца
(sniouqeJ) рлојоипатшәѕ рујирорлоца
(иевлоиод) оојоипа рујирэрлоца
(одон) snipjnisnd сгроиг о ца
uosqoug snijpuos4ad 5грозрца
oooseg sij]0218u0] SapoIDY
иешмәм згруји рлэршрѕашәд
џешмом рәрш8&а разршреашга
INV'Id LSOH YOLOATIOD
SHLVG
SONSOHNWH ALITVOOT
5919945 АМУ ATINVAENS
(Зриод) “т әв],
99
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
(овозелодвозна) ^Av;) psouids piapsang мач 98 'пх £-1X 97 Кллорџорџој *AvS'N (иешлмәм) $7224 51145
(овоовјејивб)
“qeq sna4aofissa4dno sndap20xq — 9A) 98 °X 8-L У" рчеродшто *AV'S'N umq»xoe[g sdo4214 5111145
(9eooeuuense;)) ds puipnsp;) хач 98 1х 6C илов "AV'S'N
(овооезошту)
"PIIM (триода) гиглапогр тороу хач 98 1х с Кә8ие”т 58“ A'S'N
(әвәоеѕоштү)
"рМ CIpueAA) зиглапогр тору YAA 98 т sigdreg Suofermy *AvS'N
(әвәоеѕоштуү) “TION ‘A 11чәртрш тороу хач $8 "X1 9c ?1-100)) Зух “PIO
(овооезошту)
"РАА (трчала) sua44noap D1202y хач S8 Трпх 67 umonjorld "AN'S'N
(әвәовѕоштудү) Хәүрәд
(uruoq) x£q2012] торду хач y8 TX-IX CT BINT 15 “PIO (ившмәм) snomuup48. snij]g
(овооезоштиј)
"pug 'ха ‘uUND "V 2d4p202U|nD тороу хач 98 X C етп 15 “PIO имоәуэуү Sup442qD. 5111415011114
(әвәовиҝудр)
"uis (NY) шпагдлирј wunwa2dsojid2] = aMVD 9g X[ 'JSeiqn3ue[00)) *AV'S'N (атацо) зурапто ѕпләроиәј5
(seooviny) ‘ds 57417 Јан r8 X LI осполод РТ 'AA'S'N иешмәм 540.12] 52р0121235
(овооенАур xooH 240po14112 гта опала хач 98 X 1 ШН Азоо *AN'S'N (әоэ$®д) sapiouoiqi wumia&sig
(овооезоштир).
"РПА CIpuS AA) Su244noap D1202y хач 98 1 щн Suofenmy “M'S'N
(LISON) TIONN ‘A 1142pmui Di202y хач $8 "X! 6T ?1]1-100) IW “PIO
(seooesouirjA)
“PIIM (приоду) зиглапогр торзу хач $861 II umopbpe[g "AvS'N — (prexonuos) sninspu smupoyidouryy
SAHLVG
LNVTd LSOH 3OIOXTIOO SHONSOWHNWH ALITVOOT 5919945 ANV ATINVAGNS
(PIUOD) `T ANEL
(seooesourrJA) uoq `гу
`хә что "y оџојил рроа pi202y
(овоовзоштиј)
грм (праг) $u244722p D1202y
(овозезоштуиј)
РА С1РЧӘД\) $u244n22p тороу
(овооезоштиј)
"РАА (ТриА) Su244122p тлороу
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
(овоовзошту)
триода “xo "uun;) ‘у ој0ја DI202y
(овоовзоштуј)
‘PILA С1РЧӘД\) $u244n22p тороу
(овооезошу)
РИМ СТРЧӘД\) $u244122p D1202y
(овозезошту)
"Suaidg xo 1әдә1$ 2/D40441 DIIDIV
(seooesourrjA)
"Sua1dg xo 1әдә1$ 0040441 DIDI
(әвәзви^р{) 1oneuog xo
што 'у рлороцәш snid&qponj
(IUA) "uis оотошра snid&qponjg
(agamy) LIH
“OL Cen 7) гпилојпропг тигрраоу
хач
хач
Syv AA
хач
хач
хач
хач
хач
IMVD
144
IMVD
IMVD
8 1X 1
6L “IX 8c
98 "IX LI
98 1
98 "X! LZ ‘98 1
98 TSB "XC
68 IX LI
S8 1-р8 “HX
98 1
58 По 80-61
$8 Тих ТЄ-1х GC
воп] 1S “PIO
UANODIOP[G “Л\`$`М
Ko[Sue'] 58шу " AL'S'N
имот " AN'S'N
чу бон Suofeuny “$: №
siugroH Suofeunw *AvN'S'N
sigroH ЗиоГешпу * Avy'S'N
dey s1eoids “pid
eumopsueT N WHE “МОМ
зәищ uoi) *Av'S'N
әиморѕие N шує "A'S'N
u&oquio) S шус є "AN'S'N
([eAnpstog) 51102 018 лош ризиу
(јелпрчтод)) sippaisnp рләиу
ЯУМПИУТП
eooseg sipjnaupi4] DIpaoz
ooosed DSIAIP р1рәо7,
UMOONO]A спијпиог ицрм
9ooseq рхоррлра “IU DIWSOIONAT
umq»xoe[g r/p1n8121d2s S1404 J,
имоомор DDIp4OS ршшолрѕѕә J,
100
INV'Id.ISOH YOLOATIOD
SALVG
HONSOISHINH
ALITVOOT
59109945 АМУ ATINVAENS
Cpju0))) "т әде,
101
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
(9vsovoequiog) ‘ds 151401) AS = ШН зошшпо *AN'S'N
(овооешћ) ТЯ (uSuo1g) рагадер pu24[] МУО #8 Xr gz 9u^opsueT N шує "A'S'N
(овзовјпм) KopueH
"OL (Пәпуү `4) зпшлојпропг piu2pp4oy — IMWO с̧ах У sdo[ оша "'S'N
(овоовишеум) pug
'Xe'sstow (12194) psj2oxa тиолцау МУО S8 `X ST-ST 9umopsueT N UNE “ASN "ds snuwuvyiq
(9eooe1odsoniq)
"juoA штотрип шплойзошщ4 144 98 IX OCSI — TS рчерәдшпо "AN'S'N
(ranes) ysy ѕәртојјәр snindoq 144 $8 "IX 8I Кәѕішәу " AN'S'N
(зезоеша) "upo3ug 11101772 пша 144 S8 `X LI "A'S шадзу “M'S'N
(зезоеш 7) (шта чәрүогу) ‘ds пш) їяя C8 "X p SIH зиешпәд 159 " N'S'N
(оваовлор) 7] D214D2 SNAH Lad Cg "IIX-'IX ә$поләд LT ^ANS'N
(ovooe1oJA) 'ахом £21spJ2 51211 Јан E8 пх-х asnolag ЕМ УМ
(овазеоцеб) цер Saployjap snjndoqd 144 E8 Ix-x оо? 1edd() *AN'S'N (пешмом) 407DISDA зпшштиа
(овозелорр) ‘ds плу — IMWOD pg x 8-9 uojduumH *AVS'N (sooseq) spnjupop snunuvyiq
(oeooe3v)
Iossery (Jon d) 7240014 snsvfoyion IMVD $8 X OC-0I здој, uoiguumg “МОМ ‘ds snisnuauiy
(овооезошту)
"РПА С1рӘД\) $u244n22p тороу SVATA 98 "IX CI худ ysg *AN'S'N
(овооезоштуиј) "quoq
ухо ‘uUND "y ралрзозотр торзу мам 68 "IX 9-€ еф-1005 IW “PIO
(әвәдеѕоштү{ү)
“JUAS 'хо 42q218 01040441 Оро мам v8 1X pl dey sads “pio
591уа
LNVTd LSOH 3OIOXTIOO SHONSOWHINH ALITVOOT 5912945 ANV ATINVAENS
(рођ) “Т әче,
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
102
(svooesourrjA) “ds торор
(o?so?ruuootA y)
тад (3SIO A) римрш Diuu221AV
(оеаоезоштур)
"PIILAA С1РЧӘД\) $u244n22p тороу
(овозем у)
UPIEN хә JHH "AA 51рир48 ста родна
(seooeqeJ) (AQA) 010025 piuosyop[
(әвәовде4) (IQA) рмраоәѕ piuosyop[
(ovoo?Se.)
Jassery (TIONN ^4) 1240014 $n8Dfowu1oN
(зваовјодеб)
зима (IQA) сураопр рјгиоцзирја
(әвәовупҹ) `ишә1$ох
(пея Wa) Р]дуаоипәр 420142]
(овоовшоџоип))
uoq ‘q wnjpiadpb шпрртгаолрл2)
(овоовоцеб) ysy ғәројјәр snindog
(9?oovruoun;)
uoq 'а wnjpiadp штрлодолрл2
(овозелорј) ‘ds 51211
IMVD
aa
144
МУО
хач
хач
IAVD
IMVO
IAVO
98 “IX 6-х LT
V8 ^L 9-1 9UAMODpSUET М UNE " AAN'S'N
$8 "IX [c Aeg PaO "M'S'N
98'^LOI — TS риерәдшпо * AAN'S"'N
Y8 X L-I eueopsuvT] N WJ є " N'S'N
98 X C ed олуоџод “лом
томоврпа * AvS'N
S8 "IX 80-17 ‘A'S 5509 JW “ЛМ
реән
$8°Х 6061 зиәззәгушпо$ "AV'S'N
S8 HX 00-91 qniog шоорооу ^ Av'S'N
S8 1х GC-X II SES 5509 WN “АМ
E8 `Их-1х o[o) лода у *vS'N
S8 "IX pI HS SSO IW "AL М
v8 "IX 67-17 по#ишен " AL'S'N
(sooseq) nua32 sisdowo&Ip]qd
(sooseq) zid&]8pup 51дошо рја
(unano) 0/2и120410 sisdowo&ip]d
209sDq si]joouuap г1раргрца
URUIMON DI4DdOOS DNUSOIDIUIJJ
г025ра 010]0әи рујосгруј
(зоо5ва) раглшпја pu42isi(]
(209seqg) nip2uno DULIISIG
9oosed 0/01250/1 рил21510
—————————————————————————ÉÉÓÉÓÉÓÉÓÉÓÉÓÉÉÉÉÁÉá———
INV'Id.SOH WOIOSTIOO
ТЕЛЕЕ
HONSDOHINH
SHLVd
AJILIVOO'
5919945 АМУ ATINVAENS
(рођ) “т әде],
103
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
(овооеша) чод ‘а 2201рра snuid
(eeooeurq) "шәЗия 114701112 snulg
(әвәоејпу) KopueH
"OL (MEN `4) гпилојпропг viuappaoy
(seooesouirjA)
“PIM CIBUS) $4244022p D1202y
(sesoeA[E]A)
"YLIN 'хо зәѕе '0 Suapuads snosiqiH
IAVD
184
IAVD
£8 X SI `$ uvjouof * Av S'N
£8 "xc “A'S шадуу "Ar S'N oooseq siqn3n] 04220847
Sg x z[-IX 01] uKoquio) S шус *AVS'N IYA snjnosniupd snusajsouwa г
98 А OI 'XSpuepoqun) “М'$ М umgyerg pjjosopomu p40udi&uy
C8 " [с эшморѕиет N шує "N'S'N
INV'Id.lSOH HOLIOdTIOO
SA1Vd
SONSOSHINH ALITVOOT 5910945 ANY ATINVAENS
(p3u0))) `T әде,
104 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Acknowledgements
Е.Е. Taylor and R. J. Turner (Forestry Commission of N.S.W.), A. Sundholm
and S. R. Watkins kindly allowed access to their unpublished host records.
References
ABBOTT, I., 1985. *Forest entomology research in Western Australia.' Dept. Conservation and
Land Management W.A. Technical Report No. 2 pp. 1-76.
DUFFY, E.A., 1963. 'А monograph of the immature stages of Australasian timber beetles"
(Cerambycidae). British Museum (Natural History), London. 235 pp.
HAWKESWOOD, ТЈ., 1985a. New larval host plants for ten Australian longicorns (Coleoptera,
Cerambycidae). Giornale Italiano Entomologia 2: 393.
HAWKESWOOD, ТЈ., 1985b. New larval host plants for three Australian longicorns (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae). Coleopterists Bulletin 39: 257.
VAN de BERG, М.А. 1982. Coleoptera attacking Acacia dealbata Link, Acacia decurrens Willd.,
Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd., Acacia mearnsii De Wild, and Acacia melanoxylon R. Br. in
eastern Australia. Phytophylactia 14: 51-55.
WEBB., G.A., 1987. ‘Larval host plants of Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in some Australian
collections.’ Forestry Commission of N.S.W. Technical Paper No. 38, pp. 1-19.
WILLIAMS, G.A., 1985. New larval food plants for some Australian Buprestidae and
Cerambycidae (Coleoptera), Australian Entomological Magazine 12 : 41-46.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 105
BOOK REVIEW
Biological Control: Pacific Prospects. By D.F. Waterhouse and K.R. Norris.
ISBN 0 909605 50 5, 1987. 454 pp. price $130.00. Inkata Press, Melbourne.
This book is the first to provide a comprehensive summary for the important
invertebrate pests and weeds of the southwestern Pacific region and to update
their status as targets for biological control.
The concept for this impressive book began when the authors Drs D.F
Waterhouse and K.R. Norris, both formerly of the CSIRO, Division of
Entomology, prepared dossiers for a workshop held in 1985 in Tonga, on the
biological control of insect pests and weeds of the South Pacific. This
workshop was co-sponsored by the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Forests, Tonga, the German Agency for Technical cooperation (GTZ) and the
Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research (ACIAR) and was
attended by participants representing 20 Pacific countries. After the workshop
the dossiers were updated to incorporate information provided by the
participants, forming the basis of the text for this bok.
In the introduction, methods for ranking the importance of each species of pest
or weed are described and whether each is considered to be among the 10 most
important species in each country. A table summarising the distribution and
importance of each species then follows.
Chapter 2 provides a brief but very thorough treatment of “some factors
relevant to biological control". This chapter deals with several aspects
considered in more detail in other texts but it would be difficult to find
elsewhere a more comprehensive summary of the most important aspects of
biological control principles or programs. In straight-forward language, topics
discussed include biological control concepts and techniques, fears concerning
biological control, conflicts of interest, importance of taxonomy, host
specificity, hyperparasites, selection of target pests and examples of early
successes. in separate chapters the book deals with 17 weeds and 30
invertebrate pests, selected as those of highest importance in the region and
grouped according to family. The region includes all southern Pacific islands
that lie between Queensland, Papua New Guinea (included) and French
Polynesia and includes also Guam (31? S-15?N, 140? W-1359?E).
For each pest or weed the following information is provided: (1) scientific
species and familiy names, (ii) English and local names, (iii) a map of
distribution in the S.E. Pacific and a summary of biological control attempts,
(iv) origin and distribution, (v) life cycle or characteristics, (vi) status as a pest
or weed, (vii) control measures—chemical or cultural, (viii) associated pests,
(ix) known natural enemies and (x) previous attempts at biological control.
Where work on natural enemies has been carried out, tables show the name
of the natural enemies, the nature or stage of the host attacked, countries
where biological control has been attempted or where natural enemies have
been recorded and the outcome of the work. Appropriate references are given
for the information when available. A summary is provided of the potential
for biological control for each target organism including specific
characteristics that may affect the success or failure of any project.
106 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Following 45 pages of references, the cross-referenced index of scientific names
of insects provides a very valuable source of up-to-date information on the
correct names to use for many Pacific insects. It will assist greatly in avoiding
confusion created by the prior use of erronious names in the literature. The
pests and weeds are discussed mainly in relation to the Pacific Region but this
book also contains valuable summaries for biology of the pests and their
natural enemies from other regions, not easily located elsewhere in the
literature. Moreover, a great deal of new information is presented from
observations made by the authors and by personal communication from
others.
Very few errors have crept in, some probably occurring at the type-setting
stage. For example, table 46.2 listing natural enemy introductions for Salvinia
molesta, shows Cyrtobagous singularis introduced to Namibia from Brazil via
Australia in 1971, this record being incorrect although it was introduced as
shown from Trinidad via Botswana. This error may have occurred when the
origin of another weevil. Cyrtobagous salviniae was repeated from the next
line of the table. In the same table C. salviniae was incorrectly shown as having
been introduced to Zambia but it probably does occur there.
This book is nicely presented in a firm, moisture-proof cover, the excellent
binding allowing all pages to rest flat when opened. The only disappointing
aspects, in spite of the fact that the authors have waived royalties, is its price
which will preclude purchase by many private individuals and will also prevent
purchase by some libraries in developing countries whre copies are most
needed.*
The invertebrate pests and weeds of the Pacific Region are constantly changing
in importance but “Biological Control: Pacific Prospects" will provide a basis
for their study for years to come. Assemblage and circulation of the dossiers
has already stimulated new interest and accelerated biological control
activities in the Pacific. There is no doubt that many new opportunities will
follow, guided by this book and that it will provide a sustained impact on the
direction of pest control in the region. The authors are to be congratulated for
the exhaustive task in accumulating all the information now so readily
available in one document.
D.P.A. Sands, CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Р.В.3, Indooroopilly, Qld,
4068. Reprinted from 'ACIAR: Partners in Research for Development’, April
1988.
* Editor's note. I have since been informed that ACIAR has distributed free
of charge, copies of this book to institutions and individuals in most
developing Pacific countries.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 107
LEAFHOPPER TRAPPING METHODS: COMPARISON
OF LIGHT TRAPS OPERATING ALL NIGHT AND AT
SUNSET
J.A. OSMELAK
Plant Research Institute, Department of Agriculture & Rural Affairs,
Swan Street, Burnley, Vic. 3121.
Abstract
Comparison of two incandescent light traps, one operating all night, the other only at sunset,
from October 1981 to February 1982, revealed no major differences in the various cicadellid
or fulgoroid species trapped. The data supports previous reports that Orosius argentatus
(Evans) flies predominantly at sunset.
Introduction
A light trap operating all night has been used for monitoring leafhopper
species in a study on tomato big bud disease and aspects of control of the
vector Orosius argentatus (Evans) (Osmelak 1987а). A discussion on the
problems for control of this phloem restricted, mycoplasma-like organism
is given by Osmelak (1987b). A comparison of an incandescent light trap
operating at sunset with a similar trap operating all night, was initiated
because of unpublished reports that O. argentatus flew mainly at sunset.
Information obtained from this study will be used to determine which
operating times would be most appropriate to monitor O. argentatus, for
the development of control measures of tomato big bud disease.
Material and methods
During the 1981/82 season, an incandescent light trap of the same construction as that
described by Osmelak (1987a) was set up on a property approximately 3 km south-west of
an all night light trap at Tatura. The trap was operated by a time clock switch, set to switch
on 1 hour before sunset and to turn off 2 hours after sunset. Sunset times for the operating
period (October 19, 1981 to the end of February 1982) were obtained from the Bureau of
Meteorology.
A small weather station was set up at the site where dry and wet bulb temperatures, wind
speed (using a hand-held anometer) and direction were recorded daily at sunset.
Trap catches were collected daily and all Auchenorrhyncha species caught were recorded. At
the end of the season the data from the two traps were compared.
Results
A comparison of the total number of O. argentatus caught per week by
the two different light traps is given in Fig. 1. Table 1 lists the total number
of Auchenorrhyncha species caught by the two traps.
108 : Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
100
SUNSET TRAP
NUMBER OF OROSIUS ARGENTATUS
o
100 (323)
ALL NIGHT TRAP
50
NUMBER OF OROSIUS ARGENTATUS
1981 1982
Fig.1. Number of Orosius argentatus trapped in two differently timed
light traps—above: | hr before to 2 hrs after sunset; below—all night trap.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 109
Table 1. Total Number of Auchenorhyncha species caught from 19th Oct.
1981 to 28th Feb. 1982, in two Light Traps Operating (a) all night at Tatura
and (b) at sunset 3 km away.
Description Total Number
АП night trap Sunset trap
Cicadellidae
Deltocephalinae
Arawa sp. 2 0
Balclutha saltuella (Kirschbaum) 614 645
Balclutha incisa Matsumura 0 1
Chiasmus varicola (Kirkaldy) 1 0
Deltocephalus hospes Kirkaldy 695 994
Deltocephalus vetus Knight 4 0
Exitianus nanus (Distant) 49 46
Limotettix incerta Evans 89 237
Nesoclutha pallida (Evans) 100 141
Orosius argentatus (Evans) 611 966
Orosius canberrensis Evans 43 60
Xestocephalus tasmaniensis Evans 2 5
Typhlocybinae
Austroasca viridigrisea (Paoli) 4439 2714
Zygina zealandica (Myers) 76 П
Agallinae
Austroagallia torrida Evans 6 15
Jassinae
Batracomorphus punctatus (Evans) 18 106
Xestocephalinae
Xestocephalus tasmaniensis Evans 2 5
FULGOROIDEA
Delphacidae
Sardia rostrata pluto (Kirkaldy) 0 1
Sogatella kolophon (Kirkaldy) 3 3
Toya dryope (Kirkaldy) 928 1811
Toya Izaulis (Kirkaldy) 15 60
Cixiidae
Oliarus lilinoe Kirkaldy 1 0
CERCOPOIDEA
Machaerotidae
Pectinariophyes stalli (Spanberg) 0 1
110 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
The weather data collected at the sunset trap site indicated that on every
occasion when a large number of О. argentatus were caught, there was по
detectable wind and the temperature was always above 20?C.
Discussion
There is a superficial similarity in the weekly catches of O. argentatus in
the two traps (Fig. 1) but only the all night trap detected significant flight
activity in September (28), November (14) and early December (60) when
the respective catches in the sunset trap were 0, 5 and 4. Catches in the
following 13 weeks until the end of February were adequate for comparison
( 10 in one trap) in 9 weeks and too low (< 4 in each trap) in 4 weeks.
Trap catches were more or less equal ratio (< 2) in 3 weeks, higher in the
sunset trap in 4 weeks and in the all night trap in 2 weeks. This variability
is likely to be due to differences in the local populations and microclimatic
conditions at the two sites.
The various cicadellid and fulgoroid species trapped were similar for both
traps, except for a few singleton species (Table 1). The variation in numbers
for a particular species, is probably due to differences in the local
conditions near the two traps. These results indicate that flights of O.
argentatus and some other cicadelid and delphacid species were
crepuscular. This supports the findings of Reddy and Mishra (1983) and
Perfect and Cook (1982). Saxena and Justo (1982) also reported twilight
take-off and migration flights for the rice brown planthopper Nilaparvata
lugens (Stal).
Even though traps gave similar results, it was decided to continue with the
all night trap, to ensure continuity of results over the seasons and to gather
as much information as possible on leafhopper occurrences. Helson (1942)
reports flights of O. argentatus as late as 2200 hours on very warm nights.
The sunset trap would not have detected these flights. Information on
other leafhoppers during these conditions would also be of value.
Acknowledgements
The author wishes to thank Mr D. Runciman for recording daily catches
and weather data, Mr K. Runciman on whose property the trial was
conducted; Mr O. Dunne, Irrigation and Salinity Research Institute
Tatura, for collections and Mr D. Clode for technical assistance. Special
thanks to Dr M.J. Fletcher, Biological and Chemical Research Institute,
Rydalmere for his co-operation, discussions and identification. The work
was funded by the Processing Tomato Research Fund and the Victorian
Department of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988 111
References
HELSON, G.A.H. 1942. The leafhopper Thamnotettix argentatus Evans, a vector of tobacco
yellow dwarf. Journal of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (Aust)
15: 175-184.
OSMELAK, J.A., 1987a. Comparison of five different traps for monitoring leafhopper
activity (Homoptera). General and Applied Entomology 19: 49-56.
OSMELAK, J.A. 1987b. ‘Predicting vector occurrences and disease incidence in tomato
crops: A control strategy’. Proc. 2nd Int. Workshop on Leafhoppers and planthoppers of
Economic Importance. (Eds. M.R. Wilson and L.R. Nault) CIE, London. 161-174 pp.
PERFECT, ТЈ. and COOK, A.G. 1982. Diurnal periodicity of flight in some Delphacidae
and Cicadellidae associated with rice. Ecological Entomology 7: 317-326.
REDDY, K.D. and MISHRA, D.S. 1983. Light trap catches of green leafhoppers by time
of day. IRRI Newsletter 8: 19.
SAXENA, R.C. and JUSTO, JR. H.D. 1982. ‘Diel periodicity of take-off and immigration
flights of the rice brown planthopper Nilaparvata lugens’. Proc. 5th Int. Symp. Insect-Plant
Relationship. Wageningen. Pudoc. Wageningen, 169-178 pp.
1990 Churchill
Fellowships
for overseas study
The Churchill Trust invites applications from Australians, of
18 years and over from all walks of life who wish to be
considered for a Churchill Fellowship to undertake, during
1990, an overseas study project that will enhance their
usefulness to the Australian community.
No prescribed qualifications are required, merit being the
primary test, whether based on past achievements or
demonstrated ability for future achievement.
Fellowships are awarded annually to those who have
already established themselves in their calling. They are
not awarded for the purpose of obtaining higher academic
or formal qualifications.
Details may be obtained by sending a self addressed
stamped envelope to:
The Winston Churchill Memorial Trust
218 Northbourne Ave, Braddon,
ACT 2601.
Completed application forms and reports
from three referees must be submitted by .
Tuesday 28 February 1989.
112 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (3), 1988
Contents
BALDERSON, J. ACROMANTIS AUSTRALIS SAUSSURE
(MANTODEA: HYMENOPODIDAE: ACROMANTINAE): A NEW
FAMILY AND SUBFAMILY RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA
ABLIN, М.Р. A NEW LARVAL HOST RECORD (FAMILY
PERIPLOCACEAE) FOR THREE LEPIDOPTERA IN NORTHERN
AUSTRALIA
MACKEY, А.Р. PHENOLOGY OF SOME MYRMELEONTOID
(NEUROPTERA) SPECIES FROM ROCKHAMPTON (CENTRAL
QUEENSLAND)
ROST, F.W.D. AND HALES, D.F. FLUORESCENT MARKINGS IN
SOME AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES
WEBB, G.A., WILLIAMS, G.A. AND DE KEYZER. SOME NEW AND
ADDITIONAL LARVAL HOST RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN
CERAMBYCIDAE
BOOK REVIEW —BIOLOGICAL CONTROL: PACIFIC PROSPECTS
OSMELAK, J.A. LEAFHOPPER TRAPPING METHODS:
COMPARISON OF LIGHT TRAPS OPERATING ALL NIGHT AND AT
SUNSET
81
85
87
91
107
Guide to Contributors
Australian Entomological Magazine is published in at least three parts annually.
Contributions from professional or amateur entomologists will be eligible for publication.
Each manuscript should first be sent to the Editor who will then submit copies to two referees
and the Assistant Editor for assessment. The Editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Тће original and one copy of manuscripts, checklists or book reviews should be submitted
as double spaced typescript with ample margins on A4 paper. The title should be placed above
the text on the first page followed by the author's name and address. Title, authors, address
and headings should all start at the left margin.
Manuscripts unsuitable for publication will be returned to the authors, who may be given
an opportunity to revise their papers in the light of editorial comment.
Manuscripts should contain original information. No manuscript that has been published
elsewhere, either wholly or in part, will be accepted for publication.
The Magazine will not generally accept papers which exceed 16 printed pages except by
special arrangement with the Editor.
For style and format, authors are referred to the most recent issue.
Tables must be typed on separate sheets grouped together at the end of the manuscript. Tables
must be numbered consecutively as referred to in the text using arabic numerals.
. Graphs, line drawings and photographs will be referred to as figures. They must be numbered
consecutively whether appearing in groups or not. Numbering must be in arabic numerals.
Magnifications must be indicated by scale lines on the figures where appropriate. Authors
should send clear photographic copies of original line drawings and if possible, all figures
should be submitted at twice the size authors wish them to be published.
. Colour work may be accepted by arrangement with the Editor. The author will be required
to pay additional printing costs.
. Scientific names should be given in full with authorities when first used but may be
abbreviated subsequently if there is no ambiguity. Common names for insects should be
avoided in titles and abstracts. Editorial policy will conform with the Articles and
Recommendations of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
. Common names of pesticides listed in "Pesticides Synonyms and Chemical Names" latest
edition, Australian Department of Health, Canberra, should be used where possible. Trade
names, if used, should be placed in inverted commas and full chemical definition given when
first mentioned.
. The international System of Units should be used for exact measurement of physical
quantities.
. References should be quoted in the text as follows: Smith and Jones (1937) or (Smith and
Jones 1937) and listed with titles of article and journal in full.
. Papers will only be published when the author or his nominee has had an opportunity to read
and correct proof. Prompt return of a proof is requested within 7 days of receipt. Authors
are held responsible for correcting all omissions or errors that can be checked against the
original manuscript. Authors may be charged for correctio:i of errors or alterations in the
text for which the author is responsible.
A condition of acceptance of papers is that authors undertake to pay reprint charges. Reprints
should be ordered when corrected proofs are returned. Reprints are curfently charged at the
following rates per page: $20 for 50 copies, $25 for 100 copies and $30 for 200 copies.
. Articles occupying less than one page in the Magazine are »cceptable and charges on such
articles may be exempt if no reprints are required.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 3. 30 September 1988
Contents
|: BALDERSON, J. ACROMANTIS AUSTRALIS SAUSSURE
` (MANTODEA: HYMENOPODIDAE: ACROMANTINAE) A ‘NEW
FAMILY AND SUBFAMILY RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA
ABLIN, М.Р. А NEW LARVAL HOST RECORD (FAMILY
PERIPLOCACEAE) FOR THREE LEPIDOPTERA IN NORTHERN
AUSTRALIA
MACKEY, А.Р. PHENOLOGY OF SOME MYRMELEONTOID
(NEUROPTERA) SPECIES FROM ROCKHAMPTON (CENTRAL
QUEENSLAND)
ROST, F.W.D. AND HALES, D.F. FLUORESCENT MARKINGS IN
SOME AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES
WEBB, G.A., WILLIAMS, G.A. AND DE KEYZER. SOME NEW AND
ADDITIONAL LARVAL HOST RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIAN
CERAMBYCIDAE
BOOK REVIEW—BIOLOGICAL CONTROL: PACIFIC PROSPECTS
OSMELAK, J.A. LEAFHOPPER TRAPPING METHODS:
COMPARISON OF LIGHT TRAPS OPERATING ALL NIGHT AND AT
SUNSET
81
85
87
91
95
105
107
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
ff ODECIO88 |
Volume 15, Part 4, 30 November 1988 (7
Published by: PEU ve DM
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ОСО,
Price: $6.00 per part
Маји
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. ОВО 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological
Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and
professional entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and
subscription to the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society.
Subscriptions are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to
the Editor, Dr D.P.A. Sands or to the Business Manager, Dr E. Brough,
Australian Entomological Magazine, РО. Box 537, Indooroopilly,
Queensland, Australia 4068.
Individual Subscrpitions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian
dollars, can be accepted.
The Entomological Society of Queensland membership is open to anyone
interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held in the Entomology
Department, University of Queensland on the second Monday of March-June,
and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society’s
News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notice of other Society events and information on Members’ activites.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary A$15.00 p.a. ($13.00 if paid by Ist March).
Country & Overseas A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Associate: Students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council—A$10.00 p.a. ($8.00 if paid by Ist March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology,
University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
113 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
DESCRIPTION OF THE FOURTH INSTAR LARVA AND
PUPA OF DASYOMMA TONNOIRI PARAMONOV
(DIPTERA: ATHERICIDAE)
L. METZELING
Water Quality Assessment Section, State Water Laboratory,
590 Orrong Road, Armadale, Vic. 3143
Abstract
The fourth instar larva and the pupa of Dasyomma tonnoiri Paramonov are described from
two reared specimens. This is the first description of the immature stages of this family in
Australia.
Introduction
The Athericidae (Stuckenberg 1973) is represented in Australia by two
genera—Suragina Walker and Dasyomma Macquart. The cosmopolitan
Suragina has been recorded in northern Queensland (Colless and
McAlpine 1974), while Dasyomma is widespread in the south of the
continent where 11 species occur (Paramonov 1962). However, only D.
tonnoiri Paramonov has been recorded in Victoria, probably due to
limited collecting and the short season of adult activity (D. McAlpine pers.
comm.).
The known larvae of athericids are aquatic (Stuckenberg 1973), those of
the type genus Atherix Meigen in particular being well known overseas and
often illustrated (Usinger 1956, Merritt and Cummins 1978, Webb 1981).
This may have led to some larval Australian Athericidae being mistakenly
identified as Atherix spp. The immature stages of Dasyomma are
undescribed although Stuckenberg (1973) stated that he ‘had
circumstantial evidence that larvae of this genus were of the Atherix type.
This paper confirms this and describes the fourth instar larva and pupa of
D. tonnoiri based on two specimens (one male and one female) reared to
maturity in the laboratory.
Methods
Larvae were reared using the agar-nematode method of Kettle et al. (1975). About 0.05 р (a
pinch) of *Farex" was added to the agar to provide an alternative food source. Terminology
principally follows that of Webb (1981) and Nagatomi (1961a, b). Descriptions are based on
the male specimen, but differences between the male and female are noted.
Results
Material examined —VICTORIA: 2 specimens, reared from larvae, both
from the Delatite River, near Merrijig; 1 male coll. 27.xi.1986, pupated
15.х1.1986, emerged 25-29.х1.1986; 1 female coll. 14.ix.1987, pupated 10-
12.х1.1987, emerged 23.xi.1987. The adults have been lodged in the
Museum of Victoria.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 114
Additional larval material was examined from the Yarra, Tanjil, Thomson
and La Trobe Rivers. This material is held in the Museum of Victoria and
the State Water Laboratory of Victoria.
Description
Fourth instar larva (Figs 1-3)
Body: Elongate and tapered anteriorly when fully extended.
Head: Small, with prominent “toothed prow”, retractable into thorax;
head capsule reduced to a pair of metacephalic and tentorial rods.
Mandibles with 2 rows of small teeth; maxillae tipped with 3 short
filaments; appendage arising from base of each mandible tipped with a
thick brush of retrorse bristles. Antenna with a simple basal segment and
3 terminal filaments; longest of these appearing banded; longest antennal
filament and basal segment subequal; 3 setae in a row above each antenna.
Figs. 1-3 Dasyomma tonnoiri, fourth instar larva: 1. lateral view; 2. caudal
segments of abdomen, ventral; 3. head capsule and mouthparts, lateral;
ant-antenna, rtb-retrorse bristles on appendage; md-mandible, mx-
maxilla. Scale bars: 1 and 2-1 mm; 3-100 um.
115 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
Thorax: Segments progressively increasing in length and width, without
tubercles or spiracles but with ventrolateral bundles of setae on each
segment.
Abdomen: Eight distinct segments; each segment distinctly or indistinctly
divided by sutures or folds (becoming less distinct when larva is fully
extended). Segments 2-7 with paired, pointed, fleshy tubercles subdorsally
and laterally; lateral tubercles longer than subdorsal tubercles. Paired
bifurcate prolegs ventrally on segments 1-7; each proleg with 3 rings of
crochets (curved simple claws); apical and subapical rings of crochets are
situated closely together and prominent, but those of lowest ring are
minute. Segment 8 with a single proleg ventrally with rings of apical and
subapical crochets; a single spiracle situated dorsally on a raised, rounded
protruberance; 2 large elongate projections directed posteriorly, bearing
fine setae; two long stout setae situated ventrally near base of posterior
projections.
Pupa (Figs 4-7)
Length 9.4 mm (male), 7.5 mm (female); dark brown with posterior half
of abdominal segments pale; abdomen cylindrical and tapering
posteriorly.
Cephalothorax: Eye spot pale, prominent. Antennal sheath on frontal
plate posterolaterally divergent and longer than basal width; callus
tubercles small, each with a long seta; posterior orbital setae paired (one
short, one longer) arising from a small tubercle (absent in female);
antennal ridges prominent between antennal sheaths; oval-shaped dark
mark anteromedially on frontal plate. Vertical setae long, each arising
from a small tubercle. Anterior spiracle a raised blunt horn-like structure
on anterior mesothorax; opening to spiracle convoluted. Three
dorsolateral mesonotal setae, each on a small tubercle; basal alar setae
paired (one short, one longer) arising from a tubercle. Wing and leg
sheaths extend posteriorly over anterior half of abdominal sternite 1.
Metanotum without setae.
Abdomen: Fight distinct segments. Tergites 1-7 each bearing 6 barbed
spines. Pleurites 1-7 each bearing a single spiracle on each side; pleurite
1 with a single, small barbed spine on each side; pleurites 2-7 each with
3 barbed spines on each side. Sternite 1 spineless; sternites 2-7 each bearing
6 barbed spines. Abdominal segment 8 with 2 large barbed spines dorsally;
2 spines on each side of the pleura (1 large, 1 small); 4 spines ventrally (2
large, 2 small); posterior spiracle between anteromedial projections.
Discussion
Adults of D.tonnoiri have been collected in Victoria from areas in the
eastern highlands and the Grampians, indicating that this species is
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 116
Figs. 4-7 Dasyomma tonnoiri pupa (male): 4. lateral view; 5. head, thorax
and first two abdominal segments, ventral; 6. fourth abdominal segment,
lateral; 7. caudal segments of abdomen, and antero-medial projections,
dorsal. Scale bars: 4 and 5-1 mm; 6 and 7-300 um.
117 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
widespread, if not common. Athericid larvae have been recorded in several
rivers in the eastern part of Victoria, e.g. Thomson River (Malipatil and
Blyth 1982), La Trobe River (Metzeling et al. 1984), Yarra River
(Pettigrove 1988) and Mt. Stirling streams, including the Delatite River
(Morley et al. 1987). Larval specimens have been examined from these
rivers and all appear to be D. tonnoiri. Five species of Dasyomma were
reported from New South Wales and four from Tasmania by Paramonov
(1962), and it is highly likely that further collecting and rearing will reveal
several more species from Victoria.
The absence of sub-dorsal and lateral tubercles on abdominal segment |
of the larva of D. tonnoiri distinguishes it from Atherix spp. where these
tubercles are present (Webb 1981). Features which can be used to
distinguish between D. tonnoiri and Suragina spp. larvae are unknown
(Nagatomi 19612).
Acknowledgements
I thank R.L. Croome and V.J. Pettigrove for reviewing the manuscript,
D.K. McAlpine for identification of the adult male specimen, the State
Water Laboratory for providing research facilities and the Museum of
Victoria for making specimens available for examination.
References
COLLESS, D.H. and McALPINE, D.K. 1974. Diptera pp. 91-96 Jn ‘The Insects of
Australia. Supplement 1974. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
Organisation, Canberra, Melbourne University Press.
KETTLE, D.S., WILD, C.H. and ELSON, M.M. 1975. A new technique for rearing
individual Culicoides larvae (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Journal of Medical Entomology
12: 263-264.
MALIPATIL, M.B. and BLYTH, J.D. 1982. A qualitative study of the macroinvertebrate
fauna of the Thomson River and its major tributaries, Gippsland, Victoria. Reports of the
National Museum of Victoria. 1: 1-95.
MERRIT, КМ. and CUMMINS, K.W. (Eds.) 1978. 'An Introduction to the Aquatic Insects
of North America'. Kendall/ Hunt Publishing Co., Iowa.
METZELING, L., GRAESSER, A., SUTER, P. and MARCHANT, R. 1984. The
distribution of aquatic macroinvertebrates in the upper catchment of the La Trobe River,
Victoria. Occasional Papers of the Museum of Victoria. 1: 1-62.
MORLEY, R.J., NEWALL, P.R., and BENNISON, G.L. 1987. The biology and chemistry
of selected Mount Stirling sub-alpine streams. (Survey and monitoring 1986-1987). Interim
Report. Water, Materials and Environmental Science Branch, Rural Water Commission of
Victoria. Report No. 91.
NAGATOMI, A. 1961а. Studies in the aquatic snipe flies of Japan. Part III. Descriptions of
the larvae (Diptera, Rhagionidae). Mushi 35: 11-27.
NAGATOMI, A. 19615. Studies in the aquatic snipe flies of Japan. Part IV. Descriptions of
the pupae (Diptera, Rhagionidae). Mushi 35: 29-38.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 118
PARAMONOY, S.J. 1962. A review of Australian Leptidae (Diptera). Australian Journal of
Zoology. 10: 113-169.
PETTIGROVE, V.J. 1988. Biological monitoring of the Yarra River using macroinverte-
brates. (December 1983— December 1986). Parts I and II. Water, Materials and
Environmental Science Branch, Rural Water Commission.
STUCKENBERG, В.К. 1973. The Athericidae, a new family in the lower Вгасћусега
(Diptera). Annals of the Natal Museum. 21: 649-673.
USINGER, R.L. (Ed.) 1956. ‘Aquatic Insects of California’. University of California Press.
WEBB, D.W. 1981. Athericidae pp. 479-482 In ‘Manual of Nearctic Diptera’ Vol. 1. Eds. J.F.
McAlpine, B.V. Peterson, G.E. Shewell, H.J. Teskey, J.R. Vockeroth and D.M. Wood.
Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada. Research Branch, Agriculture Canada.
Monograph No. 27.
119 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
LARVAL AGGREGATION IN AEDES VIGILA X (SKUSE)
(DIPTERA: CULICIDAE)
R.G. PIPER
РО. Box 899, Типу, Qld 4854.
Abstract
Aggregation of fourth instar larvae of the salt-marsh mosquito Aedes vigilax (Skuse) in
northern Queensland is described. It is suggested that the combined feeding activity of
aggregating larvae disturbs particles on the bottom and enhances the supply of food.
Introduction
Mosquito larvae generally are neither regularly nor randomly distributed
through a breeding site but tend to have a clumped distribution pattern
(Service 1976). Occasionally instances of dense aggregation have been
recorded. Hocking (1953) observed aggregations of larvae of Aedes
communis De Geer in freshwater ground pools in Canada and obtained
more than 1000 larvae in a 400 ml dipper sample from such a clump.
Similar dense ‘balls’ have been described for Aedes taeniorhynchus
(Wiedemann), a salt-marsh mosquito in Florida (Nielsen and Nielsen
1953). There appear to be no published accounts of such aggregations for
Australian mosquitoes.
Observations
During field collections of salt-marsh mosquitoes undertaken to
investigate larval pathogens in northern Queensland, dense aggregations
of Aedes vigilax (Skuse) larvae were observed.
At Forrest Beach 20 km southeast of Ingham on 20 July 1987, aggregations
of fourth instar larvae of Ae. vigilax were present in a salt-marsh pool, This
pool was exposed to full sunlight and up to 7 cm deep. The clumps varied
in size and shape (Fig. 1). Other fourth instar larvae were present
throughout the pool but at a much lower density. Larvae in the clumps
moved vigorously and appeared to be ‘grazing’ on an algal mat at the
bottom of the pool. The combined feeding activity of the larvae caused
particles of sediment to be stirred into suspension amongst the larvae.
Presumably, additional food particles would become available as a result
of this process. Nayar and Sauerman (1968) described similar disturbance
of particles on the bottom by aggregations of larvae of
Ae. taeniorhynchus.
Larvae scattered rapidly from the clumps when the water surface was
disturbed or when a waved arm threw a shadow over them. On one such
occasion a clump was seen to reform within 15 min of being disturbed.
On 7 September 1987, clumps of fourth instar Ae. vigilax were observed
in shallow water amongst the pneumatophores of Avicennia marina (grey
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 120
Figs 1, 2. Aggregation of Aedes vigilax larvae in saline pool at Forrest
Beach, Queensland. (1) General view of pool with larval aggregations
(arrowed), 10 L bucket for size comparison; (2) Close up of larval
aggregation.
121 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
mangrove) at Toolakea Beach, 30 km north of Townsville. Larval activity
was again seen to produce a suspension of dislodged particles.
Various theories have been proposed to explain why larval aggregation
occurs. Temporary crowding, temperature, photonegative behaviour and
availability of food have all been shown to control the formation of larval
aggregation in laboratory studies on Ae. taeniorhynchus and it has been
suggested that hunger is an important contributing factor to the formation
of ‘balls’ in this species (Nayar and Sauerman 1968).
Both Ae. vigilax and Ae. taeniorhynchus are salt-marsh pest mosquitoes
with *notoriously' great dispersal ability (Hamlyn-Harris 1933 and Provost
1952, respectively). Following laboratory studies on Ae. taeniorhynchus,
Nayar and Sauerman (1968) suggested that larval aggregation led to
synchronized pupal ecdysis and adults were prone to exhibit migratory
behaviour following emergence. It would seem likely that a similar
phenomenon occurs in Ae. vigilax.
Тће tendency of larvae of Ae. vigilax to aggregate makes the quantitative
assessment of field populations extremely difficult and must be considered
when deciding on the sampling method to be adopted. Dipper sampling
methods could easily result in incorrect assessments of larval populations.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Mr Les Meier (Joint Tropical Trials and Research
Establishment, Cowley Beach) for assistance with the photographs.
Professor D. Kettle and Dr R. Russell kindly provided helpful comments
on the manuscript.
References
HAMLYN-HARRIS, R., 1933. Some ecological factors involved in the dispersal of
mosquitoes in Queensland. Bulletin ој Entomological Research 24: 229-232.
HOCKING, B., 1953. Notes on the activities of Aedes larvae. Mosquito News 13: 77-81.
NAYAR, J.K. and SAUERMAN, D.M., 1968. Larval aggregation formation and population
density interrelations in Aedes taeniorhynchus, their effects on pupal ecdysis and adult
characteristics at emergence. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata 11: 423-442.
NIELSEN, E.T. and NIELSEN, A.T., 1953. Field observations on the habits of Aedes
taeniorhynchus. Ecology 34: 141-156.
PROVOST, M.W., 1952. The dispersal of Aedes taeniorhynchus. |. Preliminary studies.
Mosquito News 12: 174-190.
SERVICE, M.W., 1976. ‘Mosquito Ecology: Field Sampling Methods’. Applied Science
Publishers, London. 583pp.
123 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
THE LIFE HISTORY OF A SEMI-ARID POPULATION
OF CROITANA CROITES (HEWITSON), (LEPIDOP-
ТЕКА: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
ALAN J. GRAHAM
Western Australian School of Mines, Curtin University of Technology,
Kalgoorlie W. A. 6430
Abstract
The life history of Croitana croites (Hewitson) from the eastern goldfields of Western
Australia is described and the immature stages figured.
The genus Croitana Waterhouse contains one described species from
Western Australia and two species from the southern part of the Northern
Territory (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The Western Australian
species (Croitana croites (Hewitson)) is a polytypic species (Key 1970) with
three separate populations each morphologically distinct. One population
occurs in southern coastal areas (Perth to Bunbury), and a second is found
in the northern coastal and near-coastal areas (Murchison district to
Dongara) (Hay pers. comm.). A third, also referred to C. croites, has been
located from just south of Menzies to just south of Kalgoorlie, thus
extending the published, coastal, distribution for this species of Carnarvon
to Bunbury (Common and Waterhouse 1981) some 600 km inland. C.
croites has been found in three locations: (i) Lake Douglas, (ii) Mt Hunt
and (iii) Deadman's Soak in the eastern goldfields area. The Lake Douglas
location is, in fact, a ridge of hills running from Seven-mile Hill, 10 km
west 40? south, to Lake Douglas, 12 km west 55? south, of Kalgoorlie.
Adults have been observed flying annually since September 1985, from
mid-September until early November. The Mt Hunt location is 13 km
south of Kalgoorlie. Sightings were first made in October 1986: Deadman's
Soak, where first sightings were made in September 1987, is on the edge
of the Goongarrie National Park some 50 km southwest of Menzies and
about 130 km north of Kalgoorlie.
The Kalgoorlie population is similar to but generally paler and slightly
smaller than the Murchison to Dongara population. It differs greatly from
the Perth to Bunbury population which is much larger, more strongly
marked and overall orange and brown in colour. The distinguishing
features for the three populations are given in Table 1.
Although many males and a few females had been observed at the 7-mile
Hill to Lake Douglas location during 1985 and 1986, it was not until
August 1987 that several larvae were located. During September, October
and early November more larvae, six pupae and twenty-three eggs were
found.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 124
The eggs were generally found singly on the upper surface of the food plant
leaf, close to the stem. Only on two occasions were eggs found in pairs.
The larvae were found in shelters made in one of two ways (1) the folding
of a single leaf transversely and (ii) the joining of two leaves to form a
downward-opening tube (Fig. 6). The various instars made shelters
differing only in size. Larvae were observed feeding during late afternoon
and early morning. The presence of larvae was indicated by *wedge -shaped
damage to the leaves.
The life history of this species is similar to that of C. arenaria Edwards as
described by Atkins and Miller (1987).
Life history
Foodplant. Stipa platychaeta Hughes (Poaceae). Egg (Fig. 1). Diameter
1.5 mm, height 0.75 mm; yellow when found, dome shaped with 21 ribs;
Table 1. Morphological differences in the three populations of Croitana
croites from Western Australia.
Distinguishing Population
features Kalgoorlie Northern Southern
A. Upper fore wing spots
(1) male subbasal area yellow pale orange orange
(2) male postmedian area yellow pale orange orange
(3) female subcostal orange orange orange
median area distinct merged merged
from (4) with (4) with (4)
(4) female submedian area orange orange orange
near А1+А2
(5) female other spots yellow yellow orange
B. Underside
(6) fore wing apical area апа grey greyish- yellow
hind wing yellow
(7) hind wing spots grey-brown dark orange-
often merged grey-brown brown
to termen distinct distinct
C. Size
(8) wingspan (cm) 2.4-3.0 2.7-3.4 3.2-3.8
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
2
jouer
She teres
par
4
Wb
E
Hi
ge
at
E
Figs 1-9. Life history of Croitana croites (Hewitson): (1) egg; (2) final
instar larval head; (3) pupal head; (4) first instar larva; (5) final instar larva;
(6) first, second and final instar larval shelters; (7) pupa; (8) adult male,
upperside and underside; (9) adult female, upperside and underside;
Scale-bars (1), (2), (3), (4) = 1 mm.; (5), (7) = 5 mm.; (6), (8), (9) = 10 mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 126
small depression on apex.
Larva (Figs. 2, 4, 5). 5th instar: head, pale orange, width 2 mm, faintly
granulated; medial longitudinal groove dark brown; margins brown; short
orange hairs: body, general colour pale green or brown; dark dorsal line
with pale margins, two cream dorso-lateral lines with darker lower edge;
anal segment and underside grey; anal segment with black dots; length 20
mm extending to 25 mm. 2nd-4th instars: similar to 5th instar but body
colour pale yellow almost white. 157 instar: head black, prothoracic plate
dark brown, body colour pale yellow almost white, length 3 mm.
Pupa (Figs 3, 7). Length 17 mm, width 3 mm: body orange almost devoid
of markings, spiracles orange; head dark brown, head-cap granular black;
cremastral hooks orange. Cremaster brown. Pupal duration 14-16 days.
Acknowledgements
The author is grateful to Andrew Atkins for the drawings, discussions and
suggestions concerning the manuscript, to Bob Hay for information on the
coastal populations, and to the Western Australian Herbarium for the
identification of the foodplant.
References
ATKINS, A. and MILLER, C.G., 1987. The Life History of Croitana arenaria Edwards, 1979
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Australian Entomologocal Magazine. 14: 73-75.
COMMON, Т.ЕВ. and WATERHOUSE, D.F, 1981. ‘Butterflies of Australia’. Revised
edition. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
KEY, K.H.L. (1970). Principles of classification and nomenclature pp. 141-151 in ‘The Insects
of Australia. A textbook for students and research workers’ 1970. Commonwealth Scientific
and Industrial Research Organisation (ed. I.M. MacKerras), Melbourne University Press.
1029pp.
127 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
PATTERNS IN THE ACTIVITY OF THE MILLIPEDE
OMMATOIULUS MORELETI (DIPLOPODA: JULIDAE)
G.H. BAKER
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, РМВ 2, Glen Osmond, S. Aust. 5064
Abstract
The millipede Ommatoiulus moreleti (Lucas) is a nuisance pest in southern Australia,
especially during autumn and spring when large numbers invade houses. In a residential area
of the Mt Lofty Ranges, South Australia, both male and female O. moreleti (stadium 6 and
older) were primarily nocturnal. There was no variation in activity rhythm with stadial age.
In a woodland of Eucalyptus spp. and on a house driveway, active male millipedes were
scarce relative to females in latesummer. In autumn, active males outnumbered females. This
change may be related to sexual differences in climatic tolerance. In the oldest adult stadia,
active males were rarer than females. This may be explained by poorer survivorship of males
rather than sexual differences in activity: Local council records of applications for pesticide
to combat millipedes suggested a close relationship between the eruption of activity and the
onset of rains in late summer and early autumn. However, no obvious association between
applications for pesticide and prevailing weather was apparent in spring.
Introduction
The introduced Portuguese millipede, Ommatoiulus moreleti (Lucas) is a
significant nuisance pest in southern Australia, entering houses in large
numbers especially during autumn and to a lesser extent in spring (Baker
1978a). Various aspects of the biology of O. moreleti have been studied
(Baker 1978a,b,c, 1979a,b, 1980, 1984, 1985a,b,c,d, Read 1985, Carey and
Bull 1986), either in the laboratory or in grasslands, shrublands and
woodlands. However, the biology of O. moreletiin and around houses has,
largely been ignored.
The life cycle of O. moreleti consists of an egg, legless pupoid and then a
series of up to 16 stadia (Baker 1978b). Development is anamorphic. The
sexes are first distinguishable in stadium 6. Maturity is variable with
respect to stadium, but most millipedes observed in grasslands, woodlands
and shrublands have been mature by stadia 10 or 11. О. moreleti is
periodomorphic. Two forms of adult male occur, copulatory and
intercalary, which alternate in successive stadia. Intercalary males possess
rudimentary gonopods and are incapable of mating. In South Australian
grasslands and woodlands, O. moreleti breeds during autumn and early
winter.
Seasonal changes in the activity of O. moreleti have been studied in both
Australia and Portugal and related to prevailing weather (Baker
1979b,1984), but diurnal rhythms of activity have not been reported in any
detail. During autumn in Portugal, Baker (1984) noted that, whilst weekly
pitfall trap catches were dominated by males, a collection of millipedes
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 128
found active during the day was mostly made up of females. This suggested
a difference between the diurnal activity rhythms of the sexes.
This paper reports on the diurnal rhythms of activity of male and female
О. moreleti in an urban area of South Australia. Applications by residents
to a local council for assistance in millipede control are used to further
correlate seasonal eruptions of active millipedes with prevailing weather.
Seasonal patterns in the activities of male and female O. moreleti in a
woodland of Eucalyptus spp. are also documented in more detail.
Methods and Study Sites
On five occasions during 1986 and once in 1987, all the millipedes active on a concrete
driveway adjacent to a house at Crafers in the Mt Lofty Ranges, South Australia were
collected at 2 hourly intervals over a period of 48 hours, commencing at 13:00 h. The time
taken for each collection varied from 3 to 20 minutes (one pass over the driveway). The
driveway was 4 x 20 m and bordered by pine bark chips and small shrubs. The nearest electric
light to the driveway was 15 m from one end. There was no obvious pattern to the distribution
of the millipedes on the driveway to suggest any influence from this light. Collections were
mostly made in late summer-autumn (February, March (1986 and 1987), April and May) and
once during spring (October). Additional collections of millipedes seen active on the driveway
between 12:00 and 14:00 h were occasionally made on other days in autumn 1987. These
collections took up to one hour and involved several passes over the driveway. Sex and
stadium were recorded for all individuals (using the ocular field method to determine
stadium) (Baker 1978b). Females were dissected to detect the presence of mature eggs in their
ovitubes and males were identified as juvenile, copulatory or intercalary by the morphology
of their gonopods.
In a previous study (Baker 1979b), I set 32 pitfall traps in a woodland of Eucalyptus spp.
(Engelbrook Reserve) at Bridgewater in the Mt Lofty Ranges. I collected O. moreleti during
1972 and 1973, usually trapping daily for one week in every five weeks, but occasionally
trapping for shorter periods in between. In another study (Baker 1985a, 1986), I also set pitfall
traps in the same woodland during 1983 and 1984. These 80 traps were set continuously and
emptied weekly. Data on the sex ratios of the millipedes in these traps are presented here.
During the 1970's, the District Council of Stirling in the Mt Lofty Ranges issued free pesticide
(carbaryl) to local residents for use against millipedes around their houses. The addresses of
the applicants for the pesticide and their dates of application were recorded. These data can
be used to show the timing of the onset of the seasonal activity of the millipedes in urban
areas and can be correlated with weather data (recorded in Stirling). Some of the data for
1975-79 are presented here.
Note on taxonomy: О. moreleti has previously been referred to as О. moreletii in Australia
following the identification by C.A.W. Jeekel (Amsterdam) for Baker (1978). Jeekel (1985)
has recently corrected the spelling to O. moreleti, as used by other European authors (e.g.
Read 1985). This name is now used here.
Results
Collections on driveway
The activity of O. moreleti on the driveway was primarily nocturnal (Fig.
1). On most occasions, slightly higher numbers of millipedes were collected
in the first few hours after sunset compared with other times. Whether this
reflects greater activity in the early hours of darkness or greater availability
129 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
50 p FEB. '86 5 x
40 MAR. '86 v y
о | ћи | r3 c3
40 MAR. '87 “У E
0 40 APR. '86 У y
0
о
40 p MAY '86 y y
о наа а)
40 p 0СТ.'86 у =
о
13 17 21 1 5 9
Hours
Fig 1. Percentages of the total male (shaded) and female (open)
Ommatoiulus moreleti collected on the driveway at different times in 1986
and 1987. Data for the two consecutive days of collection are combined.
Total numbers of males and females are given in Table 1. Times of sunrise
(N7) and sunset (W) are indicated.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 130
followed by reduced local abundance due to ‘trapping out’ is not known.
However, on occasions when collections took longest (e.g. March 1987 and
October 1986) it was obvious at the end of each 2-hourly sampling that the
areas of the driveway first collected from (up to 20 minutes earlier) had
already been recolonized by immigrants from adjacent garden areas. The
numbers present then seemed comparable with the original numbers. This
rapid replacement of the removed individuals suggests that ‘trapping out?
was of negligible importance.
There were no differences in the nocturnal activity patterns of the sexes
(Fig. 1). Sex ratios varied between months (Table 1) (Х2=143.1, p < 0.05);
more females were collected in late summer-early autumn and more males
in mid-late autumn. There were no differences in the nocturnal activity
patterns of the various stadia of O. moreleti on the driveway in any month.
Table 2 shows data for October 1986 and March 1987 as examples of the
stadia collected. No females containing mature eggs were collected in
spring (October 1986) (Table 3). In early autumn (March 1987), such
females were common (Table 3) and in late autumn (May 1986) they
predominated (77.8% of females in stadium 9 and older contained eggs).
Most males in spring were juvenile: most males in autumn were copulatory
(Table 3). Males and females were collected in similar numbers in the
youngest stadia (7 and 8), but relatively few males were found in the oldest
stadia. During autumn, males were very much more common than females
in stadium 9.
Males predominated when collections were made on the driveway between
1200 and 1400 h in autumn 1987 (Table 4). Most active millipedes were in
stadia 9, 10 and 11. These same stadia predominated in the collections
made during both day and night on the driveway in autumn (Table 2).
Collections in pitfall traps
The proportions of males in the populations of O.moreleti trapped in the
woodland of Eucalyptus spp. in 1972-73 were low in late summer and high
in autumn (Fig.2). In 1983-84, males were as common as females in the
traps in the woodland in mid to late autumn but rarer at other times of
the year (Fig.3). The proportion of males trapped decreased with increased
age (Fig. 4).
Pesticide records
In each year from 1975 to 1979, the numbers of applications for pesticide
increased markedly in late February and early March and also in late
September (Fig. 5). Similar patterns were observed in areas where the
millipede was long-established (e.g. central Bridgewater) and areas near
the periphery of the expanding distribution (see Baker 1978а,1979а,1985а),
suggesting little influence of early application by experienced residents.
—y
31 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
Table 1. Numbers of male and female Ommatoiulus moreleti on driveway.
Date Male Female Total
February 1986 31 47 78
Early March 1986 80 127 207
Late March 1987 1527 1338 2865
April 1986 186 80 266
May 1986 672 434 1106
October 1986 1514 1813 3327
Table 2 Age distributions of Ommatoiulus moreleti on driveway at different
times (data for two consecutive days combined)
Stadia
Time 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Total
(h)
(a) October 1986
13:00 5 5 2 1 13
15:00 1 1 2
17:00 1 1 2
19:00 8 107 73 15 6 1 210
21:00 29 386 299 51 П 2 778
23:00 27 349 275 56 8 715
01:00 19 354 292 51 6 2 724
03:00 34 291 219 43 13 600
05:00 3) iby 98 6 5 246
07:00 2 4 8 2 16
09:00 4 4 4 1 13
11:00 1 3 1
Total 125 1637 1278 231 51 5 3327
(b) March 1987
13:00 1 2 1 4
15:00 0
17:00 0
19:00 0
21:00 1 7 ll 182 429 145 17 2 794
23:00 14 15 149 329 89 19 615
01:00 9 12 150 266 69 18 ye - S3
03:00 3 7 16 ep) I 73 13 431
05:00 12 6 95 184 61 П 369
07:00 2 П 50 24 5 2 94
09:00 6 8 6 2 22
11:00 2 1 2 5
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 132
60
40
%
20
NDJFMAMJJASOND
1972 1973
Month
Fig 2. Percentages of males in populations of Ommatoiulus moreleti
collected in pitfall traps in Eucalyptus woodland (13 « n « 362) in 1972-
73.
Increases in the numbers of applications in late summer and early autumn
were clearly associated with opening rains for the subsequent winter (e.g.
Fig. 6a). No obvious association between rainfall or temperature and the
numbers of applications was apparent, however, in spring (e.g. Fig. 6b).
Applications were severely restricted on Saturdays and Sundays and also
on a public holiday (October 15). Data for these days should be ignored.
Discussion
О. moreleti is primarily nocturnal, as are other millipedes (Park et al. 1931,
Park 1935, Cloudsley-Thompson 1951, Banerjee 1967). The environmental
cues controlling this behaviour pattern are not known. Cloudsley-
Thompson (1951) found that activity in two British species of millipede was
primarily a response to light and darkness but was also stimulated by a
fall in temperature. With two West African species, Cloudsley-Thompson
(1951) demonstrated an endogenous rhythm which persisted for three
weeks independent of fluctuating light and temperature. He considered
that temperature fluctations are of primary importance in the initiation of
activity rhythms in these West African species.
133 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
Table 3 Maturity of Ommatoiulus moreleti in different stadia on driveway
Stadia
O 43. th 9 10 11 12 13 Total
(a) October 1986
Females
Without mature eggs 63 750 766 182 47 5 1813
With mature eggs 0
Males
Juvenile 62 887 507 20 1476
Copulatory 54b 3 27
Intercalary 0 1] П
(b) March 1987
Females
Without mature eggs 4 25 34 148 603 194 47 6 1061
With mature eggs 5 144 102 21 5 277
Males
Juvenile ОДО 22 1 59
Copulatory 16 51 749 173 19 1468
Intercalary 0
Table 4 Age distributions and numbers of male and female Ommatoiulus
moreleti on driveway between 12:00 and 14:00 h
Stadia
Date 89 10 Il 12 13 14 Males Females Total
8 March 1987 1 21 60 18 5 1 57 49 106
20 March 1987 1 21 64 10 4 64 36 100
28 March 1987 1 19 57 23 П 1 81 3l 112
7 April 1987 э э) БИЛ Б) ES 1 89 20 109
13 April 1987 I| e 59 29 3 1 78 27 105
27 April 1987 25 SM X». T7 70 35 105
3 May 1987 20 38 36 4 2 74 26 100
12 May 1987 1 15 56 33 4 9] 28 119
Total 10 172 437 178 43 3 3 604 252 856
134
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
'p8-£86] ш puer[pooA sn;dájpon; ш sde [Jed ut pojoojoo 172/2404
5птојошшо (uodo) зјешој pue (papeys) зојеш Jo злодштм ‘є 84
ззрга пи
135 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
e- (t9). 9 1 AB У ТА 15
Stadia
Fig 4. Percentages of males in different stadia of Ommatoiulus moreleti
collected in pitfall traps in Eucalyptus woodland in 1972-73 (9) and 1983-
84 (о) (14 < n < 440).
In the woodland and on the driveway, the proportion of males in the active
O. moreleti population was lowest in late summer and highest in autumn.
Similar patterns have been observed in grassland at Bridgewater and in
shrubland in Portugal (Baker 1976,1984). Copulatory males, which are
common in the soil and leaf litter in late summer and autumn (Baker
1978b, 1984), are less able to survive exposure to high temperatures and low
humidities than females (Baker 1980). Perhaps the scarcity of active males
relative to females in late summer and early autumn reflects this differnece
in climatic tolerance.
The decrease in sex ratio with increased stadial age in the O. moreleti
trapped in the woodland probably reflects increasingly fewer males in
older stadia rather than differences in the relative activity of the sexes.
Baker (1978c) sampled leaf litter in the woodland and demonstrated lower
survivorship of males compared with females through the old stadia. The
decrease in sex ratio with increased stadial age observed in the driveway
collections may also reflect differential survivorship ofthe sexes. However,
the very large bias in favour of males in stadium 9 in autumn does suggest
a difference in the behaviour of the sexes. Males and females are equally
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 136
Applications
Month
Fig 5. Numbers of applications to the District Council of Stirling for
pesticide per week in 1975 (a,b), 1976 (c,d), 1977 (e,f), 1978 (g,h) and 1979
(ij).
abundant in this stadium in leaf litter (Baker 1978b). Few females in
stadium 9 possess mature eggs (Baker 1976, 1978b,c); the males collected
on the driveway in stadium 9 were mostly copulatory adults. Differences
in the maturity of the sexes within stadium 9 could be responsible for the
different levels of activity observed.
Occasionally, large numbers of O. moreleti can be seen active during the
day (Baker 1979b). Whilst Baker (1984) reported a predominance of
females amongst active millipedes collected during the day in autumn in
137 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
40
3
о о
40 40
>
=
о о
Л
(=
[9]
=
о
09)
a
Q
<
SEP. OCT.
Fig 6. Daily applications to the District Council of Stirling for pesticide,
rainfalls (mm) and minimum temperature (°C) in February and March
1977 (a) and September and October 1978 (b). Sundays are indicated (S).
a shrubland in Portugal, this was not observed around houses in South
Australia where males were consistently more common than females.
November 1981, when the observations were made in Portugal, was
abnormally hot and dry (Baker 1984). It is possible that this extreme
weather restricted the male millipedes to nocturnal activity far more than
it did the more tolerant females.
The autumn eruption of active O. moreleti in residential areas is clearly
associated with the onset of winter rains, as has been found in grasslands
and woodlands (Baker 1979b). The activity of O. moreleti when conditions
are moist in grasslands and woodlands is positively correlated with
temperature (Baker 1979b). The lack of any obvious relationship between
the sudden increase in numbers of applications for pesticide in residential
areas in spring and prevailing temperature may simply reflect the
crudeness of this estimate of millipede activity or ignorance of the
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 138
cumulative effect on activity of temperatures above a certain threshold
(day-degrees). Alternatively, the primary stimulus for the spring eruption
in activity may be something other than increased temperature (e.g.
increased photoperiod). This topic deserves further attention.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Frances Shannon for her assistance with the collections
of O. moreleti on the driveway. Peter Bailey and John Greenslade gave
helpful comments on the manuscript.
References
BAKER, G.H., 1976. ‘The ecology and life history of the introduced millipede, Ommatoiulus
moreletii (Lucas, 1860), in South Australia.” PhD Thesis, University of Adelaide.
BAKER, G.H., 1978a. The distribution and dispersal of the introduced millipede,
Ommatoiulus moreletii (Diplopoda: Iulidae), in Australia. Journal of Zoology, London 185:
1-11.
BAKER, С.Н. 1978b. The post-embryonic development and life history of the millipede,
Ommatoiulus moreletii (Diplopoda: Iulidae), introduced in south-eastern Australia. Journal
of Zoology, London. 186: 209-228.
BAKER, G.H., 1978c. The population dynamics of the millipede Ommatoiulus moreletii
(Diplopoda: Iulidae). Journal of Zoology, London. 186: 229-242.
BAKER, G.H., 1979a. Eruptions of the introduced millipede, Ommatoiulus moreletii
(Diplopoda: lulidae), in Australia, with notes on the native Australiosoma castaneum
(Diplopoda, Paradoxosomatidae). South Australian Naturalist 53: 36-41.
BAKER, G.H., 1979b. The activity pattern of Ommatoiulus moreletii (Diplopoda: Iulidae)
in South Australia. Journal of Zoology, London. 188: 173-183.
BAKER, G.H., 1980. The water and temperature relationships of Ommatoiulus moreletii
(Diplopoda: Iulidae). Journal of Zoology, London.190: 97-108.
BAKER, G.H., 1984. Distribution, morphology and life history of the millipede
Ommatoiulus moreletii (Diplopoda: Iulidae) in Portugal and comparisons with Australian
populations. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 811-822.
BAKER, G.H., 1985a. The distribution and abundance of the Portuguese millipede
Ommatoiulus moreletii (Diplopoda: Iulidae) in Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 10;
249-259,
BAKER, G.H., 19855. Parasites of the millipede Ommatoiulus moreletii (Lucas) (Diplopoda:
Iulidae) in Portugal, and their potential as biological control agents in Australia. Australian
Journal of Zoology 33: 23-32.
BAKER, G.H., 1985c. Predators of Ommatoiulus moreletii (Lucas) (Diplopoda: Iulidae) in
Portugal and Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 24: 247-252.
BAKER, G.H., 19854. ‘Diplopoda of a dry sclerophyllous woodland (Eucalyptus obliqua -
E.baxteri) in the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia.’ WAIT School of Biology, Bulletin
No. 12: 54-56.
139 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
BAKER, G.H., 1986. Coleoptera, Scorpionida and Reptilia collected in pitfall traps in
Engelbrook National Trust Reserve, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of
South Australia 110: 43-48.
BANERJEE, B., 1967. Diurnal and seasonal variations in the activity of the millipedes
Cylindroiulus punctatus (Leach), Tachypodoiulus niger (Leach) and Polydesmus angustus
Latzel. Oikos 18: 141-144.
CAREY, C.J. and BULL, C.M., 1986. Recognition of mates in the Portuguese millipede,
Ommatoiulus moreletii. Australian Journal of Zoology. 34: 837-842.
CLOUDSLEY—THOMPSON, J.L., 1951. Studies in diurnal rhythms I. Rhythmic behaviour
in millipedes. Journal of Experimental Biology 28: 165-172.
JEEKEL, C.A.W., 1985. Millipedes from Australia, 5: Australiosomatini from South
Australia, with a note on the status of Polydesmus innotatus Karsch, and first record of a
second Mediterranean julid in Australia (Diplopoda: Polydesmida, Paradoxosomatidae and
Julida, Julidae). Records of the South Australian Museum 19: 19-37.
PARK, О. (1935) Studies in nocturnal ecology. III. Recording apparatus and further analysis
of activity rhythm. Ecology 16: 152-163.
PARK, O., LOCKETT, J.A. and MYERS, D.J., 1931. Studies on nocturnal ecology with
special reference to climax forest. Ecology 12: 709-727.
READ, H.J., 1985. Stadial distributions of Ommatoiulus moreleti at different altitudes in
Madeira with reference to life history phenomena (Diplopoda; Julidae). Bijdragen tot de
Dierkunde 55: 177-180.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 140
BOOK REVIEW
Australian Tropical Butterflies. By Peter Valentine. Photography by Clifford &
Dawn Frith. ISBN 0 9589942 5 0, 71 pages. Price $11.95. 1988. Tropical Australian
Graphics, Paluma via Townsville.
As one of a series of slim, soft-covered books on the natural history of tropical
Australia, the aim of this book is to “enhance the reader's appreciation of
butterflies and the need to protect their habitats". Visitors to the north of Australia,
and especially to north-eastern Queensland, cannot help but be impressed by the
number and diversity of the butterflies, due in no small measure to the climate and
the rich native vegetation. The author points out that about 80 percent of the
known Australian butterflies occur in the tropics and nearly half of these are
restricted to the tropics. And, of course, the tropical species include many of the
largest and most brilliantly coloured.
The book deals with 118 of the 300 species found in tropical Australia, 49 of which
occur only in the tropics, and a further 50 are mainly tropical. The species are
treated according to six major habitats: upland rainforest, lowland rainforest,
rainforest edge and vine thicket, savannah woodland, coast and wetlands, and
urban. Well-reproduced colour photographs illustrate the living adults of each
species, usually at rest with the wings folded above the body. The patterns on the
undersides of the wings, which are often of special value in identification, are thus
featured. Conveniently associated with each photograph are the common and
scientific names of the species, the family to which it belongs, a small map showing
its distribution, and brief information about its more usual habitat, the behaviour
of the adults and larvae, and the larval food plants. A short list of selected
publications for further reading, and an index of the common names complete the
book.
For those interested in butterflies, and especially anyone who might wish to have
a synoptic coverage of many of the species occurring in northern Australia, this
small book can be thoroughly recommended. It will be found useful by collectors,
ecologists, and conservationists; the key to butterfly protection is the conservation
of the larval food plants in their natural environment. For its size, the book
contains a remarkable amount of reliable information concisely presented by an
experienced and meticulous observer. It summarizes not only previously published
accounts of the habits of our tropical butterflies, but additional, original
observations, especially on distribution, larval food plants and behaviour. And the
text is complemented by the excellent colour photographs of Clifford and Dawn
Frith.
The book is well produced and is remarkably free of typographical errors. I have
noted only one minor factual error on page 46, where the author states that the
larval food plant of Zizeeria karsandra is Caltrop “a well known burr legume”.
Caltrop (Tribulus terrestris), of course, is not a legume, but belongs to the family
Zygophyllaceae. My only other criticism is also minor. I would have preferred to
find related species from any one major habitat grouped together, in order to make
comparison easier. However, the apparent random order may have been dictated
at least to some extent by the size and shape of the photographs.
I.E.B. Common, 32 Katoomba Crescent, Toowoomba, Queensland 4350
141 Aust. ent. Маг. 15 (4), 1988
NEW RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN NYMPHIDAE
C.N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, College St., Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.
Abstract
Nymphidae in the Australian Museum represent additional distributions and extension of
ranges.
Study of materialin the Australian Museum since the publication of New's
(1981) revision of the Nymphidae has revealed the presence of specimens
representing significant extensions of range or additions to known
distributions. These are recorded here.
Nymphes Leach
Nymphes myrmeleonides Leach
QUEENSLAND: | female, Goodnight Beach near Morganville, S.W. GinGin, 5.xii. 1980.
M.S. & B.J. Moulds.
NEW SOUTH WALES: | female, Kyogle, 9.xi.1983. D.J. Scambler. 1 female, Landsdowne,
near Taree, 27.xi.1980. M.S. & B.J. Moulds; 1 female, 20.x.1980. С. Williams. 1 male, 2
females, Jacob’s R., S. Nimmitabel, 10.1.1982. M.S. & B.J. Moulds. 1 male, Camden,
21.11.1960. J.V. Peters; 1 male, 8.11.1971. G.A. Holloway; | female, 2.11.1971. C. N.Smithers.
Nymphes modesta Gerstaecker
QUEENSLAND: | female, Mt. Spurgeon, W. Mosman, 21.xii.1974. M.S. Moulds,
Nymphes aperta New
QUEENSLAND: | female, Coominglah Range, 24 km. N. Monto, 6.1.1975. M.S. Moulds.
NEW SOUTH WALES: 2 females, Landsdowne, Near Taree, 27.х1.1980. M.S. & BJ.
Moulds.
In Queensland previously known only from Millstream Falls and Brisbane
and in New South Wales only from Bathurst.
Norfolius Navas
Norfolius howensis (Tillyard)
QUEENSLAND: | female, Toowoomba, 9.xi.1983. I.F.B. Common, B. Hacobian.
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, Mt. Tomah, 25.1.1982. N.Rodd. 1 male, Kurrajong,
4.xii.1979. D.K. McAlpine, D.S. Kent, B.Day.
Myiodactylus Brauer
Myiodactylus osmyloides Brauer
QUEENSLAND: | male, Kuranda, 21.1.1951. J.G. Brooks. 1 female, Millstream Falls, near
Ravenshoe, 5.i.1967. D.K. McAlpine, G.A. Holloway. 12 males, 15 females, S. end Fraser
Is., 3.x.1980. M.S. & B.J. Moulds, 1 female, Windsor Tablelands, N.W. Mosman, 27.xii.1976.
Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988 142
M.S. & B.J. Moulds. 2, swamp at head of Isabella Ck., 12 km. N. Bald Hills Station, 30 km.N.
Cooktown, 14.х1.1982. M.S. & B.J. Moulds. 2, Bald Hills Station, near turnoff to Laura,
N. Cooktown, 12.11.1982. M.S. & B.J. Moulds. | female, Cooktown, 17.11.1982. M.S. & ВЈ.
Moulds. І, Clohesy R.S.E, S. №. Kuranda,18.1.1984. M.S. & B.J. Moulds. 2 females,
Blackdown Tablelands, Expedition Range, 17.1.1987. M.S. & B.J. Moulds.
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, southwest Rocks, Trial Bay, xii. 1929, С.Р. Whitley. 1
female, Como West, 2-3.11.1974. L.S. Willan. 2 males, 2 females, E. Freshwater R., Iluka Dist.,
17.1.1971. D.K. McAlphine, H. Hughes. 1, Пика Nature Reserve, Clarence R., 29.1.1973. D.K.
McAlpine, K.C.Khoo.
Myiodactylus pubescens Banks
QUEENSLAND: 1, Mitchell R., 1927. J. Done.
This is the only Queensland record for this species, known from Western
Australia and the Northern Territory.
Myiodactylus striatus New
QUEENSLAND: | female, Lloyd Bay, North of Claudie R. mouth, 14.1.1972. D.K.
McAlpine, G.A. Holloway. 1 male, near airstrip, Iron Range, 20.xii.1971. D.K. McAlpine,
G.A. Holloway.
Known previously only from near Mt Cahill, Northern Territory.
Osmylops Banks
Osmylops sejunctus( Walker)
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: I male, 1 female, Yallingup, 30.xii.1978. M.S. & B.J. Moulds.
QUEENSLAND: 1 female, Вагакше S.E, near Chinchilla, 16.ix.1982. B.Hacobian.
NEW SOUTH WALES: I male, Muogamarra Nature Reserve, near Sydney, 13.x.1976. C.N.
& A.S. Smithers.
Not previously recorded from Queensland.
Osmylops armatus (McLachlan)
QUEENSLAND: | female, swamp at head of Isabella Ck., 12 km. N.Bald Hills Station, 30
km №. Cooktown, 14.11.1982. M.S. & B.J. Moulds. І male, 8 km S. Clermont, 18.11.1982. M.S.
& B.J. Moulds. 3 females, Forty Mile scrub, 65 km. S.W. Mt. Garnet, 19.1.1977. M.S. and
B.J. Moulds. | female, Carnarvon Range, 12.xii.1938. N. Geary.
NEW SOUTH WALES: | male, | female, Lane Cove, emerged form pupa, 22-23.ix.1964.
A.S. Smithers. | male, Ermington, 20.xi. 1916. L. Gallard. 1, Turramurra, 21.х1.1971. D.
Clyne. 1, Como West, 2.11.1973. L. Willan. 1 male, Greenacre, 18.1.1969, G. A.Holloway.
NORTHERN TERRITORY: 2 females, Mataranka Homestead, 25.1.1977. M.S. & ВЈ.
Moulds.
The only previous record for New South Wales is from Hornsby (near
Sydney). Not previously recorded from the Northern Territory.
Osmylops placidus (Gerstaecker)
QUEENSLAND: I male, 1 female, Station Creek, 15 km. М. Mt. Malloy, 22.1.1981. M.S.
Moulds. 1 female, 6 km. N.E. Mt. Lamond, Iron Range, 8.1.1972. D.K. McAlpine, G.A.
Holloway.
143 Aust. ent. Mag. 15 (4), 1988
NEW SOUTH WALES: | female, Tomerong, 20.1.1979. С. Daniels.
NORTHERN TERRITORY: 2 females, Waterhouse R., Mataranka Homestead, 2.1.1987.
Not previously recorded from Queensland.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the collectors whose material has been lodged in the
Australian Museum, especially Max and Barbara Moulds for their
extensive additions to the Neuroptera from many parts of Australia.
References
NEW, T.R. 1981. A revision of the Australian Nymphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian
Journal of Zoology 29: 707-750.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 4. 30 November 1988
Contents
METZELING, L. DESCRIPTION OF THE FOURTH INSTAR
LARVA AND PUPA OF DASYOMMA TONNOIRI
PARAMONOV (DIPTERA: ATHERICIDAE)
PIPER, R.G. LARVAL AGGREGATION IN AEDES VIGILAX
(SKUSE) (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE)
GRAHAM, A.J. THE LIFE HISTORY OF A SEMI-ARID
POPULATION OF CROITANA CROITES (HEWITSON),
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
BAKER, G.H. PATTERNS OF THE ACTIVITY OF THE
MILLIPEDE OMMATOIULUS MORELETI (DIPLOPODA:
JULIDAE)
BOOK REVIEW —AUSTRALIAN TROPICAL
BUTTERFLIES
SMITHERS, C.N. NEW RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN
NYMPHIDAE
113
119
123
127
140
141
Guide to Contributors
. Australian Entomological Magazine is published in at least three parts annually.
. Contributions from professional or amateur entomologists will be eligible for publication.
. Each manuscript should first be sent to the Editor who will then submit copies to two referees
and the Assistant Editor for assessment. The Editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
. The original and one copy of manuscripts, checklists or book reviews should be submitted as
double spaced typescript with ample margins on A4 paper. The title should be placed above
the text on the first page followed by the author's name and address. Title, authors, address
and headings should all start at the left margin.
. Manuscripts unsuitable for publication will be returned to the authors, who may be given an
opportunity to revise their papers in the light of editorial comment.
. Manuscripts should contain original information. No manuscript that has been published
elsewhere, either wholly or in part, will be accepted for publication.
. The Magazine will not generally accept papers which exceed 16 printed pages except by special
arrangement with the Editor.
. For style and format, authors are referred to the most recent issue.
. Tables must be typed on separate sheets grouped together at the end of the manuscript. Tables
must be numbered consecutively as referred to in the text using arabic numerals.
. Graphs, line drawings and photographs will be referred to as figures. They must be numbered
consecutively whether appearing in groups or not. Numbering must be in arabic numerals.
Magnifications must be indicated by scale lines on the figures where appropriate. Authors
should send clear photographic copies of original line drawings and if possible, all figures should
be submitted at twice the size authors wish them to be published.
. Colour work may be accepted by arrangement with the Editor. The author will be required to
рау additional printing costs.
. Scientific names should be given in full with authorities when first used but may be abbreviated
subsequently if there is no ambiguity. Common names for insects should be avoided in titles
and abstracts. Editorial policy will conform with the Articles and Recommendations of the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
. Common names of pesticides listed in “Pesticides Synonyms and Chemical Names" latest
edition, Australian Department of Health, Canberra, should be used where possible. Trade
names, if used, should be placed in inverted commas and full chemical definition given when
first mentioned.
. The international System of Units should be used for exact measurement of physical quantities.
. References should be quoted in the text as follows: Smith and Jones (1937) or (Smith and Jones
1937) and listed with titles of article and journal in full.
. Papers will only be published when the author or his nominee has had an opportunity to read
and correct proof. Prompt return of a proof is requested within 7 days of receipt. Authors are
held responsible for correcting all omissions or errors that can be checked against the original
manuscript. Authors may be charged for correction of errors or alterations in the text for which
the author is responsible.
. A condition of acceptance of papers is that authors undertake to pay reprint charges. Reprints
should be ordered when corrected proofs are returned. Reprints are currently charged at the
following rates per page: $25 for 100 copies and $30 for 200 copies.
. Articles occupying less than one page in the Magazine are acceptable and charges on such
articles may be exempt if no reprints are required.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 15, Part 4. 30 November 1988
Contents
METZELING, L. DESCRIPTION OF THE FOURTH INSTAR
LARVA AND PUPA OF DASYOMMA TONNOIRI
PARAMONOV (DIPTERA: ATHERICIDAE)
PIPER, R.G. LARVAL AGGREGATION IN AEDES VIGILAX
(SKUSE) (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE)
GRAHAM, A.J. THE LIFE HISTORY OF A SEMI-ARID
POPULATION OF CROITANA CROITES (HEWITSON),
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
BAKER, G.H. PATTERNS OF THE ACTIVITY OF THE
MILLIPEDE OMMATOIULUS MORELETI (DIPLOPODA:
JULIDAE)
BOOK REVIEW—AUSTRALIAN TROPICAL
BUTTERFLIES
SMITHERS, C.N. NEW RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN
NYMPHIDAE
113
119
123
127
140
141
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
VOLUME 16
1989
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
Magazine Publication Committee
Editor: Mr G. Daniels
Assistant Editor: Emeritus Prof. D.S. Kettle
Business Manager: Miss M.A. Schneider
ISSN 0311 1881
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Diamond Press Ltd, Brisbane.
Copyright Reserved, 1989
iii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
INDEX Vol. 16, 1989
BELLAMY, C.L. Two new species and notes on other
Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from Fiji. 87
FAIN, A. and MASON, R.W. A new heteromorphic
deutonymph (Acari: Winterschmidtiidae) phoretic on the flea
Pygiopsylla hoplia Jordan and Rothschild in Australia. 43
FEARN, S. Some observations on the habits of Paroplites
australis (Erichson) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, Prioninae)
and its damaging effects on the food plant Banksia marginata
Cav. in Tasmania. 81
FORSTER, P.I. New host records (family Asclepiadaceae) for
Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Queensland. 79
HORNE, P.A. and PETTIGROVE, V. A new record of
Cnephia umbratorum (Tonnoir) (Diptera: Simuliidae) and
Apsectrotanypus pallipes (Freeman) comb. n. (Diptera:
Chironomidae) from the Otway Ranges, Victoria. 21
HUMPHREYS, G.S. Earthen structures built by nymphs of the
cicada Cyclochila australasiae (Donovan) (Homoptera:
Cicadidae). 99
JOHNSON, S.J. and VALENTINE, P.S. The life history of
Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff (Lepidoptera: Libytheidae). 59
LAMBKIN, T.A. and SAMSON, P.R. The life history of
Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 75
LEPSCHI, B.J. A preliminary note on the food of Jmblattella
orchidae Asahina (Blattodea: Blattellidae). 41
MANSKIE, R.C. and MANSKIE, N. New distribution records
for four Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). 98
MAYO, R., ATKINS, A. and WHITE, B. New records for
butterflies (Lepidoptera) in eastern New South Wales. 109
McCORQUODALE, D.B. and THOMSON, C.E. The prey of
some Australian sphecid wasps (Hymenoptera). 93
McCORQUODALE, D.B., THOMSON, C.E. and ELDER, V.
Nest and prey of Williamsita bivittata (Turner)
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae: Crabroninae). 5
MOSS, J.T. ST. LEGER Observations of Hypolycaena phorbas
phorbas (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) on Carlisle
Island, Queensland.
NEWTON, A.F. Review of Dactylosternum Wollaston species
of Australia and New Zealand (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae).
REID, C.A.M. A new species of Calomela Hope (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae) from New South Wales, with habitat and
distribution notes on other species in the genus.
RHEINHEIMER, J. Notes on the host plants of some adult
Australian weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae).
SANT, G.J. and NEW, T.R. Behaviour of last instar
Austrolestes psyche (Selys) larvae (Odonata: Lestidae).
SHEPHERD, R.C.H. Insect fauna of the Australian noxious
weed Emex australis Steinheil in the Western Cape, South
Africa.
STOREY, R.I. and ALLSOPP, P.G. A positive locality record
for Lepidiota contigua Britton (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae).
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J. Polyphagy in larvae
of Hypochrysops miskini miskini (Waterhouse) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae).
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J. Observations on the
life history of Graphium aristeus parmatum (Gray)
(Lepidoptera: Papilionidae).
WARD, D.L. Subdermal infestation of a monitor lizard by
Aponomma undatum (Fabricius) (Acarina: Ixodidae).
YEATES, D.K., SOUZA LOPES, H. de and MONTEITH,
G.B. A commensal sarcophagid (Diptera: Sarcophagidae) in
Nepenthes mirabilis (Nepenthaceae) pitchers in Australia.
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by B.P.
Moore. Fascicle 9: Elateridae; Lampyridae; Cantharidae;
Lycidae; Dermestidae; Ptinidae; Bostrychidae; Trogossitidae;
85
49
47
17
73
33
Cleridae. (Liftout pp.133-148) following page 40
BOOK REVIEWS, BOOK NOTICES 15, 40, 58
RECENT LITERATURE 48, 73, 111
Publication dates: Part 1 (pp. 1-32) 5 May
Part 2 (pp. 33-48) 27 July
Part 3 (pp. 49-80) 23 October
Part 4 (pp. 81-112) 15 December
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 16, Part 1, 30 March 1989
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
А520.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian dollars,
can be accepted.
The Entomological Society of Queensland membership is open to anyone
interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held in the Entomology
Department, University of Queensland on the second Monday of March-June,
and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes, notice
of other Society events and information on Members’ activities.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary A$15.00 p.a. ($13.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Country & Overseas A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Associate: Students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council — A$10.00 p.a. ($8.00 p.a. if paid by Ist
March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology, University
of Queensland, St. Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 1
POLYPHAGY IN LARVAE OF HYPOCHRYSOPS
MISKINI MISKINI (WATERHOUSE) (LEPIDOPTERA:
LYCAENIDA E)
P.S. VALENTINE! and S.J. JOHNSON?
1Јатеѕ Cook University, Townsville, Qld 4811
2Р О. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld 4810
Abstract
New larval food plants from five families are recorded for Hypochrysops miskini miskini
(Waterhouse) and observations on links between larval polyphagy in H. miskini with ants and
aphids are discussed.
Introduction
Common and Waterhouse (1981) list the scrambling vine Smilax australis
R. Br. (Smilacaceae) as the only food plant for larvae of Hypochrysops
miskini miskini (Waterhouse). Subsequently, Lane (1985) recorded
Faradaya splendida F. Muell. (Verbenaceae) as a food plant near Kuranda,
northern Queensland. The adults of H. m. miskini are known to fly in or
near rainforests with males congregating at the tops of trees and females
flying lower down close to the larval food plant (Sands 1986). A series of
observations at Bluewater State Forest, approximately 40 km NW of
Townsville, northern Queensland, between January 1986 and August 1987
revealed an additional six species of food plants and an interesting link
between larval polyphagy, ant attendance and aphids.
Field observations
Bluewater State Forest, 19°12’S and 146°25’E, is the southernmost
rainforest ridge of the Paluma Range. Our observations were made at an
altitude of around 700 metres on a narrow strip of rainforest that runs
north-south along the crest of a ridge with forest extending down moist
gullies on either side. The western side of the crest grades rapidly from
rainforest into a mixed Casuarina spp. and Eucalyptus spp. forest with an
- understory rich in rainforest species, including S. australis. It is in this
habitat that the ant /ridomyrmex gilberti Forel thrives and along with it the
butterflies H. m. miskini, Pseudodipsas cephenes Hewitson and Pseone iole
Waterhouse and Lyell, the larvae of which are all attended by 7. gilberti.
While searching for the larvae of these butterflies it became apparent that
where a patch of S. australis showed numerous epidermal feeding scars
typical of H. m. miskini, other adjacent plants often had evidence of a
similar pattern of extensive feeding. Subsequently, H. m. miskini larvae
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
and attendant ants were found on plants not growing with S. australis. The
variety of plants used is extensive and it is likely that more species will be
discovered in time. Those positively identified as food plants for H. m.
miskini to date are listed below. all the plants are understory species found
in the rainforest wet sclerophyll ecotone.
Food plants
Maesa dependens F. Muell. (Myrsinaceae), a low spreading shrub;
Guioa acutifolia Radlk. in Sitzb. (Sapindaceae), juvenile upright shrub;
Glochidion harveyanum Domin (Euphorbiaceae), tall spreading shrub;
Rhodamyrtus trineura F. Muel. ex Benth. (Myrtaceae), low dense shrub;
Eucalyptus acmenoides Schauer (Myrtaceae), upright medium tree;
Melastoma affine D. Don (Melastomaceae), low compact shrub.
Larvae could not be located on Eucalyptus acmenoides during the day but
a return visit at night (7.00 pm) in August 1987 revealed larvae actively
feeding on the foliage.
Discussion
The discovery of additional food plants of Н. m. miskini, especially
E. cmenoides is of interest. It confirms the general pattern of polyphagy
amongst some species closely attended by ants (see Valentine and Johnson
1988). Of interest is the lack of leguminous or other nitrogen-fixing species
amongst these larval food plants, an exception to the pattern for ant-
attended Lycaenidae described by Pierce (1985). An explanation for
polyphagy amongst ant-attended rainforest species may be found in the
distribution pattern of rainforest plants. In contrast with other vegetation
communities “common species are rare and rare species are common"
(Forsyth and Miyata 1984). Once obligatory ant-attendance occurs in this
situation a narrow choice of plants may be too restrictive and cancel the
advantage of ant-attendance. This suggests that where obligate
myrmecophily occurs in tropical rainforests it will be accompanied by
larval polyphagy and that rainforest butterflies confined to a single larval
food plant species will not be ant-attended. Known life histories of
rainforest Lycaenidae in northern Queensland agree closely with this
pattern.
While we were seeking larvae at Bluewater State Forest we also noted that
clusters of larvae feeding on different plant species frequently occurred in
close proximity to concentrations of aphids on the stalks of Alpinia
caerulea (Zingiberaceae), a common ginger. These plants are common
throughout this forest and are frequently attacked by aphids which are
attended by numerous /. gilberti. This association of aphids, ants and
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 3
butterflies may be more than coincidental. Sands (1986) points out the
attraction of gravid female H. ignitus ignitus (Leach) to colonies of
Membracidae attended by ants of the Iridomyrmex nitidus Mayr group.
Kitching (1987) also describes the use of membracids as oviposition clues
in a lycaenid butterfly in Indonesia (Allotinus major Felder and Felder).
We have observed an association between eggs of Pseudodipsas spp. and
concentrations of membracids on the stems of the shrub Guioa acutifolia
at Bluewater. There is clearly an opportunity to further explore this link
between ants, aphids and butterfly oviposition. While the relationship
between polyphagy, ant attendance and tropical rainforests also deserves
further study.
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank Betsy Jackes and Gordon Duff from James Cook
University, and staff of the Botany Branch, Queensland Department of
Primary Industries for assistance with plant identifications.
References
COMMON, I.E B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F, 1981 ‘Butterflies of Australia’ Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
FORSYTH, A. and MIYATA, K., 1984 "Tropical Nature' Charles Scribner's Sons, New York.
248pp.
KITCHING, R.L., 1987 Aspects of the natural history of the lycaenid butterfly Allotinus
major in Sulawesi. Journal of Natural History 21:535-544.
LANE, D.A., 1985 Notes on the biology and distribution of some Queensland butterflies.
Australian Entomological Magazine 12;77-80.
PIERCE, N.E., 1985 Lycaenid butterflies and ants: selection for nitrogen-fixing and other
protein rich foods plants. American Naturalist 125:888-895.
SANDS, D.P.A., 1986 ‘A Revision of the Genus Hypochrysops C. & R. Felder.’ E.J. Brill,
Copenhagen. Entomonograph Vol. 7. Пбрр.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J., 1988 Some new larval food plants for north
Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 14;89-91.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
The Editor wishes to thank the following for refereeing manuscripts assessed
for publication in Volume 15:
P.G. Allsopp
A. Atkins
J. Balderson
B.K. Cantrell
P.B. Carne
I.F.B. Common
E.C. Dahms
G. Daniels
M. DeBaar
J.F. Donaldson
R.A.I. Drew
E.D. Edwards
E.M. Exley
I.W. Forno
N. Gough
P.J.M. Greenslade
D.G. James
S.J. Johnson
ЈЈЕЕ. Kerr
D.S. Kettle
J. King
R.L. Kitching
K.T. Lambkin
D.K. McAlpine
A.P. Mackey
A. Macqueen
G.F. Maywald
G.B. Monteith
B.P. Moore
M.J. Muller
M.S. Moulds
T.R. New
C.P. Omhart
M.J. Rice
P.M. Room
C.N. Smithers
H.A. Standfast
R.I. Storey
R.W. Taylor
P.S. Valentine
J.A.L. Watson
T.A. Weir
G.A. Williams
R. Wylie
M.P. Zaluki
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 5
NEST AND PREY OF WILLIAMSITA BIVITTATA (TURNER)
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE: CRABRONINAE).
D.B. McCORQUODALE'"?, C.E. THOMSON? and V. ELDER?
! Department of Zoology, Australian National University, GPO Box 4,
Canberra, ACT, 2601
? 4 Watt St., Campbell, ACT, 2601
? Present address: 19 Eiginfield Dr., Guelph, Ontario, NIE 4E5, Canada.
Abstract
Six nests of Williamsita bivittata (Turner) from a log of Eucalyptus sp. were examined. The
prey (adult Diptera) and the nest architecture were recorded and compared with those of
closely related wasp genera, Lestica and Ectemnius.
Introduction
The eight species of Williamsita Pate are found only in Australia and New
Caledonia (Bohart and Menke 1976, Cardale 1985). Evans and Matthews (1971)
reported the natural history of the genus, noting that nests of W. bivittata
(Turner) occurred in a willow log and their prey were adult Diptera, Calliphora
tibialis. Here we confirm and expand on these details based on nests found
in Canberra, ACT. AII specimens of adult females, immature stages and prey
have been deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO,
Canberra.
Results and Discussion
A log of Eucalyptus sp. (40 cm long x 13 cm diameter, Fig. 1) in a suburban
garden with three holes exuding frass was noticed on 13 December 1987. The
log formed the border between a flower bed and a lawn. From 1-3 January
1988, female wasps carrying adult flies entered those holes several times between
10:00 and 14:00 (EDT). At approximately 1900 hrs (EDT) on 3 January a dead
adult female of W. bivittata, minus wings, was dragged from one of the holes
by ants (Iridomyrmex sp.). At 0700 hrs (EDT) on 4 January the log was placed
in a plastic bag and dissected later the same day. The upper parts of the log
were dry from exposure to the sun for most of the day, while the lower parts
and the inside were moist and very soft.
Three more entrances were discovered during dissection, indicating a total of
six nests. The nests filled most of the centre of one end of the log, with some
extensions towards the other end (Fig. 1). Details of four of these nests are
shown in Fig. 1. Despite the close proximity <5 mm) of branches of the various
nests, no interconnections were found. Most branches of the main nest tunnels
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
and the cells themselves were parallel to the long axis of the log. The tunnels
connecting the branches and leading to the entrance varied in orientation. Many
tunnels and branches were dichotomously branched and a few were 3-branched
(e.g. Nest 3). Cells varied in length from 11 to 20 mm and were about 6 to
8 mm in diameter. The main tunnel and branches were of a similar diameter,
Between cells there was a 5 to 10 mm plug of frass, wood manipulated by the
wasps and resembling sawdust. Other parts of the main tunnel and branches
were also plugged with frass.
Figure 1: Diagrammatic representation of nest log and detail of parts of four
nests of Williamsita bivittata. The detail is a side view through a section of
the log. Nest cells are hatched. Several branches of nests 2 and 3 are not shown.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 7
Eighty nine cells were examined, representing about 70-80% of cells in the
log. Most could not be assigned to a specific nest and all contents of many
were not recovered, so the following data refer to 43 complete cells, first those
with immature wasps, then those without immature wasps. Three cells
contained only pupal cases of W. bivittata and the remains of consumed prey.
Six cells had large larvae (head width 1.4 mm, body length 12 mm, n=1) and
the remains of consumed prey. Ten cells had smaller larvae and at least one
complete fly. One cell contained a fly with an egg (2.3 mm long) attached
ventrally between the head and prothorax, at right angles to the long axis of
the fly. The fly with the egg was the furthest from the cell entrance and therefore
the first prey to be placed in this cell. Two very small larvae were found in
the same position on flies in other cells and both of these flies were the furthest
from the entrance in their respective cells. АП flies in these three cells had their
heads pointing away from the nest entrance. These observations suggest that
the egg is regularly laid on the first prey placed in the cell. The remaining cells
lacked evidence of wasp residency. Fifteen cells contained mouldy and/or partly
consumed flies and frass intermixed and no wasp pupal case. These could result
from no egg being laid, death of the wasp, or nest parasitism. Two cells with
the full complement of prey but no wasp egg or larva were found. One cell
had a small (1.1 mm long) dipteran larva, probably a chloropid. One cell
contained an unidentified dipteran pupa. Two cells contained muscoid larvae,
presumably these larvae emerged from larviporous species of prey in the cell.
The prey were all adult flies of the families Calliphoridae, Stratiomyidae and
Therevidae (Table 1). Cells were provisioned with 4 to 11 prey (x =6.61+2.43
(s.d.), п=13). Several cells included flies of at least two families. Both sexes
of some common flies in suburban Canberra were represented (e.g. Calliphora
tibialis, Odontomyia sp.).
Six females of W. bivittata were collected. Three were associated with specific
nests. It is assumed that each nest was occupied by one female. The females
varied considerably in size, as measured by head width (7 =2.68+0.36 mm (s.d.),
range 2.35-3.20 mm). The largest female occupied the nest with the largest cells.
Williamsita is closely related to the widespread genera, Ectemnius and Lestica
(Bohart and Menke 1976), which include some species that nest in decaying
wood and others that dig nests in the ground. Adults moths are the usual prey
of Lestica. Ectemnius prey includes several orders of insects, with adult Diptera
predominating (Tsuneki 1960). The behaviour of W. bivittata is within the
range of these related genera. Within the Crabronini, laying the egg across
the **throat"' is the rule (Iwata 1976), adult Diptera are the most frequently
used prey and several genera include species that nest in decaying wood (Bohart
and Menke 1976). Evans and Matthews (1971) concluded that crabronine wasps
in south-east Australia exhibited behaviour and prey use consistent with
“typical? crabronines elsewhere. Our observations of W. bivittata are
consistent with this interpretation.
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
Table 1: The adult Diptera and numbers found in nest cells of Williamsita
bivittata.
Calliphoridae
Calliphora tibialis (Macquart) 2
Calliphora dispar (Macquart)
Calliphora sp.
Stomorhyna discolor (Fabricius)
Stomorhyna subapicalis (Macquart)
о м + ON
Stratiomyidae
Odontomyia sp. 22
Therevidae
Agapophytus sp. 1
Acknowledgements
J.C. Cardale, P. Cranston, I.D. Naumann, K.R. Norris and R.L. Taylor, all
of ANIC, kindly assisted with identifications. Ian Naumann provided helpful
comments on the manuscript.
References
BOHART, К.М. and MENKE, A.S. 1976. ‘Sphecid wasps of the world. A generic revision’.
University of California Press, Berkeley, California. 695 pp.
CARDALE, J.C. 1985. Hymenoptera: Vespoidea and Sphecoidea. Zoological Catalogue ој
Australia 2: 150-303.
EVANS, H.E. and MATTHEWS, R.W. 1971. Notes on the prey and nests of some Australian
Crabronini (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 10:
1-4.
IWATA, К. 1976. ‘Evolution of instinct’, Amerind Press, New Delhi. 535 pp.
TSUNEKI, К. 1960. Biology of the Japanese Crabroninae (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Memoirs
of the Faculty of Liberal Arts, Fukui University (2 Natural Sciences) 10: 1-52.
Aust. ent. Маг. 16 (1), 1989 9
INSECT FAUNA OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOXIOUS WEED
EMEX AUSTRALIS STEINHEIL IN THE WESTERN CAPE,
SOUTH AFRICA
ROSAMOND C.H. SHEPHERD
Keith Turnbull Research Institute, Land Protection Division, Department of
Conservation, Forests and Lands, P.O. Box 48, Frankston, Vic 3199, Australia.
Abstract
Emex australis Steinheil is a polygonaceous plant of South African origin and a noxious
weed in Australia, especially of irrigated vineyards in Victoria. Surveys were carried out in
the Western Cape, South Africa to determine the fauna of Е. australis. Seventeen species
of Lepidoptera, three species of Coleoptera and two species of Hemiptera were collected,
most of which were polyphagous. Only one possibly new host specific insect was found
Rhodometra sacraria (L.) Two insects, Perapion antiquum (Gyllenhal) and Microthrix
inconspicuella Ragonot, considered to be host specific, were collected and reared, the former
for reintroduction into Australia as a biological control agent for E. australis and the latter
for further host specificity tests.
Introduction
In South Africa two insects, Microthrix inconspicuella Ragonot (Lepidoptera:
Pyralidae) and Perapion antiquum (Gyllenhal) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
are natural enemies of Етех australis Steinheil (Neser 1979). They have been
considered for introduction to Australia as biological control agents for E.
australis which is a serious weed. Only P. antiquum has been released to date.
The fauna of E. australis in Australia is limited; no insects have been recorded
which damage the plant, but some polyphagous Lepidoptera have been found
to feed occasionally on the leaves (G. Buchanan pers. comm.).
In 1977, M. inconspicuella was introduced into quarantine by the
Commonwealth Scientific Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), Brisbane
to evaluate its potential as a biological control agent (Harley et a/. 1979). During
host specificity tests, M. inconspicuella larvae fed and completed their
development on young leaves of the apple variety Tropical Beauty (R. Kassulke
pers. comm.). Limited feeding also occurred on the related polygonaceous
plants, rhubarb (Rheum raponticum auct. non. L.) and buckwheat (Fagopyrum
esculentum Moench). The culture was therefore destroyed. In South Africa
no apple damage by M. inconspicuella larvae was observed, even when E.
australis grew in apple orchards. Research on M. inconspicuella was resumed
in South Africa in 1983 to determine whether M. inconspicuella larvae were
capable of feeding on apple plants in the field.
P. antiquum was first introduced into the Hawaiian Islands from Natal, South
Africa in 1956/1957 (Krauss 1963), and quickly established. It is now considered
a successful control agent against Етех spp. in Hawaii (Макао 1969). Host
specificity tests in Australia showed that P. antiquum had a limited host range
(Harley and Kassulke 1975) and consequently field releases were made.
Establishment has occurred at a number of sites but E. australis has not been
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
successfully controlled (Julien and Bourne 1983). The more recent introductions
from the Clanwilliam area of South Africa to Loxton, South Australia and
Mildura, Victoria have proved more successful (G. Buchanan pers. comm.),
but the plant has not yet been successfully controlled.
In order to carry out orchard experiments with M. inconspicuella and introduce
into Australia more suitable biotypes of P. antiquum, collections of both insects
were made in the Western Cape in 1983-1984. At the same time surveys for
other host specific insects which could be used as biological control agents
in Australia were carried out.
Methods
Specimens of Е. australis were collected from coastal and semi-arid areas of the Western
Cape, of climatic type Ш, (Walter and Lieth 1960), having Fynbos and Karroid Broken Veld
vegetation/soil types (Acocks 1975), and also from Upington, of climatic type III;. Upington
is the only area in the arid/semi-arid region where vineyards are irrigated in summer, and
is similar to Mildura, Victoria, (climatic type III;) where the weed is of economic importance.
Plants were dug up and examined for evidence of leaf feeding or root damage. The presence
or absence of insects as well as the location of plants was noted. Collections from 37 locations
were made during September-December when plants were mature, and during April-July when
seedlings and young plants were present. Adult insects were collected by sweeping plants with
insect nets and from light traps set up in vineyards, wheat fields and wastelands.
Plant material was returned to the laboratory in Stellenbosch and placed in emergence boxes
and insects collected for identification or culturing. Insects were sent to the National Collection
of Insects, Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria for identification.
Results and Discussion
Results of the survey are shown in Table 1. Only three insects, restricted to Е.
australis or other polygonaceous plants were cultured. These were M. inconspicuella,
P. antiquum and Rhodometra sacraria (L.). Most insects found were polyphagous
leaf feeders, and included 17 species of Lepidoptera, three Coleoptera and two
Hemiptera. More species were collected during spring-summer than autumn-winter,
and by plant collections than with light traps. Seven species of moths were collected
as adults using light traps, usually Lepidoptera were collected as larval leaf feeders.
The weevil, RAytirrhinus inaequalis (F.), collected in Grahamstown from the roots
of E. australis (J. Scott pers. comm.) was not found in the Western Cape region.
Soil types differ between these two regions (Acocks 1975) which may account for
differences in distribution as R. inaequalis pupates in the soil. The records of the
South African Museum, Cape Town did not indicate the presence of E. australis
specific insects other than M. inconspicuella and P. antiquum. R. sacraria was
recorded on Polygonum spp. (M. Whitehouse pers. comm.).
R. sacraria has been recorded as a feeder of polygonaceous plants in South Africa
(G. Prinsloo pers. comm.) and from Anthemis sp. (Asteraceae), Rhus sp.
(Anacardiaceae) as well as from Polygonum sp. (Polygonaceae) (Pinhey 1975;
Laithwaite ef a/. 1975). It is considered as migratory in South Africa (G. Prinsloo
pers. comm.) and Europe (Pinhey 1975). Larvae were found feeding on Е. australis
plants during late spring in the Clanwilliam region and adults were commonly found
in Stellenbosch during late summer-autumn.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 11
Host specificity tests on R. sacraria were carried out in Stellenbosch and under
quarantine conditions in Frankston, Australia. Although R. sacraria had not been
exposed to Australian native Polygonaceae before, they oviposited on and defoliated
several of these species, as well as introduced polygonaceous species other than
E. australis. R. sacraria is therefore family rather than species specific.
M. inconspicuella has been recorded from E. australis in southern Africa, and
present on Китех pulcher L. in the Stellenbosch region (Neser 1979). Areas where
this insect was found are shown in Fig. 1. M. inconspicuella does not successfully
control its host plant in South Africa, but the reason could be the presence of a
large number of parasitoids. These included unidentified genera of Ichneumonidae
and Braconidae as well as. Habrocytus sp. (Pteromelidae), Apanteles spp.
(Braconidae), Entedon spp. (Eulophidae) and Hakeria sp. (Chalcidae) (Id. G.L.
Prinsloo, PPRI, Pretoria); Chriodes sp. and Telmelucha sp. (Ichneumonidae),
unidentified genus ex Apanteles (Braconidae) (Id. J.S. Donaldson, PPRI, Pretoria).
. 34
Fig. 1. Map of South Africa with the Western Cape region. Areas from which
Microthrix inconspicuella was collected: 1. Trawal; 2. Clanwilliam: 3. Citrusdal;
4. Eendekuil; 5. Grootrivier; 6. Paarl; 7. Brackenfell; 8. Stanford; 9. Stellenbosch;
10. Klipheuwell; 11. Malmsbury; 12. Mamre; 13. Modderasrivier; 14. Botrivier. Areas
from which M. inconspicuella was not collected: 15. Hawston; 16. Frankskaal; 17.
Darling; 18. Veldrift; 19. Langebaan; 20. Klawer; 21. Algeria; 22. Worcester; 23.
Nuy; 24. Robertson; 25. Ashton; 26. Montaque; 27. Heidelburg; 28. Ladismith;
29. Gourtis Rivier; 30. Oudtshoorn; 31. Mossel Baai; 32. Calvinia; 33. Wupetal;
34. Springbok; 35. Hondeklip; 36. Vanrhynsdorp. Upington.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
12
*0998q0}
*uo3102 ‘sTeaiad 'so[qe198924 Jo
1594 ‘19133215 "wom пошшо5
"59 оте ш0]
"5201 2104 'озовао1 'оилозпј
ZILU *uo1joo ‘sead jo səd
"19|88e1]S WOM Áully 195597]
лзәрәә} Jes] 4ә[88е11$
de)
ом YINOS ш “ds wnusadsoajs—E
uo рәәј IBAIL] "I9[83U1]S
чәрәәј Jeo] Ччә|88ю115$
"up
илоујпоз ш резлаворим “ds
u042814 UO рәә} овллеј 421880115
`әрәзриОЗАТО jo sjuejd
JO 1O0]eI[OJop еле] "шош JAA
чәрәәј Jes] *"19|83e11S
'oeooepriedde;) *oeooe[ejueg
‘QeIIVYIURIOT ‘OvIdBIDJIONIO
ЈО sjue[d uo po3j oeA1e[ 4ә[83е11$
"15984 peoidsapim
49188211 ‘Куләт оплоопу
ХПА
nmxtix
*X*XITTIA'A
х
IX'X
xxx
х“
xxx
шлш
IX'X
ПУНА
ST
и дај
1
РЕП
џој8ша у
и(оертазом) (лојпшлојј1425
-sIuaq) 1nj232s 5048р
#(овриизом)
(доџапн) “палха рлајаороас
#овртзом)
(jeyouodnq) 1210]
(21иропајоцјиро y) риштј у
(оерплиеш«т) (лојјецос
-цомлон) 72324p ролрузрлд
ц(зерпзпелма)
ISET (пожем) 2јјадл220 зоројемоцоа
SZ
68'S ETT
Ji (Sepnsne1Aq)
(лашапн) 5уритдплаој vapy)
(әерцәшоәгу)
CT) 0401205 рдрәшороцу
((оеш иоле]
гәергпцәшоәгу) umouyun 52152846
((оериәд) (7) 291724 гриоа
1#(әериәтд) 185191194
SIN]IALUND J
СЛ) 9124/2 01222 род
e1o1dopido'T
(6161 Аошца
‘7861 ULJON 29 oxouuy)
чопешлојиј үеләпәгу
чопәәцо2
ЈО что
,UOT]e20T
pojoo[[oo sjoosu]
SUDAISND хошл YIM pojer2osse $ә1зә@$ jo ISIT ‘ү AQEL
13
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
"uopuo] ‘JIO ‘шем ‘Га “PI `$
BHO “Tadd "SIDA JACI ‘PI ^b
'епоәл4 ‘TYdd ‘UMS “WN ‘PI СЄ
BHO} 'тмаа "e[pud1eqo ^s РІ ©
поему qve po fv] а EI 1
‘dei 1481] Sursn poajoo[[OO зупре #
17814 01 1ә}ә1 sioquinu
“SOUIA 'sjue[d џорлед uo
snogeudÁ[od '51001 по *19[83e1]S
'sduu) uo Joyepaid Чә88ю1]15
“SIDAISND ^ JO падом WAS
'звешер o[ou 1ous *ses»euoS3A[oq
jo sjue[d jo soA?o[ uo зргод
тај әшоа pue ѕәшл
Jo 15284 ‘ә[8801]5 'опога MOUS
'sipD4]SnD “J jo 1ојецојор үелтет
'S19Jron1o
peieAn[no pue seorsselq ЈО 1524
*"9[88€1]S још x5eq-puourerq
`$ӘАЮӘ[
dUIA SUNOA jo 1598 “чә[З8®15
прош YMEY род! 115-1ол116
"e»ejins Jes] ay} uo 'suauoi[ uo
K[ureur рәәј овллеј рои “ә[38®ю115
'олтујпошде Jo səd snoSeudáí[od
чә[З38®11$ "unjoM[[Oq иеомошу
"ds pizjoyasyIsy рие SHALI
Ојетоа uo рәәј зеллеј Чә[88е115
*sjuryd
зпозовлајеш лоцјо pue? џојјо2 јо
1528 491886115 ‘шом од udg
IX'x'XIfIA'A
UXIA IA‘
«(гер12205)
6 51112] 10105 sn22020Uu2id
„(оерџозоиу)
I (9ssoH) sr4oqodiuu1 5110
рлафшгн
uojsuid() ‘u „(зершоцпото)
ОТЕ“ (ТециәцАгу) шппрџир иорләа
„(әешәпгу
6'€ :әершоцпотэ) ,5215205
„(әершоцпәлг))
piz чешоцод sypsnsf ‘qoid snuwasq
елојд 02105
(зерпела)
pr-T10uo8ew zjjanoidsuoout xi410421AI
SEZ (әерцәтпа) 2//2150)4Х vyand
«(sepisutuds)
I Сл) 0uU93j22 иопоаа!н
ц(оврпом)
8'7 (полдиојем) 5/риогртләш ршрәг)
(оертазом)
ФА, (лоџапн) 2л281шар S14101]2H
1#(2BPINIDON)
(aa Сл) охоаџшпоао ni[dp48u4g
поша 1#(ә2ріпј2ом)
I (јелпрчод) 2upbjnsut 501409
14 Aust. ent. Маг. 16 (1), 1989
Despite these parasitoids E. australis can be heavily damaged by M. inconspicuella
when larvae are in sufficiently high numbers to feed on the leaves, flowers and
young achenes. M. inconspicuella was more commonly found on large plants
growing in sandy soil in disturbed areas, such as roadsides, waste lands and the
edge of crops, but not in areas where the plant was smaller, i.e. in less disturbed
areas (Gourtis River, Heidelburg); near the sea (Hawston, Hondeklip, Frankskaal,
Langebaan); and in arid areas (Calvinia, Wupetal, Springbok, Vanrhynsdorp).
Other insects collected on Е. australis were cosmopolitan defoliators which normally
attack the crop species growing in the vicinity (Anneke and Moran 1982, Pinhey
1975). Opportunistic feeders and stragglers would not be considered as biological
control agents. Many of the insects collected are already present in Australia and
are opportunistic feeders оп Е. australis.
The only insect found on roots was the mealy bug, Phenacoccus solani Ferris, a
fairly new arrival in South Africa and found occasionally on chrysanthemum,
gerbera and amaryllis plants (Annecke and Moran 1982). It is a polyphagous species
and of no use as a biological control agent (D. Williams pers. comm.).
The only new and likely biological control agent for E. australis found during
these surveys was R. sacraria, but this insect proved not to be as specific as hoped
(Shepherd 1989) and will not be introduced as a biological control agent.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank all staff at the Plant Protection Research Institute, Stellenbosch
who helped with this work and provided facilities and to members of the National
Collection of Insects, Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria for their
identification of specimens. The project was partly funded by the Dried Fruits
Research Council.
References
ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1975. Veld types of South Africa. Memoirs of the Botanical Society of
South Africa, No. 40.
ANNEKE Р.Р. and MORAN, V.C. 1982. ‘Insects and Mites of Cultivated Plants in South
Africa? Butterworth & Co. (SA) (Pty.) (Ltd.), Durban.
HARLEY, K.L.S. and KASSULKE, R.C. 1975. Apion antiquum (Curculionoidea: Apionidae)
for biological control of the weed Етех australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society, 14: 271-276.
HARLEY, K.L.S., KASSULKE, R.C. and JULIEN, M.H. 1979. Biology and host specificity
of Microthrix inconspicuella Ragonot (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), a natural enemy of Emex
australis in South Africa. Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa 42: 343-348.
JULIEN, М.Н. and BOURNE, A.S. 1983. Temperature relations of Perapion antiquum (Col.,
Curculionidae), a weevil introduced to control the weed Етех australis in Australia. Zeitschrift
für angewandte Entomologie 95: 351-360.
KRAUSS, N.K.L. 1963. Biological control investigations on Christmas berry (Schinus
terebinthifolius) and Emex (Emex spp.). Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society
18: 281-287.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 15
LAITHWAITE, E., WATSON, A. and WHALLY, P.E.S. 1975. *The Dictionary of Butterflies
and Moths in Colour’ E.J. Duckworth, W.D. Michael Joseph, London.
NAKAO, H.K. 1969. Biological control of weeds in Hawaii. Proceedings First Asian-Pacific
Weeds Control Interchange, Hawaii : 93-95.
NESER, S. 1979. Observations in South Africa on Microthrix inconspicuella Ragonot
(Phycitinae: Pyralidae), a natural enemy of Emex australis Steinheil. Journal of the
Entomological Society of Southern Africa 42: 337-342.
PINHEY, E.C.G. 1975. ‘Moths of Southern Africa? Descriptions and Colour illustrations
of 1183 species. Tafleburg. Cape Town.
SHEPHERD, К. C. Н. (In Press). Host Specificity Testing of Rhodometra sacraria (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Geometridae), a Possible Biological Control Candidate for Етех australis
Steinheil in Australia. Entomophaga.
WALTER, Н. and LIETH, Н. 1960. *Klimadiagramm Weltatlas? Veb Gustav Fisher, Verlag,
Jena.
BOOK REVIEW
Portraits of South Australian Geometrid Moths. By N. McFarland. I-IV +
400 pages, paperback, 26x35cm. Price $0585 including surface postage to
Australia and packing. Privately published, printed by Allen Press, Lawrence,
Kansas, August 1988. Available from N. McFarland, P.O. Box 1404, Sierra
Vista, Arizona 85636, USA.
In 1964 Noel McFarland became assistant entomologist at the South Australian
Museum. In the following six years he pursued an intensive study of the early
stages of Lepidoptera mostly around Adelaide. He became well known for his
penetrating and thorough observations and the magnificent collection of
preserved larvae and pupae that he built up. The massive documentation, in
notes and in photographs, which lay behind his work has been largely
unavailable until now. It is no secret that Noel preferred to study families with
larvae which rested openly on the vegetation during the day and his greatest
and most enthusiastic attention was given to the Geometridae. To successfully
rear Lepidoptera they must have first call on one's time and Noel was fortunate
in being able to do most of his work at home. Here also he collected many
of the female moths whose eggs commenced his cultures and whose presence
indicated the local availability of foodplants. On leaving the South Australian
Museum in 1970 he continued rearing moths at Geraldton, W.A. for some
years until returning to the United States. This book is the culmination of his
six years work in Adelaide.
Тће core of the book is a series of comprehensive black and white photographs
of eggs, larvae, pupae, living adults and pinned adults of each of the 72 species
included. The photographs of each species are accompanied by a detailed text.
Do not be misled by the title as the text is as important as the pictures. It is
detailed and based almost entirely on first hand observations. The photographs
are uniformly excellent, well reproduced, and as they are large show detail well.
Multiple photographs illustrate each stage from different angles and in different
poses.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
There are two large sections in the book. The first, a species by species account
of 46 species of Ennominae and Oenochrominae and the second a similar
account of 36 Geometrinae, Larentiinae, and Sterrhinae. Preceding these an
introductory section covers localities and habitats in detail with 88 photographs,
contents lists and indices. Sandwiched between the two main sections is one
containing all sorts of miscellaneous remarks. There is an index to
miscellaneous topics, generalisations about the subfamilies, comments on
foodplants and comments on resting positions of adults and larvae. Following
the second large section there are some corrections, sections on techniques,
a glossary and references. The main sections deal with each species under the
headings: foodplants and phenology, adult, egg, larva, pupa, and data for
figures. Each larval section, for example, might contain sections on behaviour,
description, rearing notes, miscellaneous remarks and field notes. The
miscellaneous index is a mine of all sorts of topics but essentially it gives a
list of the species with, for example, ‘‘rain hatched eggs" or larvae which *'curl
and drop” when disturbed, frass which crumbles when ejected or larvae which
rest on a silk mat. Noel McFarland has made every effort to have the species
of moths and their foodplants identified as accurately as possible and the
generous photographs make it likely that the inevitable taxonomic problems
he encountered, when sorted out in future revisions, can be applied to his work
on the evidence in the book itself.
The style of the text is very individualistic, very generous and often anecdotal.
The text includes many incidental observations which make it lengthy but the
observations are all from first hand experience and could prove to have more
relevance or import than is at first apparent. If criticisms are necessary I have
only a few. While the colours of the larvae are described in detail the important
setal patterns are not considered. The photographs are without legends but
as almost all are grouped with the text of the species and the page headed
by the species number this is usually a minor inconvenience. A more serious
inconvenience is the lack of scale bars on the photographs. Detailed
measurements are given in the text but scale bars would make it easier to
visualise the size of the individuals figured. The size of the book is large for
a paperback and copies which see much use will need to be bound. The
reproduction of the text, while clear and perfectly legible, is not crisp and clean.
This is undoubtedly due to the processes chosen to reduce costs and I would
prefer it this way rather than more expensive.
I éan wholeheartedly recommend the book as an unlikely-to-be-repeated study
essential for all with an interest in Australian moths. As well as taxonomists
and collectors it can serve a useful purpose for forest ecologists, behaviourists
or anyone likely to encounter the early stages of moths.
E.D. Edwards, CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra,
ACT, 2601.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 17
OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF GRAPHIUM
ARISTEUS PARMATUM (GRAY) (LEPIDOPTERA:
PAPILIONIDAE).
P.S. VALENTINE! and S.J. JOHNSON?
James Cook University, Townsville, Old 4811
? P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Old 4810.
Abstract
The life history of Graphium aristeus parmatum (Gray) is described and its distinctive habit
of depositing eggs in clusters is recorded for the first time. Oviposition behaviour, larval feeding,
predation of larvae, pupation and habitat details are discussed.
Introduction
The only previous description of the juvenile stages of Graphium aristeus
parmatum (Gray) was by Waterhouse (1932), repeated by Common and
Waterhouse (1981), who gave an incomplete account based on dead and dying
larvae although the pupa was described in more detail. Nothing was known
of the egg but the foodplant was thought to be one of the larval foodplants
of G. eurypylus (Linnaeus). The adult was considered uncommon and until
recently few have existed in collections. As it was known that G. aristeus had
been collected on Mt. White (Coen, Queensland) in January 1964 (M.S. Moulds
pers. comm.), a visit was made to Mt. White timed for the period about 8-10
days after the first significant wet season rainfall. On the 6th January 1988,
adults, eggs and larvae were located at Mt. White and subsequently many larvae
were reared in captivity to produce pupae and adults. A comprehensive
description of the life history is given below followed by a discussion of adult
oviposition and larval behaviour.
Life History
Larval foodplants: Miliusa traceyi Jessup and Polyalthia nitidissima (Dunal)
Benth. (Annonaceae).
Egg: spherical, smooth, 0.75 mm wide and 1.0 mm high. Cream when
first laid, turning pink after 12-24 hours. Eggs laid in clusters, either densely
packed on tiny buds or stems of foodplant or more widely spaced on the
underside of a foodplant leaf. Eggs hatched in five days.
Larva (Fig. 1): 1st instar. Yellow brown, length 2.5 mm; head black with
numerous black bristles; prothoracic plate black; each thoracic segment with
a dorsolateral tubercle bearing a rosette of fine black bristles; each segment
bearing a transverse row of 8 bristles, each arising from a small black spot;
anal plate with a pair of dorsolateral tubercles each bearing 3-5 black bristles.
2nd-4th instar. Chocolate brown, smooth and shining; head and prothoracic
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (I), 1989
plate black; each thoracic segment with a stout black tubercle dorsolaterally;
anal plate with a small black patch and two short tubercles bearing short
bristles. 5th instar. Dark form: body black, slightly humped anteriorly; a
prominent orange prothoracic plate; each segment with a transverse line of
silver spots; reddish brown ventrolateral line; prolegs cream; thoracic segments
with short dark blue dorsolateral tubercles; anal plate with paired tubercles.
Pale form: body pale orange; head black; prothoracic plate and abdominal
segments 9-10 yellow; metathoracic tergum blackish; each segment with a
distinct white transverse line edged reddish brown; anal plate yellow with short
paired bluish black tubercles. Larval duration in January approximately eight
days. About 5% of larvae were pale.
Pupa (Fig. 2 pale brown with variable black mottling; a prominent,
flanged, forward-projecting, slightly curved, dorsal thoracic horn; a pair of
blunt projections anteriorly; lateral flange on horn extending posteriorly along
margins of wing case; a sharp ridge overlying anterior spiracle; abdominal
segments with irregular serrated black lines dorsolaterally; metathoracic
segment with paired dorsal and lateral black spots. Pupal duration seven days
without diapause.
pu А а НЕ
Fig. 1. Graphium aristeus parmatum, mature larva.
Fig. 2. G. aristeus parmatum, pupa.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 19
Discussion
G. aristeus deposits its eggs in clusters and although many butterfly species
deposit eggs in clusters (Stamp 1980, Chew and Robbins 1984), very few
papilionids do. In her review paper Stamp (1980) records 107 species which
deposit eggs in clusters (>10 eggs per cluster) of which only one was in the
family Papilionidae. Wynter-Blyth (1957) gives Papilio liomedon Moore as the
exception to the rule of single egg laying by papilionids in India. According
to Wynter-Blyth the eggs of this species are stacked in groups of about 10 and
the larvae are gregarious. More recently, Straatman (1975) described the egg
laying habits of P. laglaizei Depuiset and P. toboroi Ribbe in a paper
apparently overlooked by Stamp. Both species lay clusters of up to 500 eggs.
Female G. aristeus were initially observed ovipositing on P. nitidissima where
the sites selected included fresh shoots and also twigs adjacent to budding
foliage. The number of eggs in a single cluster seemed to depend, in part, on
whether the female was disturbed by other butterflies. Clusters observed being
deposited by single females comprised 2 (disturbed), 23, 28 and 45 eggs. АП
eggs on Polyalthia were tightly packed in a single layer. At this time these plants
had no well-grown fresh shoots.
In the case of the M. traceyi plants, the fresh foliage was both more advanced
and more prolific and in each instance egg clusters were on the underside of
the leaves with a spacing of about 2 mm between each egg. This appears to
be the more important foodplant as it produces a very large crop of new leaves
all of which are apparently edible. An examination of M. traceyi plants along
a margin of the vine thicket extending from the base of Mt. White to the
summit, revealed several thousand larvae of G. aristeus, with some individual
trees containing several hundred larvae.
During the early instars larvae are strongly gregarious, typically feeding
simultaneously along a leaf edge. At this stage they closely resemble the larvae
of sawflies and their habit of raising the thoracic segments above the leaf
surface adds to this impression. Later instars stay together in smaller groups
but the final instar larvae disperse. АП larval stages were preyed upon greatly
by green tree ants (Oecophylla smaragdina F.), which presumably play an
important role in population control. There was an extremely high survival
rate of larvae reared in captivity, even amongst those collected as final instars,
suggesting that larval parasitism is at a low level in this early summer brood.
Of 120 larvae reared on M. traceyi or P. nitidissima only three failed to pupate.
About 30 of these were still in diapause in September 1988 but all emerged
during humid weather in December.
Although pupation was not observed under natural conditions, larvae kept
confined on a large branch of the foodplant chose sites on either leaves of
the foodplant or on twigs or stems. It appeared that some larvae attempted
to descend to the base of the foodplant and it seems likely that they may
disperse amongst rocks and litter on the ground. This hypothesis is supported
by the adult emergence behaviour and the colour of the pupa. Approximately
30% of the pupae gave rise to adults within a week or so of pupation. The
remainder entered diapause. Upon emerging the adult is extremely active and
scurries around on the ground until it finds a suitable location to inflate its
wings. Both the cremaster attachment and the girdle are frail. The cryptic
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
coloration of the pupa and the agility of the newly emerged imago suggest
that pupal dislodgement occurs frequently in the field particularly during a
prolonged diapause. It is anticipated that those entering diapause may remain
so until the following wet season. Forty pupae were sprayed with water every
two days and this succeeded in breaking diapause in two or three pupae on
each exposure. Of 20 untreated pupae in Townsville, which had been in diapause
for several weeks, two emerged during the high relative humidity associated
with cyclone ‘‘Charlie’’ (29th February, Ist March, 1988).
G. aristeus appears to be a butterfly of deciduous vine thickets. During a
January visit to Mcllwraith Range east of Coen adults were noted in vine
thickets at the base of the range. On Mt. White the females were distributed
widely over the entire hill as larvae were found from near the base up to the
summit. Both foodplants are common elements of the Mt. White vine thicket.
The adult butterflies were present in some numbers at the summit with males
aggressively defending territory and attacking many other butterfly species.
Females were frequently seen flying around the foodplants and many were
observed ovipositing on P. nitidissima. No larvae were found on this species
but eggs brought back to Townsville were reared on fresh shoots of this plant.
In addition, some larvae were offered Annona muricata (soursop). АП first
instar larvae died when fed solely on soursop leaves, however, one of several
transferred to it at the third instar stage managed to survive, pupate and emerge,
but this represented a very high mortality rate. The progress of the larvae on
soursop was very slow. It is of interest to note that larvae of G. eurypylus
lycaeon (C. & К. Felder) also feed upon P. nitidissima (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981). Larvae of both G. eurypylus and G. agamemnon ligatum
(Rothschild) were found on M. traceyi on Mt. White.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr. A.K. Irvine, CSIRO Atherton and Dr. G. Guymer, DPI
Botany Branch, Brisbane for assistance with larval foodplant identification.
We also thank David Lane for drawing our attention to the paper by Straatman.
References
CHEW, Е.5. and ROBBINS, R.K., 1984. Egg laying in butterflies. Chapter 6 in ‘The Biology
of Butterflies” Edited by R.I. VANE-WRIGHT and Р.К. ACKERY, Academic Press, London
pp 65-79.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. ‘Butterflies of Australia" Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
STAMP, N.E., 1980. Egg deposition patterns in butterflies: why do some species cluster eggs
rather then deposit them singly? The American Naturalist 115(3):367-380.
STRAATMAN, R., 1975. Notes оп: the biologies of Papilio laglaizei and P. toboroi
(Papilionidae). Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29(3):180-187.
WATERHOUSE, G.A., 1932. ‘What Butterfly is That?’ Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 291pp.
WYNTER-BLYTH, M.A., 1957. ‘Butterflies of the Indian Region’ Bombay Natural History
Society, Bombay. 523pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 21
A NEW RECORD OF CNEPHIA UMBRATORUM (TONNOIR)
(DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE) AND APSECTROTANYPUS
PALLIPES (FREEMAN) COMB. N. (DIPTERA:
CHIRONOMIDAE) FROM THE OTWAY RANGES, VICTORIA
PAUL A. HORNE! and VINCENT PETTIGROVE?
! Plant Research Institute, Swan Street, Burnley, Vic. 3121.
? Rural Water Commission of Victoria, 590 Orrong Road, Armadale, Vic.
3143.
Abstract
The simuliid, Cnephia umbratorum (Tonnoir) and chironomid, Anatopynia pallipes Freeman
are recorded for the first time from the northern Otway Ranges, Victoria. А. pallipes is here
assigned to the genus Apsectrotanypus Fittkau, on the basis of previously unknown, and
here described, larval and pupal morphology.
Introduction
Larvae of Cnephia umbratorum (Tonnoir) (Diptera; Simuliidae) and
Anatopynia pallipes Freeman (Diptera; Chironomidae) were collected from two
different streams approximately 5 km south-east of Forrest on 21 September
1986. These streams form part of the headwaters of the Barwon River, East
Branch, in the Otway Ranges of southern Victoria. The larvae collected were
reared in a laboratory stream (Horne and Bennison 1987) in Melbourne so
that identifications based оп larval, pupal and adult stages could be made.
That is, field collected larvae were link-bred, providing pupal exuviae and adult
specimens for examination.
The generic placement of A. pallipes (Freeman) within the tribe Macropelopiini
(sub-family Tanypodinae) has until now remained in doubt (Cranston and
Martin, in press and Roback 1982a). Based on larval, pupal and adult female
characteristics pallipes is assigned to the genus, Aspectrotanypus Fittkau. The
pupal terminology follows that of Fittkau (1962) while all morphological
abbreviations follow that of Roback (1982a).
Description and Biology
Cnephia umbratorum (Tonnoir)
Simuliid larvae generally inhabit fast-flowing streams or riffle areas of slower
moving water bodies. The larvae of most species are filter feeders (Burton 1973)
attaching to hard surfaces and using cephalic fans to collect particles from
the water column. Some species have developed a grazing behaviour to
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
supplement or replace filter-feeding and in these species the cephalic fans and
mandibles may be further modified (Chance 1970). C. umbratorum (Tonnoir)
was found attached to submerged plants in a slow moving stream with sandy
substrate. The shape of the head and mouthparts of C. umbratorum are similar
to those of Twinnia biclavata Shewell, a non-filter feeding species (Chance
1970), suggesting that grazing may be important in the slow flow habitats of
C. umbratorum. Both the morphology and habitat of this species are consistent
with grazing, rather than filtering, being the main feeding method.
The larvae of C. umbratorum were described from four specimens found in
‘gently flowing water" near Narbethong, Victoria (Mackerras and Mackerras
1952). Further records of the species were added (Mackerras and Mackerras
1955), with all localities being in the same mountainous area to the north-east
of Melbourne. There are also adult specimens in the Museum of Victoria
collected from the Grampians. Distinctive characters of the larvae of this species
are: (i) the head capsule, covered with short stiff setae, tapers markedly
anteriorly when compared with other Australian simuliids, (ii) small antennae
(iii) gill spot with filaments in a figure-8 shape. Pupal gills delicate and
many-branched.
Apsectrotanypus pallipes (Freeman) comb. n.
Anatopynia pallipes Freeman, 1961. Aust. J. Zool. 9 (4):622 ?pallipes.
(Cranston and Martin, in press)
Material examined: VICTORIA: 1 female reared from larva, Barwon River
(East branch) approximately 100 m upstream of Lake Elizabeth, 1 female reared
from larva, approximately 500 m downstream of Lake Elizabeth, 21. ix. 1986.
V. Pettigrove, P. Horne and G. Bennison. Both specimens are deposited in the
Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra.
Larva: Head colour yellow; antennae (Figs 1+2), А, 261 um; A,., 41 um;
AR 6.4; С.А, 0.85 from base; A, 22 umL x 5 umW; L/W 4.40; А, 4.8 um;
А, 5.7 um; NB 31 um; BL, 42 um; В, 11 um; NB/BL, 0.74; mandible 176 иті;
A,/M 1.48; seta 1 simple, setae 2, 3 trifid; maxilla, palpus 58 иті. x 20 um
теза! width; CS,P 0.38 from base; A,/P, 4.5; ligula yellow, without dark
markings, (Fig. 3), 137 umL, 74 umW, L/W 1.85; apices of 5 teeth concave;
inner pair of teeth gently curved laterally; paraglossae unevenly bifid, 72 umL;
mentum with 6 dorsomental teeth, inner corners not produced;
prementohypopharyngeal complex present, pseudoradula present; pecten
hypopharyngis with 18 pairs of teeth in a single row; lateral fringe present on
abdomen; posterior prolegs with 2 small, stout and 14 slender claws (Fig. 4),
several slender claws possess fine spines on the inner margins.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 23
1 2 4
LO
m 22 SS: E 16
А2 у
100 um
lOO um
100 um 100 um
Figs. 1-5. Apsectrotanypus pallipes (Freeman). 1, antenna of larva; 2, detail
of larval antennal segments; 3, claws; 4, ligula of larva; 5, thoracic horn of
pupa. (AI-A4, antennal segments 1-4; IR, internal rod struts; L, ligula; LO,
Lauterborn organs; PL, paraligula, RA, respiratory atrium, RO, ring organ;
S, style; SIC, slender claws; SmC, small claws.)
Pupa: Thoracic horn (Fig. 5) 492 иті. x 128 umW; plastron plate 71 иті.
x 86 umW; thoracic horn with internal struts; surface of organ with spines;
thorax brown. Abdomen scar of AI, 169 иті; 1, з elongate on tubercles on
A III-V; anal fins asymmetrical (Fig. 6) fringe on both margins, 903 umL,
greatest width of single fin 418 um; L/W 2.16; apex of anal lobe smooth and
pointed (Fig. 7); genital sac 0.13 length of anal lobes.
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
Adult female: Head yellow, postoculars multiseriate to middle of quadrate
dorsal eye extension; antenna with 14 flagellomeres; last five 71, 49, 53, 82,
162 um; pedicel with at least 13 setae regularly distributed around circümference
except the median region where it is bare; scape with 4 setae; palpal segments
2-5, 58, 131, 228, 359 um; thorax yellow; scutellum with 40-60 setae; postnotum
with around 20 setae; wing (Fig. 8) 3.42 mm; m-cu 0.48 arculus to wing tip;
costal extension 142 um; darker hairs over 4-m, m-cu, basal 0.4 of R 4,5, M,
Cu, below apex of CU, and anal vein; squama with 40-50 setae; legs yellow,
slightly darkened above knees; LR I 0.69; LR II 0.50; LR III 0.65 spur Т I
86 um, 20 lateral teeth each; comb ТИП with 10-14 lateral spines; claws pointed
distally; abdomen yellow.
Figs. 6-8. Apsectrotanypus pallipes (Freeman). 6, anal fin of pupa; 7, detail
of apex of pupal anal lobe; 8, wing of adult female. (AL, apical lobe; ALP,
apical lobe point; F, fringe; IX, segment IX; X, segment X.)
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 25
Diagnosis
A. pallipes (female) appears to be most closely related to Anatopynia masteri
(Skuse). It differs from other members of the tribe in: legs almost entirely yellow
and the wings practically without dark markings or patches of dark
macrotrichia except around the crossveins. However A. pallipes does have light
brown macrotrichia sparsely distributed around the apical region of the wings.
The only other Australian larva of the genus Apsectrotanypus currently
described is A. maculosa (Freeman) (Roback 1982b). A. pallipes differs from
A. maculosa in that the antennal ratio is smaller (6.5 c.f. 9.0) and in the number
and shape of the claws on each posterior proleg (А. pallipes has 14 simple
and 2 small, stout claws, A. maculosa has 15 simple claws). The respiratory
organ of A. pallipes pupae is shorter and has a more elongated shape than
that of A. maculosa.
Discussion
This is the first record of А. pallipes in Victoria, although it has previously
been recorded from Tasmania and New South Wales. The larval preference for
cool, lotic streams may be the primary determinant in the distribution of this
species.
The Otway Ranges are geographically isolated from the Great Dividing Range
in Victoria, and although the forest was continuous in earlier times (see
Rawlinson 1975) the two areas are now distinctly separated. The presence of
C. umbratorum in the Otways is of interest as it extends the known range of
the species to another region, however it is not known whether this latest record
is of a newly introduced or relict population. The habitats are similar in both
areas — slow moving streams in forest areas. It is suggested that for both A.
pallipes and C. umbratorum, larval preferences may determine the species'
range.
Acknowledgements
We thank G. Bennison for providing transport to the study site and the Rural
Water Commission of Victoria for research facilities.
References
BURTON, J. 1973. Feeding of Simulium hargreavesi Gibbins larvae on Oedegonium algal
filaments in Ghana. Journal of Medical Entomology. 10:101-106.
CHANCE, M.M. 1970. The functional morphology of the mouthparts of blackfly larvae
(Diptera: Simuliidae). Quaestiones Entomologicae. 6:245-284.
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
COFFMAN, W.P. 1986. The pupae of Chironomidae (Diptera) of the Holarctic region-key
to subfamilies. Entomologica Scandinavica, Supplementum. 28:5-7.
CRANSTON, P.S. and MARTIN, J. in press. Ch.26, Family Chironomidae in: ‘Catalogue
of Diptera from the Australasian and Oceanic Regions’. Edenhuis (ed.). B.P. Bishop Museum.
Hawaii.
FREEMAN, P. 1961. The Chironomidae (Diptera) of Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology.
9:611-737.
HORNE, РА. and BENNISON, G.L. 1987. A laboratory stream design for biological research.
Water Research. 21:1577-79.
MACKERRAS, I.M. and MACKERRAS, M.J. 1952. Notes on Australasian Simuliidae
(Diptera). Ш. Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales. 77:104-113.
MACKERRAS, M.J. and MACKERRAS, I.M. 1955. Notes on Australasian Simuliidae
(Diptera) IV. Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales. 80:105-112.
RAWLINSON, РА. 1975. Two new lizard species from the genus Leiolopisma (Scincidae:
Lygosominae) in south-eastern Australia and Tasmania. Memoirs of the National Museum
of Victoria. 36:1-16.
ROBACK, S.S. 1982a. The Tanypodinae (Diptera: Chironomidae) of Australia II. Proceedings
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 134:80-112.
ROBACK, S.S. 1982b. The immature stages of some Australian Tanypodinae with some notes
on the adults. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society. 21:147-160.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (I), 1989 27
NOTES ON THE HOST PLANTS OF SOME ADUIT
AUSTRALIAN WEEVILS (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDA E)
JOACHIM RHEINHEIMER
Merziger Strasse 24, 67 Ludwigshafen, West Germany.
Abstract
Observations on the host plants of 24 Australian weevil species (Curculionidae) are reported.
Introduction
The weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) are very well represented in Australia.
Despite their distribution within a wide range of habitats very little is known
about the biology of most Australian species. Lea (1905, 1927) reports
observations on the host plants and life histories of a number of species, some
of which have gained economical importance as pests. He also notes interesting
cases of species which originally fed on Australian native plants but became
pests on crops. Some weevils attack plants of horticultural interest (Froggatt
1904), while other exotic species e.g. Cyrtobagous salviniae Calder and Sands,
have been utilised as biological control agents against noxious plants (Room
et al. 1981, Forno 1981).
The present study presents observations on host plants of adult weevils. It is
known that European Apion species spend most of their lives on their larval
host plants. However, sometimes weevils are also found on other vegetation
(Dieckmann 1977). 'To account for this, records given here have not been based
on single specimens unless stated otherwise. Neighbouring vegetation has always
been examined carefully for presence of each species.
It has been possible to compare those weevils described by Lea with the types.
The remainder was determined by comparing with named specimens lodged
in the South Australian Museum Collection and the Australian National Insect
Collection, Canberra. For identification of the plants, standard textbooks have
been used (e.g. Beadle 1982, Beadle et al. 1986, Costermans 1985, Williams
1984). In most cases plant material has been compared to named specimens
in the Canberra National Botanic Gardens and in one case to material lodged
in the herbarium of the CSIRO, Canberra. и
Plant Associations
Apion congestum Lea
Several specimens on Commersonia bartramia (L.) Merr. (Sterculiaceae) near
Murwillumbah, NSW, 21. xii. 1986.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
Apion microscopicum Lea
A large number of specimens observed on Pornaderris aspera Sieb. ex DC.
(Rhamnaceae) in the Brindabella Ranges near Canberra, ACT, 7. iii. 1987 and
10 km north of Batemans Bay, NSW, 8. iii. 1987.
Apion striatipenne Lea and
Apion tenuistriatum Lea
Both species very common together on Doryphora sassafras Endl.
(Monimiaceae) on the Saddleback Mountain and at other similar rainforest
localities near Kiama, NSW, 8. ii. 1987 and 16. iii. 1987.
Apion turbidum Lea
Abundant on Spyridium spathulatum (F. Muell.) Benth. (Rhamnaceae) on the
hills near Adelaide, SA, 14. v. 1986.
Apion vertebrale Lea
Considerable numbers observed on Rulingia pannosa R. Br. (Sterculiaceae)
in the Australian National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, ACT, 5. iii. 1987. Also
on another unidentified Rulingia sp. in the Warrumbungle National Park near
Coonabarabran, NSW, 2. i. 1987, where many of the capsules of the Rulingia
sp. had 1-2 holes (diameter about 1.3 mm) and seeds were partly eaten. Single
freshly developed specimens were taken from inside several capsules. At the
latter locality an unidentified Apion, very similar to A. vertebrale, was found
on the same plant.
Several unidentified Apion species were found on various Pomaderris spp.
(Rhamnaceae), Spyridium spp. (Rhamnaceae), and on Commersonia fraseri
J. Gay (Sterculiaceae). Most were reddish brown in colour with a more or less
conspicious transverse band of hairs or scales on the elytra.
Pachyura australis Hope
On Hakea microcarpa R. Br. (Proteaceae) in montane areas (1300-1600 m)
of the Brindabella Ranges near Canberra, ACT, 10. i. 1987, and Kosciusko
National Park, NSW, 8. iii. 1986.
Acalonoma pusilla Blackburn
Common on Goodenia ovata Sm. (Goodeniaceae) at Durras near Batemans
Bay, NSW, 22. ii. 1986, 25. v. 1986, and Eden, NSW, 27. iv. 1986. The foliage
of this plant was sometimes perforated by feeding adults.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 29
Euthyphasis acuta Pascoe
On Goodenia ovata Sm. at Durras near Batemans Bay, NSW, 22. ii. 1986,
25. v. 1986. Sometimes this species occurred together with the preceding on
the same plants, but was less abundant.
Chrysolophus spectabilis (Fabricius)
The larvae of this species feed in the wood of Acacia spp. (Britton 1970). The
beetle has regularly been found on different Acacia spp. in Canberra, ACT,
mostly during summer. On one occasion (1. iii. 1986), just after sunset, a male
and a female were observed feeding on a globular gall caused by a fungus
(Uromycladium sp.) on a branch of Acacia armata R. Br.. On the next day
half of the gall (diameter about 2 cm) had disappeared.
Iptergonus cionoides (Pascoe)
Abundant on Leptospermum phylicoides (A. Cunn. ex Schau.) Cheel
(Myrtaceae) at Tharwa near Canberra, ACT, 21. iii. 1987.
Balanerhinus problematicus Lea
On and inside the fruit of Alectryon coriaceus (Benth.) Radlk. (Sapindaceae)
at Broken Head Nature Reserve near Ballina, NSW, 30. xii. 1986.
Cydmaea bimaculata Pascoe
On Grevillea lanigera А. Cunn. ex R. Br. (Proteaceae) at Canberra, ACT, 4.
iii. 1986.
Cydmaea binotata Lea
On Hakea sericea Schrad. (Proteaceae) at Canberra, ACT, 4. iii. 1986.
Eniopea viridisquama Lea
Abundant on Leptospermum juniperinum Sm. (Myrtaceae) at Tidbinbilla near
Canberra, ACT, 1. iii. 1986. Also on another Leptospermum sp. near
Braidwood, NSW, 12. iv. 1986.
Erytenna consputa Pascoe
On Hakea rostrata F. Muell. ex Meissn. (Proteaceae) near Dunkeld, Vic., 7.
xi. 1986.
Dicomada rufa Lea
Abundant on Hakea microcarpa R. Br. (Proteaceae) at Kiandra near Cooma,
NSW (1500 m), 30. iii. 1986.
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
Storeus baeodontus Lea
On Dodonaea cuneata Sm. (Sapindaceae) at Dunkeld, Vic., 8. xi. 1986, and
at Canberra, ACT, 10. xi. 1986.
Storeus majusculus Blackburn
Abundant on Астепа smithii (Poir.) Merrill et Perry (Myrtaceae) in different
localities around Kiama, NSW, 8. ii. 1987.,
Tranes internatus Pascoe and
Tranes lyterioides Pascoe
Both on Macrozamia communis L. Johnson (Zamiaceae) and immature stages
of T. internatus are recorded from cones of this plant (Britton 1970). A large
number of larvae, pupae, and freshly developed adults were found in a trunk
of Macrozamia communis near Braidwood, NSW, 15. i. 1987. They are active
at night and several specimens were caught flying at about 21.00 (Braidwood,
NSW, 15. i. 1987). Larvae and freshly developed adults of Tranes lyterioides
were found in the stem of the cones of Macrozamia communis at Shoalhaven
Heads, NSW, 15. iii. 1987. The seeds were not attacked.
Baris niveodispersa Lea
On Marsdenia rostrata R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) near Kiama, NSW, 15. iii. 1987.
Myctides barbatus Pascoe
Abundant inside and beneath fallen fruit of Eugenia cormiflora F. Muell.
(Myrtaceae) near Mossman, Q, 5. x. 1986.
Psepholax lateripennis Lea
Newly emerged specimens were found under bark of a fallen tree of Litsea
reticulata (Meisn.) F. Muell. (Lauraceae) near Nowra, NSW, 7. ii. 1987.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr. E. C. Zimmerman for determination of the Apion species,
and Dr. J. F. Lawrence for access to the Australian National Insect Collection,
Canberra, and for many helpful discussions. The granting of a permit by the
National Parks and Wildlife Service of New South Wales was highly
appreciated.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989 3l
References
BEADLE, N.C.W., 1982. ‘Students’ Flora of North-eastern New South Wales’. Parts 2-5,
pp. 65-884, University of New England, Armidale.
BEADLE, N.C.W., EVANS, O.D., CAROLIN, R.C., TINDALE, M.D., 1986. ‘Flora of the
Sydney Region'. Reed, Sydney. 722 pp.
BRITTON, E.B., 1970. Coleoptera. Chapter 30 in ‘The Insects of Australia’. pp. 616-621,
Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
COSTERMANS, L.F., 1985. ‘Native Trees and Shrubs of South-eastern Australia’. Rigby
Publishers, Adelaide. 422 pp.
DIECKMANN, L., 1977. Beitrage zur Insektenfauna der DDR: Coleoptera — Curculionidae
(Apioninae). Beitrage zur Entomologie, Berlin 27: 7-143.
FORNO, I.W., 1981. Effects of Neochetina eichhorniae on the growth of waterhyacinth. Journal
of Aquatic Plant Management 19: 27-31.
FROGGATT, W.W., 1904. Some fern and orchid pests. Agricultural Gazette of New South
Wales 15: 513-518.
LEA, A.M., 1905. Notes on plant-attacking weevils and on snails and slugs. Agricultural
and Stock Department, Tasmania, Bulletin No. 6: 1-8.
LEA, A.M., 1927. South Australian plant weevils. The Journal of Agriculture of South
Australia 30: 582-598.
ROOM, P.M., HARLEY, K.L.S., FORNO, I.W., and SANDS, D.P.A., 1981. Successful
biological control of the floating weed salvinia. Nature 294: 78-80.
WILLIAMS, K.A.W., 1984. ‘Native Plants of Queensland’, Vol. 1, Williams, North Ipswich.
288 pp.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (1), 1989
Contents
VALENTINE, P.S. AND JOHNSON, S.J. POLYPHAGY IN LARVAE
OF HYPOCHRYSOPS MISKINI MISKINI (WATERHOUSE)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES FOR AUST. ENT. MAG.,
VOL. 15
McCORQUODALE, D.B., THOMSON, C.E. AND ELDER, V. NEST
AND PREY OF WILLIAMSITA BIVITTATA (TURNER)
(HYMENOPTERA: SPECIDAE: CRABRONIDAE)
SHEPHERD, R.C.H. INSECT FAUNA OF THE AUSTRALIAN
NOXIOUS WEED EMEX AUSTRALIS STEINHEIL IN THE
WESTERN CAPE, SOUTH AFRICA
BOOK REVIEW — PORTRAITS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
GEOMETRID MOTHS
VALENTINE, P.S. AND JOHNSON, S.J. OBSERVATIONS ON THE
LIFE HISTORY OF GRAPHIUM ARISTEUS PARMATUM (GRAY)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
HORNE, P.A. AND PETTIGROVE, V. A NEW RECORD OF
CNEPHIA UMBRATORUM (TONNOIR) (DIPTERA:
SUMULIIDAE) AND ASPECTROTANYPUS PALLIPES
(FREEMAN) COMB. N. OTWAY RANGES, VICTORIA
RHEINHEIMER, J. NOTES ON THE HOST PLANTS OF SOME
ADULT AUSTRALIAN WEEVILS (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE)
15
21
21
Guide to Contributors
Australian Entomological Magazine is published in at least three parts annually.
Contributions from professional or amateur entomologists will be eligible for publication.
Each manuscript should first be sent to the Editor who will then submit copies to two referees
and the Assistant Editor for assessment. The Editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
The original and one copy of manuscripts, checklists or book reviews should be submitted
as double spaced typescript with ample margins on A4 paper. The title should be placed above
the text on the first page followed by the author's name and address. Title, authors, address
and headings should all start at the left margin.
Manuscripts unsuitable for publication will be returned to the authors, who may be given
an opportunity to revise their papers in the light of editorial comment.
Manuscripts should contain original information. No manuscript that has been published
elsewhere, either wholly or in part, will be accepted for publication.
The Magazine will not generally accept papers which exceed. 16 printed pages except by
special arrangement with the Editor.
For style and format, authors are referred to the most recent issue.
Tables must be typed on separate sheets grouped together at the end of the manuscript. Tables
must be numbered consecutively as referred to in the text using arabic numerals.
. Graphs, line drawings and photographs will be referred to as figures. They must be numbered
consecutively whether appearing in groups or not. Numbering must be in arabic numerals.
Magnifications must be indicated by scale lines on the figures where appropriate. Authors
should send clear photographic copies of original line drawings and if possible, all figures
should be submitted at twice the size authors wish them to be published.
- Colour work may be accepted by arrangement with the Editor. The author will be required
to pay additional printing costs.
. Scientific names should be given in full with authorities when first used but may be
abbreviated subsequently if there is no ambiguity. Common names for insects should be
avoided in titles and abstracts. Editorial policy will conform with the Articles and
Recommendations of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
· Common names of pesticides listed in "Pesticides Synonyms and Chemical Names" latest
edition, Australian Department of Health, Canberra, should be used where possible. Trade
names, if used, should be placed in inverted commas and full chemical definition given when
first mentioned.
. The international System of Units should be used for exact measurement of physical
quantities.
. References should be quoted in the text as follows: Smith and Jones (1937) or (Smith and
Jones 1937) and listed with titles of article and journal in full.
. Papers will only be published when the author or his nominee has had an opportunity to read
and correct proof. Prompt return of a proof is requested within 7 days of. receipt. Authors
are held responsible for correcting all omissions or errors that can be checked against the
original manuscript. Authors may be charged for correction of errors or alterations in the
text for which the author is responsible.
A condition of acceptance of papers is that authors undertake to pay reprint charges. Reprints
should be ordered when corrected proofs are returned. Reprints are currently charged at the
following rates per page: $20-ferS0-capies, $25 for 100 copies and $30 for 200 copies.
- Articles occupying less than one page in the Magazine are acceptable and charges on such
articles may be exempt if no reprints are required.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Volume 16, Part 1. 30 March 1989
Contents
VALENTINE, P.S. AND JOHNSON, S.J. POLYPHAGY IN LARVAE
OF HYPOCHRYSOPS MISKINI MISKINI (WATERHOUSE)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES FOR AUST. ENT. MAG.,
VOL. 15
McCORQUODALE, D.B., THOMSON, C.E. AND ELDER, V. NEST
AND PREY OF WILLIAMSITA BIVITTATA (TURNER)
(HYMENOPTERA: SPECIDAE: CRABRONIDAE)
SHEPHERD, R.CH. INSECT FAUNA OF THE AUSTRALIAN
NOXIOUS WEED EMEX AUSTRALIS STEINHEIL IN THE
WESTERN CAPE, SOUTH AFRICA
BOOK REVIEW — PORTRAITS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
GEOMETRID MOTHS
VALENTINE, P.S. AND JOHNSON, S.J. OBSERVATIONS ON THE
LIFE HISTORY OF GRAPHIUM ARISTEUS PARMATUM (GRAY)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
HORNE, РА. AND PETTIGROVE, V. A NEW RECORD OF
CNEPHIA |UMBRATORUM (TONNOIR) (DIPTERA:
SUMULIIDAE) AND ASPECTROTANYPUS PALLIPES
(FREEMAN) COMB. N. OTWAY RANGES, VICTORIA
RHEINHEIMER, J. NOTES ON THE HOST PLANTS OF SOME
ADULT AUSTRALIAN WEEVILS (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE)
15
17
21
27
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 16, Part 2, 28 July 1989
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
sone ug ЫЙ
urg S"
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The Magazine is a non-profit
journal, published in three or four parts annually by The Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The Magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific Countries
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
А$20.00 per annum
Please note that no personal cheques in currency other than Australian dollars,
can be accepted.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are
normally held in the Entomology Department, University of Queensland on
the second Monday of March-June, and August-December each year.
Meetings are announced in the Society's News Bulletin which also contains
reports of meetings, entomological notes, notice of other Society events and
information on Members' activities.
Society Membership Categories and Subscription Rates
(These do not include subscription to Aust. ent. Mag.)
Ordinary A$18.00 p.a. ($16.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Country & Overseas A$16.00 p.a. ($14.00 p.a. if paid by Ist March).
Students and others at the discretion of the Society
Council — A$13.00 p.a. ($11.00 p.a. if paid by Ist
March).
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of Entomology, University
of Queensland, St. Lucia, Queensland 4067.
Associate:
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri, design by Sybil Monteith.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 33
A COMMENSAL SARCOPHAGID (DIPTERA:
SARCOPHAGIDAE) IN NEPENTHES MIRABILIS
(NEPENTHACEAE) PITCHERS IN AUSTRALIA
D.K. YEATES!, H. DE SOUZA LOPES? and G.B. MONTEITH?
! Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Шш
4067.* т
2 Academia Brasileira de Ciencias, Caixa Postal 229 Z C б
Brasil. 4
3Queensland Museum, South Brisbane, Qld. 4101 [
ко ip Diane у
9 AUG 1999
Abstract
Larvae of Sarcosolomonia papuensis Shinonaga and Kurahashi, are recordeetrottt Nepenthes
mirabilis (Lour.) Druce pitchers at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. This
species was previously known only from mainland New Guinea. The unusual form of the
larvae is described and illustrated. Prominent creeping welts on the body enable the larvae
to move up the smooth pitcher wall and amongst the pitcher fluid contents. Larvae are
saprophagous and apparently leave the pitcher to pupate.
Introduction
Plants of the genus Nepenthes L. are well known botanical curiosities
because the leaf apex is often modified into a large, tubular, insect-trapping
· pitcher. There are about 68 species distributed from Madagascar, the
Seychelles, Indomalaysia, southern China to northern Australia and New
Caledonia. Nepenthes spp. distribution seems to be centred on Borneo, with
28 species (Beaver 1983). Only the most widespread species, N. mirabilis,
is in Australia. It is found on Cape York Peninsula south to Coen with а
population known as far south as Innisfail, Queensland. The plants are often
found in poor soil surrounding swamps (Stanley 1982).
Nepenthes spp. trap and digest insects and other arthropods that fall into
the pitchers. Mature pitchers are partly filled with a fluid that contains
digestive enzymes secreted by the plant and which break down the prey.
Insects which fall into the fluid are prevented from escaping by the smooth
internal wall of the pitcher.
Some animals, particularly insect larvae, can live unharmed in the pitcher
fluid and sustain themselves on the decaying pitcher prey. Amongst insects,
the fauna includes many dipterous larvae, eg. members of the families
Culicidae, Ceratopogonidae, Chironomidae, Phoridae, Syrphidae,
Calliphoridae, Sarcophagidae, Muscidae and Tachinidae. Larval Odonata
and Lepidoptera have also been recorded (Beaver 1983). Ecological studies
on Nepenthes pitcher communities were made by Beaver (1985) and
*Present address Entomology Branch, Western Australian Department of Agriculture Baron-
Hay Court, South Perth 6151, W.A.
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
Kitching and Pimm (1985).
In Australia, larvae of 3 species of mosquitoes have been found in pitchers
(Marks 1980) and also larvae of Ceratopogonidae (M. Elson-Harris pers.
comm.).
Larvae of Sarcosolomonia papuensis Shinonaga and Kurahashi were
collected from pitchers at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland.
This is the first record of this species in Australia and the first record of
sarcophagid larvae from Australian Nepenthes pitchers. (These larvae are
of the same species as those provisionally identified as Syrphidae (Monteith
1974, Kitching and Pimm 1985).)
Methods and Results
Iron Range (12°43’S 143? IPE) is situated on the eastern coast of Cape York
Peninsula. Two of us (DKY and GBM) visited this locality in December
1985 and sampled pitchers growing in lowland heath along the road just
north of Mt Tozer.
Adults reared from larvae were identified as S. papuensis by one of us
(HSL). However, there are some minor differences in the male genitalia
between the mainland New Guinean (Figs 4 and 5 in Shinonaga and
Kurahashi 1969) and Cape York (Figs 1-5) populations, particularly in the
shape of the cerci and parameres. This species was previously known only
from Ifar in Irian Jaya.
Voucher specimens of larvae and adults are lodged in the University of
Queensland Insect Collection and the Queensland Museum.
Morphology of larva and puparium
Mature larvae are 10-12 mm long and yellow-white (Fig. 8). The large anal
segment is elevated at about 45° to the longitudinal axis of the body and
contains a large cup-shaped respiratory cavity typical of Sarcophagidae
(Fig. 9). The rim of the cavity is furnished with hairs (Fig. 10) which may
prevent fluid from entering the spiracles. The cavity is closed during
submersion. Just below the cavity are the long anal tubercles (Fig. 8). There
are 6 pairs of prominent lobe-like creeping welts on the ventral surface (Figs
11-12) and other pairs of smaller welts on the lateral surface between the
ventral welts. Most of the body surface is covered in posteriorly directed
spines (Figs 13, 15) which form recurved hooks on the creeping welts (Figs
13-14).
The puparium (Figs 6-7) has anterior spiracles displaced from the anterior
end and the creeping welts of the ventral surface reduced. The spiracular
cavity is only slightly elevated with small tubercles, the outer dorsal tubercle
is the most prominent.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 35
Figs 1-7. Sarcosolomonia papuensis, male from Iron Range: 1, cerci and
right paramere, caudal view (vestiture of left cercus and left paramere
omitted); 2, genitalia, lateral view; 3, aedeagus, lateral view; 4-5, tip of
aedeagus: 4, lateral view; 5, ventral view; 6-7, puparium: 6, lateral view; 7,
posterior view showing anal segment.
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
Observations on the larvae
Larvae of various sizes were found in pitchers floating at the liquid surface
with the respiratory cavity (see above) open. Most were found singly but
occasionally 2 or 3 were found in a single pitcher. Most pitchers containing
sarcophagids also contained mosquito larvae. When disturbed, the 5.
papuensis larvae moved down amongst the insect carcasses at the tapering
base of the pitcher. Green tree ants (Oecophylla smaragdina Е) comprised
the majority of prey. By transferring the contents of a number of pitchers
into clear plastic vials we found that the larvae were saprophagous, feeding
on dead insects in the pitcher. Often the larvae would feed with the posterior
spiracles exposed at the fluid surface but sometimes they would completely
submerge, closing the cavity around the posterior spiracles. Larvae
presented with dead insects in the pitcher fluid were adept at opening the
corpses with their mouth hooks. They moved around the pitcher with the
aid of the prominent creeping welts and by undulating the body.
We dissected and examined the contents of numerous withered, senescent,
pitchers that no longer contained fluid to determine whether the larvae
pupated in the pitchers. As none of these contained puparia we concluded
that the larvae leave the pitcher to pupate, probably in the soil. No doubt
the recurved hooks on the creeping welts are important in allowing the
maggot to scale the smooth internal walls of the pitcher and negotiate its
recurved lip.
Large larvae placed in a dry substrate pupated there. The duration of the
pupal stage was 7-15 days.
Discussion
The larvae of S. papuensis exhibit striking peculiarities compared with
those of most sarcophagids: the anal segment is more elevated above the
longitudinal axis of the body; the anal tubercles are longer; the creeping
welts are much more prominent and the body is almost covered in small
spines (in most sarcophagids larval spines are restricted to narrow bands).
The posteriorly directed hooks on the ends of the creeping welts are much
larger than the other body spines.
Figs 8-15. Mature larva of S. papuensis: 8, living larva floating at liquid
surface with respiratory chamber open, exposing spiracles; 9-15 scanning
electron micrographs; 9, posterior end showing respiratory chamber and
anal tubercles; 10, detail of hydrofuge rim of respiratory chamber; 11,
ventral view showing paired ventral creeping welts and smaller ventrolateral
welts: 12, same, showing profile view of creeping welts; 13, detail of cuticular
spines on creeping welt and surroundings; 14, detail of modified hooked
spines on apex of welt; 15, unmodified spines found on lateral body surface.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
37
38
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
The anterior spiracles of S. papuensis are also unusual amongst
sarcophagids in that they have a larger number of branches that open in a
clump rather than in a single fan-shaped row. In addition, the basal piece
of the mouth hooks is poorly separated from the hook part and the latter
lacks a ventral tooth.
Only three sarcophagids have been found in Nepenthes pitcher plants. Lever
(1956) reported а Sarcophaga sp. larva from N. sanguinea Lindl. in
Malaysia. Souza Lopes (1958) described Sarcosolomonia carolinensis (as
Bezziola) from Palau in the Western Caroline Is, partly from larvae collected
from Nepenthes pitchers. Pierretia urceola were described from Nepenthes
pitchers in Malaysia (Shinonaga and Beaver 1979). In addition, larvae of
four species of the genus Fletcherimyia Townsend (Е fletcheri (Aldrich), Е
rileyi (Aldrich), Е celarata (Aldrich) and Е jonesi (Aldrich)) were collected
from Sarracenia (Sarraceniaceae) pitcher plants in North America (Aldrich
1916). Larvae of Sarraceniomyia sarraceniae Riley and Wohlfahrtiopsis
utilis (Aldrich) have also been collected from Sarracenia pitchers (Aldrich
1916).
Information is available on the morphology of Р urceola (Shinonaga and
Beaver 1979) and B. fletcheri (Sanjean 1957). These larvae all share the
pecularities noted above for S. papuensis. Most of these similarities were
noted by Shinonaga and Beaver (1979) between P. urceola and B. fletcheri.
These two flies and S. papuensis belong to the subfamily Sarcophaginae
(Souza Lopes et al. 1977). Although the similarities are probably parallel
adaptations to a specialised habitat, examination of the morphology of
closely related, non-pitcher dwelling larvae may shed further light on this
question.
The only species of sarcophagid in Nepenthes for which there is detailed
biological information is P urceola. In contrast to our observations on S.
papuensis larvae, Beaver (1979) found only one Р urceola larva per pitcher
and that larvae confined together were cannibalistic. Forsyth and Robertson
(1975) found F fletcheri similar to P. urceola in these two respects. All three
species appear to be mainly saprophagous and pupate in the soil.
The anal segment of the puparium of S. papuensis is not elevated as in the
third instar larva.
The larvae of S. papuensis recorded here are the species that Monteith (1974)
and Kitching and Pimm (1985) provisionally identified as syrphid larvae.
Hoverfly larvae are known from Nepenthes pitchers (Hippa 1978) and other,
smaller larvae noted during this study may be syrphids.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Bryan Cantrell (Queensland Department of Primary
Industries) for advice on sarcophagid larvae. Scanning electron
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 39
micrographs were taken by Robert Raven and Geoff Thompson
(Queensland Museum) and the latter helped prepare the figures. Doug
Cook assisted in collection of the specimens.
References
ALDRICH, J.M., 1916. *Sarcophaga and allies in North America’. 302pp. Entomological
Society of America, Thomas Say Foundation: Indiana.
BEAVER, R.A., 1979. Biological studies of the fauna of pitcher plants (Nepenthes) in West
Malaysia. Annales de la Société de Entomologique de France 15: 3-17.
BEAVER, R.A., 1983. The communities living in Nepenthes pitcher plants: fauna and food
webs. In Frank, J.H. and Lounibos, L.P. (Eds), ‘Phytotelmata: terrestrial plants as hosts for
aquatic insect communities’, pp. 129-159. Plexus Publishing: Medford.
BEAVER, R.A., 1985. Geographical variation in food web structure in Nepenthes pitcher
plants. Ecological Entomology 10: 241-248.
FORSYTH, A.B., and ROBERTSON, R.J., 1975. K reproductive strategy and larval
behaviour of the pitcher plant sarcophagid fly, Blaesoxipha fletcheri. Canadian Journal ој
Zoology 53: 174-179.
HIPPA, H., 1978. Revision and classification of the genus Nepenthosyrphus de Meijere
(Diptera, Syrphidae). Annales Entomologique Fennici 44: 1-9.
KITCHING, R.L., and PIMM, S.L. 1985. The length of food chains: phytotelmata in
Australia and elsewhere. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 14: 123-140.
LEVER, R.J.A.W., 1956. Notes on some flies recorded from pitcher plants. Malayan Nature
Journal 10: 109-110.
MARKS, E.N., 1980. Mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) of Cape York Peninsula, Australia.
In Stevens, N.C. and Bailey, A. (Eds). ‘Contemporary Cape York Peninsula’, pp. 59-76. The
Royal Society of Queensland: Brisbane.
MONTEITH, G.B., 1974. ‘Focus on Cape York’. Report from the fauna subcommittee of the
Entomological Society of Queensland, Brisbane, 36 pp.
SANJEAN, J , 1957. Taxonomic studies of Sarcophaga larvae of New York, with notes on
adults. Memoirs of the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station 349; 1-115.
SHINONAGA, S., AND BEAVER, R.A., 1979. Pierretia urceola: a new species of sarcophagid
fly found living in Nepenthes pitcher plants in west Malaysia. Annales de la Société de
Entomologique de France 15: 37-40.
SHINONAGA, S., and KURAHASHI, H., 1969. New species of Sarcosolomonia Baranov
from New Guinea and the Solomons. Pacific Insects 11: 755-761.
SOUZA LOPES, Н. DE, 1958. Diptera: Sarcophagidae. Insects of Micronesia 13: 15-49.
SOUZA LOPES, H. DE, KANO, R., SHINONAGA, S., and KURAHASHI, H., 1977. Family
Sarcophagidae. /n Delfinado, D. and Hardy, D.E. (Eds), 'A catalogue of the Diptera of the
Oriental Region' 3: 557-583. University Press of Hawaii: Honolulu.
STANLEY, T.D., 1982. Nepenthaceae. Jn George, A.S. (Ed.), ‘Flora of Australia’ 8: 7-8.
Bureau of Flora and Fauna: Canberra.
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
BOOK REVIEWS
Dragonflies by Peter L. Miller (1987). 84 pp, many text-figs, 4 col.
pls.
Bumblebees by O.E. Prys-Jones and S.A. Corbet (1987). 86 pp, many
text-figs, 4 col. pls.
Cambridge University Press, Melbourne, Victoria. Australian
recommended price, each $21.50 (soft cover).
These two Naturalist’s Handbooks (Nos. 6 and 7) are the latest in
C.U.P.'s excellent handbook series on British insects. The purpose of
the series is to "encourage the reader to participate in research" by
drawing attention to "subject areas in which valuable contributions
can be made by people without expensive equipment or specialised
training".
The volumes introduce the reader to the biology and taxonomy of
their group. Each of the colour identification plates is nicely
presented. [Illustrated identification keys are also included but, like
the plates, these relate to the British fauna. A bibliography introduces
the reader to primary reference books and research papers. Some
useful addresses are also given. The text of both handbooks is
authoritative and easy to follow. Much valuable information of a
general nature is included which is especially useful to the amateur. ТЕ
these books had an Australian bias I am sure they would be top
sellers.
Other titles in the Series are Insects of nettles, Grasshoppers, Solitary
wasps, Insects of thistles and Hoverflies. It is a pity they are so
expensive in Australia.
M.S. Moulds
Research Associate
Australian Museum
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 41
A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE FOOD OF IMBLATTELLA
ORCHIDAE ASAHINA (BLATTODEA: BLATTELLIDAE)
B.J. LEPSCHI
CSIRO, Division of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T.,
2601
Abstract
Examination of gut contents of Imblattella orchidae Asahina showed that the species is
predominantly herbivorous, taking a range of plant material including pollen, fungal
hyphae and plant tissue. Further research is needed to clarify its food and feeding
preferences.
Introduction
Imblattella orchidae, the orchid cockroach, was first reported in
Australia in 1985 (Rentz 1987). At present its exact distribution and
country of origin are uncertain, although it is thought to have been
introduced into Australia from Japan (Asahina 1985, Rentz 1987). To
date it has only been recorded from orchids and (as shown in this
study), other tropical plants under greenhouse conditions. It is as yet
unknown from the field.
Its appearance in Australia caused concern among orchid-growers who
feared the species would damage growing plants. However to date no
evidence has come to light to suggest that J. orchidae causes any
significant damage to the plants with which it is associated.
Observations and discussion
Fifteen adult and late instar nymphs of J. orchidae were collected
from two glasshouses in Canberra, A.C.T., one containing orchids
and other tropical plants at the National Botanical Gardens (NBG),
the other containing orchids only, at Spence, a Canberra suburb.
The specimens were dissected and their mid- and hind-gut contents
slide-mounted in glycerine and examined microscopically. Eight (four
from each locality) contained identifiable gut contents. Only plant
material was detected, along with some indeterminate inorganic
material. Specimens from the NBG contained spores and pollen
(identified by Dr J. Owen, Department of Biogeography and
Geomorphology, Australian National University, Canberra), from
club mosses (? Lycopodium spp.) and ferns (Polypodium sp.), from
palms (including Pandanus sp.), orchids and an_ unidentified
myrtaceous plant (Myrtaceae), with fungal hyphae and unidentifiable
higher plant tissue also present. The specimens from Spence
contained no pollen or spores (some plants in this glasshouse were
flowering at the time the insects were collected, J.S. Rickard, pers
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
comm.) or fungal material, only indeterminable higher plant tissue
and inorganic matter. Other material was also present, although it
was too well digested to allow for identification.
The above data suggest that 7. orchidae is predominantly herbivorous
and somewhat opportunistic and with no apparent food preferences,
although the available data are too limited to allow any firm
conclusions to be drawn. Its association with orchids may not be as
close as first thought; the specimens from the NBG were collected
from ferns (Platycerium sp., Angiopteris sp.) as well as orchids and
certainly /. orchidae does not appear to restrict its feeding activities to
orchids. Rather, the conditions under which these and other tropical
plants are grown (i.e. warm temperatures, high humidity), and the
presence of abundant food and water, provide an ideal environment
for 1. orchidae which it seems to occupy in much the same way as
other introduced Blattodea (e.g. Periplaneta L. and Blatta L.), do
domestic buildings. However it does not yet appear to warrant pest-
status as these species do.
It would be of interest, once the origins of this species are known, to
examine its diet and habitat preferences in a natural state. This would
also serve to help clarify aspects of its biology in the "artificial niche”
it is presently known to occupy.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr D.C.F. Rentz for valuable criticism and advice, Drs J.F.
Lawrence, ЈАТ. Watson (CSIRO) and J. Owen (ANU) for
identification of gut contents, and Dr M. Carver and Mr J. Balderson
for commenting on the manuscript.
References
ASAHINA, S. 1985. Taxonomic notes of Japanese Blattaria. XV. A revision of three
blattellid species. Gen-Gen Sha Miyarmaru 8: 2-10.
RENTZ, D.C.F. 1987. Imblattella orchidae Asahina, an introduced cockroach
associated with orchids in Australia (Blattodea: Blattellidae). Australian Orchid Review
52: 14-15.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 43
A NEW HETEROMORPHIC | DEUTONYMPH (ACARI:
WINTERSCHMIDTIIDAE) | PHORETIC ON THE FLEA
PYGIOPSYLLA HOPLIA JORDAN AND ROTHSCHILD IN
AUSTRALIA.
A. FAIN! and R.W. MASON?
Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Rue Vautier 29, B-
1040 Brussels, Belgium
?Department of Agriculture, Veterinary Laboratory Branch, Mt
Pleasant Laboratories, P.O. Box 46, Kings Meadows, Tasmania,
Australia, 7249
Abstract
The heteromorphic deutonymph, or hypopus, of Psylloglyphus foveolatus sp. n. is
figured and described from the flea, Pygiopsylla hoplia Jordan and Rothschild, taken
on Rattus rattus (L.) (Muridae). It is the first Australian record of this cosmopolitan
genus.
Introduction
The genus Psylloglyphus Fain is known only from its phoretic
deutonymphal stage also called hypopus. This hypopus is a modified
nymph bearing two pairs of suckers which enable it to fix to various
insects, in this case a flea, and so to be transported from one nest to
another. This passive transport of the mite by fleas which in turn are
carried by rats, is necessary for the survival of the mite colony living
in the nests of rats. Seven species, grouped in three subgenera, have
been described in phoretic association with various genera of fleas
from different parts of the world. They are known from Gabon,
Zaire, Rwanda, Kenya, Madagascar, Malaysia, Vietnam, USA, Chile
and Crozet Is. (4695, 52°E) (Fain and Beaucournu 1986). These mites
are of no medical importance.
Description
Genus Psylloglyphus Fain
Psylloglyphus Fain 1966, Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 73: 161. Type species
P. uilenbergi Fain.
Psylloglyphus (Psylloglyphus) foveolatus sp. n.
Material examined. All hypopi, phoretic on Pygiopsylla hoplia
Jordan and Rothschild in Australia (Pygiopsyllidae) from Rattus
rattus (L.) (Muridae) caught on a farm 12 km S of Launceston, Tas.,
13.xi.1977, R.W.M.
Holotype (No. J2664) and five paratypes in Tasmanian Museum,
Hobart; five paratypes in Queensland Museum, Brisbane; 10 paratypes
in Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels. Most
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
paratypes are macerated and in rather bad condition.
Abbreviations: vi — vertical internal; ve — vertical external; sci —
scapular internal; sce = scapular external; scx = supracoxal; d/ to d5
= dorsal 1 to dorsal 5; // to /5 = lateral 1 to lateral 5; Л = humeral;
sh — subhumeral.
Hypopus
Holotype 138um long, 93um wide; five paratypes 145um x 99um,
141ит x 96um, 138um x 97um, 135um x 99um and 128um x 75um.
Dorsum (Fig. 1): Anterior angle of propodonotum with poorly
developed reticulum, posterior part with small irregular pits medially.
Hysteronotum almost completely pitted. АП the setae are thin. Setae
vi Пит long; setae sci бит long; setae sce about 8um long, set closely
behind scx, the latter 124m long; dl to d5 and [1 and /2 Sum to Вит
long. Venter (Fig. 2): Epimera I and II thin, I fused into narrow
sternum. — Suctorial plate 35um wide; anterior suckers бит in
0,025 mm
Fig. 1. Psylloglyphus foveolatus, hypopus: idiosoma in dorsal view.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 45
diameter, posterior ones Тит. Setae h, sh, 13 and /4 are 5-8um long
and set ventrad; /5 12um long. Palposoma (Fig. 3): Typical for genus.
Legs (Figs 4-8): Tarsi I-III with small claws 3.6um long, its peduncle
8.5um long (from tip of tarsus to base of claw); tarsus IV ending ina
Figs 2-3. Psylloglyphus foveolatus, hypopus: (2) in ventral view; (3)
palposoma enlarged.
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
long strong seta; tarsi I-IV 15ит, 124m, 9.5um and Тит long
respectively. Chaetotaxy: Tarsi I and II with six setae (two foliate,
three simple and one spoonlike); tarsus III with eight setae (six foliate,
one apical narrowly membranous and one simple posteroapical 20um-
25um long); tarsus IV with six setae (three foliate and three simple,
including one long strong apical, one shorter and thinner, and one
much shorter). Solenidia: On tarsus I w/ Пит long, w2 2.6um and
w3 18ит; on tibia I Фф 45um; on genu I ø бит; on tarsus П wl 9.5 um;
on tibia II ¢ 23um (data for leg setation and solenidia applying to
holotype and paratypes).
l——— }
0,025 mm
Figs 4-8. Psylloglyphus foveolatus, hypopus: (4) genu, tibia and
tarsus of leg I in dorsal view; (5) tarsus I in ventral view; (6) tibia and
tarsus II in dorsal view; (7) tarsus III in ventral view; (8) tarsus IV in
ventral view.
This new species is distinguished from all others in the genus by a
combination of three characters: body size small; dorsum reticulate in
its anterior angle but irregularly pitted elsewhere; and tarsi I and II
with a spoonlike seta.
Acknowledgements
We wish to acknowledge the assistance of Dr R. Domrow, Queensland
Museum and Ms S. Leighton in the preparation of this report
References
FAIN, A. and BEAUCOURNU, J.C., 1986. Un nouvel hypope Psylloglyphus
(Tetrapsyllopus) micronychus subg. et spec. nov. phoretique sur une puce sudamericaine
(Acarina: Astigmata). Acarologia 27: 257-261.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2) 47
А POSITIVE LOCALITY RECORD FOR LEPIDIOTA CONTIGUA
BRITTON (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE
MELOLONTHINAE)
К.І. STOREY! and Р.С. ALLSOPP?
! Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 1054, Mareeba, Qld,
4880
?Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg,
Old, 4670
Abstract
Lepidiota contigua Britton is recorded from Windsor Tableland, northern Queensland.
Introduction
Most of the 57 Australian species of Lepidiota Kirby occur in coastal
Queensland and the northern half of the Northern Territory (Britton
1978, 1985; Allsopp 1989). The distribution of L. contigua Britton
has been uncertain, being known only from two males with the
imprecise locality data of ‘Australia’ (holotype) and ‘Queensland’
(paratype). Britton (1978) speculated that L. contigua occurred in
northern Queensland and the records below confirm this.
New records
QUEENSLAND: Windsor Tableland, via Mt Carbine (16°27’S 145°15’E): 18, 12.1.1980,
К.І. Storey; 18, 27-28.1.1980, К.І. Storey апа N. Gough; 1388, 26.х1.1983-24.1.1984,
Storey and Halfpapp. In QDPI, Mareeba and P.G. Allsopp collection, Bundaberg.
The locality is an area of closed forest described as simple microphyll
vine-fern forest (Tracey and Webb 1975) located 42 km NW of
Mossman. Identification of the specimens was confirmed by one of
us (Allsopp) by comparison with the paratype. Large numbers were
seen flying at dusk on 12.1.1980, though none was attracted to a black
light fluorescent tube operated at the time. The larger series was
taken in malaise and flight intercept traps.
References
ALLSOPP, P.G., 1989. Two new species of Lepidiota Kirby (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae) from Australia with notes on L. noxia Britton. Journal
of the Australian Entomological Society 28: 39-43.
BRITTON, E.B., 1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae). Vol. 2. Tribe Melolonthini. Australian Journal of Zoology,
Supplementary Series 60: 1-150.
BRITTON, E.B., 1985. Lepidiota noxia sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae), a pest of sugarcane in Queensland. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 24: 117-119.
TRACEY, J.G. and WEBB, L.J., 1985. ‘Key to the vegetation of the humid tropical
region of north Queensland, plus 15 maps at 1:100 000 scale.' CSIRO Division of Plant
Industry, Canberra.
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (2)
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
ABLIN, M.P.
(1988). A new larval host record (family Periplocaceae) for three Lepidoptera in
northern Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 85-86.
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I.
(1984). Milkweed butterflies, their cladistics and biology, being an account of the
natural history of the Danainae, a subfamily of the Lepidoptera,
Nymphalidae. Pp. i-x, 1-425, pls 1-73. British Museum (Natural History):
London.
ALLSOPP, P.G.
(1988). Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. nov., a new ruteline from south Queensland
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 25: 255-258.
(1989). Two new species of Lepidiota Kirby (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) from Australia with notes on L. noxia Britton. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 28: 39-43.
ANDERSEN, A.N.
(1984). Community organization of ants in the Victorian mallee. Victorian Nat. 101:
248-251.
(1988). Immediate and long-term effects of fire on seed predation by ants in
sclerophyllous vegetation in south-eastern Australia. Aust. J. Ecol. 13: 285-
293.
(1989). Predispersal seed loses to insects in species of Leptospermum. (Myrtaceae).
Aust. J. Ecol. 14: 13-18.
ATKINS, A.F.
(1984a). Notes and records for some butterflies from eastern Australia, 1980-84. Vict.
Ent. 14: 26-29.
(1984b). A note from Newcastle. [Lepidoptera] Vict. Ent. 14: 59.
(1988). The life histories of Pasma tasmanica (Miskin) and Toxidia rietmanni
(Semper) (Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Aust. ent. Mag. 14: 93-97.
(19893). The autumn of 1989 a favourable season for eastern NSW butterflies. Vict.
Ent. 19: 58.
(1989b). A description of the egg of Antipodia chaostola (Meyrick) (Hesperiidae:
Trapezitinae). Vict. Ent. 19: 59.
AWAN, M.S.
(1988). Development and mating behaviour of Oecalia schellenbergii (Guérin-
Méneville) and Cermatulus nasalis (Westwood) (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 183-187.
BADONNEL, A. and LIENHARD, C.
(1988). Révision de la famille des Mesopsocidae (Insecta: Psocoptera). Bull. Mus.
natn. Hist. nat., Paris (A) 10: 375-412.
BAEHR, M.
(1984). Pogonus nigrescens sp. n. from north Queensland, (Coleoptera: Carabidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 81-84.
(1987a). Clivina demarzi spec. nov., a new flightless Clivina from the Northern
Territory of Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Scaratinae). Spixiana
10: 187-190.
(1987b). А review of the Australian tachyine beetles of the subgenera Tachyura
Motschoulsky and Sphaerotachys Müller, with a special regard to the tropical
fauna (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Bembidiinae). Spixiana 10: 225-269.
(1989). Review of the Australian Ochteridae (Insecta, Heteroptera). Spixiana 11: 111-
126.
BALDERSON, J.
(1988). Acromantis australis Saussure (Mantodea: Hymenopodidae: Acromantinae): a
new family and subfamily record for Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 81-84.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
WANTED. Secondhand timber insect cabinets, any size. Will
consider any condition. R. Lachlan, 8 Mansion Road, Bellevue
Hill, N.S.W., 2023. Phone (02) 327 4545 (night or day).
WANTED. Copy of Butterflies of South East Asian islands. Vol. 2.
Pieridae and Danaidae. K. Moishita and O. Yata. English edn.
M. Moulds, 16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W., 2077.
EXCHANGE. Butterflies, moths and beetles. F.G. Sattler, 3A New
Farm Road, West Pennant Hills, N.S.W., 2120. Phone (02) 84
2910.
WANTED. Mercury vapour lamp, 160 watt, clear glass, that does not
require choke. F.G. Sattler, ЗА New Farm Road, West
Pennant Hills, N.S.W., 2120. Ph. (02) 84 2910.
FOR SALE. Back issues of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
N.S.W. Back issues of most volumes are available including
some rare, leatherbound copies of early volumes. For further
information contact the Secretary, Linnean Society of N.S.W.,
P.O. Box 457, Milsons Point, N.S.W., 2061. Ph. (02) 929 0253
(office open Tuesdays only).
EXCHANGE. Offer rare dynastids (Coleoptera) (Dynastes satanas,
Megasoma vogti, Eupatorus birmanicus) and/or other
Coleoptera (Titanus giganteus, Hypocephalus armatus) in
exchange for uncommon Australian dynastids. DE RD
Dechambre, 13 Bd St Marcel, 75013 Paris, France.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
АП papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be acceped.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 16, Part 2, 28 July 1989
CONTENTS
FAIN, A. and MASON, R.W. A new heteromorphic
deutonymph (Acari: Winterschmidtiidae) phoretic on the flea
Pygiopsylla hoplia Jordan and Rothschild in Australia. 43
LEPSCHI, B.J. A preliminary note on the food of Imblattella
orchidae Asahina (Blattodea: Blattellidae). 41
STOREY, К.І. апа ALLSOPP, Р.С. A positive locality record
for Lepidiota contigua Britton (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae). 47
YEATES, D.K., SOUZA LOPES, H. de and MONTEITH,
G.B. A commensal sarcophagid (Diptera: Sarcophagidae) in
Nepenthes mirabilis (Nepenthaceae) pitchers in Australia. 33
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 9
(pp. 133-148): Elateridae; Lampyridae; Cantharidae; Lycidae;
Dermestidae; Ptinidae; Bostrychidae; Trogossitidae;
Cleridae. centre liftout
BOOK REVIEWS — Dragonflies and Bumblebees 40
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels. 48
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES. inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
rimini
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 16, Part 3, 16 Oct 1989
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $6.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
А520.00 per annum.
Please note that personal cheques in currency other than Australian
dollars should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members'
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri (Macleay), design by Sybil Monteith.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 49
REVIEW OF DACTYLOSTERNUM WOLLASTON SPECIES OF
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND (COLEOPTERA:
HYDROPHILIDAE)
ALFRED F. NEWTON, JR.
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A., 60605
Abstract
Three species of the large terrestrial hydrophilid genus Dactylosternum Wollaston are
reported from Australia and New Zealand, keys are provided to distinguish the species
and separate the genus from allied sympatric genera, and distribution maps are given for
each species in the Australian region. D. abdominale (Fabricius), a nearly cosmopolitan
species that had not been confirmed from Australia previously, has probably been
introduced into Australia and New Zealand in this century and is now widespread in
synanthropic habitats. The Indo-Malayan species D. dytiscoides (Fabricius) may be
indigenous to northern Queensland. D. marginale (Sharp), the only species restricted to
the Australian region, was first described over a century ago from Auckland, New
Zealand, but evidence presented here suggests that it is actually endemic to eastern
Australia; it has probably been introduced into New Zealand and perhaps Norfolk
Island in historical times.
Introduction
In the southern temperate regions, as also in most of the tropics, little
recent work has been done on the Staphyliniformia and the fauna is
very poorly known. Among the least studied members of this group is
the primarily terrestrial hydrophilid subfamily Sphaeridiinae. In
Australia, for example, only seven genera have been recorded, but at
least 16 genera (several of them still unnamed) are represented in
collections, and the discrepancy at the species level is even greater.
This note summarizes new information for the Australian and New
Zealand species of one of the named genera, Dactylosternum
Wollaston. This genus is not treated in recent regional reviews of
Australian Coleoptera (Matthews 1982, Moore 1984). The study was
prompted by a request from G. Kuschel for identification of an odd
specimen of Dactylosternum from New Zealand.
Materials
Specimens used in this study were examined by loan or during visits to
the following institutions (referred to hereafter by the indicated
abbreviations):
Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra (ANIC);
Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu (BPBM); Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago (FMNH); Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge MA, USA (MCZ); Museum of Victoria,
Abbotsford (MV); National Museum of Natural History, Washington
DC, USA (USNM); New Zealand Arthropod Collection, DSIR,
Auckland (NZAC); South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM)
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Tribe Sphaeridiini
In a worldwide (but still unpublished) generic revision and
phylogenetic analysis of Sphaeridiinae, Malcolm (1981) includes
Dactylosternum as one of 17 genera of the tribe Sphaeridiini and
provides a key to these genera and a description of each genus.
Smetana (1978) also provides a recent and well-illustrated account of
the North American species of the subfamily, including three species
of Dactylosternum. The genera of Sphaeridiini may be distinguished
from other hydrophilids by the combination of: base of antenna
hidden from above by expanded antero-lateral margin of head, which
extends nearly to outer edge of eye (Fig. 3); and basal segment of hind
tarsus at least as long as second segment (Fig. 6). Four genera of
Sphaeridiini (Dactylosternum, Sphaeridium Fabricius, Coelostoma
Brullé and an undescribed genus) occur in Australia, and the first two
of these also occur in New Zealand. These genera may be
distinguished by the following key.
Key to genera of Sphaeridiini of Australia and New Zealand
1. Elytron with 10 punctate striae or rows of punctures, at least
onibasalj2/38 ы еее Sed p Rea PNIS T TI IR 2
Elytron at most with partial stria along suture, otherwise
eyenlyatinelygpunctateg cT 3
2. Mesocoxae distinctly separated by raised pentagonal
mesosternal intercoxal process (Fig. 5)........... Dactylosternum
Wollaston
Mesosternum carinate posteriorly, mesocoxae subcontiguous
ПИ РОВ а атай ва (undescribed genus and species)
3. Scutellum less than twice as long as its basal width;
mesocoxae distinctly separated by raised pentagonal
mesosternal intercoxal process (Fig. 5) ....... Coelostoma Brullé
Scutellum more than twice as long as its basal width;
mesosternum with rounded elevation posteriorly, mesocoxae
lessiseparated УЧИ и а ER Sphaeridium Fabricius
Genus Dactylosternum Wollaston
Dactylosternum includes about 65 species worldwide, most of them
tropical in distribution. The species commonly inhabit decaying
organic matter of various kinds, including rotting fruit and cacti,
decaying logs, and similar substances, especially in the fermentation
stage of decay (Smetana 1978). No comprehensive revision or key to
species has been published, and immature stages and details of the
biology are not known for any members of the genus.
| Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 5]
Figs 1-2. Known distribution in Australian region of Dactylosternum
spp.: (1) D. abdominale (ө) and D. dytiscoides (Œ); (2) D. marginale
(ө).
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Key to Dactylosternum species of Australia and New Zealand
1. Body red except for elytra, which are dark brown to black;
size larger, at least 5 mm long; elytron with rows of large
punctures but without impressed striae ..... dytiscoides (Fabricius)
Body dark brown to black; size smaller, less than 5 mm
long; elytron with impressed and punctate striae .............. 2
2. Prosternum with small acuminate apical projection; basal
segment of metatarsus longer than segments 2-3 combined;
aedeagus with parameres greatly expanded apically (Smetana
1978: Figs 23, 24, 22 respectively)........ abdominale (Fabricius)
Prosternum with large, complex, laterally foveate apical
projection (Fig. 4); basal segment of metatarsus scarcely
longer than segment 2 (Fig. 6); aedeagus with parameres
narrowed apically (Fig. 7)................... marginale (Sharp)
Dactylosternum abdominale (Fabricius)
D. abdominale, often cited by the synonymous name D. insulare
(Laporte), is the most widespread and common species of the genus.
It occurs in nearly all areas with tropical climates, including most
tropical islands of the Pacific, New Caledonia and New Guinea, and
this species also extends into warm temperate areas of Europe, Japan
and the United States (Balfour-Browne 1945; d'Orchymont 1925,
1928; Smetana 1978). This extraordinarily broad distribution has been
attributed in large part to repeated human-influenced introductions in
historical times (d'Orchymont 1925, Smetana 1978), but the original
distribution of the species remains doubtful and published
documentation of its spread is scanty. The species occurs commonly
in all kinds of decaying organic matter, including compost heaps, cow
and chicken manure and other synanthropic habitats. Such habits
suggest how individuals might have spread with human commerce. D.
abdominale is described in detail and extensively illustrated by
Smetana (1978).
D. abdominale was first recorded from Australia by d'Orchymont
(1925), who gave no specific locality, but later (d'Orchymont 1928,
1937) he mentioned "Queensland". Apparently there are no other
published records from Australia (Todd 1961). I have seen numerous
collections of D. abdominale from Australia, the earliest dated
collection being from 1929 (see below). These collections clearly
indicate that the species is well established and very widespread in
Australia (Fig. 1). With the exception of one collection from "poultry
manure”, there are no data on exact circumstances of capture. D.
abdominale has not been recovered during extensive collections made
in recent years in natural habitats adjacent to the cities and towns in
which it has been found. It is likely from this limited information
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 53
that the species has become established in Australia since the early
part of this century and is synanthropic, but further information is
needed on its habitat in Australia.
D'Orchymont (1925, 1928, 1937) drew special attention to the fact
that D. abdominale was absent from New Zealand. It was
subsequently reported from near Auckland in 1960 (Todd 1961), but
collections from this area had been made as early as 1940 (see below).
D. abdominale is now relatively common in the greater Auckland
area, and has also been found near Te Awamutu, Rotorua, Whangarei
and Nelson (Fig. 1). АП of the 21 New Zealand collections bearing
detailed data were made in synanthropic microhabitats in residential
areas. The species has not been found under natural conditions in
New Zealand. Thus D. abdominale is evidently a recent introduction
to New Zealand and is strictly synanthropic there.
Material examined
AUSTRALIA: AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 1, Monash, 11.1.1987, W.
Dressler (ANIC); 1, Weston, 28.vi.1973, T. Bellas (ANIC). QUEENSLAND: l, no
further data (MV); 2, Brisbane (MV, SAM); 4, Brisbane, Illidge (ANIC); 2, Brisbane,
vii.1933, J. G. Brooks (ANIC); 4, Cairns, vi.1946, N. L. H. Krauss (USNM); 3, Cairns
district, A. M. Lea (SAM); 1, Mackay (MV); 1, Townsville, G. F. Hill (SAM).
VICTORIA: 1, Black Rock, v.1929, J. C. Goudie (MV); 3, Burnley, ii.1981, poultry
manure (ANIC); 1, East Warburton, 17.11.1976, A. Neboiss (MV); 1, Marysville, F. E.
Wilson (MV). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1, Adelaide (SAM). WESTERN AUSTRALIA:
1, Swan River, J. Clark (MV).
NEW ZEALAND [all in NZAC except as noted; two-letter regional codes after Crosby
et al. 1976]: AK: 1, Epsom, 30.x.1947, K. A. J. Wise; 1, Henderson, 3.iii.1956, K. A.
J. Wise, in poultry droppings tray; 17, Karaka, 9.11.1960, D. H. Todd, in ensilage; 3,
Kumeu, 21.vi.1975, J. C. Watt, in fowl manure; 45, Lynfield, Mt. Roskill, G. Kuschel
(11, 211.1975, from soil around dead sheep under Acacia mearnsii grove; 1, 14.11.1975,
in week old lawn clippings with fermenting peaches; 4, 23.11.1975, on fermenting fruit;
2, 31.11.1975, from straw, dung, feed of chicken coop; 2, 21.vi.1975, in straw, manure,
feed from floor of hen house; 1, 20.xii.1975, in garden compost; 8, 24.iv.1976, in
compost bin; 5, 5.vi.1976, in compost bin; 1, 12.vi.1976, in compost bin; 5, 19.vi.1976,
in compost bin; 2, 17.vii.1976, in compost bin; 1, 4.iii.1978; 2, 14.xii.1980, in chicken
yard); 1, Mangere, 18.11.1951, К. P. Lamb; 2, Mt. Albert, 17.x.1959, B. M. May, in
compost; 1, Owairaka, 4.ix.1940, D. Spiller, under sacking; 1, Owairaka, 27.iii.1958, K.
A. J. Wise, under sacking on ground; 1, Remuera, 7.xii.1948, S. A. Rumsey; 1,
Titirangi, 11.11.1979, P. A. Maddison, in flight; 1, Titirangi, 23.iv.1975, N. A. Martin.
BP: 4, Rotorua, 22.iv.1984, R. Hume, in enchytraeid worm culture. ND: 2,
Glenbervie Forest, near Whangarei, 14.iv.1960, C. У. O'Brien (BPBM). NN: 1,
Nelson City, 23.11.1966, J. С. Watt, on window of building.
Dactylosternum dytiscoides (Fabricius)
This very distinctive, bi-coloured species is widespread in the Indo-
Malayan region from Sri Lanka to New Guinea, New Britain, Aru
and Woodlark Island (Knisch 1924, d'Orchymont 1926, 1928). It was
first reported from Australia by Blackburn (1898) who described one
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
or more specimens as a new species, Cyclonotum cowleyi, from
Cairns, northern Queensland. The synonymy of C. cowleyi with D,
dytiscoides was established by d'Orchymont (1926), based on a
specimen of C. cowleyi from Cairns named by A. M. Lea. Р.
dytiscoides was described, partially illustrated and differentiated in a
key from other Oriental species by d'Orchymont (1913).
In addition to the specimens from Cairns:mentioned by Blackburn
(1898) and d'Orchymont (1926), I am aware of one other collection of
D. dytiscoides from Australia (see below, and Fig. 1). Because this
species is continuously and presumably naturally distributed through
the island of New Guinea and other areas immediately to the north of
Australia, it seems likely that its occurrence in northern Queensland is
also natural, but further records are needed to confirm that the species
is established in Australia and what its habits and habitat are. А
series of specimens from New Guinea were collected from the "rotting
tip of a felled betel nut palm" (8, Irian Jaya, "Hollandia" [now
Jayapura], 250 ft., rainforest, 4.VI.1945, H. Hoogstraal (FMNH)).
Material examined
AUSTRALIA: QUEENSLAND: 3, Normanton (MCZ).
Dactylosternum marginale (Sharp)
This species was originally described from Auckland, New Zealand, as
Cyclonotum marginale (Sharp 1876). Not long after, Sharp (1884)
commented on some distinctive structures of this species (relatively
short basal segment of hind tarsus, convex orbicular form) which he
thought might require the separation of this and a few similar species
from Cyclonotum and Dactylosternum. He concluded with the
comment that "C. marginale is an Australian insect, and has
apparently been found in New Zealand only about Auckland”, but
gave no Australian records or references. This comment seems to
have been overlooked or dismissed by subsequent authors with the
exception of Hudson (1934), who placed an asterisk (indicating an
introduced species) before this name in his checklist of New Zealand
Coleoptera. The species was transferred to Dactylosternum by
d’Orchymont (1919), who felt that the characters used by Sharp (1884)
to suggest generic distinctness were of little value. Knisch (1924) and
d'Orchymont (1925) list only New Zealand for the distribution of D.
marginale, and d’Orchymont (1937) lists it as endemic to North
Island, New Zealand. The species has apparently not yet been
formally recorded from Australia or elsewhere outside of Auckland.
D. marginale is actually widespread in eastern Australia, from
southern New South Wales to northern Queensland (see below, and
Fig. 2). Australian collections with detailed data are from native
moist tropical, subtropical and warm temperate forests, and specimens
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 55
Figs 3-7. Structures of Dactylosternum marginale (male, Minnamurra
Falls): (3) head capsule, dorsal view, basal segment of right antenna
shown; (4) prothorax, ventral view, coxae removed; (5) meso- and
metathorax, ventral view, right coxae and metapleuron removed; (6)
right metatarsus, dorsal view, setae not shown; (7) aedeagus, dorsal.
Scale bars equal 0.1 mm.
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
have been found mainly in association with decaying logs. Although I
have not seen collections dated earlier than 1904 from Australia,
Sharp's (1884) statement and the available habitat information
strongly suggest that the occurrence of this species in Australia is
natural, and I conclude that the species is indigenous to Australia.
A very recent collection of D. marginale has been made on Norfolk
Island (see below), but details of capture are not recorded. It is not
clear if this represents a recent introduction from Australia or a
natural occurrence of the species.
G. Kuschel's recently collected specimen (see below) and the original
type of the species are the only New Zealand collections known to me.
Both collections were made in the Auckland metropolitan area, and at
least the later one in a synanthropic habitat. The species has not been
found under natural conditions during more than a century of
intensive collecting throughout New Zealand. Evidently the Auckland
records represent an early introduction (or perhaps more than one
introduction) of D. marginale to New Zealand from Australia,
possibly via Norfolk Island.
D. marginale is unique among about two dozen examined species of
Dactylosternum in the structure of the mid-prosternal apex (Fig. 4),
but in all other respects appears to fit the concept of the genus
provided by Smetana (1978) and Malcolm (1981). Some diagnostic
structures of this species are shown in Figs. 3-7. Most specimens of
D. marginale in the South Australian Museum were identified as D.
abdominale by A. M. Lea, and may have been distributed by Lea
under that name, but one specimen from Swan River was correctly
named by Lea as D. abdominale.
Material examined
AUSTRALIA: NEW SOUTH WALES: 4, Dorrigo (SAM); 4, Dorrigo, Griffith Colln.
(SAM); 1, Dorrigo N. P., 700 m, 11.vii.1978, S. & J. Peck, rotten logs & fungi (ANIC);
1, Dorrigo N. P., east end Blackbutt Track, 710 m, 28.ii-5.iii.1980, A. Newton & M.
Thayer, window trap 589 (USNM); 31, Minnamurra Falls, 10 km west of Kiama, 200 m,
11.vi.1978, S. & J. Peck, frass under bark (ANIC); 1, Sydney (SAM); 2, Sydney,
Brooklana, 1925, W. W. Froggatt, hoop pine (ANIC); 1, Wiangaree S. F., Brindle
Creek, 28?23'S, 153?03'E, 740 m, 29.ii-3.iii.1980, A. Newton & M. Thayer, window
trap 592 (USNM). QUEENSLAND: 3, no further data (SAM); 3, Bunya Mtns., 3 km
from summit on Kingaroy Rd., 26°50’S, 151?33'E, 6.i.1970, Britton, Holloway, Misko,
light trap in Nothofagus forest (ANIC); 4, Lake Barrine, 17°15’S, 145°38’E, 14.ix.1965,
R. S. Angus (ANIC); 1, Lake Barrine, 750 m, 29.vii.1982, S. & J. Peck, bark & fungus
litter (ANIC); 2, Lamington N. P., Binna Burra, 900 m, 23.vi.1978, S. & J. Peck, rotten
bark litter (ANIC); 1, Lamington М. Р., O'Reillys, 28°14’S, 153°08’E, 22-27.x.1978,
Lawrence & Weir, under bark rotten logs (ANIC); 3, Millaa Millaa, Atherton Tab.,
2500 ft., iv.1932, Darlington (MCZ); 6, Mt. Lewis Road, 7 M. above Bushy Creek,
25.v.1969, Brooks & Neboiss, under bark of wet log (ANIC); 2, Mt. Tambourine, A.
M. Lea (SAM); 1, Witches Falls N. P., Tamborine Mt., 27°56’S, 153°11’E, 21.x.1978,
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 57
Lawrence & Weir, under bark (ANIC). State uncertain:
(MV).
NEW ZEALAND: 1, AK, Lynfield, Tropicana Drive, 24.iv.1976, G. Kuschel, compost
bin (NZAC).
NORFOLK ISLAND: 1, Norfolk Island N. P., Mt. Bates, 300 m, 21.iii.1984, E. D.
Edwards (ANIC).
1, Windsor, Hood, vii.1904
Acknowledgements
I thank the following individuals for providing access to specimens
used in this study: G. Kuschel (NZAC); J. F. Lawrence (ANIC); E.
G. Matthews (SAM); S. E. Miller (BPBM); A. Neboiss (MV); and P.
J. Spangler (USNM). I especially thank Dr. Kuschel for providing
detailed records on the occurrence of Dactylosternum in New Zealand.
Grants from the National Geographic Society, Australian Biological
Resources Study and American Philosophical Society, and logistical
aid from CSIRO Division of Entomology, helped support relevant
field work and museum visits. I also thank M. K. Thayer, J. S. Ashe,
G. Kuschel and two anonymous reviewers for useful comments on the
manuscript.
References
BALFOUR-BROWNE, J., 1945. Aquatic Coleoptera of Oceania (Dytiscidae,
Gyrinidae, and Palpicornia). Occasional Papers of Bernice P. Bishop Museum 18: 103-
132.
BLACKBURN, T., 1898. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with description of
new genera and species, XXIV. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia
22: 221-233.
CROSBY, T. K., DUGDALE, J. S. and WATT, J. C., 1976. Recording specimen
localities in New Zealand: ап arbitrary system of areas and codes defined. New
Zealand Journal of Zoology, 3: 69.
HUDSON, G. V., 1934. New Zealand beetles and their larvae. Ferguson & Osborn,
Wellington. 236 pp.
KNISCH, A., 1924. Hydrophilidae. In Schenkling, S. (ed.), Coleopterorum Catalogus,
Pars 79. W. Junk, Berlin. 306 pp.
MALCOLM, S. E., 1981. A phylogeny and classification of the Sphaeridiinae
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Unpublished Ph. D. thesis, University of Connecticut,
Storrs, Connecticut. 206 pp.
MATTHEWS, E. G., 1982. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 2.
South Australian Museum, Adelaide. 64 pp.
MOORE, B. P., 1984. A guide to the beetles of south-eastern Australia. Fascicle 6, pp.
85-100. Australian Entomological Press, Greenwich, N. S. W.
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1913. Н. Sauter's Formosa-Ausbeute: Hydrophilidae (Col.).
Supplementa Entomologica 2: 1-18.
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1919. Contribution à l'étude des sous-familles des Sphaeridiinae
et des Hydrophilinae (Col. Hydrophilidae). Annales de la Société Entomologique de
France 88: 105-168.
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1925. Contribution à l'étude des Hydrophilides III. Bulletin ег
Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique 65: 261-295.
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1926. Notes on Philippine Hydrophilidae. Philippine Journal of
Science 30: 361-385.
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1928. Catalogue of Indian Insects. Part 14 - Palpicornia,
Government of India Cent. Publ. Branch, Calcutta. 146 pp.
d'ORCHYMONT, A., 1937. Check list of the Palpicornia of Oceania (Coleoptera,
Polyphaga). Occasional Papers of Bernice P. Bishop Museum 13: 147-160.
SHARP, D., 1876. Descriptions of some new genera and species of New Zealand
Coleoptera. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 13: 20-28.
SHARP, D., 1884. Revision of the Hydrophilidae of New Zealand. Transactions ој
the Entomological Society of London 1884: 465-480.
SMETANA, A., 1978. Revision of the Sphaeridiinae of America north of Mexico
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Canada 105: 1-
292.
TODD, D. H., 1961. First record of the occurrence of Dactylosternum abdominale (F.)
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) in New Zealand. New Zealand Entomologist 2(6): 25-27.
BOOK NOTICE
Insect Delight — A Life's Journey. J.W. Evans. 1989. 224 pp,
illustrated by Faith Evans. Price $16.50 plus $3.50 postage and
packaging. Available from Brolga Press, P.O. Box 335, Curtin,
A.C.T., 2605.
This enchanting autobiography weaves the threads of the author's
delight in insects with many other threads in a busy and fulfilling life.
John Evans was born in India and brought up in England. After
completing his education he migrated to Australia and joined the
CSIR, later to become the CSIRO, soon after the former was founded
in the 1920's. Subsequently he held a succession of scientific and
senior administrative posts in Australia and in England, where he
returned during World War II.
In 1954 he was appointed Director of The Australian Museum in
Sydney, of which he is now Director Emeritus. He retired at the age
of 60 to devote himself fully to research, particularly on leafhoppers,
on which he is an international authority.
The book is illustrated by his wife, Faith, a daughter of the well
known entomologist, Dr R.J. Tillyard FRS, and a scientist in her own
right.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 59
THE LIFE HISTORY OF LIBYTHEA GEOFFROY NICEVILLEI
OLLIFF (LEPIDOPTERA: LIBYTHEIDAE)
S.J. JOHNSON! and P.S. VALENTINE?
1P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
?Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, Old,
4811
Abstract
The life history of Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff is described and brief comments on
adult and larval behaviour are presented. The host plant Celtis paniculata (Endl.)
Planch. (Ulmaceae) is recorded for the first time.
Introduction
Libythea geoffroy Godart is the sole representative of the Libytheidae
occurring in Australia. Little is known of its habits and biology
although observations have been made on L. g. genia Waterhouse
from north-western Australia (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The
eastern Australian subspecies L. g. nicevillei Olliff has rarely been
encountered.
During a trip to Mt White near Coen, Cape York Peninsula, in
January 1988, the authors observed numerous adults of both sexes
and discovered the life history.
Life History
Food plant. Celtis paniculata (Endl.) Planch. (Ulmaceae).
Egg (Fig. 1). Pale cream, bullet shaped, micropyle flat, and
surrounded by 10 - 11 projecting flanges, each of which gives rise to a
serrated vertical rib running the length of the egg; each major rib
becomes bifurcated or trifurcated; fine striations between the ribs;
0.65 mm high and 0.4 mm wide laid singly on a young bud deep
within an axil or occasionally in a small crack in a twig of the host
plant. Duration 2-3 days.
Larva (Fig. 2). Ist instar: head dark brown, body cylindrical, pale
green and covered in fine pubescence; legs and prolegs black; length 1
mm. 2nd instar: similar to 1st instar but head becoming pale green
with ocelli and clypeus black. 3rd instar: head and body pale yellow
green; ocelli and mandibles black; a broad ventrolateral brown line; a
prominent lateral yellow line; ventral surface white; body covered in
fine hairs. 4th-5th instars: head with basal two thirds black and
sharply demarcated from pale yellow dorsal one third; thoracic and
terminal abdominal segments yellowish; remainder of body greenish
black and covered in fine hairs; anal plate with a triangular brown
patch; each segment with a transverse row of small silver spots;
ventral surface white and visible laterally as a series of prominent
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
white patches antero-dorsally to the prolegs; a pale yellow lateral line
faintly edged white. Larval duration 11 - 13 days.
Pupa (Fig. 3). Pale green or occasionally pale brown; suspended by
the cremaster at an acute angle beneath a leaf of the host plant;
thorax with a bulbous protrusion dorsally bearing a yellow ridge; a
prominent yellow line along the margin of the wing cases апа
encircling the pupa anteriorly; a fine yellow line dorsally from
cremaster to line around wing cases; length 15 mm, width 6 mm,
Pupal duration 7 - 8 days.
Notes
The larvae fed on juvenile foliage, and at rest, small larvae adopted a
characteristic sigmoid shape remaining attached by the posterior two
pairs of prolegs and having the body arched backwards with the head
and thorax deflexed to touch the first pair of prolegs. Larger larvae
remained more horizontal, attached by all prolegs but with the thorax
and head arched vertically. When disturbed, the larvae flung
themselves from the plant and dropped to the ground where they
thrashed violently for several seconds before becoming motionless.
They remained attached to the plant by a strong silk thread and when
the disturbance had ceased, regained their position on the host plant
by ascending the silk thread using forelegs and mouthparts. Pupae
also lashed about vigorously when disturbed. First and early second
instar larvae taken on Mt White were heavily parasitised by an
unidentified tachinid fly. Several newly hatched larvae were offered
fresh foliage of Cryptocarya triplinervis R.Br. (Lauraceae) but they
did not feed and died.
Adult males exhibited aggressive territorial behaviour in selected
clearings in the vicinity of the host plant. They rested on exposed
twigs 4 - 6 metres above the ground and vigourously pursued most
butterflies entering the clearings and then returned to rest on the same
twigs. Over a three day period, many males were taken from these
clearings and it was noted that successive males in a clearing often
rested on the same twig that the previous males had used. Adult
females were almost continuously engaged in oviposition and rarely
left the host plant. The tiny eggs were inserted deep within axils on
young buds and were difficult to see without the aid of a hand lens.
The adults remained on the wing throughout the day and were not
encountered in shaded areas.
Discussion
The finding of C. paniculata as the host plant of L. g. nicevillei in
Australia is not surprising as throughout the world Libytheidae feed
exclusively on plants in the family Ulmaceae (Brown and Heineman
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
СА 159
Figs 1-3. Life history of Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff. (1) egg,
lateral view; (2) mature larva, lateral view; (3) pupa, lateral view.
Scale bars (1) = 0.1 mm; (2),(3) = 10 mm.
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
1972, Ackery 1984). Some earlier texts list Urticaceae as host plants
but these records refer to Celtis spp. which were formerly included in
Urticaceae. The report of Carver (see D'Abrera 1977) of Cryptocarya
(Lauraceae) and Ротепа pinnata Forst. and Forst.f. (Sapindaceae) as
host plants of L. geoffroy in Papua New Guinea is the only record of
Libytheidae feeding on plants other than Ulmaceae. Our larvae did
not eat Cryptocarya triplinervis casting some doubt on these records.
In northern Queensland, C. paniculata occurs predominantly in dry
vine thickets (A. K. Irvine, pers. comm.). This habitat has not been
extensively collected, which may account for the paucity of records of
L. g. nicevillei. Coleman (1953) recorded a single female L. 2.
nicevillei from Magnetic Island but this record was not confirmed
until recently. One of us (SJJ) has sighted the specimen, now in the
Queensland Museum, Townsville, and confirmed the identity. It is of
interest that Coleman reported sighting the female flying around a
single tree on one day and returning on a subsequent day to take it as
it flew around the same tree. It is possible that the tree was C.
paniculata as this plant is known to occur on Magnetic Island (Jackes
1987).
The very small size of the egg and the heavy parasitism encountered in
this observation may indicate high fecundity in female L. g. nicevillei.
A consequence of such a reproductive strategy would be that adults
could be locally common at times.
The resting posture and defence strategy of larval L. g. nicevillei are
unusual among butterfly larvae in Australia and should aid in the
recognition of this species in the field.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank Dr. A.K. Irvine, CSIRO, Atherton for his
information and assistance with plant identification.
References
ACKERY, P.R., 1984. Systematic and faunistic studies on butterflies. Рр. 9-21. In
Vane-Wright, R.I. and Ackery, P.R. (eds), The biology of butterflies. Academic Press,
London. xxiv + 429pp.
BROWN, F.M. and HEINEMAN, B., 1972. Jamaica and its butterflies. E.W. Classey
Ltd, London. 478pp.
COLEMAN, C.S., 1953. Along the track. Wild Life and Outdoors 18(1):71.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus
and Robertson, Sydney. 682pp.
D'ABRERA, B., 1977. Butterflies of the Australian Region. Lansdowne Press,
Melbourne. 415рр.
JACKES, B.R., 1987. Plants of Magnetic Island. Department of Botany, James Cook
University, Townsville. 141pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 63
BEHAVIOUR OF LAST INSTAR AUSTROLESTES PSYCHE
(SELYS) LARVAE (ODONATA: LESTIDAE)
G.J. SANT and T.R. NEW
Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic., 3083
Abstract
The behaviour of single and paired last instar larvae of Austrolestes psyche (Selys) was
analysed from videotape records, and the repertoires of postures and movements
compared with those recorded for other Zygoptera. Thirteen distinct postures or
motions were found, four of which did not occur in isolated larvae. Several elaborate
body movements may be agonistic displays. ‘Labial strike’ is presumed to be aggressive
and was commonly followed by the retreat response of swimming.
Introduction
The behavioural repertoire of larval damselflies (Odonata, Zygoptera)
is sometimes substantial, but the functions of the various components
are often difficult to interpret and there has been little sound
descriptive work to document the behaviour in different taxa. АП
previous detailed work has been on Coenagrionidae. Abdominal
movement has commonly been interpreted as ventilatory in function,
enhancing the presumed primary function of the caudal lamellae but
there is little experimental evidence for this (Rowe 1985). In the
endemic New Zealand coenagrionid Xanthocnemis zealandica
(McLachlan), abdominal movements are intraspecific displays rather
than ventilatory movements (Rowe 1985). Agonistic displays occurred
in larvae of several New Zealand Zygoptera studied by Rowe but the
repertoire size varied between species. In Pyrrhosoma nymphula
(Charp.) larvae actively defend feeding sites against intruders (Harvey
and Corbet 1985). Further documentation of a range of taxa,
especially non-Coenagrionidae, is needed to aid in interpreting the
evolution of presumptive display behaviour in the Zygoptera. A study
of Ischnura verticalis (Say) (McPeek and Crowley 1987) included
functional analysis of some common behaviour of zygopteran larvae.
This note contains preliminary information on the behavioural
repertoire of last instar larvae of Austrolestes psyche (Selys), an
abundant Australian lestid. Larvae of this species, in common with
those of some other Australian species of Austrolestes Tillyard, are
normally associated with mud or vegetation in pools or lakes. The
study material was collected from seasonally flooded heathland
swamps on the northern part of Wilsons Promontory National Park,
Victoria, where it was the most abundant zygopteran present. The
habitats are described by Sant and New (1988) and larval diagnosis
was aided by Hawking (1986).
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Methods
Larvae were maintained individually at 25°С in 38 ml containers of
water at pH 5 and 12:12 h light:dark photoperiod and with excess
Cladocera and Copepoda as prey. Observations were made on larvae
starved for 24 h immediately before use, and methods were based on
those used by other workers (Baker 1980, Crowley 1979, Crowley et
al. 1987, Rowe 1985). Last instar larvae, confirmed as such by
rearing of adults from several larvae of similar size, of both sexes
were observed in an aquarium partitioned to form a 14 x 12 x 20 cm
study chamber with the walls marked with a reference grid to plot
larval position. Water was maintained at 25°С and pH 5 and larvae
were allowed to settle for 1 h before observations were commenced. A
І h VHS videotape record was then taken at 25 frames/s. A 2 mm
diameter wooden stem was then placed vertically in the tank to
provide a central ‘perch’, and a further 1 h of larval settling was
followed by another 1 h of tape observation. Similar series of trials
were undertaken on single larvae and pairs of larvae and descriptions
of behavioural movements and postures were prepared from the
videotapes.
Results
(a) Behavioural repertoire
Thirteen distinct larval postures or motions were observed.
() Normal stance (NS) (Fig. 1). The larval body is held in parallel to
the substrate with the lamellae spread. The larva is stationary.
(ii) NS walk. Walking in the normal stance posture.
(11) Head down stance (HD) (Fig. 5). The larva stands with the head
inclined downwards so that the antennae touch the substrate and
the abdomen is raised so the spread lamellae are perpendicular to
the substrate.
(iv) HD walk. Walking in the head down posture.
(v) (Fig. 2. A less pronounced form of the HD stance: the antennae
touch the substrate but the abdomen is raised to about 45°.
(vi) (Fig. 3). A less pronounced form of (v): the head itself is on the
substrate and the abdomen raised to about 20°.
(vii) (Fig. 4). A stance with the caudal lamellae resting on the
substrate and the abdomen held rigid.
(уш) *Pull-down' (Fig. 8, i-iii). The larva in NS lowers its head, then
slowly raises the whole body by extending the legs fully. The body
is then rapidly lowered close to the substrate and the abdomen
slightly flexed as this occurs. The display lasts about 0.36 s.
(ix) ‘Forward bend’ (FB) (Fig. 6). The larva in NS or HD stance
raises the abdomen dorsally, extending the legs so that the
antennae touch the substrate, the head and thorax are almost
perpendicular and the abdomen almost parallel to the substrate.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 65
(x) ‘Forward arch’ (FA) (Fig. 7). A more extreme form of FB with
the abdomen arched dorsally so that the caudal lamellae touch the
substrate in front of the insect, and the head and thorax are
inclined beyond the perpendicular.
(xi) FA walk. Walking in the FA position.
(xii) Labial strike. The close proximity of two larvae sometimes led
to one or both individuals rapidly extending the labial mask, as in
normal prey capture. Such behaviour lasted up to 6 s and
normally concluded by both larvae swimming away.
(xiii) Swimming. Involves sinuous movements of the abdomen for
bursts of about 0.3 s, with rests of about half this time between
them.
2 W
Figs 1-8. Postures and behaviour of Austrolestes psyche larvae,
diagrammatic: (1) normal stance; (2) weak head down stance; (3)
head-rest stance; (4) lamella-rest stance; (5) head down stance; (6)
forward bend; (7) forward arch; (8) The ‘pull-down’ of Austrolestes
psyche larvae - (i) - (iii) in sequence: the body is raised (ii) and then
rapidly lowered (iii).
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 |
(b) Incidence of major kinds of behaviour
The behaviour exhibited by different larvae varied considerably: at the
extremes, one larva remained motionless in normal stance and one in |
the head down stance for an hour, and another completed 774 pull-
downs (sensu Eriksen 1986) in the same time. Pull-downs and
forward arch occurred only in the presence of another larva. Indeed,
the repertoire of paired larvae included most of the more elaborate
displays enumerated above, but their incidence was too low for
statistical analysis. Forward arch and forward arch walk, for
example, occurred only in one of a single pair of individuals. Two
forward arches together occupied 205 s, and the single ensuing walk, 7
s. Labial mask extension occurred in 5 individuals, involving 3 pairs
of larvae. The other major response when larvae were placed
together, swimming, was more common and occurred in all but one
pair of larvae observed. Only 2 isolated larvae swam and it seemed to
be a relatively uncommon mode of locomotion by single larvae.
The extents of swimming and of normal stance were significantly
different between single and paired larvae. Both were more common
in paired larvae but independent of the presence or absence of a perch
(stem) (Kruskall-Wallis 1-way Anova, P assessed at 1% level). More
paired larvae adopted the normal stance, commonly for longer
periods, than solitary larvae, but tended to adopt other behaviour
when approached by the other larva. Solitary larvae more commonly
adopted the lamella-rest stance, possibly a more ‘relaxed’ posture than
the normal stance. Other aspects of behaviour did not differ
significantly between solitary and paired larvae. Although larvae
would commonly perch on the stem with head downwards for
extended periods, no behaviour additional to that seen by larvae on
the tank floor or walls was observed.
Discussion
A display apparently very similar to the “pull-down” of A. psyche was
observed in A. colensonis (White) (Rowe 1985, 1987). That display
was also repeated, but only 10-20 times before the larva paused and,
seemingly, induced other nearby larvae to display in a similar manner.
This stimulus effect was not observed in A. psyche, but the display of
A. colensonis is more elaborate in that the wing sheaths are also
spread. A. colensonis larvae also struck at the legs of conspecifics
(Rowe 1985). The strike of A. psyche was usually from too great a
distance for contact, as in the coenagrionid X. zealandica. Labial
strike in Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen) occurred most frequently
when another larva was present and almost always led to the attacked
individual swimming (Baker 1981). It was interpreted as an aggressive
behaviour in 1. verticalis (McPeek and Crowley 1987), and it is
reasonable to consider such displays as labial strike and the rare
forward arch, which were found only in larvae with another present,
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 67
as agonistic, and the common subsequent response of swimming by
one or both larvae, as well as being a retreat movement, may indicate
some form of 'spacing behaviour' or territoriality - a not uncommon
phenomenon in Zygoptera (Baker 1981a, Corbet 1962, Crowley et al.
1987, Harvey and Corbet 1985, Rowe 1980, as examples). Although
Rowe (1985) believed A. colensonis to be non-territorial, there is
clearly conspecific recognition mediated by reciprocal display. This
display seemed to deter close approach by other larvae and was
interpreted by Rowe (1987) as an aid in maintaining a ‘personal
distance', and (at the very least) in avoiding cannibalism if followed,
as in A. psyche, by an escape movement.
The repertoire of А. psyche is more restricted than that of X.
zealandica and some striking displays of that species, such as the 'S-
bend’, ‘abdomen arch down’ and lateral ‘slash’ were not observed.
The absence of lateral abdominal movements was unexpected but the
repertoire of А. colensonis is also very limited. Rowe (1985) noted
only the pull-down in this species so that the displays of A. psyche
seem to be rather more diverse than A. colensonis and may reflect a
greater dependence on maintaining larval territory or individual
spacing. Solitary larvae of the North American Lestes disjunctus
(Selys) do not stay near areas of food concentration and presence of
other larvae did not reveal any agonistic interactions (Baker 1981b).
The North American Coenagrion resolutum (Coenagrionidae) exhibits
14 different behaviours (Baker 1981a) but, again, shows abdominal
lateral movements, sometimes pronounced. This species exhibits a
dominance system rather than holding territory and both possibilities
are still viable for А. psyche. It appears that at least some larval
Lestidae may be at least as diverse as Coenagrionidae in their
behaviour and, overall, show rather similar interactions despite the
two lineages having been separated for a very long time.
Acknowledgements
We thank the Division of National Parks and Wildlife, Victoria, for
permission to work in the Wilsons Promontory National Park.
Comments on the manuscript by Drs R.J. Rowe, J.A.L. Watson, and
two anonymous referees are greatly appreciated.
References
BAKER, R.L. 1980. Use of space in relation to feeding areas by Zygoptera nymphs in
captivity. Canadian Journal of Zoology 58: 1060-1065.
BAKER, R.L. 1981a. Behavioural interactions and use of feeding areas by nymphs of
Coenagrion resolutum (Coenagrionidae: Odonata). Oecologia 49: 353-358.
BAKER, R.L. 1981b. Use of space in relation to areas of food concentration by
nymphs of Lestes disjunctus (Lestidae: Odonata) in captivity. Canadian Journal of
Zoology 59: 134-135.
CORBET, P.S. 1962. A biology of dragonflies. xvi + 247 pp. H.F. and G. Witherby
Ltd, London.
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
CROWLEY, P.H. 1979. Behaviour of Zygoptera nymphs in a simulated weed bed,
Odonatologica 8: 91-101.
CROWLEY, P.H., DILLON, P.M. and WATSON, C.N. 1987. Intraspecific
interference among larvae in a semivoltine dragonfly population. Oecologia 71: 447-456,
ERIKSEN, C.H. 1986. Respiratory roles of caudal lamellae (gills) in a lestid damselfly
(Odonata: Zygoptera). Journal of the North American Benthological Society 5: 16-27.
HARVEY, I.F. and CORBET, P.S. 1985. Territorial behaviour of larvae enhances
mating success of male dragonflies. Animal Behaviour 33: 561-565.
HAWKING, J.H. 1986. Dragonfly larvae of the River Murray system. Albury-
Wodonga Development Corporation Technical Report No. 6.
McPEEK, M.A. and CROWLEY, P.H. 1987. The effects of density and relative size
on the aggressive behaviour, movement and feeding of damselfly larvae (Odonata:
Coenagrionidae). Animal Behaviour 35: 1051-1061.
ROWE, R.J. 1980. Territorial behaviour of a larval dragonfly Xanthocnemis zealandica
(McLachlan) (Zygoptera: Coenagrionidae). Odonatologica 9: 285-292.
ROWE, R.J. 1985. Intraspecific interactions of New Zealand damselfly larvae I.
Xanthocnemis zealandica, Ischnura aurora, and Austrolestes colensonis (Zygoptera:
Coenagrionidae: Lestidae). New Zealand Journal of Zoology 12: 1-15.
ROWE, R.J. 1987. The dragonflies of New Zealand. 260 pp. Auckland University
Press, Auckland.
SANT, G.J. and NEW, Т.К. 1988. The biology and conservation of Hemiphlebia
mirabilis Selys (Odonata, Hemiphlebiidae) in southern Victoria. Arthur Rylah Institute
for Environmental Research Tech. Rep. No. 82, 35pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 69
A NEW SPECIES OF CALOMELA HOPE (COLEOPTERA:
CHRYSOMELIDAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES, WITH
HABITAT AND DISTRIBUTION NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES IN
THE GENUS
C.A.M. REID
Department of Zoology, Australian National University, G.P.O. Box
4, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Calomela relicta sp. n. is described from two localities in New South Wales. New
distribution and host plant records are given for ten other species of the genus.
Introduction
The genus Calomela Hope was revised recently by Selman (1979), who
included 23 species. In the course of a study of the larvae of this
genus a species was collected which differed from all those known.
Further material was found in the Australian National Insect
Collection, Canberra (ANIC). As I intend to include its larval
description in a review of larval characters of Calomela the new
species is described here. New host plants and localities are reported
for other Calomela species.
Calomela relicta sp. n.
Types NEW SOUTH WALES: Holotype male, Dilgry Riv. loop, Barrington Tops
State Forest, on Acacia barringtonensis and А. melanoxylon, 25.xi.1986, C. Reid
(ANIC); paratypes (all ANIC): 7 males, 5 females, same data as holotype; 11 males,
same data as holotype except 26.xi.1985; 3 males, 1 female, same data as holotype
except no host given and 15-16.xi.1981, T. Weir; 1 male, 5 km S Monga, on A.
falciformis, 14.11.1987, C. Reid; 1 female, 10 km S Monga, on A. rubida, 4.iv.1987, C.
Reid.
General appearance (Fig. 1). Head, thorax, abdomen, legs and
antennal segments 1-4 red; apical antennal segments black. Elytra
reddish-brown with strong dark green or purple sheen; elytra parallel-
sided. Prothorax with convex lateral margins. Size 6-7.5 mm.
Morphology. Head: punctation finer and closer than pronotum.
Antennae subincrassate, segments 6-11 expanded. Apical segment of
maxillary palp securiform. Eyes entire. Pronotum: twice as broad as
long; sides irregularly margined, curved but with prominent hind
angles; punctation coarse but diffuse becoming denser at sides.
Venter of prothorax (Fig. 2): ‘notopleural suture’ weakly developed as
shallow irregular groove; prosternal process raised and expanded at
bilobed tip. Scutellum triangular. Elytra: basal 2/3 parallel-sided;
irregularly striate, strial punctures fine, diameter much less than
interspaces; humeri prominent, without lateral depressions behind.
Claws bifid (Fig. 3).
Male. Apical sternite (Fig. 4): broad excavation at apex with
prominent teeth; central disc shallowly impressed, with dense, fine
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
pubescence. Aedeagus (Fig. 5) elongate and acutely pointed, without
external flagellum.
Female. Apical sternite (Fig. 6): narrow excavation at apex without
lateral teeth; central disc simple. Spermatheca (Fig. 7) U-shaped,
broadest at apex, transversely reticulate.
Comments
Although the ‘notopleural sutures’ are weakly developed this species
clearly belongs in Сајотеја as currently conceived. Superficially it
resembles C. ruficeps (Boisduval) and C. pulchella (Baly) but these
species have rounded not parallel-sided elytra, with lateral depressions.
Selman's 1979 key to the species may be modified to include C. relicta
as follows:
6(5). Elytra entirely metallic green or purple and much more
finely punctured (intervals wider than punctures)..... relicta sp.n.
Elytra with a narrow green stripe 2-4 intervals wide, on
flavous background and much more coarsely punctured
(intervals equal to or less than width of punctures) ...... ба (= 6)
Distribution and biology
Known from two isolated localities in New South Wales, Barrington
Tops and Monga, where it occurs in temperate rainforest and wet
sclerophyll forest. Calomela relicta feeds on a range of Acacia
species: barringtonensis Tindale, falciformis DC., melanoxylon R.Br.
and rubida A. Cunn.
New host plants and localities for Calomela species
New host plants (adults, and usually larvae, recorded feeding) with
approximate localities and some range extensions (compared with the
maps given by Selman (1979)) are listed. Plants were identified from
the regional floras by Costermans (1981), Beadle, Evans and Carolin
(1982), Blackall and Griere (1985), Stanley and Ross (1983) and by
staff of the Australian National Botanic Gardens (A. barringtonensis).
АП records are my own unless otherwise noted.
Calomela crassicornis (Fabricius)
A. complanata A. Cunn. ex Benth. (Brisbane, Qld).
Calomela curtisi (Kirby)
A. mearnsii De Wild (Bemboka, NSW); A. microbotrya Benth.
(Williams, WA, coll. G. Tribe); A. rubida (Queanbeyan, NSW).
Calomela eyrei Blackburn
A. victoriae Benth. (Kinchega National Park, NSW). Nearest
known locality Port Pirie, SA.
Calomela fugitiva Lea
A. barringtonensis and A. melanoxylon (Barrington Tops State
Forest, NSW). Previously known only from Cathedral Rocks
National Park (NSW) and Wide Bay (Qld).
71
Aust. ent. Маг. 16 (3) Oct 1989
0900
о 40,000
оо 00
E
09695009 00° 2
Figs 1-7. Calomela relicta sp. n.: (1) dorsum; (2) venter of prothorax;
(3) claws; (4) apical sternite of male; (5) aedeagus, dorsal and lateral
2),
views; (6) apical sternite of female; (7) spermatheca. Scale bars (1,
(4-6) = 1.0 mm; (7) = 0.25 mm; (3) not to scale.
723 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Calomela ioptera (Baly)
A. binervata DC. (Barrengarry, NSW); A. falciformis (Monga,
NSW); A. mabellae Maiden (Kioloa, NSW); A. melanoxylon
(Brisbane, Qld); A. obliquinervia Tindale (Mt Ginini, ACT;
Kosciusko National Park, NSW); A. obtusata Sieber ex DC. (25
km NE Rylstone, NSW); A. suaveolens (Smith) Willd. (Kioloa,
NSW); A. uncinata Lindl. (Warrumbungle National Park, NSW).
Calomela juncta Lea
A. barringtonensis (Barrington Tops State Forest, NSW); A
decurrens (Wendl.) Willd. (Canberra, ACT; Nerriga and Bywong
Mtn, NSW); A. irrorata Sieber ex Sprengel (Liston, NSW); A.
mearnsii (Bemboka, Braidwood апа Kioloa, NSW); А.
parramattensis Tindale (Bilpin and Berambing, NSW); А.
trachyphloia Tindale (Clyde Mtn, NSW); А. uncinata
(Warrumbungle National Park, NSW).
Calomela pulchella (Baly)
A. irrorata (Liston, NSW); A. mearnsii given by van den Berg
(1982) without locality, is also a new host record.
Calomela ruficeps (Boisduval)
A. barringtonensis (Barrington Tops State Forest, NSW); A.
longifolia (Andr.) Willd. (Port Macquarie, NSW, coll. K. Pullen);
A. melanoxylon (Brisbane, Qld); A. suaveolens (Kioloa, NSW).
The distribution of this species is probably continuous in the
coastal forests and ranges from southern NSW to southern Qld.
Calomela satelles Blackburn
A. ligulata А. Cunn. ex Benth. (Kalgoorlie and 60 km W
Coolgardie, WA).
Calomela vittata (Baly)
A. dealbata Link and A. mearnsii (Brindabella Range, ACT).
Discussion
Despite the diversity of hosts listed by Selman, most Calomela species
are probably confined to Acacia. Within Acacia most species of
Calomela show catholic taste, being found on species which are
bipinnate or phyllodinous, and spike or globular flower-headed. The
genus Calomela is widespread in Australia and throughout its range
appears to be a common element in the phytophagy of Acacia.
Acknowledgements
I thank Geoff Tribe and Kim Pullen for allowing me to use their data
and the staff of the Australian National Botanic Gardens for
identifying Acacia barringtonensis. Material collected in Kinchega,
Kosciusko and Warrumbungle. National Parks was taken under NSW
NPWS Licence no. B356.
REFERENCES .
BEADLE, N.C.W., EVANS, O.D. and CAROLIN, R.C. 1982. Flora of the Sydney
Region. 722 pp. A.W. Reed and Co., Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 73
BLACKALL, W.E. and GRIERE, B.J. 1985. How to know Western Australian wild
flowers. Parts i and ii. cxxxv + 406 pp. University of Western Australia Press, Perth.
COSTERMANS, L. 1981.
Native trees and shrubs of south-east Australia. 422 pp.
Rigby, Adelaide.
SELMAN, B.J. 1979. A reappraisal of the Australian species of the genus Calomela
Hope (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 27: 561-584.
STANLEY, T.D. and ROSS, E.M. 1983. Flora of south-east Queensland. Vol. 1. iv +
545 pp. Queensland Department of Primary Industries Misc. Publication 81020.
Van den BERG, M.A. 1982. Coleoptera attacking Acacia dealbata Link., Acacia
decurrens Willd., Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd., Acacia mearnsii De Wild. and
Acacia melanoxylon К. Br. in Australia. Phytophylactica 14: 51-55.
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
BALINT, Z.
(1986). Butterflies from Australia (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Folia ent. hung. 47:
19-22.
BALLANTYNE, L.A.
(1988). The identities of Luciola australis (F.) and L. guerini Laporte (Coleoptera:
Lampyridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 161-165.
BARKER, S.
(1988). Contributions to the taxonomy of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 112: 133-142.
BARTELL, R.J., BELLAS, T.E. and WHITTLE, C.P.
(1988). Evidence for biological activity of female Cydia pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Tortricidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 11-12.
BASSET, Y.
(1988). A composite interception trap for sampling arthropods in tree canopies. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 213-21.
BELLAMY, C.L.
(1988). The classification and phylogeny of the Australian Corobeini, Bedel, with a
revision of the genera Paracephala, Meliboeithon and Dinocephalia
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae: Agrilinae). Invert. Taxon. 2: 413-453.
BENSON, L.J. and PEARSON, R.G.
(1988). Diversity and seasonality of adult Trichoptera captured in a light trap at
Yuccabine Creek, a tropical Australian rainforest stream. Aust. J. Ecol. 13:
337-344.
BISTROM, O.
(1988). Generic review of the Bidessini (Coleoptera, Dytiscidae). Acta zool. јетп.
184: 1-41.
BOCK, I.R.
(1984). A new species of the inornata group, genus Drosophila Fallén (Diptera:
Drosophilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 141-143.
(19892). The Australian species of Paralimna and Notiphila (Diptera: Ephydridae).
Invert. Taxon. 2 (1988): 885-902.
(1989b). New genera and species of Australian Drosophilidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 28: 169-179.
>
74 | Aust. ent. Маг. 16 (3) Oct 1989
BRABY, M.F.
(1988a). New food plant for Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 33-34.
(1988b). А note on directional flights of Eurema smilax (Donovan) (Lepidoptera:
Pieridae) and Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in
Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 53-57.
BRABY, M.F. and BERG, G.N.
(1989). Further notes on butterflies at Wattle Park, Burwood. Vict. Ent. 19: 38-42.
BRABY, M.F. and NEW, T.R.
(1989). Population biology of adult Geitoneura klugii and G. acantha (Lepidoptera:
Satyrinae) near Melbourne, Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 36: 141-158.
BRAITHWAITE, R.W., MILLER, L. and WOOD, J.T.
(1988). The structure of termite communities in the Australian tropics. Aust. J. Ecol.
13: 375-391.
BRIESE, D.T.
(1984). Interactions between a myrmecophagous ant and a prey species. J. Aust. ет.
Soc. 23: 167-168.
(1989). Natural enemies of carduine thistles in New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
28: 125-126.
BRITTON, E.B.
(1985). Lepidiota noxia sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae), a pest of
sugarcane in Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24: 117-119.
(1988). Synopsis of the genera of Australian Heteronycini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 27-36.
BROADLEY, R.H.
(1984). Seasonal incidence and parasitism of Heliothis spp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
larvae in south Queensland sunflowers. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 145-146.
BROOKS, R.W.
(1988). Systematics and phylogeny of the anthophorine bees (Hymenoptera:
Anthophoridae; Anthophorini). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 53: 436-575.
BROWN, G.R.
(1985). The Australian Myzininae (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24:
135-141.
(1989). Revision of the Australian genus Doratithynnus Turner (Hymenoptera:
Tiphiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 1-17.
BROWN, J.
(1984). March in my garden. Vict. Ent. 14: 41-42.
BRUNET, B.
(1983). One step closer please. Pp. 1-95. View Productions: Sydney.
(1985). А nature study. Pp. 1-64. View Productions: Sydney.
(1989). "Being with nature." Involvement with the arthropods. (J.C. Le Souef
Memorial Lecture). Vict. Ent. 19: 49-56.
BURNS, John
(1988a). Sighting of blue triangle, Graphium sarpedon choredon (Lepidoptera:
Papilionidae) at Lake Tyers District, Victoria. Vict. Ent. 18: 64.
(1988b). Extension of range of Pseudalmenus chorinda zephyrus (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent. 18: 65-67.
(1989a). Discovery of ictinus blue butterfly near Melbourne. Vict. Ent. 19: 44.
(1989b). A discussion of the mechanics of lycaenid dispersal Acrodipsas (ant blue)
species. Vict. Ent. 19: 70-71.
BURNS, Joy
(1984). Some ENTREC records for Stigmodera in Victoria (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).
Vict. Ent. 14: 50-53.
BURNS, Joy and BURNS, G.
(1984). Buprestidae: records for spring 1984. Vict. Ent. 14: 63.
BYERS, G.W.
(1986). A new Australian genus of Bittacidae (Mecoptera). Mem. Qd Mus. 22: 165-
168.
CALLAN, E. McC. -
(1988). Biological observations on the mud-dauber wasp Sceliphron formosum (F.
Smith) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 14: 78-82.
BH — J
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 75
THE LIFE HISTORY OF MEGISBA STRONGYLE МОКА
(MISKIN) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
T.A. LAMBKIN! and P.R. SAMSON2
lEntomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers
Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
2Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg,
Old, 4670
Abstract
The immature stages of Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin) from northern Queensland are
described. Mallotus paniculatus and M. philippensis are recorded as host plants.
Introduction
Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin) occurs in northern Queensland from
Cape York to Townsville (Common and Waterhouse 1981, Valentine
and Johnson, 1982). It usually inhabits rainforest but Valentine and
Johnson (1982) recorded it in dry vine scrub near the summit of Mt
Stuart, Townsville. Its life history was previously unknown.
Corbet and Pendlebury (1978) proposed that the species west of
Weber's Line was M. таауа (Horsfield) and discussion of food
plants in Sri Lanka and Okinawa by Common and Waterhouse (1980)
refers to this species rather than M. strongyle.
In April 1988, we collected eggs and larvae of M. s. nigra from flower
buds of two species of Mallotus (Euphorbiaceae) on the margin of
rainforest near Innisfail and in riverine rainforest remnants near
Ingham. The larvae were reared to adults in Brisbane under ambient
conditions.
Life History
Food plants. Mallotus paniculatus (Lam.) Muell. Arg. at Flying Fish
Pt near Innisfail and M. philippensis (Lam.) Muell. Arg. at Gairlock
Bridge near Ingham.
Egg (Fig. 1). Pale green, mandarin shaped, with 2 series of oblique
ridges with rounded projections at their intersections. Diameter 0.45
mm.
First instar larva. Head black; body grey. Humped dorsally, with
one long and one short pair of pale dorsal hairs per segment and short
pale lateral hairs.
Final instar larva (Fig. 2). Head brown; body yellow with reddish
brown markings. Each segment humped dorsally, bearing anterior
and posterior hairs and star-shaped secondary setae, each having a
filamentous central process. Mesothorax, metathorax and abdominal
segment 1 with a median sulcus. Abdominal segments 7 and 8
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Figs 1-4. Life history of Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin). (1) egg,
dorsal view; (2) final instar larva, lateral view; (3) pupa, lateral view;
(4) adult male, underside. Figs 1,2 taken on flower buds of M.
paniculatus. Scale bars (1) 2.15 mm; (2),(3) = 1 mm; (4) = 1.5 mm.
respectively with a dorsal nectary organ and a pair of tentacular
organs. Length 9 mm.
Pupa (Fig. 3). Pale brown with small dark brown spots and clothed
in pale erect hairs. Larger brown markings mid-dorsally behind head,
laterally above wing cases and in a mid-dorsal line on thorax.
Attached by anal hooks and central girdle. Length 7 mm, width 3
mm.
Notes
Eggs are laid singly on flower buds of the food plant. Larvae feed
openly on the buds, chewing large holes in them (Fig. 3) and are
difficult to locate as they match closely the shape and colour of the
buds. A fresh supply of Mallotus was unavailable and the larvae were
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 77
reared on flower buds of Acacia leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley
(Mimosaceae). Pupae were not found in the field but reared larvae
pupated on dried leaves. The larvae were not attended by ants and no
parasites were observed.
Adults have been collected in almost every month of the year
(Waterhouse and Lyell 1914). Females are taken more frequently than
males and are mostly collected flying around blossom on rainforest
margins (T.A. Lambkin, unpub. observ.) and in particular around
blossoming Mallotus trees (P. Wilson, pers. comm.). Males frequent
high trees on rainforest edges (T.A. Lambkin, unpub. observ.) and
also perch in the upper branches of blossoming Mallotus trees. We
Observed that both sexes, but particularly females, have a slow
fluttering flight and could easily be mistaken for small specimens of
Danis hymetus taletum (Waterhouse and Lyell) which flies in the same
habitat.
Acknowledgements
We thank Mr P. Wilson for his personal communications and the
Queensland Herbarium for plant identifications.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. xiv +
682 pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CORBET, A.S. and PENDLEBURY, H.M. 1978. The butterflies of the Malay
Peninsula. xiv + 578 pp. Malayan Nature Society, Kuala Lumpur.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J. 1982. New records of Lycaenidae and
Hesperiidae from northern Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 1-3.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, С. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. vi + 239
pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
SUBDERMAL INFESTATION OF A MONITOR LIZARD Ву
APONOMMA UNDATUM (FABRICIUS) (ACARINA: IXODIDAE)
DEAN. L. WARD
Department of Zoology, Australian National University, G.P.O. Box
4, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
A male tick, Aponomma undatum (Fabricius), was located subdermally in the forelimb
of a lace monitor, Varanus varius (White ex Shaw). Infestation by А. undatun;
(Fabricius) at this site is not the normal host-parasite association and has no apparent
functional advantage.
Ticks of the genus Aponomma Neumann are generally ectoparasites ог
reptiles; А. undatum has been recorded from the blue-tongue lizard, sand
monitor, lace monitor and diamond python (Roberts 1970).
During dissection of the left forelimb of a previously killed and frozen lace
monitor, a male of A. undatum was found between the skin and the muscle
wall (fig. 1). The mouthparts were not attached and the legs were spread. No
lesions or holes occurred in the overlying dermis, so the tick was not pulled
through when lifting the skin.
Roberts (1970) states that ticks may occur
anywhere on the body of the host (my emphasis),
although the literature records similar instances of
subdermal penetration in a mammalian host (see
Arthur 1982 and citations therein). It is difficult
to suggest a functional advantage for the tick to
locate itself in this position. Males are primarily
on hosts to locate females (Bull pers. comm.), so
such deep penetration would spatially isolate the
male from potential mates. The most likely
conclusion explaining the aberrant position of this
1 specimen is that complete encapsulation of the
ЮЕ: zo male ue tick has occurred in the course of normal
hypertrophic responses by a host to the tick
in the forelimb of a lace zi Ч
monitor. feeding, as described by Moorhouse (1975).
Acknowledgements
My thanks to Michael Bull for identifying the tick and discussing the
manuscript. David Carter supplied the lizard for dissection. Funding, as part
of a larger project, was provided by the Department of Zoology, ANU.
References
ARTHUR, D.R. 1962. Ticks and disease. Peragamon Press, Oxford. 445pp.
MOORHOUSE, D.E. 1975. Studies on the feeding of larval Argas persicus Oken.
Zeitschrift für Parasitenkunde 48: 65-71.
ROBERTS, F.H.S. 1970. Australian ticks. CSIRO, Melbourne. 267 pp.
Aust.ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989 79
NEW HOST RECORDS (FAMILY ASCLEPIADACEAE) FOR
EUPLOEA CORE CORINNA (W.S. MACLEAY) (LEPIDOPTERA:
NYMPHALIDAE) IN QUEENSLAND
P. I. FORSTER
Botany Department, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Qld, 4067
Abstract
Marsdenia rostrata R. Br., M. microlepis Benth., M. glandulifera C. White, M.
coronata Benth. and M. viridiflora R. Br. are recorded as host plants for Euploea core
corinna (W. S. Macleay).
Introduction
Taxonomic revisions of the Asclepiadaceae that occur in the
Australasian region are currently being prepared by the author.
During the course of field work and from observations on plants in
cultivation, a number of instances of oviposition, feeding and
pupation of the Australian crow or oleander butterfly, Euploea core
corinna (W. S. Macleay) have been recorded. The following new host
records are in addition to those given by Scheermeyer & Zalucki
(1985) and Forster (1987). All botanical vouchers are deposited at the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI) No vouchers were kept of the
butterflies with identifications being made from the description in
Common & Waterhouse (1981).
Host plants
1. Marsdenia glandulifera C. White: Cultivated plants (Voucher:
Forster 3158) at Rainworth (27?28'S, 152?59'E). Oviposition, feeding
and pupation to adults observed, April-May, September-November
1988.
2. Marsdenia coronata Benth.: Wild plants (Voucher: Bird s. n.) at
New Chum (27°36’S, 152?50'E). Larval feeding (V instar) observed in
January 1988.
3. Marsdenia rostrata R. Br.: Cultivated plants (Voucher: Forster &
Orford 2728) at Rainworth (27?28'S, 152°59’E). Oviposition, feeding
and pupation to adults observed, April-May, September-November
- 1988.
4. Marsdenia viridiflora К. Br.: Wild plants (Voucher: Forster &
Bolton 3711) 1.3 km N of Yarraman Ck, Charters Towers to "New
Victoria Downs" Homestead road (20?26'S, 146?13'E). Larval
feeding (V instar) observed, March 1988.
5. Marsdenia microlepis Benth.: Wild plants (Voucher: Forster &
Bolton 3712) 0.5 km NW of "Doongara" Homestead (20°34’S,
146?28'E). Larval feeding (V instar) observed, March 1988.
80 : Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (3) Oct 1989
Discussion
These species of Marsdenia all grow within the known distribution
range of E. соге (Common and Waterhouse 1981). None has
previously been recorded as a host plant for this butterfly. While the
oleander butterfly feeds on a wide range of Asclepiadaceae,
ovipositing adults may ignore some taxa (e.g. certain taxa of Hoya R.
Br., Forster 1987) or the larvae may not survive on others (Kitching
and Zalucki 1983, Rahman et al. 1985). As outlined by Kitching and
Zalucki (1983) mere observation of larval feeding on a particular plant
species does not necessarily mean that the plant is a preferred host or
that normal adults may result from pupation. In this respect several
of the species listed by Forster (1987) and the records for M.
coronata, M. viridiflora and M. microlepis require further
Observations to confirm successful pupation of larvae to adults. The
contribution of these native species of Marsdenia to the population
dynamics of this butterfly are worth further investigation.
Acknowledgments
Mr L. Bird, Bundamba provided the material of M. coronata and
associated larva. Observations in northern Queensland were made
possible on several field trips organised by Dr. M. P. Bolton, Tropical
Weeds Research Centre, Charters Towers. T. & I. Stewart of
"Doongara" located several plants of M. microlepis. Partial financial
support during 1988 was provided by the Australian Biological
Resources Study. АП are gratefully acknowledged.
References
COMMON, I. F. B. and WATERHOUSE, D. F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. xiv +
682 pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FORSTER, P. I., 1987. New host records for Euploea core corinna (Macleay)
(Nymphalidae). Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 40: 354-355.
KITCHING, R. L. and ZALUCKI, M. P. 1983. A cautionary note on the use of
oviposition records as larval food plant records. Australian Entomological Magazine
10: 64-66.
RAHMAN, H. U., ZALUCKI, M. P. and SCHEERMEYER, E. 1985. The effect of
host plants on the development and survival of the immature stages of Euploea core
corinna (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society
24: 95-98.
SCHEERMEYER, E. and ZALUCKI, M. P. 1985. Food plant records of Euploea
core corinna (W. S. Macleay) with some notes on larval coloration. Australian
Entomological Magazine 11: 87-90.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
WANTED. Second-hand timber insect cabinets, any size. Will
consider any condition. К. Lachlan, 8 Mansion Road, Bellevue
Hill, N.S.W., 2023. Phone (02) 327 4545 (night or day).
WANTED. Copy of Butterflies of South East Asian islands. Vol. 2.
Pieridae and Danaidae. К. Moishita and О. Yata. English edn.
M. Moulds, 16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W., 2077.
EXCHANGE. Butterflies, moths and beetles. F.G. Sattler, 3A New
Farm Road, West Pennant Hills, N.S.W., 2120. Phone (02) 84
2910.
WANTED. Mercury vapour lamp, 160 watt, clear glass, that does not
require choke. Е.С. Sattler, ЗА New Farm Road, West Pennant
Hills, N.S.W., 2120. Ph. (02) 84 2910.
FOR SALE. Back issues of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
N.S.W. Back issues of most volumes are available including some
rare, leather bound copies of early volumes. For further
information contact the Secretary, Linnean Society of N.S.W.,
P.O. Box 457, Milsons Point, N.S.W., 2061. Ph. (02) 929 0253
(office open Tuesdays only).
EXCHANGE. Offer rare dynastids (Coleoptera) (Dynastes satanas,
Megasoma vogti, Eupatorus birmanicus) and/or other Coleoptera
(Titanus giganteus, Hypocephalus armatus) in exchange for
uncommon Australian dynastids. Dr R.P. Dechambre, 13 Bd St
Marcel, 75013 Paris, France.
FOR SALE OR EXCHANGE. Indonesian butterflies and beetles. H.
Hendra, 43 Currawong Road, Berowra Heights, N.S.W., 2082.
Phone (02) 456 4268.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
АП papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 16, Part 3, 16 Oct 1989
CONTENTS
FORSTER, P.I. New host records (Family Asclepiadaceae) for
Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Queensland.
JOHNSON, S.J. and VALENTINE, P.S. The life history of
Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff (Lepidoptera: Libytheidae).
LAMBKIN, Т.А. and SAMSON, Р.К. The life history of
Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).
NEWTON, A.F. Review of Dactylosternum Wollaston species
of Australia and New Zealand (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae).
REID, C.A.M. A new species of Calomela Hope (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae) from New South Wales, with habitat and
distribution notes on other species in the genus.
SANT, G.J. and NEW, T.R. Behaviour of last instar
Austrolestes psyche (Selys) larvae (Odonata: Lestidae).
WARD, D.L. Subdermal infestation of a monitor lizard by
Аропотта undatum (Fabricius) (Acarina: Ixodidae).
BOOK NOTICE — Insect Delight — A Life's Journey.
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels.
ISSN 0311 1881
79
59
75
49
69
63
78
58
73
inside back cover
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 16, Part 4, 15 Dec 1989
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members'
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067.
Cover: Phalacrognathus muelleri (Macleay), design by Sybil Monteith.
Printed by Diamond Press Pty Ltd, 388 Lutwyche Road, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 81
SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS OF PAROPLITES
AUSTRALIS (ERICHSON) (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE,
PRIONINAE) AND ITS DAMAGING EFFECTS ON THE FOOD
PLANT BANKSIA MARGINATA CAV. IN TASMANIA
SIMON FEARN
R.S.D. 354, Liffey Valley, Tas., 7302
Abstract
The nocturnal behaviour of Paroplites australis (Erichson) is discussed as well as size
range and sex ratio. Particular attention is given to the damaging effects that the larvae
and emerging adults have on adult plants of Banksia marginata Cav.
Introduction
Paroplites australis (Erichson) is common апа widespread in
Tasmania, with greatest abundance in coastal areas where Banksia
marginata Cav. is most common. Erichson (1842), Froggatt (1907,
1923) and McKeown (1947) record P. australis from Tasmania while
Duffy (1963) records it from Queensland to Victoria. Specimens in
the collections of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston have been
collected on Flinders and Cape Barren Islands in the Furneaux Group.
Food plants
Froggatt (1923) lists Banksia serrata L.f. as the main food plant for P.
australis but goes on to discuss damage caused to ornamental trees by
this species. He lists Quercus L. (oak), Ulmus L. (elm) and Salix L.
(willow) as being infested by P. australis, to which Duffy (1963) adds
Banksia integrifolia L.f., Casuarina L. and Eucalyptus pilularis Sm.
McKeown (1947) also lists Banksia integrifolia.
In Tasmania the main larval food plant is Banksia marginata but the
she-oak, Casuarina stricía Ait. is also attacked. Both these food
plants are recorded here for the first time.
The study site
This study was undertaken in 11 hectares of dry woodland on the
property of Mr and Mrs L.B. Walker on the outskirts of Longford,
some 40 km from Launceston. The site is the last remaining stand of
Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieb. ex Spreng. in the area and has remained
in this condition since the beginning of the century. Acacia mearnsii
De Wild, Banksia marginata and the introduced hawthorn, Crataegus
monogyna Jacq., form the understorey. Sheep have been grazing in
the area for irregular but extended periods since 1900 and so there is a
complete absence of native tree saplings. There аге no reasonably
young specimens of Eucalyptus pauciflora and only three young
specimens of Banksia marginata and most Acacia mearnsii have grown
up through clumps of the prickly Crataegus monogyna and were
protected from grazing sheep.
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
The study site was visited each year between 1982 and 1986 (except
1984) for collecting purposes and the abundance of the beetle and its
host tree were noted.
Beetle emergence and abundance
The study site was first visited on January 23, 1982. A large Banksia
marginata with a sizeable broken limb was noticed, exposing old larval
bore and pupation chambers of P. australis. Some of the nearby
banksias had fresh emergence holes in them. А male P. australis was
found sheltering in an old emergence hole, so it must have sheltered
there from the night before. The tree with the broken limb was then
cut into, and several teneral specimens were removed from their pupal
chambers.
The night of the 23rd was warm and overcast with a slight breeze. At
11:30 p.m. trunks of banksias were checked with a torch and a
number of males were collected.
The following day (24th) fresh emergence holes were checked with a
torch, revealing many beetles still within their pupal chambers. Adult
beetles chew away the bark over their emergence holes and then await
suitable weather conditions before emerging. The night of the 24th
was cold, windy and showery and no beetles were found on the trees.
The next night (25th) was warm, overcast with no wind. At 11:30
p.m. the banksias were once again checked and 20 beetles (19 males, 1
female) were taken from the trunks or main branches, up to 4 m off
the ground. Several specimens, including the female were taken on a
large healthy banksia with no emergence holes in it. From what I can
gather, the beetles emerge, climb 4 m or so up the tree and then fly
off; males in search of mates and females in search of oviposition
sites. This is indicated by the presence of both sexes on an untouched
tree. Mating was not observed.
On the 26th, a large, nearly dead Banksia marginata was discovered.
It had no emergence holes and because it was dying I suspected that it
might contain beetles still within their pupal chambers. The bark was
peeled off the trunk to a height of about 2 m, exposing numerous
emergence holes, some at ground level, still sealed with flakes of
wood. А total of 4 females and 11 males were taken from pupal
chambers in this tree. In other trees emergence holes were observed in
exposed roots near the trunk and in thinner branches some 4 m above
the ground.
This tree was obviously dying because of the destructive boring
activities of P. australis larvae. Much of its interior consisted of frass
and large pieces of wood just under 1 m long could be prised off
easily with an axe. Many larvae of several sizes were present.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 83
Over the three days a total of 49 beetles (41 males, 8 females) were
captured. Fifteen of the males were taken from pupal chambers and
the other 26 from tree trunks at night. АП but one of the females
were taken from pupal chambers.
P. australis varies enormously in size, especially in the males, the
largest specimen captured was a 53 mm long and 21 mm wide male.
The smallest specimen, also a male, was 27 mm long and 10 mm wide,
whilst the largest female was 50 mm long and 20 mm wide.
The study area was again visited оп the 24th of January, 1983. . Very
few fresh emergence holes were seen and only one beetle, a large
female, was cut from its pupal chamber. Mr A. Walker observed very
little adult activity after this date.
This site was not again visited until the 7th and 17th of February,
1985. Nine males and 6 females were taken, of which 5 of the males
and all the females were recovered from the pupal chambers in a dead
tree. The other 4 males, all very small, were found under sheets of
cardboard nailed to a living tree earlier in the summer. Very few
fresh emergence holes were observed.
The site was again visited on the 16th of February 1986 when very few
fresh emergence holes were found and only 2 dead males were
collected at the base of a tree.
The decline of the food plant
When the area was first visited in January, 1982 there were 15 living
specimens of Banksia marginata and one that had recently died as well
as 35 banksia stumps and logs that had died before 1982. АП the old
stumps and logs were riddled with pupal chambers and emergence
holes.
In 1983 several of the trees had suffered wind damage, revealing
severe infestation. One tree in particular showed no external damage
but a break revealed larval infestation. By 1985 only 7 trees remained
alive, of which 3 were young trees (trunk diameter <30 cm) and
showed no external signs of infestation while the remainder were large
and had emergence holes.
When visited in 1986, another large tree had died and those that died
earlier had blown over revealing interiors mainly of frass.
The conclusion is that larvae of P. australis are a major contributing
factor to the rapid death of large adult banksias (especially trees with
a trunk diameter of 1 m or more) by consuming the wood and thus
making the tree very susceptible to wind damage. Emergence holes let
in moisture and other borers, promoting further decay.
Froggatt (1923) reported that P. australis brings about the rapid
decline of banksias. Не states: ‘H is responsible for the final
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
destruction of a great number of the honeysuckle trees, particularly
Banksia serrata.’ The rapid decline of Banksia marginata coupled with
no regrowth due to grazing by sheep may mean both the beetle and its
host vanish from this area in a short time. Each year the number of
trees diminishes as does the number and size of the beetles. All
beetles taken from dead banksias were considerably underdeveloped
compared to those from living trees. In other. areas of Tasmania the
decline of large adult banksias due to damage by P. australis is
counteracted by sapling regrowth. The largest specimens of Banksia
marginata occur in areas where P. australis is absent.
Acknowledgements
My sincere thanks to Mr and Mrs L.B. Walker for allowing access to
the study site and for accommodation. Special thanks to Andrew
Walker who assisted with most of the collecting and whose intimate
knowledge of the site made locating trees very easy. Thanks also to
Bob Green of the Queen Victoria Museum who kindly supplied much
needed information, and Tracey Muir for typing the manuscript.
References
DUFFY, E.A.J., 1963. A monograph of the immature stages of Australasian timber
beetles. (Cerambycidae). British Museum (Natural History), London. Pp. 1-235.
ERICHSON, W.F., 1842. Beitrag zur Insecten - Fauna von Vandiemensland, mit
besonderer Berücksichtigung der geographischen Verbreitung der Insecten. Archiv für
Naturgeschichte 8: 83-287.
FROGGATT, W.W., 1907. Australian Insects. William Brooks & Co. Ltd, Sydney.
Pp. xiv + 449.
FROGGATT, W.W., 1923. Forest Insects of Australia. Government Printer, Sydney.
Pp. viii + 171.
McKEOWN, K.C., 1947. Catalogue of the Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of Australia.
Memoirs of the Australian Museum 10: 1-190.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 85
OBSERVATIONS OF HYPOLYCAENA PHORBAS PHORBAS
(FABRICIUS) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) ON CARLISLE
ISLAND, QUEENSLAND
J.T. ST. LEGER MOSS
Medical Officer of Health, Department of Recreation and Health,
Brisbane City Council, G.P.O. Box 1434, Brisbane, Old, 4000
Abstract
Two new food plants of Hypolycaena phorbas phorbas (Fabricius) are recorded, viz.:
Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. (Verbenaceae) and Ceriops tagal (Perr.) C.B. Rob.
(Rhizophoraceae) and further details of the association of the larvae of this lycaenid
with the green tree ant, Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius) are recorded.
Introduction
Amongst the 49 species of butterflies recorded during the Queensland
Naturalists’ Club field trip to Carlisle Island (20?47'S, 149?17'E) in
December, 1986 (Reeves 1988), one of the commonest was Hypolycaena
phorbas phorbas (Fabricius). Its larvae were found feeding on five different
plant species (including two mangroves) of which two are previously
unrecorded. Observations of the symbiotic relationship between this butterfly
and the green tree ant Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius), elucidated details of
the form and function of larval and pupal leaf shelters.
Observations
On a spinifex-covered sand embankment above the beach on Carlisle Island's
western side at about noon in bright sunshine, a female H. phorbas was
observed depositing eggs (singly) on stems of the shrub Clerodendrum inerme
(L.) Gaertn. (Verbenaceae). Young larvae were feeding on some of the newer
foliage while being attended by green tree ants and final instar larvae and
pupae were in shelters, made from living cordate shaped leaves of a scrambler,
Stephania japonica (Thunb.) Miers (Menispermaceae), which incompletely
covered the C. inerme. The shape of these shelters was, in most cases, a
tetrahedron with the base missing. After dark the final instar larvae left the
shelters and fed on young C. inerme leaves with the ants still in attendance.
Тће larvae did not appear to feed on the S. japonica leaves.
Messrs D. Reeves and C. Hembrow drew my attention to H. phorbas larvae
n the mangrove Lumnitzera racemosa Willd. (Combretaceae), bordering a
tidal creek. This mangrove was in flower and adult butterflies were feeding
on it, with females ovipositing (singly) on the undersides of new foliage.
Valentine and Johnson (1988) mention this mangrove and other plants as new
food plants of H. phorbas. First and final instar larvae and pupae were
found in shelters of the young terminal foliage, with the leaves arising from
the stem in whorls of four and separate leaf tips, meeting at the apex, being
fastened with silk, giving the appearance of a square pyramid. I did not see
the shelters being constructed, so cannot say whether the silk was produced by
the lycaenid larvae ог ant larvae from nearby nests but О. smaragdina is well
known for its habit of building webbed enclosures around the insects it
attends (Dodd 1902; Benzie 1985).
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
Larvae were also found on Ceriops tagal (Perr.) С.В. Rob. (Rhizophoraceag)
again attended by green tree ants but no leaf shelters were evident. The milky
mangrove Excoecaria agallocha L. (Euphorbiaceae) was also in flower and
many adult butterflies were feeding on its inflorescences, but no oviposition
was observed, and no larvae or pupae were found, although the ants were
present in smaller numbers.
Three other food plants of this butterfly occurred on the island. Eggs and
larvae in company with ants were found on Planchonia careya (F. Muell.)
Knuth (Lecythidaceae) and Cupaniopsis anacardioides (A. Rich.) Radlk.
(Sapindaceae). Specimens of Flagellaria indica L. (Flagellariaceae) were too
inaccessible for thorough searching.
Discussion
The above records bring to 15 the total number of food plants in ten families,
showing the food preference versatility of this butterfly. Several of these food
plants occur much further south than the southern limit of the butterfly's
distribution, which is about the Tropic of Capricorn or Yeppoon on the
Queensland coast (Common and Waterhouse 1981). Reeves (1988) has
postulated that the limiting factor may be the presence of the green tree ant
which also extends only south to Yeppoon (Lokkers 1986). This may also
explain why Yeppoon is the apparent southern limit of the range of other
lycaenid species, including Anthene seltuttus affinis (Waterhouse and Turner)
and three species of Arhopala Boisduval which are also attended by O.
smaragdina (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due to the Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service for
issuing permits to collect. I extend my appreciation to Dr A. Cribb and Mr
P. Sharpe for identifying plants; to Mr E.D. Edwards for commenting on an
earlier draft of the manuscript; to Dr G.B. Monteith for comments and
assistance with references; and Misses D. Thompson and К. Grant for typing.
References
BENZIE, J.A.H., 1985. Selective positioning of arboreal tents by weaver ants
Oecophylla smaragdina (F.): a possible co-evolutionary development with maha-dan
trees, Syzigium cumini (L.) Skeeis. Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 17-19.
COMMON I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DODD, F.P., 1902. Notes on Queensland green tree ants (Oecophylla smaragdina).
Victorian Naturalist 18: 136-140.
LOKKERS, C., 1986. The distribution of the weaver ant Oecophylla smaragdina
(Fab.) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in northern Australia. Australian Journal of
Zoology 34: 683-687.
REEVES, D.M., 1988. Butterflies and dragonflies of Carlisle Island, Cumberland
Group. Queensland Naturalist 29 (1-2): 21-24.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J., 1988. Some new larval foodplants for north
Queensland, Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 89-91.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 87
TWO NEW SPECIES AND NOTES ON OTHER BUPRESTIDAE
(COLEOPTERA) FROM FIJI
C.L. BELLAMY
Department of Entomology, NHB 169, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington D.C., 20560, U.S.A.
Abstract
Kurosawaia iridinotus sp. n. and Endelus bicolor n. sp. are described from Fiji. Brief
notes on Endelus speculifer Théry, Nesotrinchus coeruleipennis (Fairmaire) and N.
simondsi Obenberger are given.
Introduction
The buprestid fauna of the Fiji islands is composed of an extremely
interesting group of taxa. The islands are apparently the centre of
distribution for some genera (e.g. Paracupta Deyrolle, Nesotrinchus
Obenberger), representing the southern and/or eastern limits for
several other large genera (e.g. Chrysodema Laporte and Gory,
Sambus Deyrolle) and are also home to several relict taxa (e.g.
Euleptodema Obenberger).
While a complete faunal revision is long overdue, a work of such
scope is not possible at this time. The two new species described
herein represent notable additions to the Fijian fauna, as both expand
the known range of their respective genera.
Kurosawaia was erected for Philanthaxia yanoi Kurosawa by Toyama
and Ohmomo (1985). Endelus Deyrolle is a large genus (80 + species)
widely distributed throughout the Oriental Region, with species found:
from India to northeastern Australia and was last revised by Théry
(1932).
Label data are recorded exactly with the abbreviations (p) for printed
and (h) for handwritten. А slash mark (/) is used to separate data
from individual labels: BMNH - British Museum (Natural History),
London; BPBM = B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu; CLBC = my
research collection and NZAC = New Zealand Arthropod Collection,
Auckland.
Kurosawaia iridinotus sp. n. (Figs 1, 2)
Holotype female (BPBM 14173): FIJI, Viti Levu, Nausori Highlands, 500-600 m,
9.1.(19)71 (p)/ N.H.L. Krauss Collector (p).
Diagnosis Size (maximum length x width) 8.2 x 3.1 mm; elongate
oval; flattened above; vertex , pronotum and basolateral portion of
elytra reddish cupreous with slight greenish reflection; disc of elytra
greenish cupreous; frons, apicolateral portion of elytra and underside
black with bluish to purplish reflection.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
Head: vertex broadly convex; frons flattened; eyes large, inner
margins subparallel; frontoclypeus foveolate between widely separated
antennal cavities, apical margin arcuately emarginate; labrum
coriaceous, testaceous, truncate distally, with stout recumbent
testaceous setae apicolaterally; slight genal scrobe beneath eye for
reception of basal antennomeres in repose; surface of head moderately
coarsely punctate, more so on frons, each puncture with a slight
recumbent white seta; antennae with scape geniculate basally, widest
distally; antennomere 2 short; 3 - 11 elongate, subserrate, lengths
decreasing distally; 11 ovoid, truncate distally; 3 - 11 moderately
setose.
Pronotum: 1.8x wide as long, widest at middle; anterior margin
truncate medially, arcuate laterally; basal margin feebly bisinuate;
lateral margins bisinuate, constricted anterior to acute basal angles;
marginal carina rounded, extending from base and slanting ventrally
to anterior margin opposite slightly above ventral margin of eye; disc
rounded convex laterally, slightly flattened medially; surface coarsely
shallowly punctate with recumbent white setae. Scutellum cordiform;
base feebly concave; black with blue reflection; feebly arcuately
striate.
Elytra wider than pronotum, widest opposite humeri; sides subparallel
from past constricted base, opposite humeri to slightly past middle,
then attenuate to separately, roundly acuminate, slightly diverging
apices; margin entire in basal 1/2, then with sharply acuminate
serrations extending to inner face of separate apices; humeri round,
moderately indicated; basal margin with broadly rounded transverse
carina; disc flattened, striatopunctate; striae sinuate in basal 1/2,
longitudinally parallel apically.
Underside: prosternum with anterior margin transverse, carinate;
process with lateral lobes obtuse, rounded, with apex broadly,
triangularly acuminate; metacoxal plate (Fig. 2) with posterior margin
arcuately incised in lateral 2/3; abdominal sternites with suture
between 2 and 3 transverse, between 3, 4 and 5 arcuate; apicolateral
angles strongly acute, extending anteriorly past margin; sternite 5 with
apex quadrispinose, distance between two medial spines less than
between medial and lateral spines; surface with disc sparsely punctate,
setose, more coarsely punctate laterally, with longer recumbent white
setae.
Legs: femora dorsoventrally flattened, fusiform: protibiae shorter than
profemora; mesotibiae slightly longer than mesofemora; metatibiae
much longer than metafemora (> 1.3x) ; tibiae straight, slightly
swollen distally, armed with two short spines; tarsomeres 1 - 4 each
with ventral pulvillus.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 89
Figs 1-4. Figs 1, 2, Kurosawaia iridinotus sp. n.: Fig. 1, dorsal
habitus; Fig. 2, lateral thoracic sternites, mc — metacoxal plate; Fig.
3, Endelus bicolor sp. n., dorsal habitus; Fig. 4, E. speculifer Théry
(Scale bars = 1.0 mm and are equal for 1 and 2 and 3 and 4
respectively.
Etymology. The species name is from the Greek iridos (rainbow) and
notus (the back) for the colourful upper surface.
Discussion
I have compared the holotype of K. iridinotus with specimens of the
generic type-species, K. yanoi (Kurosawa) from the Bonin Islands,
Japan. К. yanoi is smaller, with the head and pronotum green and
the elytra and underside cupreous with a faint purple tinge; the lateral
margins of the pronotum are less constricted basally and less arcuate
medially; the elytra are more densely setose with the setae arranged in
paired longitudinal rows. These two species agree in all character
states that were used by Toyama and Ohmomo (1985) to distinguish
Kurosawaia from Philanthaxia Deyrolle, most importantly the number
of serrate antennomeres and the quadrispinose 5th abdominal sternite.
This last character suggests a relationship with the large Australasian
genus Melobasis Laporte and Gory, while the character state of the
metacoxal plate (Fig. 2) is similar to Maoraxia Obenberger and
Theryaxia Carter.
Endelus bicolor sp. n. (Fig. 3)
Types: Holotype female (BPBM 14174): FIJI, Vanua Levu I: Tabia (Thakaundrove), 0-2
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
m, 5.x.1979 (p)/214 (h)/S.N. Lal, G.A. & S.L. Samuelson Colls., Bishop Museum Acc,
No. 1979.387 (p); Paratypes: 1 female, Viti Levu, Naduruloulou, 0-25 m, 26.ix.1979
(p)/ ferns (p)/ G.A. Samuelson Coll. Bishop Museum Acc. No. 1979.380 (p); 1 female,
Kioa I: S coast to center, 0-60 m, 4.x.1979 (p)/ M.K. Kamath, S.N. Lal, G.A. & S.L,
Samuelson Colls., Bishop Museum Acc. #1979.387. Paratypes in BPBM and CLBC.
Diagnosis. Size (maximum length x width): 4.0 x 1.6 mm; elongate
ovoid, flattened; colour of head, middle of pronotum and some nearly
glabrous portions of the elytral disc (Fig. 3: outside dotted lines) dark
cupreous; lateral portions of pronotum and some of elytral disc (Fig,
3: within dotted lines) moderately shagreened, appearing brighter
cupreous; remaining elytral surface (Fig. 3: within solid lines)
shagreened with deep blue reflection; underside and legs very dark,
nearly black; surface irregularly covered with large shallow punctures.
Head: frontovertex deeply excavate between widely separated eyes;
eyes large, inner margins slightly diverging dorsally; median
longitudinal groove of frontovertex with a single fovea at either end,
distal end of groove confluent with supra-antennal grooves which
extend laterally, on either side, almost to inner margin of eye;
frontoclypeus longitudinally depressed, narrowed between antennal
cavities; disc of clypeus a nearly ventrally facing inverted "Y", distal
margin roundly emarginate; labrum not visible; genal scrobe beneath
each eye; antennae: antennomere 2 globose; 3 narrower, shorter than
2; 4 shorter than 3; 5 subserrate; 6-10 serrate.
Pronotum: nearly 2x wider than long, widest at middle; anterior
margin very slightly arcuate at middle; basal margin bisinuate on
either side of narrow truncate prescutellar lobe; basal angles obtuse,
rounded; lateral margins widening in an arc to widest point, then
arcuately rounded to anterior margin; disc strongly gibbous in middle,
on anterior 2/3's, width of swollen portion of disc slightly narrower
than head; remainder of pronotum flattened, explanate laterally.
Scutellum: nearly an equilateral triangle; disc slightly depressed behind
anterior margin.
Elytra: slightly wider than pronotum opposite prominent humeri; one
slight depression on either side between humerus and scutellum; basal
angles rounded; lateral margins straight for short distance past
humeri, narrowing slightly to before middle, then widening before
becoming gradually attenuate prior to nearly rectangular, serrate
apicolateral angles; margins carinate, separating epipleuron and disc
from base to opposite 2nd abdominal sternite; sutural margins with
feebly elevated costae; disc flattened with slight depressions and
swellings, steeply declivous past humeri to middle laterally.
Underside: prosternum short, wide, process broad between procoxae,
apex triangular; metepimeron hidden beneath epipleuron; metacoxal
plate with posterior margins strongly arcuately emarginate; abdominal
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 91
sternites with suture between 1 and 2 only indicated laterally; length of
1+2 nearly 1.5x as long as 3+4+5; 5 with submarginal groove
extending around entire perimeter, broadest apically.
Legs: femora fusiform, pro- and mesofemora flattened, posterior
margin explanate dorsoventrally to hide tibiae and tarsi in repose;
metafemora roundly fusiform, metatibiae and tarsi free in repose;
metatibiae with setal comb on distal half of dorsal side; tarsomeres 1-
4 short, each with pulvillus; 1-4 shorter together than 5; 5 narrow,
elongate, claws swollen basally, tips widely separated.
Variation. The two female paratypes vary slightly in size: 3:7-3.9 x
1.4-1.6 mm but otherwise agree in all other aspects to the holotype.
Etymology. Тће name is for the dual colouration of the elytra.
Discussion
Using the key from Théry's 1932 revision of Endelus, E. bicolor keys
to E. speculifer Théry (Fig. 4), which was described in that work. Е.
speculifer, also from Fiji, differs by being narrower and more
elongate; the colour is more aeneous overall and lacks the blue
reflections; by having the frontovertex less deeply excavate; the
pronotum is more widely gibbous, less widely explanate laterally and
the lateral margins differ as illustrated.
Notes on other Fijian Buprestidae
Endelus speculifer Théry
This species was described from a unique specimen with the locality
listed simply as "Ovalan". This locality probably refers to the small
island of Ovalau, which lies to the east of Viti Levu. Additional data
on this species аге: Viti Levu, Nandarivatu (р), ix.10.(19)38, 3700’
(h)/ E.C. Zimmerman (p); specimens in BPBM and CLBC.
Nesotrinchus coerulipennis (Fairmaire)
As Bellamy (1987) recently indicated, most of material determined as
this species in collections was, in fact, N. orientalis Bellamy. Of the
material borrowed from BPBM at the time the latter species was
described, only the single type specimen from Fiji from Fairmaire's
collection was found. Additional material is from: Vanua Levu,
Korovuli, 26.x.1977, С. Kushel, on Agathis log (p); specimens in
NZAC and CLBC.
Nesotrinchus simondsi Obenberger
This taxon is the type species of the genus, with both genus and
species described in the same work (1924). Théry (1925) stated that it
was the same as coeruleipennis, while Obenberger (1926) argued that
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
his species was distinct. І have examined the holotype (BMNH)
against all other material borrowed and have found one additional
specimen which I have labelled as Homeotype, with the following
locality information: Viti Levu, Nukurua Forest, 60-130 m, 15,x,1979
(p/ forest (p)/ logged area (p/ M/K/ Kamath, G.A. & S.L.
Samuelson Colls, Bishop Museum Acc. #1979. (p) 260 (h) (BPBM).
The differences between these two species are slight but since this new
locality data at least shows no overlap between islands, I will not
propose any changes at this time. The most obvious differences are in
colouration, with М. simondsi having the head, pronotum and
underside nitid black with a slight aeneous reflection, while the elytra
are shining deep blue. №. coeruleipennis has the head, pronotum and
underside a bright aeneous with the elytra nearly purple on the
basolateral 1/2, a reddish reflection along the suture and bluish black
apically. There are other minor variations noted, such as the
configuration of the spines of the elytral apices, the lateral margins of
the pronotum and differences on the frontoclypeus, but further
material of both species is needed to solve this question once and for
all.
Acknowledements
I would like to thank R.C. Craw, NZAC; E.R. Peacock, BMNH and
G.A. Samuelson, BPBM, for the loan of material in their care.
References
BELLAMY, C.L., 1987. А new species of Nesotrinchus Obenberger from Tonga
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Co/eopterists’ Bulletin. 41: 101-105.
OBENBERGER, J., 1924. Deuxiéme série de nouveaux genres de Buprestides.
Sborník Entomologického Oddeleni Národního Musea v Praze 2: 7-44.
OBENBERGER, J., 1926. Résponse aux observations de A. Théry sur les genres
nouveaux publiés dans "Sbornik" 1924. Bulletin de la Société Entomologique France
15: 97-100.
THÉRY, A., 1925. Observations sur les genres nouveaux publiés par M. Obenberger
dans "Sbornik" 1924. Bulletin de la Société Entomologique France 14: 223-227.
THÉRY, A., 1932. Contribution à l'étude des espéces du genre Endelus H. Deyr.
(Coleopt. Buprestidae). Novitates Entomologicae (2nd suppl.), pp. 1-32.
TOYAMA, M. and OHMONO, S., 1985. A new buprestid genus from the Bonin
Islands, Japan (Coleoptera, Buprestidae). Entomological Review of Japan 40: 33-34.
Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989 93
THE PREY OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPHECID WASPS
(HYMENOPTERA)
D.B. McCORQUODALE and C.E. THOMSON
Department of Zoology, Australian National University, G.P.O. Box
4, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601*
Abstract
The prey taken from 15 species of sphecid wasps in New South Wales and the
Australian Capital Territory are recorded. These include the first prey records for five
species.
Introduction
Female wasps of the Sphecidae hunt a wide variety of insects and
spiders to feed their larvae. The range of prey is much narrower
within a tribe or genus (Evans and West Eberhard 1970; Bohart and
Menke 1976). Some studies of prey use of Australian sphecids have
confirmed patterns of prey use by congeners overseas, for example,
the use of cicadas by Sphecius pectoralis Smith (Evans and Matthews
1971a). Other reports have established that Australian species use
different prey than overseas congeners, for example, the use of
Odonata by Bembix coonundura Evans and Matthews (Wheeler and
Dow 1933; Evans and Matthews 1973). Here we report on the prey of
15 species of sphecid wasps, including the first records for five species,
and note similarities and differences in prey use by related wasps.
Female wasps and their prey were collected as they returned to their
nests from March 1984 until December 1987. Most were collected
near Warrah Trig in Brisbane Water National Park, N.S.W., at Camp
Pincham or the Woolshed, Warrumbungle National Park, N.S.W and
on the lower slopes of Black Mountain, Canberra, A.C.T. All wasps
and prey are deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection,
CSIRO, Canberra.
Results and Discussion
Table 1 is a compilation of the prey records. All records reported
here are within the range of prey previously reported for each genus.
Two Australian species of Sphex Linnaeus are known to use
Tettigoniidae as prey, the most common prey for Sphex worldwide
(Bohart and Menke 1976; Evans et al. 1982). The use of
Gryllacrididae by S. vestitus Smith is the first record from Australia
and the fourth for the genus.
The five species of Tachysphex Kohl preying upon cockroaches
recorded here аге all members of the Drullii-species group.
Cockroaches are the usual prey of this Australian species group but
are unusual prey for Tachysphex elsewhere (Pulawski 1977).
*Present address: Department of Biological Sciences, University of Calgary, Calgary,
Alberta, T6N 1N4, Canada
е
ES
5 (иоѕц2ия) омрирјаш 0112502004 зерпеја LLOV "еловшо A пег
a ‘ds pidajsozounjaw зерпјеја 'd':N RWA ?ueqsug $8 а 1 leuin] Sunjis4ad `I
= чашАи ‘ds рухот sepnie[g ам зрачпашпишем $$ 2га 91 Iouin[ 40jDu8nd `I
© цашки ‘ds р;хр7 зерпјеја ам ојчпаштплем 68 лом E7 D[sSMe[ng 5пмрајиоз `
E 9161 ‘TE 19 SsueAq "ds n14215020upJajq зерпјеја ам зјбипаштлем $8 ер LI — Јошт] sisuadvyoou `I
ер цашкќи ‘ds sepri[poneig 'd'N 133M 9ueqsug /g ег IC
= 0861 3»oo[v чаши ‘ds seprienvIg “dN Jove eueqsug 98 а OI
= Чашли “45 овршенеја ‘E'N JoleAy oueqsiig $3 uef oc Јошт],
M 9161 "e 19 sueAq цашки *:ds әерцәпъе9 ам тотем eueqsug ¢g uef ccsiuaaissa4dop xaydskyon г
5 овшшлет
Nt (попту) әл)
1461 9^O1sug эәәпәпгу 51//02144цгоа $пол8ү зертјзом ам ојачпашпшем pg AON 61 тәр] тиојрород
лозе M 242f1u1442] S9139101 1049 әерриәу + А ам $937 ueneH 6g ЧЕГ
цашки *(ypeisofs) (чиш)
7861 ТЕ 19 SueAq шпа umipionjnpiq. зерриоу ам ојчпашплем $$ 2а < 51500018 x&uot4qd
Jouunig vunuyody ^H зертриое Ало ам тотем 9Sueqsug /8 994 1
Jouunig vunuyody ^H зертрџов Ало 'd'N тотем 9ueqsug 98 QA LI
Jouunig vunuypdy ‘Н зертрџов Ало ам тотем 9ueqsug 98 924 91
Ieuunig nunuippái 51420) (180Ј2КН зертрџов Ало ‘A'N 2912 eueqsug 98 дә GI uiuis 57171524 хоцас
әешәәцас
$р102ә1 зпомола Кола иоце207 әјеа әәә pue /[rurjqng
"рәјои әѕтмләцјо ѕѕәүип j[np? әле Аола [Гу 'sdseA proouds әјешәј uio1j пәхе} Хола `T әде,
94
95
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
запејио] sudur&u jo uoneonnuopg b
лопошелеа '['5 Aq po129[[0) |
ром "IAN VO Aq рәзәәцо2 «
6161 SMIYNEWN злохом “цш 014009409 `I, әерау "dN 1M oueqsuig [89249
29 SULAJ чишс 214240q402 риогај oepidy "dN Joey oueqsuig /8 999 E€ uosipueH 225пш ‘Я
€L6] 5моциви MSN 'ue1qe1eqeuoo;)
2ў SULAJ "ds siuau20xo І, звртшузеј, JoSg'eoppsoq о ру лом SC чиш 501/140 XIquuag
(2100816)
рјргиу 5гртојоша та әерцәшАтд WI We /8 22а ZI
“ds sd220420]A әерщәре2о JA ARIA L8 AON 6C-8C
BILET SMOYNEIN suduiku z synpe / '(12100815) (yxws) 575021129
29 SULAJ pinau] 5гртојеша та зерцешАта JA XR L8 AON 6C-8C sajdsozoijsny
avuluossANy
qIL6I SMIYNEWN әш],
29 SULAJ ds чашомрпн әеррашя WRG РЈУ $ asipjilioa шпрраоцм
9EUIUOJQEI1/)
"ds глоцацоэ зерџоца ео WW ALA #8 Idv €
1261 sueAg зепрову{ SIJDIQH `2 оврџоца јео WW RA #8 dy €
79 SMƏIYNVENWN мепбову 512141] 010411100 әериоцацео Wi APRA #8 JEN Ӯ (o1nssneg) уриа `$
1/61 SueAd чиш5
29 смоцивиу JIM DUIISSIISNJaA vosnjy 9eprosn]A "'d':NepSunqunigA $8 2а OI suaonja4 5п10ц021195
цашкќи “45 овшлојдозид зерцАло “E'N лозе 9Sueqsug $8 924 OI ‘ds орол«т
(рапипио5) т AQEL
96 Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989
Gryllids are the most common prey of species of Lyroda Say (Bohart
and Menke 1976). An undescribed species is recorded preying upon
gryllids here. In the only other report on an Australian species, Evans
and Hook (1984) record another undescribed species of Lyroda
preying upon Tridactylidae.
Matthews and Evans (1971) found males of Calliphora tibialis
Macquart (Diptera) to be the most common prey of Sericophorus
viridis (Saussure). Fourteen years later at the same aggregation we
found the same situation. Several species of Sericophorus Swainson
and Shuckard are known to capture bush flies, Musca vetustissima
Walker (Matthews and Evans 1971); here we add S. relucens Smith to
the list.
Evans and Matthews (1971b) found that RAopalum variitarse Turner
used dipterans from at least 4 families as prey. At the same Black
Mountain site we add Empididae to the diverse types of flies used.
Eurymelids (Hemiptera) were the only prey of Austrogorytes bellicosus
(Turner) reported by Eyans and Matthews (1971a). Here the majority
of individuals were eurymelids and one cicadellid (Hemiptera) was also
found among the prey. One of the nymphal eurymelids was
parasitized by a dryinid wasp (Anteon sp.). The use of worker bees of
the genus Trigona Jurine confirms previous reports for Bembix musca
Handlirsch (Evans and Matthews 1973).
Acknowledgements
Jo Cardale, Don Colless, Ian Naumann, K. Norris, David Rentz
(ANIC), Mark Stevens (University of Sydney), Graham Goodyer
(BCRI, Rydalmere) and W. Pulawski (California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco) kindly provided identifications of wasps
and/or prey. Jan Naumann provided helpful comments on the
manuscript. The N.S.W. National Parks and Wildlife Service allowed
collections to be made in National Parks through permit B263 to
DBM.
References
ALCOCK, J., 1980. Notes on the reproductive behaviour of some Australian solitary
wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae, Tachysphex and Exeirus). Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 19: 259-262.
BRISTOWE, W.S., 1971. The habits of a West Australian sphecid wasp.
Entomologist 104: 42-44.
BOHART, R.M. and MENKE, A.S., 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world: a generic
revision. Pp. ix + 695. University of California Press, Berkeley.
EVANS, H.E. and HOOK, A.W., 1984. Nesting behaviour of a Lyroda predator
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) on Tridactylus (Orthoptera: Т ridactylidae). Australian
Entomological Magazine 11: 16-18.
Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989 97
EVANS, H.E., HOOK, A.W. and MATTHEWS, R.W., 1982. Nesting behaviour of
Australian wasps of the genus Sphex (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). Journal of Natural
History 16: 219-225.
EVANS, H.E. and MATTHEWS, R.W., 1971a. Nesting behaviour and larval stages
of some Australian nyssonine sand wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Australian
Journal of Zoology 19: 293-310.
EVANS, H.E. and MATTHEWS, R.W., 19715. Notes on the prey and nests of some
Australian Crabronini (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 10: 1-4.
EVANS, H.E. and MATTHEWS, R.W., 1973. Systematics and nesting behavior of
Australian Bembix sand wasps (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). Memoirs of the American
Entomological Institute 20: 1-387.
EVANS, H.E., MATTHEWS, R.W. and PULAWSKI, W., 1976. Notes on the nests
and prey of four Australian species of Tachysphex Kohl, with a description of a new
species (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 15:
441-445.
EVANS, H.E. and WEST EBERHARD, M.J., 1970. The wasps. Pp. vi + 265.
University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
MATTHEWS, R.W. and EVANS, H.E., 1971. Biological notes on two species of
Sericophorus from Australia (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Psyche, Cambridge 77: 413-
429.
PULAWSKI, W., 1977. А synopsis of Tachysphex Kohl (Hym., Sphecidae) of
Australia and Oceania. Polskie Pismo Entomologiczne 47: 203-332.
WHEELER, W.M. and DOW, R., 1933. Unusual prey of Bembix. Psyche, Cambridge
40: 57-59.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR FOUR QUEENSLAND
LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)
R.C. and N. Manskie
139 Queen Street, Maryborough, Qld, 4650
The following captures provide extensions to the known distribution
of four Queensland lycaenid butterflies. All specimens are in the
authors' collection.
Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell). Seven males and three females of
this species were collected and others sighted, at Mary River Heads (NE of
Maryborough) during August to December, 1987 and 1988. The previous
known range for this species was from Burleigh Heads to Brisbane (Common
and Waterhouse 1981) with one female recorded further north at Hays Inlet
(De Baar 1976). The Mary River Heads locality extends the known
distribution some 210 km further north.
Arhopala centaurus centaurus (Fabricius). A single female was taken at Mary
River Heads in December 1987. This species is distributed from northern
Queensland south to Yeppoon (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The early
stages of this species are known to be attended by the green tree ant
(Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius)) which is not known to occur in the
vicinity of Mary River Heads. A. c. centaurus is also known to migrate
(Moulds 1976), however it is unlikely that this specimen migrated from its
known southern most distribution at Yeppoon, some 330 km to the north.
Further collecting around Mary River Heads and at intermediate localities to
the north is needed to establish the breeding status of this species.
Candalides acastus (Cox). Several specimens were taken 10 km south of
Bundaberg in March 1985. Common and Waterhouse (1981) record Burrum
Heads as the most northern locality for this species in Queensland. This new
locality extends the known distribution 80 km further north.
Danis hymetus taygetus (C. and R. Felder). Common and Waterhouse (1981)
record D. Л. taygetus occurring as far north as Mackay and the northern
subspecies D. h. taletum (Waterhouse and Lyell) as far south as the Paluma
Range. A single female, taken at Bowen in April 1972, represents an
intermediate locality between the two sub-species and appears to be closer to
D. h. taygetus.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank K.L. Dunn and R. Eastwood for their helpful comments
and assistance.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
-- 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DE BAAR, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from south
eastern Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 123-124.
MOULDS, M.S., 1976. Migration of Narathura araxes eupolis (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) across Lloyd Bay, Cape York Peninsula. Australian Entomological
Magazine 2: 130-132.
Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989 99
EARTHEN STRUCTURES BUILT BY NYMPHS OF THE CICADA
CYCLOCHILA AUSTRALASIAE (DONOVAN) (HOMOPTERA:
CICADIDAE)
G.S. HUMPHREYS
School of Geography, University of New South Wales, Kensington,
N.S.W., 2033*
Abstract
The construction of above ground earthen structures or turrets at the entrance of their
burrows by cicada nymphs has been reported from North America, Africa and South-
East Asia. This paper reports on the building of a turret and associated activity by an
Australian cicada, Cyclochila australasiae (Donovan). Such activity is of interest to
recent studies on the role that soil mesofauna play in modifying topsoils.
Introduction
Occasionally cicada nymphs build earthen structures projecting above
their burrows. These structures have been termed a variety of names
including: "adobe dwellings”, “chimneys”, "cicada cones”, "cicada
huts”, "roofs", "towers" and “turrets” (Marlatt, 1907); "hollow clay
tower” (McKeown, 1942) and “tower like domes” (Moulds, 1982).
Myers (1929), іп a major review of cicadas, favoured the term “turret”
as did Musgrave (1923) in reference to an Australian example. In
keeping with this brief tradition the latter term is used in this paper.
The first record of turrets appears to have been made by N. Potter in
1839 (in Marlatt, 1907) for the “periodical cicada”, Magicicada
septendecim (Marlatt) of eastern USA. Turrets were described also by
Father Mason in 1860 from the Karen jungles of Burma (Theobald,
1882-83) and Myers (1929) refers to other observations from Thailand
and the Cameroons. Within Australia, Musgrave (1923) and Moulds
(1982) report on turrets built by the "greengrocer/yellow monday”,
Cyclochila australasiae (Donovan).
This note records observations, many of which are made for the first
time, on the building of a turret and associated activity by an
Australian cicada. The study formed part of a wider and more
detailed investigation on the role of soil mesofauna (e.g. ants,
earthworms and termites) on soil formation (Humphreys 1981, 1985,
Humphreys and Mitchell 1983).
Preliminary Observations
The observations referred to here, except where stated otherwise, were
made in a garden at Epping NSW where about 20 cicada burrows
occurred at the base of some camphor laurel trees, Cinnamomum
camphora (L.) Nees. These trees grew in a sandy clay loam to sandy
* Present address: Department of Human Geography, Research School of Pacific
Studies, Australian National University, G.P.O. Box 4, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601.
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
clay textured soil with shale fragments developed on Wianamatta
shales. The most common soil at this locality is a Red Podzolic with
a clay loam topsoil. Meteorological conditions pertaining to these
Observations are presented in Table 1.
In order to secure information on turret construction a solitary turre,
was broken from its burrow and a plastic vial (37 mm diameter, 75
mm long), similar in size to the turret, was placed over the burrow
with the open end facing downwards. This action was performed оп
30 April 1978 at 1730 hours. On 4th May the vial, which was now
lined with mud, was removed and the burrow was kept under
continuous observation between 1015 and 1245 hours. (N.B. a beng
in the burrow allowed only the upper 13 cm of a total length of 40 cm
to be viewed directly). During this period nine pellets of mud were
deposited by the nymph at or near the surface of the burrow (Fig,
1A). After completing these observations, the burrow was covered
with a small box (16 x 16 cm, open-end facing down) and when next
seen at 2220 hours on the same day the upper few centimetres of the
burrow had been sealed with a layer of another sixteen pellets
TABLE 1. Climatic conditions at Marsfield Meteorological station
(lat. 33?47'S, long. 151°07’E, elevation 60 m a.s.l.) at the time of the
observations. This station is 4 km east of the Epping site. Mean
annual rainfall 1178 mm; mean maximum temperature 22.4°C annual,
26.5°C in January and 16.8°C in July; mean minimum temperature
11.1°C annual, 16.7°C in January, 4.5°C in July.
Time Mean max. Mean relative Rainfall Mean cloud
(10 day periods temperature humidity cover
1978) (°C) (%) (mm) (oktas)
Маг 11 - Mar 20 26.2 74.7 258.2 537
Маг 21 - Маг 30 25.4 73.4 62.0 5.2
Mar 31 - Apr 9 22.9 72.6 29.6 4.8
Apr 10 - Apr 19 22.8 74.1 29.6 3.8
Apr 20 - Apr 29 22.4 58.1 0.0 2.2
Apr30-May9* 24.3 84.8 0.8 1.7
Мау 10 - Мау 19 17.9 74.1 30.0 5.1
May 20 - May 29 20.8 74.1 109.8 3.8
May 30 - Jun 8 18.2 68.4 169.8 287
Јип 9 - Јип 18 15.9 72.0 63.0 4.5
* Period of путрћ activity
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 101
29° tuft - E
2 . . .
: [1 ground surface
SET
Bad burrow
5 | [од ON BERE
CS | layer of pellets
outline of the mud-plug NN RUM
Fig. 1. Burrow entrance of the cicada nymph Cyclochila australasiae.
A. Plan view from above of the burrow entrance.
B. Cross section through the burrow entrance showing the position of
the inclined plane of pellets that sealed the burrow and the
approximate position of the mud-plug.
102 Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989
(Fig. 1B). The burrow was sealed with a layer of another sixteen
pellets (Fig. 1B). The burrow was again covered and checked daily,
On the morning of the 10th May a plug of mud was found to block
the upper part of the burrow above the seal made on 4th May. The
burrow was excavated and the nymph extracted. Unfortunately the
nymph was misplaced but there seems little doubt it was that of the
"greengrocer/yellow monday", Cyclochila australasiae, a known turret
builder and a common species in suburban Sydney. Whilst under
observation this nymph was always covered in a thin moist coating of
mud.
The Pellets
The pellets deposited on the 4th May ranged in size from 5 x 3.5 x 3
mm to 10 x 7 x 5 mm (length of principal axes) with a maximum
cross-sectional area ranging from 17 to 85 mmr. This size range
agrees closely with the dimensions of the nodules on the external face
of the turret and the mud-plug which are described in the next section.
In bringing a pellet of wet mud to the surface the nymph, which
always travelled head first, employs one of two techniques. In the
first the pellet is wedged between the tarsus and the spines and comb
of the enlarged femur of either front leg and the pellet is dragged up
the burrow. In the other, the pellet is pushed forward by the conical
shaped head which imparts a distinct groove in the pellet. Once at the
surface the nymph spends 40 to 290 s depositing the pellet. Some.
difficulty occurs when an attempt is made to deposit the pellet since it
is sticky and adheres to the nymph. To dislodge the pellet the tarsus
of the other front leg is used in a scraping action or as an alternative,
the whole body is slid over the surface. Nevertheless, once
commenced this process takes about 30 s only. After completing this
procedure the nymph descended the upper 13 cm of observable
burrow at speeds ranging from 1.9 to 4.3 mm/s but the trip was
punctuated by rests up to 90 s. The distribution pattern of the pellets
deposited immediately after the vial was removed on the 4th May was
random (Fig. 1A) with pellets nos. 1-3, 6 deposited at the surface
away from the burrow. Pellets nos. 4, 7-9 were deposited at the
junction of the burrow edge with the ground surface in a cluster whilst
pellet no. 5 together with another six (not numbered) were deposited
in a cluster on the broken side of the burrow within 12 mm of the
surface. From this cluster another ten pellets were deposited in a
downward sloping plane from northeast to southwest (Fig 1B).
Earthen Structures
(i) The turret.
The turret as found on 30th April was 95 mm high, hollow, slightly
conical with a curved top, a circular cross section with an external
basal diameter of 60 mm tapering to 45 mm and an internal basal
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 103
Fig. 2. Earthen structures built by the cicada nymph Cyclochila
australasiae. (A). The turret. The lower protuberance on the left is
part of the burrow lining (see Fig. 1). Note the nodular outer surface
of the turret proper and the much smoother inner surface. The darker
patches are glue stains and the gaps in the turret wall resulted from
attempts to repair the turret following breakage. Total length 116mm,
turret proper 95mm. School of Earth Sciences, Macquarie University
Museum code MU36068. (B). The mud-lined vial as viewed from
open end. Vial diameter 37 mm. Museum code MU36069. (C). The
mud-plug as viewed from the bottom end of the plug. Length 60 mm.
Museum code MU36070.
104 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
diameter of 30 mm (Fig. 2A), and weighed 120 g air dried. Externally
it has a very nodular appearance and individual mud pellets 3 to 10
mm diameter are easily discerned. In contrast the internal wall is
much smoother and is similar to the 4-5 mm thick lining within the
burrow (Fig. 1B). Nodules (pellets) from the turret consist of zones of
fine sandy clay loam and fine sandy clay textures which are
collectively referred to in this paper as ’mud’. Thin section analysis
shows that each zone is composed of poorly sorted quartz sand,
ironstone and shale particles (largest up to 4 mm), charcoal, plant
fragments, and a clayey matrix. Аз the turret was located on an
suburban lawn it is unlikely that it was more than a few days old at
the time it was found.
The general appearance and size of this turret matches closely those of
M. septendecim as described by Marlatt (1907) and Snodgrass (1934).
(ii) The mud-lined vial.
The plastic vial was lined (up to 1 cm thick) with 51 g (air dry) of
mud similar to the mud in the turret. As this emplacement occurred
during 88.75 h the minimum rate of deposition or turret construction
was about 0.6 g/h (Fig. 2B).
(iii) The mud-plug.
The mud-plug was ’T’ shaped with maximum dimensions of 60 x 50 x
45 mm and weighed 80 g (air dry). A narrower protuberance, 3 cm
diameter, occupied the opening of the burrow. In comparison with
the turret and the mud-lined vial, which were hollow, the mud plug
was solid yet discrete mud pellets were readily discernible. As the
plug was deposited in one day (9-10th May) the minimum rate of
deposition was 3.3 g/h (Fig. 2C).
Turret Construction
As no direct observations of the turret ’proper’ (Fig. 2A) were made
its construction can only be inferred from its physical appearance and
the subsequent activity of the nymph.
The general appearance of the turret, in particular the nodular
external face, is consistent with the inference that it is built by the
accumulation of individual mud pellets being placed side by side and
stacked in an overlapping pattern. The somewhat smoother internal
wall is probably formed by the nymph patting or ramming the pellet
to smooth it over. Perhaps additional liquid (water) is used to achieve
this smoothing process. To achieve this the nymph need only secrete
some of the liquid (probably xylem fluid as described by White and
Strehl, 1978) stored in its swollen abdomen (Fabre, 1921 in Myers,
1929). Fabre (1921) reports that in dry soil nymphs obtain the
necessary moisture by this means. Whether or not smoothing occurs
Aust. ent. Mag 16 (4) Dec 1989 105
concurrently with building or as a separate process conducted after
most of the building is completed is not known.
The internal diameter of the turret is probably governed by the space
required for the nymph to turn around. What determined the final
turret height is not known but judging by the thickness (strength) of
the turret's base it seems that the turret could have been higher.
(Marlatt (1907) records many instances of turrets up to 100 mm high
and some 150 to 200 mm high.
The mud used for the pellets deposited at or near the surface on 4th
May came from a depth of 13 to 40 cm. Оп this day individual
pellets were dragged up this distance and deposited. The turret was
possibly made the same way. The occurrence of the mud-plug,
however, may be evidence that soil material is brought near the
surface and stored before being used to build a turret. Using this
strategy a nymph could build its turret more quickly with the added
advantage of lessening the time the open burrow is exposed to possible
predators. Alternatively the mud plug was built to seal the burrow.
Why was a Turret Built?
The building of the turret and associated activity occurred during the
latter half of autumn. As this is a period when the above ground
activity of cicadas is normally minimal it is necessary to seek an
explanation. Marlatt (1907, p. 96) considered this problem for M.
septendecim and suggested a multiple hypothesis.
A complete hypothesis, therefore, seems to be in a union of the
explanations offered, namely, that the cone-building habit is induced
either by a shallow soil, proximity of the pupae to the surface, or
conditions of unusual warmth which brings the pupae to the surface in
advance of their normal time, and more rarely to unfavourable
conditions of excessive moisture. The mud caps are to protect the
burrow from cold until the time of issuing arrives.
In relation to C. australasiae, however, Moulds (1982) favours
waterlogging of the soil as the key factor whereas Musgrave (1923)
prefers the idea that turrets are built by those nymphs that have
reached the surface before they are ready to emerge. Of all of these
postulated hypotheses that of shallow soil and poor drainage can be
eliminated as the burrow extended to 40 cm depth in a well drained
soil. This leaves the possibilities of unusual warmth and/or proximity
to the surface to consider.
The 10 day period during which the activity was observed was drier,
finer and warmer during the day and had a higher morning humidity
than during the previous month (Table 1). Perhaps the more
favourable climatic conditions at this time initiated activity in the
nymph as it prepared itself for final departure prior to ecdysis. The
106 : Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
lining of the vial during this period of mild weather is consistent with
this meteorological explanation. Such preparations were possibly
thwarted on the afternoon of 9th May when a cool change resulted in
lower temperatures and 6mm of rain. During this change the mud
plug was probably constructed and may represent an attempt by the
nymph to seal the burrow thoroughly, or, as suggested previously, to
store soil material ready for the construction of another turret.
A meteorological explanation is however, not entirely satisfactory
since only one turret was found at this site even though in the
preceding and following summers many open burrows were observed.
Perhaps this particular nymph was more mature and/or closer to the
surface and thus more responsive to suitable environmental changes
than its fellows.
Even though it has not been possible to explain precisely why a turret
was built it is of interest to note that, with the exception of the mud-
plug, the events and conditions recorded are consistent with those
reported for M. septendecim by Marlatt (1907).
Other Turrets
The deposition of soil material at the soil surface in the form of a
turret (and mud-plug) is an example of 'mounding' by soil mesofauna.
High rates of turret construction would imply that cicada nymphs are
important in terms of our understanding of how some topsoils are
formed and modified (e.g. Humphreys and Mitchell, 1983). In order
to secure additional information a search for turrets was undertaken
at Epping and at two other study sites, Cattai and Cordeaux (all
within 70 km of Sydney), where detail studies on other soil mesofauna
(ants, termites etc.) were being conducted.
Despite a search over two summers, 1979-80 and 1980-81, the broken
remains of only one additional turret was found - at Cattai on a
Yellow Podzolic soil. Тһе remains of this turret, about 21 р (dry
weight), was extremely fragile having a fine sandy loam texture i.e. it
was dominated by sand (quartz) and a small amount of clay to act as
a weak binding agent. А turret of this composition would easily
break down to single grain sands by wind gusts, and the impact of
rain drops or even falling twigs. It is most unlikely that this type of
turret would survive for more than a few days when exposed to the
natural elements. Though P. moerens was the only cicada species
found at this site it is thought that the range of C. australasiae extends
to this area too. The builder of this particular turret remains
uncertain.
Conclusion
The building of turrets by cicada nymphs is probably rare in Australia
and to date this activity is known definitely for only one species, C.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 107
australasiae. However, there are two cautionary remarks to be made
about the uncommonness of turrets in Australia. Firstly, turrets built
of sandy materials (and many soil types in Australia have sandy
topsoils, c.f. Stace et al., 1968) will be very fragile, easily broken
down to single grain sand, and therefore difficult to detect even by
skilled observers. Secondly, it is of interest to note that in the USA
prior to 1884 the occurrence of turrets built by M. septendecim was
thought to be rare. However, once known to observers of this species
their occurrence was considered commonplace (Marlatt, 1907).
Whether or not this will prove true in Australia must await the test of
time. Nevertheless, there is another way in which cicada nymphs alter
the soil during the excavation of a burrow. In the USA Snodgrass
(1921, p. 386) reports that nymphs "...excavate a closed cavity by
crowding earth back into the surrounding earth" and Hugie and Passie
(1963) noted that nymphs backfill their burrows with soil material
derived largely from the soil horizon they are operating in.
Presumably either or both of these mechanisms are employed by
Australian cicadas. The importance of this action must be potentially
greater than turret building if only for the fact that all nymphs form a
burrow. However, this topic requires further research.
Acknowledgements
I thank Prof. T.R. Paton for his comments on an earlier draft of the
manuscript and to other staff at both Macquarie University and the University
of New South Wales for typing the manuscript and preparing the figures.
References
FABRE, J.H., 1921. Souvenirs entomologiques (cinquiéme serie). Paris. 12 me ed. Chs.
13-17. Reference not seen but it is quoted in Myers (1929).
HUGIE, V.K. and PASSEY, H.B., 1963. Cicadas and their effect upon soil genesis in
certain soils in southern Idaho, northern Utah, and northeastern Nevada. Proceedings
Soil Science Society of America 27: 78-82.
HUMPHREYS, G.S., 1981. The rate of ant mounding and earthworm casting near
Sydney, New South Wales. Search 12: 129-131.
HUMPHREYS, G.S., 1985. Bioturbation, rainwash and texture contrast soils. Unpub.
Ph.D thesis, Macquarie University, N.S.W.
HUMPHREYS, G.S. and MITCHELL, P.B., 1983. A preliminary assessment of the
role of bioturbation and rainwash on sandstone hillslopes in the Sydney Basin. п: ЕМ.
Young and G.C. Nanson (eds), Aspects of Australian sandstone landscapes. Australian
and New Zealand Geomorphology Group Special Publication 1: 66-80.
MARLATT, C.L., 1907. The periodical cicada. Bulletin United States Department of
Agriculture Bureau of Entomology 71: 1-181.
McKEOWN, K.C., 1942. Australian Insects. An introductory handbook. 304 pp.
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.
MOULDS, M., 1982. Summertime is cicada time. Australian Natural History 20: 429-
435.
108 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
MUSGRAVE, A., 1923. The yellow monday cicada. Australian Museum Magazine 1:
204-208.
MYERS, J.C., 1929. Insect singers. А natural history of the cicadas. Pp. xix-304.
George Routledge and Sons Ltd., London.
SNODGRASS, R.E., 1921. The seventeen-year locust. Report of the Board of
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution 1919: 381-409.
SNODGRASS, R.E., 1934. Insects their ways and means of living. The Smithsonian
Institution Series 5: 362
STACE, H.C.T., HUBBLE, G.D., BREWER, R., NORTHCOTE, K.H., SLEEMAN,
J.R., MULCANY, M.J. and HALLSWORTH, E.G., 1968. A handbook of Australian
soils. Pp. xii + 435. Rellim Technical Publications, South Australia.
THEOBOLD, W., 1882-1883. Burma, its people and productions; or, notes on the
fauna and flora and minerals ој Tenasserim, Pegu and Burma. Vols 1 and 2. Stephen
Austin and Sons, England. N.B. This is a rewritten work of a book with a similar title
by Father Mason in 1860. The original work was unavailable to the author.
WHITE, J. and STREHL, C.E., 1978. Xylem feeding by periodical cicada nymphs on
tree roots. Ecological Entomology 3: 323-327.
1991 Churchill
Fellowships
for overseas study
The Churchill Trust invites applications from Australians, of
18 years and over from all walks of life who wish to be
considered for a Churchill Fellowship to undertake, during
1991, an overseas study project that will enhance their
usefulness to the Australian community.
No prescribed qualifications are required, merit being the
primary test, whether based on past achievements or
demonstrated ability for future achievement.
Fellowships are awarded annually to those who have
already established themselves in their calling. They are
not awarded for the purpose of obtaining higher academic
or formal qualifications.
Details may be obtained by sending a self addressed
stamped envelope 12 x 24 cms to: x
The Winston Churchill Memorial Trust
218 Northbourne Ave, Braddon,
ACT 2601.
Completed application forms and reports
from three referees must be submitted by
Wednesday 28 February 1990.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989 109
NEW RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA) IN
EASTERN NEW SOUTH WALES
Russell Мауо!, Andrew Atkins? and Bruce White?
1 12 Dena Ave, Narara, N.S.W., 2250
2 45 Caldwell Ave, Dudley, N.S.W., 2290
3 44 Birriga St, Norahead, N.S.W., 2263
Abstract
New distribution records and/or host plants are given for Trapezites luteus leucus
Waterhouse, T. iacchoides Waterhouse, Heteronympha paradelpha paradelpha Lower,
Hypochrysops byzos byzos (Boisduval), Ogyris ianthis Waterhouse, Deudorix epijarbas
diovis Hewitson, Candalides heathi heathi (Cox), Nacaduba berenice berenice (Herrich-
Schaffer), Erysichton palmyra tasmanicus (Miskin) and Theclinesthes scintillata (Lucas)
from central New South Wales.
New Records
Nomenclature follows Common and Waterhouse (1981). Material is
in the authors' collections.
Trapezites iacchoides Waterhouse
Recorded in September 1986, 1987 and 1988 hill-topping at Bumble
Hill, Yarramalong (BW, RM), a new northern coastal record.
Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse
Several larvae, mostly collected on Lomandra multiflora (R.Br.)
J.Britt. in winter 1987 and 1988 from Branxton, Belford-Pokolbin
areas (AA) and Broke (RM) emerged as adults the following spring
and early summer. This is an additional food plant for this species.
Heteronympha paradelpha paradelpha Lower
Local but common in fern gullies on Barrington Tops above 1100 m
in December and January (AA, RM, BW). As specimens of this
population do not appear to be as dark as the subspecies deervalensis
Burns from northern New South Wales and southern Queensland,
they have been referred to subspecies paradelpha and represent a new
northern limit for the subspecies.
Hypochrysops byzos byzos (Boisduval)
Adults were reared from larvae collected from Pearl Beach in October
1987 and February 1989 (RM) and at Patonga in February 1988 (RM).
These are the first records of this species from the central coast.
110 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 1989
Ogyris ianthis Waterhouse
Adults collected hill-topping at Phegans Bay in November 1987 and
1988 (RM), Narara and Ettalong in February 1989 (RM). These are
the first records of this rare species from the central coast.
Deudorix epijarbas diovis Hewitson
An adult male was collected at Toukley in February 1987 (BW) and is
one of the few specimens known from central New South Wales.
Candalides heathi heathi (Cox)
This species was common in September 1988, flying around granite
out-crops at Boat Harbour (AA). Females were observed ovipositing
on a dwarf form of Westringia fruticosa (Willd.) Druce and larvae
were reared to the second instar.
Nacaduba berenice berenice (Herrich-Schaffer)
Adults were collected commonly in. March 1987 at Canton Beach,
Toukley (BW), representing a new southern record for this species.
Erysichton palmyra tasmanicus (Miskin)
An adult female was collected in January 1988 at Wyong feeding at
Bursaria Cav. flowers (RM). Males were observed nearby, flying
above Casuarina L. trees growing along the Wyong River. This is a
new southern limit for this species.
Theclinesthes scintillata (T.P. Lucas)
Adult males and females were observed flying in pockets of bushland
at Charlestown near Newcastle (AA). The females appeared to be
ovipositing on Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd. in July 1987 although
no eggs could be found.
This species was also collected at Toukley in April 1987 (BW) and
Narara in February 1989 (RM), indicating the existence of resident
populations on the New South Wales central coast.
Reference
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec 111
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
CAMPBELL, I.C.
(1988). Ephemeroptera. Pp. 1-22, index 284-286. In Houston, W.W.K. (ed.),
Zoological catalogue of Australia. Vol. 6, Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera,
Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. Australian Government Publishing
Service: Canberra.
CAMPBELL, I.C. and SUTER, P.J.
(1988). Three new genera, a new subgenus and a new species of Leptophlebiidae
(Ephemeroptera) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 259-273.
CANTRELL, B.K.
(1988). The comparative morphology of the male and female postabdomen of the
Australian Tachinidae (Diptera), with descriptions of some first instar larvae
and pupae. Invert. Taxon. 2: 81-221.
(1989). The Australasian species of Winthemia Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera:
Tachinidae) with notes on Oceanian and Oriental species. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
28: 93-104.
CARDALE, J.C.
(1985). Vespoidea and Sphecoidea. Pp. 150-303, index 349-381. Jn Walton, D.W.
(ed.), Zoological catalogue of Australia. Vol. 2, Hymenoptera: Formicoidea,
Vespoidea and Sphecoidea. Australian Government Publishing Service:
Canberra.
CARLBERG, U.
(1987). Bibliography of Phasmida (Insecta) VI. 1980-1984. Spixiana 10: 147-156.
CHAINEY, J.E.
(1989). A review of the genus Lilaea Walker (Diptera: Tabanidae). Invert. Taxon. 2
(1988): 749-753.
COLE, P.G., NEW, T.R. and THORNTON, I.W.B.
(1989). Psocoptera of Flinders, King and Deal Islands, Bass Strait. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
28: 31-38.
COLES, R.B., VERBERNE, F. and BROOKES, H.M.
(1988). The immature and adult stages of Callococcus leptospermi (Maskell)
(Homoptera: Coccoidea: Asterolecaniidae), with observations on life history.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 15-25.
COLLINS, P.J. and HOOPER, G.H.S.
(1984). Mixed-function oxidase activity in larvae of Heliothis punctiger Wallengren
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 249-252.
COMMON, I.F.B.
(1988). Moths (Lepidoptera). Pp. 202-213. т Scott, G. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The
natural history of an inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute
Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
COOK, D.
(1989). Sexual selection in dung beetles. II. Female fecundity as an estimate of male
reproductive success in relation to horn size, and alternative behavioural
strategies in Onthophagus binodis Thunberg (Scarabaeidae: Onthophagini).
Aust. J. Zool. 36 (1988): 521-532.
COOPER, R.
(1984). Inhibition of Culicinomyces clavisporus invasion in soil dwelling Chironomus
sp. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 83-84.
COUPAR, P.S. and I.M.
(1989). Notes on skin irritation when rearing Euproctis baliolalis (tussock moths).
Victorian Nat. 106: 26-28.
COX, J.M.
(1989). The mealybug genus Planococcus (Hemiptera: Pseudococcidae). Bull. Br.
Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 58: 1-78.
112 Aust. ent. Mag. 16 (4) Dec
CROSBY, D.F.
(1988). A note on one of our early collectors Richard Ernest Trebilcock, 1880-1976
Vict. Ent. 18: 84-85. ;
CROSBY, D.F. and DUNN, K.L.
(1989). The distribution and range extension in Victoria of the butterfly Ocybadistes
walkeri sothis Waterhouse. Victorian Nat. 106: 184-193.
CROSSLAND, M.W.J., CROZIER, R.H. and IMAI, H.T.
(1988). Evidence for several sibling biological species centred on Myrmecia pilosula
(F. Smith) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 13-14.
CROSSLAND, M.W.J., CROZIER, R.H. and JEFFERSON, E.
(1988). Aspects of the biology of the primitive ant genus Myrmecia F.
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 305-309.
D'ABRERA, B.
(1984). А field companion to the butterflies of Australia and New Zealand. Pp. 1-
176. Five Mile Press: Melbourne.
DAHMS, E.C.
(1984). A checklist of the types of Australian Hymenoptera described by Alexandre
Arsene Girault: III. Chalcidoidea species F-M with advisory notes. Mem, Qd
Mus. 21: 579-842.
DAMOISEAU, R.
(1987). Contribution à la systematique et corrections à la nomenclature des
Calodrominae (Coleoptera Brentidae) II. Tribus des Hoplopisthiini,
Atopobrentini et Stereodermini. Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. (Ent.) 57: 31-91.
DANIELS, G.
(1988a). Robberflies (Asilidae). Pp. 238-242. In Scott, G. (ed.), Lake Broadwater.
The natural history of an inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs
Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
(1988b). Marchflies and others (Orthorrhapha and Cyclorrhapha). Pp. 243-248. Jn
Scott, G. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an inland lake and
its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
DAVIES, D.M. and GYORKOS, H.
(1988). Two new Australian species of Simuliidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27:
105-115.
DEAN, J.C.
(1984). Immature stages of Baliomorpha pulchripenne (Tillyard) from Australia, with
comments on generic placement (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). Proc. R.
Soc. Vict. 96: 141-145.
(1988). Description of a new genus of leptophlebiid mayfly from Australia
(Ephemeroptera: Leptophlebiidae: Atalophlebiinae). Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 100:
39-45.
DEARN, J.M.
(1989). Temporal variation in colour pattern polymorphism in Phaulacridium
vittatum (Sjöstedt) (Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 147-151
DEBENHAM, M.L.
(1988). Chimaerohelea, a new genus of Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) from north
Queensland. Invert. Taxon. 1: 801-806.
DESSART, P.
(1987). Revision des Lagynodinae (Hymenoptera Ceraphronoidea Megaspilidae).
Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. (Ent.) 57: 5-30.
DEVITT, J.
(1989). Honeyants: a desert delicacy. Aust. nat. Hist. 22: 588-595.
DISNEY, R.H.L.
(1989). Re-appraisal of the Australian genus Eutermiphora Lea (Diptera: Phoridae).
Ent. scand. 19: 435-436.
DODSON, G.N.
(1989). The horny antics of antlered flies. Aust. nat. Hist. 22: 604-611.
DODSON, G.N. and DANIELS, G.
(1988). Diptera reared from Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum (Juss. Miq. at Iron
Range, northern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 77-79.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
FOR SALE OR EXCHANGE. Indonesian butterflies and beetles. H.
Hendra, 43 Currawong Road, Berowra Heights, N.S.W., 2082.
Phone (02) 456 4268.
FOR SALE. The Edward Shearin Butterfly and Moth Collection,
circa 1890. Housed in antique entomological cabinet, with glass
doors, containing 30 draws of moths and butterflies. Viewing and
offers to Т.М. Greggain "Brackenthwaite", Mt Glorious, Qld,
4520. Phone (07) 289 0180.
FOR SALE. Back issues of Australian Entomological Magazine.
Most issues are available. For further information contact the
Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 16, Part 4, 15 Dec 1989
BELLAMY, C.L. Two new species and notes on other
Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from Fiji. 87
FEARN, S. Some observations on the habits of Paroplites
australis (Erichson) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, Prioninae)
and its damaging effects on the food plant Banksia marginata
Cav. in Tasmania. 81
HUMPHREYS, G.S. Earthen structures built by nymphs of the
cicada Cyclochila australasiae (Donovan) (Homoptera:
Cicadidae). 99
MANSKIE, R.C. and MANSKIE, N. New distribution records
for four Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). 98
MAYO, R., ATKINS, A. and WHITE, B. New records for
butterflies (Lepidoptera) in eastern New South Wales. 109
McCORQUODALE, D.B. and THOMSON, C.E. The prey of
some Australian sphecid wasps (Hymenoptera). 93
MOSS, J.T. ST. LEGER Observations of Hypolycaena phorbas
phorbas (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) on Carlisle
Island, Queensland. 85
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels. 111
VOL. 16 INDEX i-iv
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
A ISSN 0311 1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
VOLUME 17
1990
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUUENSLAND
ii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua
New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The magazine is
a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by the
Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from
amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is produced
independently and subscription to the Magazine is not included with
membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable in advance.
Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to the Business
Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537,
Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
Magazine Publication Committee
Editor: Mr G. Daniels
Assistant Editor: Emeritus Prof. D.S. Kettle
Business Manager: Miss M.A. Schneider
ISSN 0311 1881
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Hans Quality Print, Brisbane.
Copyright Reserved, 1990
iii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
INDEX Vol. 17, 1990
BRABY, M.F. Gahnia radula (R.Br.) Benth., a new larval
hopst plant for Tisiphone abeona albifascia Waterhouse
(Lepidoptera: Satyrinae). 16
BELLES X. and LAWRENCE, J.F. Notes on the genus
Neoptinus Gahan (= Ptinosphaerus Bellés and Lawrence)
(Coleoptera: Ptinidae) 61
BUCKLEY, R.C., GULLAN, P.J., FLETCHER МЈЈ. and
TAYLOR, R.W. New ant - homopteran interactions from
tropical Australia 57
EWART, A. Status of the Germar and Leach types of
Australian cicadas (Homoptera) held at the Hope
Entomological Collections, Oxford 1
FORSTER, P.I. Hoya australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill
(Asclepiadaceae) as a host plant for Margaronia microta
Meyrick (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 43
FORSTER, P.I. and MARTIN, G. Host records (family
Asclepiadaceae) and distribution of Tirumala hamata hamata
(W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia 131
HALLIDAY, B. The occurrence of Veigaia uncata Farrier
(Acarina: Mesostigmata: Veigaiidae) in Australia and Papua
New Guinea 115
HARSLETT, M.J. Additional Queensland records for
Heteronympha paradelpha deervalensis Burns (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae: Satyrinae) 6
HASENPUSCH, J.W. A new larval food plant for Papilio
ulysses joesa Butler 64
HILLER. A. Notes on systematics and biology of Trichaulax
Kraatz (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Cetoniinae) 117
HORNE, Р.А. Parental care in Notonomus Chaudoir
(Coleoptera: Carabidae: Pterostichinae) 65
KETTLE, D.S. March flies (Diptera: Tabanidae) at Clairview,
central Queensland, November 1985 37
LAKE, D.C. Observations on the eastern mouse spider
Missulena bradleyi Rainbow (Mygalomorphae:
Actinopodidae): natural history and envenomation 93
LAMBKIN, T.A. and KNIGHT, A.I. Butterflies recorded from
Murray Island, Torres Strait, Queensland 101
MILLER, C.G. The life history of Chaetocneme denitza
(Hewitson) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae) 97
NAUMANN, I.D. The aculeate wasps and bees (Hymenoptera)
of Norfolk and Philip Islands 17
NEILSEN, E.S. and ROBINSON, G.S. The tineoid moth
family Eriocottidae (Lepidoptera) in Australia 77
SMITHERS, C.N. First record of Psocoptera as prey of
Australian Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) 42
SMITHERS, C.N. New records of Australian Osmylidae
(Neuroptera) 53
SMITHERS, C.N. and PETERS, J.V. New locality records for
some butterflies in New South Wales 75
SMITHERS, C.N. and PETERS, J.V. A note on abundance of
Hasora khoda haslia Swinhoe (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in
Sydney, New South Wales 89
STEVENS, M.M. The previously undescribed females of
Borditartessus casulaensis F. Evans and Microtartessus idyia
(Kirkaldy) (Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Tartessinae) 29
WEBB, G.A. Some wood-boring and other insects of Acacia
dealbata Link from northern New South Wales 45
WILLIAMS, M.R. New Gahnia Forst. & Forst.F. foodplant
records for three Western Australian skippers (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) 113
WILSON, C.G. and FLANAGAN, G.J. The phytophagous
insect fauna of the introduced shrubs Sida acuta Burm.f. and
Sida cordifolia L. in the Northern Territory, Australia 7
WOODGER, T.A. New distribution records for some northern
Queensland butterflies 41
YEATES, D.K. New records of butterflies from the east
Kimberley, Western Australia 73
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by B.P.
Moore. Fascicle 10: Melyridae, Lymexylidae, Cucujidae,
Passandridae, Erotylidae, Bothrideridae, Coccinellidae,
Endomychidae. (Liftout pp. 149-164) following page 82
BOOK REVIEWS, BOOK NOTICES 35, 51, 133
RECENT LITERATURE 36, 69, 91, 135
Publication dates: Part 1 (pp. 1-36) March 30
Part 2 (рр. 37-72) June 28
Part 3 (pp. 73-92) Oct 15
Part 4 (pp. 93-128 ) Dec 14
=== ои
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
y at
Volume 17, Part 1, 30 Mar 1990
Published by:
*
AN
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members’
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067.
Cover: Musgraveia sulciventris (Stal), the bronze orange bug
(Hemiptera: Tessaratomidae). Drawing by Genevieve Wallace.
Printed by Diamond Press Pty Ltd, 388 Lutwyche Road, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 1
STATUS OF THE GERMAR AND LEACH TYPES ОЕ
AUSTRALIAN CICADAS (HOMOPTERA) HELD AT THE HOPE
ENTOMOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS, OXFORD
A. EWART
Department of Geology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld,
4067
Abstract
There is strong evidence to suggest that syntypes of Australian cicadas described by
Germar (1834) exist in the Hope Entomological Collections (University Museum),
Oxford: viz. Cicada melanopygia, C. encaustica, C. varians, C. argentata, C.
curvicosta, C. moerens and C. tristigma. Two specimens from the Haworth collection
(pre - 1833), of Tettigonia marginata and T. harrisii have also been identified,
representing contemporary specimens with those described by Leach in 1814. The
locations of the Leach types have been previously unknown and evidence suggests that
these Hope specimens are the missing types.
Introduction
Тће exact location and identity of the type specimens of Australian
cicadas described by Leach (1814) and Germar (1834) have long been
in doubt (e.g. Burns, 1957). Examination of material in the Hope
Entomological Collection at the University Museum, Oxford (HEC),
during 1980, 1984 and 1988 by the author, have led to the conclusion
that types from both authors almost certainly exist in these
collections. Тһе identification of these types is of significance with
respect to Pauropsalta encaustica (Germar), Pauropsalta melanopygia
(Germar) and Pauropsalta marginata (Leach), owing to the need to
clarify current taxonomic difficulties regarding these species, based on
the author's current revisionary work (Ewart 1989).
The Germar Types
Germar (1834) described nine cicadas from Australia, namely Cicada
melanopygia, C. varians, C. encaustica, C. argentata, C. curvicosta,
C. moerens, C. tristigma, C. hilaris, and C. angularis. The localities
for the first eight of these species are listed as "Australasia (Hope)",
the latter indicating material from the Hope Collection, now housed at
the Hope Entomological Collections, University Museum, Oxford.
The type locality of C. angularis was listed as Sierra Leone,
apparently incorrectly (e.g. Distant 1906; Burns 1957; Metcalf 1963a)
but as there is no indication that this specimen was from the Hope
Collection, no further reference is made to this species in this report.
Examination of the Australian material in the HEC has revealed the
presence of relatively old specimens of seven of these eight remaining
species, the exception being C. hilaris, which is in fact not an
Australian species (Distant 1906; Burns 1957; Metcalf 1963a), and thus
was plausibly separated from the other Australian species in the
collections.
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
William Holland, Assistant in the HEC, rearranged the Cicadidae
sometime prior to his retirement in 1913. Many specimens were reset
and repinned, and many of the original labels, especially drawer
labels, were lost or replaced (I. Lansbury, HEC; pers. comm. January
1982 and December 1984; see also Smith, 1986: 56).
Following are specific details of the seven Australian species described
by Germar (1834). The data labels attached to these specimens show
how, collectively, they correspond to those described by Germar.
Abbreviated locality labels are written in what appears to be oak gall
ink.
Cicada melanopygia. Labelled as Melampsalta melanopygia. 3 males,
all repinned. One specimen has a small white diamond blank label on
which only a black spot is marked (Hem. Type No. 791 2/3). A
second specimen (Hem. Type No. 791 3/3) has a small white label on
which is written 'M.I.' [Melville Island]. The third specimen (Hem.
Type No. 791 1/3) has two labels, one a small white label on which
'M.I.' is written; the second is blue with ’melanopyga Germ’ (note
spelling error) written in pencil, and the genitalia have been dissected.
The last specimen is.set in old style but shows evidence of an older,
rusted pin hole and is the designated lectotype (Ewart 1989).
It is relevant to note here that Melville Island was temporarily settled
with a garrison on 26 September 1824 (Clark, 1973: 4-5), which was
subsequently relieved, in a dispirited state, in 1827 (Hughes, 1987:
574). These dates precede the date of publication of C. melanopygia.
Cicada encaustica. Labelled as Melampsalta encaustica. 3 males, all
repinned, representing two species. One of these (Hem. Type No. 785
1/3) has two labels; one a white label with ’N.H.’ [New Holland]
written in ink; the second label gives the following data: 'Melampsalta
encaustica Germ. Named in British Museum by W.W. Fowler 1896.
Moreton Bay Australia etc. Dist[ribution]. of sp. in В.М.’ (partly
handwritten, partly printed). This specimen is the designated lectotype
(Ewart 1989). The second specimen (Hem. Type No. 785 2/3) has a
single white label with 'VDL' [Van Diemans Land] written in ink.
The third specimen (not conspecific with previous two specimens)
bears a label "Hem. Type Мо. 785 3/3’ plus a white label 'NH? [New
Holland] written in ink.
Cicada varians. Labelled as Melampsalta varians. Four specimens of
possible relevance, each repinned. Two females, (Hem. Type Nos.
786 2/4 and 786 3/4) with white labels (Hope labels, but not in
Hope's handwriting) with 'NH' [New Holland]. One of these has an
additional label with symbol ’9’ (Type No. 3/4). A third specimen, a
male, (Hem. Type No. 786 4/4) possesses a white label (Hope label,
but again not in Hope's handwriting) with ’NSW’; The fourth
specimen, a female, (Hem. Type No. 786 1/4) with blue label with
o ———JÀ—A н
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 3
'varians Germ marginata o Leach' written in pencil but no locality
label.
Cicada argentata. Labelled as Psaltoda moerens (W.W. Fowler
handwriting). One male (Hem. Type No. 789), set upside down and
showing signs of resetting. Two labels, one a white label with 'NSW',
the second a Fowler label.
Cicada curvicosta. Labelled as Tympanoterpes curvicosta. Two
males, with short, thick, heavy pins of the old dressmaker type. One
specimen (Hem. Type No. 790 2/2) with white label with "NH?
handwritten in ink. The second specimen (Hem. Type No. 790 1/2)
with two labels, one white with ’NH’; the second blue with
'curvicosta Germ’ written in pencil.
Cicada moerens. Labelled as Psaltoda moerens. 3 males, with heavy
pins, two with tops removed. One specimen (Hem. Type No. 788 3/3)
unset, with blue label with ’moerens Germ’ written in pencil. Second
specimen (Hem. Type No. 788 2/3) with white label with 'NH" written
in ink. Third specimen (Hem. Type No. 788 1/3) with two labels, one
pink with ’Kirby’ printed (from Kirby collection), the second white
with 'MI.NH' (there being some ambiguity regarding both the reading
of this label and its implied geographic location).
Cicada tristigma. Labelled as Abroma tristigma. One female (Hem.
Type No. 787) repinned. Blue label with 'Abroma tristigma Germ'
written in ink (possibly handwriting of Stál; I. Lansbury, pers.
comm.). The subgenus Abroma was proposed by Stal (1866) but the
species never has been formally placed in the genus (Metcalf, 1963b:
684).
Notes: Confirmation of exchange of specimens between Hope and
Germar is provided by letters in the archives of HEC. For example,
the following passage is quoted from a translation of a letter from
Germar to F.W. Hope, dated 17 Aug. 1829 (both original and
translation in archives): "My next entomological essay will refer to the
Cicadariae, but my collection of them is poor in Indian species, and
from New Holland I do not possess a single one. I should therefore
acknowledge it with much gratitude if you could communicate to me
some species of this family, was it even for a temporary loan only."
This letter was accompanied by a small parcel of ?Coleoptera
specimens. Further evidence of exchange of insect specimens between
Germar and F.W. Hope is provided by a letter dated July 21, 1831,
from a Mr Hunneman (Hope's Agent) of Queen Street, Soho, to Mr
Hope, which includes handling costs for a box of insects and books
from Dr Germar (also in HEC archives).
No further Germar types of Australian cicadas have been located in
other European museum collections (M.D. Webb, British Museum
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
(Natural History), pers. comm., Dec. 1984). It is therefore
concluded that the specimens discussed above and housed in HEC,
represent Germar syntypes.
The Leach Types
Leach (1814) described two Australian cicadas, Tettigonia marginata
and Т. harrisii. During examination of the HEC Australian cicada
material, single specimens of both these species were found which bear
distinctive Haworth Collection labels (I. Lansbury, pers. comm.) and
are thus pre - 1833 (the date of Haworth's death). The labels are
white 'Haworth triangles’ (in fact with lower corners of triangles cut,
giving a pentagonal outline), with points towards abdomen. The male
T. marginata specimen, (Hem. Type No. 784), which has been reset
and repinned at a date unknown, has the following data written in ink
on the label: "marginata L.Z 39. NH’. This is interpreted (I.
Lansbury, pers. comm.) as: L = Leach; Z = Zoological Miscellany;
39 = Plate 39; NH = New Holland.
The 7. harrisii specimen, a female, (Hem. Type No. 783) has an
original old pin and is set in old British style, with the label bearing
the following data: ’Harrisii LZ. 39.2 МН'. This is interpreted as L
= Leach; Z = Zoological Miscellany; 39.2 = page 39, fig. 2; NH =
New Holland.
Both label references correspond exactly to the original descriptions
and illustrations in Leach (1814). Moreover, Westwood exchanged
insects with Haworth in 1823 and when Haworth’s collection was sold
in 1834, Westwood purchased many specimens, some of which he gave
to F.W. Hope; Westwood eventually sold his collections to F.W.
Hope in 1857 (Smith, 1986: 25, 37). Thus, there is ample evidence
that Haworth’s specimens should be found in HEC. It is not known,
however, how the specimens described by Leach could have been
incorporated into the Haworth collection. In the case of T.
marginata, a later specimen was described by Walker (1850) under the
name of Cicada themiscura, subsequently synonymised by Distant
(1906); this specimen is held in the British Museum (Natural History).
The HEC specimen is the only pre - 1850 specimen of T. marginata so
far known to exist.
It is concluded that both specimens of 7. marginata and T. harrisii are
at least contemporary specimens with those described by Leach (1814)
and are eligible for type status.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgement is due to the Committee for the Scientific
Collections, Oxford University Museum, for permission to study the
collections. The author wishes to thank I. Lansbury (HEC), for
extensive help in examination of Australian cicadas held in the HEC
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 5
and in the interpretation of label details. I. Lansbury, M.S. Moulds
and J.T. Moss are thanked for their helpful comments on this
manuscript.
References
BURNS, A.N. 1957. Check list of Australian Cicadidae. Entomologische Arbeiten aus
dem Museum Georg Frey 8: 609-678.
CLARK, C.M.H. 1973. A History of Australia. III. The Beginning of an Australian
Civilisation 1824-1851. Pp. 1-491. Melbourne University Press.
DISTANT, W.L. 1906. А synonymic catalogue of Homoptera. Part 1. Cicadidae.
Pp. 1-207. British Museum, London.
EWART, A. 1989. Revisionary notes on the genus Pauropsalta Goding and Froggatt
(Homoptera: Cicadidae) with special reference to Queensland. Memoirs of the
Queensland Museum 27: 289-375.
GERMAR, E.F. 1834. Observations sur plusieurs espéces du genre Cicada, Latr.
Silbermann Revue Entomologique. 2: 49-82, pls 19-26.
HUGHES, R. 1987. The Fatal Shore. А history of transportation of convicts to
Australia, 1787-1868. Pp. 1-688, 32 pls, 5 maps. Collins Harvill, London.
LEACH, W.E. 1814. The Zoological miscellany; being descriptions of new, or
interesting animals. Vol. 1. R.P. Nodder. Pp. 1-144, pls 1-60; [index (pp. 139-144)
publ. 1815.]
METCALF, Z.P. 1963а. General catalogue of the Homoptera. Fasc. VIII (part)
Cicadoidea, Pt. 1: Cicadidae, Section I: Tibiceninae. Pp. vii + 585. North Carolina
State College, Raleigh.
METCALF, Z.P. 19635. General catalogue of the Homoptera, Fasc. VIII (part)
Cicadoidea, Pt. 1: Cicadidae, Section II: Gaeaninae and Cicadinae. Pp. 587-919. North
Carolina State College, Raleigh.
SMITH, A.Z. 1986. A history of the Hope Entomological Collections in the University
Museum Oxford with lists of archives and collections. Рр. xiii + 172. Clarendon
Press, Oxford.
STAL, C. 1866. Hemiptera Africana. Vol. 4. Hemiptera Homoptera Latr. Pp. 1-276,
1 pl.
WALKER, F. 1850. List of the specimens of homopterous insects in the collection of
the British Museum. Parti. Pp. 1-260. British Museum, London.
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
ADDITIONAL QUEENSLAND RECORDS FOR
HETERONYMPHA PARADELPHA . DEERVALENSIS BURNS
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: SATYRINAE)
M. J. HARSLETT
"Mountain View", Amiens, Qld, 4352
The range of the northern subspecies of the spotted brown,
Heteronympha paradelpha deervalensis Burns, is given by Common
and Waterhouse (1981) as Deervale, Dorrigo and Ebor in NSW with a
single female having been taken near Stanthorpe in southern
Queensland. De Baar (1977) recorded the subspecies from Bald Rock
in New South Wales, just over the Queensland border and 15 km NE
of Wallangarra, in March, 1976. The Queensland female mentioned
by Common and Waterhouse was taken by the writer (Harslett 1965)
on March 12, 1951, along a creek at Glen Aplin where blady grass,
Imperata cylindrica (L.) Beauv., was predominant and the dingy dart,
Suniana lascivia lascivia (Rosenstock), was flying freely. Though
resident in the district I had not recorded the species for the ensuing
38 years since 1951 until February 1989 when two occurrences worthy
of record were encountered.
In a small protected valley near the Beehive Dam on the Paling
Yard/Mt Norman Road (4 km NE of Wallangarra) a number of males
and a couple of females were seen on the wing on 19-20 February,
1989. Also one male and two females were seen respectively on 17th
and 21st February, 1989, on "Mountain View" property near Amiens,
35 km NW of the original Glen Aplin locality. These two new
recordings, though on similar dates, were 50 km apart which indicates
that the species was quite widespread in the district that season.
Despite my being always on the alert, it seems strange that so many
years elapsed since the last record.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DE BAAR, M. 1977. New records for butterflies in Queensland and northern New
South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 11-12.
HARSLETT, M.J. 1965. Butterflies from the Stanthorpe district, Queensland, with
notes on their food plants. Queensland Naturalist 17: 106-112.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 7
THE PHYTOPHAGOUS INSECT FAUNA OF THE INTRODUCED
SHRUBS SIDA ACUTA BURM.F. AND SIDA CORDIFOLIA L. IN
THE NORTHERN TERRITORY, AUSTRALIA
Colin G. Wilson and Grant J. Flanagan
Northern Territory Department of Primary Industry and Fisheries,
G.P.O. Box 990, Darwin, N.T., 0801
Abstract
The phytophagous insect fauna on the malvaceous weeds Sida acuta Burm.f. and S.
cordifolia L. are recorded for the Northern Territory, Australia. Most of the 20 insect
species on S. acuta and the 23 insect species on S. cordifolia are rarely or only
occasionally encountered, are native or naturalized, polyphagous, ectophagous chewing
or sucking species. S. cordifolia is more fully exploited by phytophagous insects than is
S. acuta but vacant niches exist on both plants for introduced insects for biological
control of these weeds.
introduction
Sida acuta Burm.f. and S. cordifolia L. (Malvaceae) are both
perennial weeds of improved pastures, disturbed areas and roadsides in
northern Australia (Kleinschmidt and Johnson 1977; Mott 1980).
They are small, erect shrubs with woody stems and deep taproots,
usually growing to about 1 m in height but exceeding 2 m іп
favourable circumstances. These species can dominate areas which are
heavily grazed.
S. acuta is native to Mexico and central America and is thought to
have been introduced into Australia approximately 100 years ago
(Waterhouse and Norris 1987). It can tolerate dry or wet climates,
droughts and a range of soil types but is rarely found outside the
tropics (Holm ef а!. 1977). The origin of S. cordifolia is less certain.
It is pan-tropical in distribution and has been in Australia for at least
140 years (Bentham 1863). Both species are widespread in the
monsoonal regions of the Northern Territory from the Victoria River
district in the west to the Gulf of Carpentaria in the east.
In 1984 a biological control programme for these weeds was
commenced with the establishment of an exploratory station in Mexico
funded by both the CSIRO Division of Entomology and the Northern
Territory Department of Primary Industry and Fisheries. The aim was
to search the Americas for damaging natural enemies of Sida spp. and
to introduce into Australia those that passed stringent host-specificity
tests. The study reported here attempted to reveal any vacant niches
on Sida spp. in the Northern Territory which might be exploited by
imported natural enemies.
Materials and Methods
Between 1984 and 1987, immature and mature phytophagous insects
were hand-picked or aspirated from seedlings and mature plants of S.
8 Aust. ent. Маг. 17 (1) Маг 1990
acuta and S. cordifolia on 50 collecting trips to infestations of both
these species in the Northern Territory. At least 1 h was spent
collecting on each species on each trip and collections were made
during daylight hours and in every month of the year. Flowers, fruit,
leaves, roots and stems were all examined carefully for signs of insect
herbivory. Damage was correlated whenever possible to the species
and stages of insects present. In a shadehouse, the immature insects
collected were reared to adults on their Sida host plant. Bulk
collections of excised mature fruits were made whenever possible and
were held in cages in an insectary for the emergence of seed-feeding
insects.
Only insects which fed on living tissues of S. acuta and S. cordifolia
were included in the phytophagous insect fauna. Transient insects
were not included.
Results
Sida acuta.
A total of 20 species of phytophagous insects, representing five orders,
15 families and 19 genera, were found feeding on S. acuta (Table 1),
Nine species were considered rare (i.e. encountered on no more than
three occasions), seven were encountered occasionally (i.e. on up to 10
occasions) and four were considered common, being found on more
than 10 occasions.
Fourteen of the 20 species that fed on S. acuta were known to breed
on it and two were endophagous. Fifteen species fed on leaves, two
on flowers, one on fruits, three on seeds and three on stems. Мо
insects were observed to feed on the roots. At least 11 species were
polyphagous, feeding on plants from more than one family. The host
ranges of the remaining nine species could not be determined. Nine
species were known pests of cultivated plants.
Sida cordifolia.
A total of 23 species of phytophagous insects, representing four
orders, 16 families and 22 genera, were found feeding on S. cordifolia
in the Northern Territory (Table 1). Eight species were considered
rare, eight were encountered occasionally and seven were common
(criteria as above).
Fifteen of the 23 species that fed on S. cordifolia were known to breed
on it and two were endophagous. Fifteen species fed on leaves, five
on stems, two on fruits, three on flowers and three on seeds. Мо
insects were observed to feed on the roots. At least nine species were
polyphagous, three were considered to be oligophagous, feeding only
on plants within the Order Malvales and the host ranges of the
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 9
remaining 11 species could not be determined. Seven species were
known pests of cultivated plants.
Although there are native representatives of the genus Sida in the
Northern Territory (Dunlop 1987), no native or naturalized insect
species known to be restricted to the genus Sida were found on the
introduced Sida spp. Eight species utilized both S. acuta and S.
cordifolia.
Discussion
S. acuta and S. cordifolia have attracted at least 20 and 23 species of
phytophagous insects respectively since their introduction into the
Northern Territory a century or more ago (Table 1). Мапу аге
extremely uncommon on their new host plants and even those that
were encountered frequently were not always present in damaging
numbers.
Only the seed-sucking Oxycarenus luctuosus Montrouzier and
Signoret, was found in large numbers on S. acuta. It was not
surprising that in the field S. acuta rarely displayed evidence of
herbivory. On the other hand, S. cordifolia supported six species of
insects that damaged the plant extensively. They were: О. /uctuosus
on mature fruits, Urentius sarinae Hacker on the leaf surfaces,
Melanagromyza sp. mining under the epidermis of the stems, Syllepte
quaternalis Zeller rolling and chewing leaves, Earias smaragdina Butler
chewing fruits and leaves, and Crocidosema plebejana Zeller chewing
flowers, fruits and leaves. In the field S. cordifolia invariably showed
evidence of insect herbivory, with many leaves rolled and chewed,
fruits and flowers damaged and stems mined.
It is unlikely that a suite of phytophagous insects came with S. acuta
and S. cordifolia when they arrived in Australia, since none of the 39
insect species reported as feeding on S. acuta in its native range in
Mexico (Gillett, Harley and Miranda unpubl. results) was common to
either S. acuta or S. cordifolia here. Colonists are usually drawn
rapidly and asymptotically from the pool of native and naturalized
insects which have the potential to include the new plant in their diet
(Lawton and Strong 1981; Strong et al. 1977).
It is usually the least specialized, chewing and sucking, externally
feeding insects that rapidly transfer to a colonizing plant species
(Strong et al. 1984). We would therefore expect to see a relatively low
proportion of endophagous insects attacking S. acuta and S. cordifolia
in their recently acquired introduced range and a relatively higher
proportion in the native range of S. acuta. As most plant species used
in agriculture in Australia have also been introduced, we would expect
that a number of the unspecialized native or naturalized insects that
have become pests on these plants would also include the exotic Sida
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
10
О LOA $i V'N 2 X loxoeH apul4ps snilu24f]
9epiaurp
(9) за я 96 V X О (SOOLA) snuipi snsskyssorT
оврцедоцм
(L'9'c-) Ad Loa as V о X JIIZNONUOY anpis snosapsfq
зерџозоцлха
é LOA 15:7 V ч X озешшлојорш “ds јә uoa
зерши
1910U$IS %
(сс) ad 19H 95 V'N 2 Ə 1отполиорј snsonjon] snua4DoÁx()
(8:90 а 10a 95 V'N 3) 3 q101819g 40J1UIA 5154
зергзевкј]
(елојдолојо Н) елојатшон
é ама 1S “ал P) о ‘ds р2(шол8рирјәрү
әврт24шо:8ұ
тла
ó оя 3i V о X “ds 21105
әерцәшо$Ащ2)
é Lod 14 V К! К! "ds 5125510)
оврпзолапда
é 194 ld V О о ‘ds uoidy
sepiuoid
?1o91do2[0)
uo polg uo род DiJOofip:o2 ‘$ uQninop ‘$ чо
(ә) (р) (о) (9) (2)
Кпоода8 = 1295ш1 0] јивја sjied jue[d — pojoo[[oo зпоподјоз ut
он јо drgsuone[o1]sSOH рәје12055%ұ so3e1g Kouoanboij олпвјом Кшопох L
"ÁIOJILIO L илоцмом 211 UI 27/0/1p402 `$ pue pinov DpIS чим poj1eroosse 51005 зпозецдомца ^I WISgSVIL
11
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
d
(ср d'd
d
d
GONH
194
Lod
LOd
Lod
LOd
ГОН
T4
(S'L'S'€-D d'd Јон
(8‘L‘S-1) 3а
L94
LOA
LOA
LOA
LOd
194
LO
1S"T
<
оомохх си
©
о
KLOKKA
©
(отаргв 1и 61915504)
әувшшләјәрш “ds 12 '128
әерщәиоҝ7
әуешшләјәрш “ds 12 '128
эврше[әв1о
lopnng 2/12821 0402/2)
звршешого
Z ON ојешшлојарш `5 19 "uoa
1 (ON әјешшләјәрш ‘ds ja "uos
әері81:ә110шѕоэ
v1o1dopido'T
"ds nun4212n041uOJAL į
oepruonpidoi T
(u2210)) snjnsunp sn22021]|2u02DJAT
oeprooooopnoesd
1215 27Duoi8nd D1042D1/20]AI
зерполовузеју
(рившојјет) vovypsisny раруао«јла
әериецаокзта
(oeur[eudoooi[oq) .XX^Id. $1098
9, ‘лои ‘ds 001807
(крүеҳм) шпловрцаојој 5п150410
JEYO 2/2147504qn4 nifin]ojppg
einuins]e]o 051201 Duinjoppg
(цова) 2251481ріта розролјпр
овршерез о)
IoAO[D) 11045508 siydy
зершау
(елојдошон) елојфшон
(panuguo;)) Т QEL
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
12
‘(S861 70 Ja әшемс ‘g :861
9pisuoJ[ pue ошемб ‘L :£86[ 70 Ja predays “9 :8961 зрлецогм ‘S ‘IFEI чәлоцүе ‘p :2861 "2 72 Мон ‘E :LL6I
иеѕѕеҢ ‘Z 18861 UOS[IAA pue 19192110, *[) poysinSunsip jou snjejs 1524 лоГеш “sa JOUTU 'saroads 1594 orurouooo
‘J *umou»x jou FULI soy ';, ‹ѕәцішеј иеа лоцјо шоу UMOUY 'snogSeudA[od “д *So[EA[E]A| JopIO UIOIJ Á[UO UMOUY
‘snoseydosijo ‘O 'oorApe j1edxo pue зпопзоојјо2 зоәэѕш Jo иоцешшехә "олтуелој у ƏY} uro1j рошшлојор sy (ә)
'snogeudopus ‘qNq ‘snoseydois ‘LOF (р) 'surojs “JG :5рәәѕ ‘ag ÉSIAVƏ "T тд “IJ '5ломоц ‘JA (0)
пре “у ‘ednd ‘q ‘цашки ‘y ‘eame 71 (9) 'punoj jou “у :пошшоо ‘O :үеиої52220 ‘Q әле # (L)
(8) 3'd Loa 1 V X о "ds DI2Ipanz)
sepriuoSmno L
gadoy
(1с) ad лоя TT 1 5) ч тәцә7, риргодаја ршәѕор12012
зерошој,
é LOA 3i 71 Wu X (seunrmug) ојешшлојорш ‘ds јә 'и28
é LOH 1 T о X Io[[9Z зурилојопр ә}йәр&$
яо 104 П 1 ч X (тома ве 4) 27080лор Du24010NI
оврцела
(8-S‘€-1) 4d Јон л 1 x 3) uo1guo][EA, D42812und гтуоцен
(8-1) a'd 194 1 1 X 5) (лоџапн) 2лә8:шар гтјоцен
о IOd 124 1 Э) X лопта ршр8раршѕ 50149
ó 194 1 1 ч X 'ds оџиозу
әеріпј2ом
uo poig uo pay nijofip402 `$ uQnjnop `$ UC
(>) (р) (2) (д) (в)
Aylorjioads јәәѕш 0} jue[d sed quejd — pojioo[[oo зпопогјјо2 UI
он Jo Фузиоцејол бон poiero0ssy $98215 Kouanbo1] олпвјом AWOUOX® |
“AIO, UIYWON oy Ut 27/0/1p402 `$ рив рупор DDIS цим ротетооз5в sjoesur snoseydoysyg (3009) T ATAVL
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 13
spp. in their diet. Both of these predictions are borne out by the data
(Fig. 1). The proportion of insect pests utilizing the exotic Sida spp.
may rise as the diversity and intensity of commercial plant cultivation
in the Northern Territory increases and as we expand our knowledge
of the pest complexes of locally cultivated plants.
At least two species of insect recorded on S. acuta and S. cordifolia in
the Northern Territory have been previously recorded as feeding on S.
acuta elsewhere in its introduced range. They are Dysdercus sidae
Montrouzier in Fiji and C. plebejana in Vanuatu (Hinckley 1963;
Cock 1984 in Waterhouse and Norris 1987). | Both species аге
widespread polyphagous pests of agriculture and their occurrence is
not necessarily dependent upon or linked with the presence of Sida
Spp.
Given that one of the aims of conducting a study of this type is to
identify vacant niches suitable for exploitation by introduced natural
enemies, it is instructive to examine the roles of the insects that have
accumulated on to the colonizing Sida spp. The distribution of insects
among the feeding sites is similar for both S. acuta and S. cordifolia
(Fig. 2), with most species feeding externally on leaves, several on
flowers, fruit, seeds and stems, and none on the roots. A closer
examination of the plants in the field, however, reveals that this
similarity is misleading. Insects frequently reach damaging
populations on the flowers fruit, leaves, seeds and stems of S.
cordifolia but only on the seeds of S. acuta.
Virtually all feeding niches on S. acuta are underexploited and could
be filled by imported natural enemies. Even the seeds are not fully
exploited as is demonstrated by the invasive nature of the plant and its
persistence from year to year in virtual monocultures.. S. cordifolia is
more fully utilized by phytophagous insects than is S. acuta but even it
has many underexploited niches. It supports no gall-formers, stem-
borers or root-feeders and no insects that are endophagous on the
reproductive structures.
The insects that feed upon S. acuta in its native range in Mexico
(Gillett, Harley and Miranda, unpubl. results) attack all plant parts
except the roots (Fig. 2). Many of them are endophagous and hence
likely to be relatively host-specific, protected from unspecialized
parasites and predators, and structurally damaging the plant.
Approximately 10 species were considered to have potential for use as
a biological control agent against 5. acuta іп Australia.
Unfortunately, due to the uncertainty of the native range of S.
cordifolia, there have been no studies of phytophagous insects
attacking S. cordifolia in areas where it might be native, but
undoubtedly there exists host-specific, damaging natural enemies
capable of exploiting the vacant niches on this plant in Australia.
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Маг 1990
AUSTRALIA MEXICO
30:4% 45% pests 231%
87% 10%
endophages 41%
Sida cordifolia n=23 Sida acuta n=20 Sida acuta n=39
FIG. 1. Comparison of the proportion of endophagous and pest
insect fauna of S. cordifolia and S. acuta in their introduced ranges in
the Northern Territory, and S. acuta in its native range in Mexico
(unpublished data of Gillett, Harley and Miranda).
20 20 20
15 15 15
10 10
5 5
FI Fr L R'Se' St Fl ' Fr L R'Se'St
Sida cordifolia Sida acuta Sida acuta
AUSTRALIA AUSTRALIA MEXICO
FIG. 2. Comparison of the feeding sites of insects on S. cordifolia
and S. acuta in the Northern Territory, and S. acuta in its native
range in Mexico (unpublished data of Gillett, Harley and Miranda).
Open bars represent ectophagous species and closed bars represent
endophagous species. Fl, flowers; Fr, fruit; L, leaves; R, roots; Se,
'seeds; St, stems.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 15
Acknowledgements
Insect identifications were provided by T.A. Weir (Coleoptera), E.C.
Zimmerman (Coleoptera: Apionidae), D.H. Colless (Diptera), G.F.
Gross (Heteroptera), M.J. Fletcher (Homoptera;. Heteroptera:
Tingidae), M. Carver (Homoptera: Aphididae), E.D. Edwards
(Lepidoptera), M. Horak (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) and K.H.L. Key
(Orthoptera). The authors thank Haidee Brown and Leslee Hills for
technical assistance. Useful comments on the manuscript were made
by W.M. Lonsdale and I.L. Miller.
References
BENTHAM, G. 1863. Flora Australiensis. Vol. 1. 508 pp. Lovell Reeve, London.
DUNLOP, C.R. 1987. Checklist of the vascular plants of the Northern Territory.
Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory Technical Report No. 26. 87 pp.
Government Printer, Darwin.
FORRESTER, N.W. and WILSON, A.G.L. 1988. Insect pests ој cotton. 17 pp. New
South Wales Department of Agriculture Agfact PS. AE.1.
HASSAN, E. 1977. Major insect and mite pests of Australian crops. 238 pp.
Entomology Press, Gatton.
HELY, P.C., PASSFIELD, G. and GELLATLEY, J.G. 1982. Insect pests of fruit and
vegetables in N.S.W. 312 pp. Inkata Press, Sydney.
HOLM, L.G., PLUCKNETT, D.L., PANCHO, J.V. and HERBERGER, J.P. 1977.
The world's worst weeds. University Press of Hawaii, Honolulu.
KALSHOVEN, L.G.E. 1981. Pests of crops in Indonesia. 701 pp. Revised by P.A.
Van der Laan. Р.Т. Ichtar Baru, Van Hoeve, Jakarta.
KLEINSCHMIDT, H.E. and JOHNSON, R.W. 1977. Weeds of Queensland. 469 pp.
Queensland Government Printer. |
LAWTON, J.H. and STRONG, D.R. 1981. Community patterns and competition in
folivorous insects. American Naturalist 118: 317-338.
MOTT, J.J. 1980. Germination and establishment of the weeds Sida acuta and
Pennisetum pedicellatum in the Northern Territory. Australian Journal of Experimental
Agriculture and Animal Husbandry 20: 463-469.
RICHARDS, K.T. 1968. A study of the insect pest complex of the Ord River Irrigation
Area. M.Sc Thesis, University of Western Australia, Perth.
SHEPARD, M., LAWN, R.J. and SCHNEIDER, M.A. 1983. Insects on grain legumes
in northern Australia — a survey of potential pests and their enemies. 81 pp. University
of Queensland Press, St Lucia.
STRONG, D.R. 1974. Rapid asymptotic species accumulation in phytophagous insect
communities: the pests of cacao. Science 185: 1064-1066.
STRONG, D.R., LAWTON, J.H. and SOUTHWOOD, T.R.E. 1984. Insects on plants
— community patterns and mechanisms. 313 pp. Blackwell, London.
STRONG, D.R., McCOY, E.D. and REY, J.R. 1977. Time and the number of
herbivore species: the pests of sugarcane. Ecology 58: 167-175.
SWAINE, G. and IRONSIDE, D.A., 1983. Insect pests of field crops in colour.
Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane.
SWAINE, G., IRONSIDE, D.A. and YARROW, W.H.T. 1985. Insect pests of fruit
and vegetables in colour. Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane.
WATERHOUSE, D.F. and NORRIS, K.R. 1987. Biological control. Pacific
prospects. 454 pp. Inkata Press, Melbourne.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
GAHNIA RADULA (R.BR.) BENTH., A NEW LARVAL HOST
PLANT FOR TISIPHONE ABEONA ALBIFASCIA WATERHOUSE
(LEPIDOPTERA: SATYRINAE)
Michael F. Braby
Department of Zoology, James Cook University of North Queensland,
Townsville, Old, 4811
Abstract
The host plant Gahnia radula (R.Br.) Benth. is recorded for larvae of Tisiphone abeona
albifascia Waterhouse for the first time.
Larvae of the sword-grass brown butterfly, Tisiphone abeona
(Donovan), feed on various species of Gahnia Forst. & Forst.f.
(Cyperaceae). Recorded host plants include G. sieberiana Kunth, G.
clarkei G. Benl., G. melanocarpa R.Br. and G. erythrocarpa R.Br.
(Conroy 1971; Common and Waterhouse 1981). These are usually
tall-growing sedges occurring in high rainfall areas, especially in wet
gullies and montane areas, but also in coastal habitats. In Victoria,
G. sieberiana (red-fruit saw-sedge) appears to be the preferred host
plant for 7. abeona.
On December 26th 1988, two medium sized larvae (measuring 24 mm
and 25 mm in length) of Tisiphone abeona albifascia Waterhouse were
collected on Gahnia radula (R.Br.) Benth. at Donnelly’s Weir,
Healesville, Victoria (37°39’S 145°31’E). The larvae were on separate
plants and were concealed between two blades, near the central-base of
each plant. Each larva was oriented in a downward position and the
leaf-blades upon which they were sheltering showed obvious signs of
having been eaten. The larvae were reared to the pupal stage on G.
radula but only one produced an adult, emerging as a male in
February after 17 days in the pupal stage.
This host plant record is of ae as G. radula occurs widely over
much of Victoria, and elsewhere, where 7. abeona frequents but
appears to be rarely utilised by the butterfly. At the Healesville
locality time unfortunately did not permit a more thorough search for
larvae on this particular plant, though many larger sized caterpillars
were located on the less abundant С. sieberiana. It is possible that С.
radula serves an important secondary larval food source in areas where
G. sieberiana is relatively scarce.
Acknowledgement
To Pat Coupar for generously rearing the larvae.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CONROY, B.A. 1971. Geographic variation and speciation in the sword grass brown
butterfly Tisiphone abeona (Donovan). PhD thesis, University of Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 17
THE ACULEATE WASPS AND BEES (HYMENOPTERA) OF
NORFOLK AND PHILIP ISLANDS
I.D. NAUMANN
Division ој Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra,
A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Ycaploca evansi Nagy (Scolebythidae); Dryinidae; Primeuchroeus biroi (Mocsáry)
(Chrysididae); Goniozus, Apenesia, Rhabdepyris (Bethylidae); Ariphron bicolor Erichson
(Tiphiidae); Liris festinans (Smith), Pison spinolae Shuckard, Pison caliginosum Turner,
Pison glabrum Kohl, Pison marginatum Smith, Pison westwoodi Shuckard (Sphecidae);
and Hylaeus Fabricius (Colletidae) are recorded for the first time from the Norfolk
Island-Philip Island group. The European wasp Vespula germanica (Fabricius), which
established briefly, has been eliminated. Apart from the endemic Scleroderma
norfolcensis Dodd (Bethylidae), which has reduced wings, all identifiable aculeate wasps
and bees appear to be introductions, in most cases from the north or west (especially
New Caledonia and Australia). Species which nest or shelter as adults in concealed
situations or which parasitise the immature stages of Coleoptera in wood make up the
bulk of the aculeate fauna.
Introduction
Norfolk and Philip Islands are tiny, remote and subtropical, and lie in
the south-western Pacific Ocean, approximately equidistant from Lord
Howe Island, New Caledonia and New Zealand. New Caledonia,
about 680 km to the north-west is the nearest land mass.
Norfolk Island covers some 3450 hectares and reaches 316 m at its
highest point. Philip Island, about 6.5 km distant, is a mere 250
hectares with a precipitous 280 m peak. The islands are the
remaining, emergent peaks of the now largely submarine Norfolk
Ridge which traces an angulate line from New Caledonia to New
Zealand. The Ridge is part of an originally Gondwanan tectonic plate
but the islands themselves are of relatively recent, volcanic origin (2.3-
3.0 m.y.b.p., Jones and McDougal 1973; Holloway 1977).
It is unlikely that either island could have sustained life continuously
until volcanic activity ceased. However it is possible that the present-
day flora and fauna of the islands include elements from older, now
submerged islands which were once near neighbours as part of a
Norfolk Ridge archipelago (Moore 1985; Otte and Rentz 1985). The
existence of such nearby islands has not been demonstrated
conclusively but it is certain that Norfolk Island itself was once much
larger than it is today - the original land mass has been diminished Бу
perhaps 75% through erosion and sea level rises during the Pliocene
and Quaternary (Anon. 1984).
Prior to human settlement about 200 years ago, Norfolk Island was
covered extensively by closed, moist forest dominated either by
Norfolk Island pines (Araucaria heterophylla (Salisb.) Franco) and
other softwoods, or by palms and tree ferns. Early descriptions of
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
Philip Island indicate that this island originally had a more open
natural vegetation of grasses, thickets, low trees and scattered Norfolk
Island pines (Cogger, Sadlier and Cameron 1983). Since the arrival of
man the vegetation of both islands has been altered greatly. Those
forests not cleared from Norfolk Island have suffered massive weed
invasions and introduced pasture grasses, guava (Psidium 5рр.),
African olive (Olea africana Mill.), eucalypt trees, domestic gardens
and buildings now cover more than 75% of the island. Through
overgrazing by goats and rabbits the vegetation of Philip Island has
been destroyed almost completely and ensuing erosion has removed
most of the island's topsoil.
The composition and origin of the insect fauna of Norfolk and Philip
Islands has been documented in part (e.g. Holloway 1977; Otte and
Rentz 1985) but attention to the Hymenoptera has been sporadic and
incidental. From a small collection made by A.M. Lea on Norfolk
Island, Dodd (1924) recorded Hymenoptera for the first time and
described several endemic, parasitic species. Hawkins (1942) noted
additional parasitic species, several ants and the first nest-building
wasp, an unidentified species of Pison Jurine (Sphecidae). Taylor
(1967) and Wilson and Taylor (1967) provided additional taxonomic
and distributional comment on the Norfolk Island ants. Turner,
Smithers and Hoogland (1975) reiterated one of Dodd’s (l.c.) records
but omitted the others, and Holloway (1977) recorded eight wasp
genera (including Liris Fabricius) for the first time from Norfolk
Island. Up to now no Hymenoptera have been recorded from Philip
Island.
In compiling the following annotated list of aculeate wasps and bees
from Norfolk and Philip Islands, I have examined the specimens upon
which Dodd (1924) published (material now in South Australian
Museum, Adelaide, SAM) and more recently collected material in the
Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC) and the
Australian Museum, Sydney (AM). To confirm the identity of species
recorded from other islands in the south-west Pacific region I
examined collections in the British Museum (Natural History), London
(BMNH); Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris; the
Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna; the Zoological Museum,
University of Copenhagen; the United States National Museum,
Washington, D.C.; and the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. In
particular I have examined type material of almost all species of Pison
recorded from Australia and the south-western Pacific region.
Nothing is known of the aculeate wasps and bees of Lord Howe
Island. In the list below an asterisk indicates the first record of the
taxon from the Norfolk-Philip Island group.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 19
Key to the aculeate wasps and bees recorded from Norfolk and Philip
Islands
(No attempt has been made to separate the apterous and micropterous females of
Bethylidae)
IpBodyametallicscreenhope и eee ККЕ Primeuchroeus biroi
Bodyanotémetallic# or cen и e а КККК К ОЕК ~ 2
2.Body with at least a few branched hairs ....................... 3
Bodyzwithouüibranchedahal Sm e E КОЛЛ ГЕК ETT TTD EE 4
3. Forewing with 2 submarginal cells (Fig. 17)
Joe nol ets DONE MEL A Hylaeus (Prosopisteron) sp. nr asperithorax
Forewing with 3 submarginal cells (Fig. 16) ....... Apis mellifera
4. Body with extensive yellow markings; forewings always
present and folded longitudinally when at rest
ЖЕТ та ар ново ојл ава ата те Vespula germanica
Body without extensive yellow markings; forewings present
or absent, if present not longitudinally folded when at rest ..... 5
5. Pronotum posterolaterally with rounded spiracle cover lobe
(Fig. 1); forewing with 2 or 3 submarginal cells (Figs 18, 19) ....6
Pronotum usually without rounded spiracle cover lobe; if
slight lobe developed (Fig. 15), then forewing with 1
submarginalicell РТИ 11
6. Anterior margin of each compound eye straight (Fig. 3);
lateral ocelli much smaller than median ocellus (Fig. 4)
doe росе soedeoemishadnesbqq53995904no6 5t Liris festinans
Anterior margin of each compound eye strongly emarginate
(Fig. 5); lateral ocelli not smaller than median ocellus (Fig.
Gy E E ree na tierce oc or со Блу DOE I PET ee mace 7
7. Forewing with 2 submarginal cells (Fig. 19) ... Pison caliginosum
Forewing with 3 submarginal cells (Fig. 18)................... 8
8.Propodeum predominantly smooth, with only a few sparse,
setigerous punctures (Fig. 8) .................... Pison glabrum
Propodeum not predominantly smooth (Figs 7,9,10) ........... 9
9.Frons (Fig. 1) and propodeum (Fig. 7) with long hairs
аара ЛЕВ е ы Ep cle ш I n ox EE TET D с Pison spinolae
Frons and propodeum without long hairs (Figs 2,9,10) ........ 10
10. Mesoscutum and mesoscutellum with dense, fine punctures
and interspaces engraved (Fig. 11); propodeum with
prominent, oblique rugulae (Fig. 9)............ Pison westwoodi
Mesoscutum and mesoscutellum more coarsely punctate and
interspaces smooth (Fig. 12); propodeum without
prominent, oblique rugulae (Fig. 10) ......... Pison marginatum
. Antennae inserted beneath frontal shelf........ Ariphron bicolor
Antennae not inserted beneath frontal shelf ................. 12
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
IoNAntennaeMO:segmented? EC EE ELTE SLE TS Dryinidae
Antennaesl2orel8-segmented ЕИ 13
13. Neck very elongate (Fig. 15) and forewing well-developed,
with:closediradiallcell e Зз 355 ЗЕ Ycaploca evansi
Without the above combination of character states ........... 14
14. Forewings absent or smaller than mid coxae ......... Bethylidae
Forewings larger than mid сохае ........................... 15
15. Forewing with closed radial cell (Fig. 20) ............... Sierola
Forewing without closed radial cell (Figs 21, 22).............. 16
16. Forewing without radial vein (Fig. 21) ............. Scleroderma
norfolcensis
Forewing with radial vein (Fig. 22) ......................... 17
17. Basal vein of forewing giving rise to a short vein ...... Goniozus
Sp.
Basal vein of forewing not giving rise to a vein .............. 18
18. Mesoscutellum and propodeum medially contiguous (Fig.
14)
ZR ПР У Параеруп1515р!
Mesoscutellum and propodeum not medially contiguous (Fig.
13)
Зе ВИ ba тата саване ара gout Apenesia spp.
Family Scolebythidae
*Ycaploca evansi Nagy. Scolebythids are primitive and uncommonly
encountered aculeates. On Norfolk and Philip Islands Y. evansi has
been collected under bark of Lagunaria sp. and by malaise and pan
traps. This species is rare but widespread, the previously known range
being southern Africa (including Cape Town) and eastern Australia
(Stanthorpe, Sydney, near Moruya) (Nagy 1975). In southern Africa
(where another primitive and possibly closely related family, the
Plumariidae, also occurs) Y. evansi has been recorded as a gregarious
parasite of Hylotrupes bajulus Linnaeus (Cerambycidae) in Pinus
radiata D. Don. and of a different cerambycid in Olea (olive)
(Brothers 1981). It is possible that Y. evansi was introduced
accidentally to eastern Australia, Norfolk and Philip Islands, in beetle
burrows in wooden sailing ships or in imported timber. For 200 years
Cape Town has been a port of call for vessels sailing from England to
Australia and there would have been ample opportunity for infestation
to occur there. Conceivably the introduction of Y. evansi to Australia
and the south-western Pacific region could date from the earliest years
of convict transportation to Australia and Norfolk Island. Ап
alternative explanation of the austral-disjunct distribution of Y. evansi
is that the species is a Gondwanan relic.
Norfolk Island: Anson Bay Reserve: Rocky Point Reserve.
Philip Island: South East Slopes; Lower Long Valley (ANIC).
Months of collection: November, December.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 21
Figs 1-2. Pison, females: (1) P. spinolae, head and anterior mesosoma,
lateral view; (2) P. westwoodi, head, lateral view. s, spiracle. Scale
lines 2 0.3 mm.
Figs 3-6. Frontal views of heads, females: (3,4) Liris festinans; (5,6)
Pison westwoodi. Scale lines = 0.3 mm (3), = 0.1 mm (4-6).
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
Family Dryinidae
*One unidentifiable species of Gonatopodini occurs on both Norfolk
and Philip Islands. Dryinids develop as ectoparasites of Fulgoroidea
or Cicadelloidea (Hemiptera: Homoptera).
Family Chrysididae ("emerald wasps")
*Primeuchroeus biroi (Mocsary). Occurs also in eastern Australia and
New Guinea where it parasitises nests of megachilid bees. On Norfolk
Island probably parasitic on Pison spp.
Norfolk Island: Ball Bay; South Spur Track; Rocky Point Reserve;
Selwyn Pine Road (AM, ANIC).
Family Bethylidae
Scleroderma norfolcensis Dodd. Endemic. Females submacropterous;
males macropterous. Probably parasitic on larvae of Coleoptera in
wood or litter.
Norfolk Island: South Spur Track.
Philip Island: Lower Long Valley (ANIC, SAM).
Month of collection: November.
Apart from S. norfolcensis none of the Bethylidae (8 spp.) known
from Norfolk and Philip Islands can be identified to species. The
widespread genera *Goniozus (1 spp.; Philip Island only), *Apenesia
(2 spp.; Norfolk Island only), *Rhabdepyris (1 sp.; Norfolk and Philip
Island) and Sierola (1 sp.; Norfolk and Philip Island) are represented.
Species of Goniozus and Sierola parasitise larvae of Lepidoptera,
especially those feeding in concealed situations (e.g. rolled leaves,
mines, tunnels in stems). Three additional species of Bethylidae are
represented by extremely modified, females which cannot be placed to
genus. One species (from Norfolk Island) resembles species of the
Australian genus Lepidosternops. Both of the other species with
apterous females have been recorded from Norfolk Island and one
occurs also on Philip Island.
Family Tiphiidae ("flower wasps")
* Ariphron bicolor Erichson. Known also from south-eastern Australia
(New South Wales, South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania) (Brown
unpublished). Parasite of larvae of Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) in soil.
Norfolk Island: Red Road.
Months of collection: November, December (ANIC).
Family Vespidae
*Vespula germanica (Fabricius) ("European wasp”). A paper nest of
this social species was discovered in Norfolk Island in 1982 and
destroyed. А pest species, originally from Europe but accidentally
introduced to and established in North America, Australia and New
Zealand (Spradbery 1973; Edwards 1980). Queens hibernate in
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 23
Figs 7-14. Dorsal views of mesosoma, females (7-10, propodeum; 11,
12 mesoscutum): (7) Pison spinolae; (8) Pison glabrum; (9) Pison
westwoodi; (10) Pison marginatum; (11) P. westwoodi; (12) P.
marginatum, (13) Арепеча sp.; (14) Rhabdepyris sp. M,
mesoscutellum; MT, metanotum; P, propodeum. Scale lines = 0.3
mm (7-11), = 0.1 mm (12-14).
concealed situations and are transported in packing cases, stacks of
timber, folded cloth, etc. The species is common and widespread in
Sydney, Melbourne, Tasmania and New Zealand and the introduction
to Norfolk Island could have been from any one of these places.
Norfolk Island: unlocalised, 1982 (ANIC).
Sphecidae ("digger wasps”, "mud dauber wasps”)
*Liris festinans (Smith). Widespread throughout the Oriental,
Australian and Pacific regions (Indonesia, Australia, Solomon Islands,
New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa, Marianas, Caroline Islands, Vanuatu)
(Bohart and Menke 1976). Common on Norfolk Island on bare areas
of ground, especially beside dirt roads. Females excavate shallow
24 Aust. ent. Mag 17 (1) Mar 1990
burrows in the ground (depth less than 13 cm) and provision these
with small crickets (Orthoptera: Gryllidae) (Williams 1945).
Norfolk Island: Ball Bay, near Collins Head, Highlands Guesthouse,
Point Hunter Reserve, Rocky Point Reserve, Selwyn Pine Road.
Philip Island: Lower Long Valley, Moo-oo Beach, National Park
Hut, Rocky Valley, Upper Long Valley (ANIC).
Months of collection: March, April, November, December.
*Pison westwoodi Shuckard. Known also from Australia and New
Caledonia (as P. strictifrons Vachal) (Bohart and Menke 1976).
Utilises various pre-existing, small cavities for its mud nests (e.g. mud
cells of other species of Pison, cavities in wood). Females provision
nests with spiders (Evans, Matthews and Hook 1981).
Norfolk Island: Highlands Guesthouse, Rocky Point Reserve.
Philip Island: |. Upper Dykes, Upper Long Valley (ANIC).
Months of collection: March April, November, December.
*Pison spinolae Shuckard. (Sometimes referred to on Norfolk Island
as a “mason bee" or "mason wasp”). An Australian species which has
been introduced from Australia to New Zealand (Callan 1979).
Females construct mud cells in protected situations (especially in holes
and crevices in wood) and are seen commonly around buildings. The
mud cells are provisioned with spiders (Callan 1979; Evans, Matthews
and Hook 1981).
Norfolk Island; Ball Bay, Burnt Pine, Cascade, Highlands
Guesthouse, mouth of Stockyard Creek, Rocky Point Reserve, Selwyn
Pine Road (AM, ANIC, BMNH).
Months of collection: March, April, November, December.
* Pison caliginosum Turner. Known also from Australia (Naumann, in
press). Norfolk Island specimens of P. caliginosum differ from most
Australian specimens in having dark tibial spurs and sparser
punctation on the metasomal tergites. Biology unknown but probably
also constructing mud nests and provisioning these with spiders. On
Norfolk Island associated with less disturbed, forest habitats.
Norfolk Island: Rocky Point Reserve, Selwyn Pine Road (ANIC).
Months of collection: March, November, December.
*Pison glabrum Kohl. Known only from Norfolk Island and Samoa
(Yasumatsu 1953) but closely related to Pison insulare Smith from
Hawaii and Vanuatu. Biology unknown but probably also
constructing mud nests and provisioning these with spiders. On
Norfolk Island associated with less disturbed, forest habitats.
Norfolk Island: Filmy Fern Valley, Red Road Track, South Spur
Track (bottom) (ANIC).
Months of collection: April, November, December.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 25
Fig. 15. Ycalpoca evansi, female. Body length (excluding antennae)
— 5.2 mm. (Drawing by T. Nolan).
*Pison marginatum Smith. Known from Australia, New Zealand,
Norfolk Island and Philip Island. Females construct mud nests in pre-
existing cavities (especially in wood) and provision these with spiders
(Evans, Matthews and Hook 1981).
Norfolk Island: Cascade, mouth of Stockyard Creek (AM).
Philip Island: Lower Long Valley, Moo-oo Beach, Upper long
Valley, Upper Dykes (ANIC).
Months of collection: March, April, November, December.
Family Apidae
Apis mellifera Linnaeus ("honey bee", "Italian bee"). Social.
Cosmopolitan.
Norfolk Island: Highlands Guesthouse, mouth of Stockyard Creek,
Red Road Track, Rocky Point, Selwyn Pine Road (AM, ANIC).
Philip Island: Lower Long Valley (ANIC).
Months of collection: March, November, December.
Family Colletidae ("native bee")
* Hylaeus (Prosopisteron) nr asperithorax Rayment. Hylaeus is a large
genus with species in Australia, New Guinea, the Chatham Islands,
New Zealand and Tuamotu Islands. Н. (P.) asperithorax is known
from coastal localities near Melbourne and Sydney. Species of
Hylaeus are solitary nesters. Nests consist of cells of transparent,
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
Figs 16-22. Forewings, females: (16) Apis mellifera; (17) Hylaeus
(Prosopisteron) nr asperithorax; (18) Pison spinolae; (19) Pison
caliginosum; (20) Sierola sp.; (21) Scleroderma norfolcensis, (22)
Goniozus sp. Scale lines = 0.5 mm.
cellophane-like membrane in burrows in plant stalks, twigs or reeds, in
pre-existing cavities such as beetle burrows in wood, and in the soil.
The nests of the Norfolk-Philip Island Hylaeus have not been located.
On Philip Island adults were numerous on flowers of three creeping
plants, Melanthera biflora (L.) M.Wild ("three-veined wedelia”),
Achyranthes aspera L. ("chaff flower") and Carpobrotus glaucescens
(Haw.) Schwantes. These plants are widespread and common in
several of the valleys and on some beaches and are said to be "native"
to Philip Island, rather than very recent introductions. Few specimens
of the Hylaeus have been collected on Norfolk Island. It seems that
the Hylaeus is well suited by present conditions on Philip Island where
the low plants flower in abundance in open sunny areas. On Norfolk
Island open areas are dominated by grasses and the bee is much less
common. It has been stated (Anon. 1984) that "native bees
[presumably the Hy/aeus] were once common on Norfolk Island, but
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 27
their numbers have declined markedly, possibly following
introduction of an Italian bee species".
Norfolk Island: Mouth of Stockyard Creek, Selwyn Pine Road (AM,
ANIC).
Philip Island: Red Road Valley, Red Terraces, Whitewood Valley,
Rocky Valley, Spin Beach, Upper Dykes, Upper Long Valley (ANIC).
Months of collection: March, April, November, December.
Acknowledgements
I thank (1) the curators of the collections listed in the introduction for
permission to study specimens in their care; (2 Dr L. Kimsey,
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, U.S.A. (Chrysididae); Dr
С. Brown, Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Sydney
(Tiphiidae) and Dr T.F. Houston, Western Australian Museum, Perth
(Colletidae) for the identification of some specimens; (3) the
Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Canberra, and Mr L.
Hill, Mr N. Hermes and Mrs M. Christian (all ANPWS) for assistance
with field work; and (4) the following colleagues of CSIRO, Canberra:
Ms K. Pickerd (for scanning electron micrographs), Mr C. Hunt
(mounting and labelling line drawings), and Dr D.C.F. Rentz and Mr
E.C. Edwards (comments on earlier drafts of this paper).
References
ANONYMOUS 1984. Plan of Management. Norfolk Island National Park and Plan
of Management Norfolk Island Botanic Garden. Pp. [5+] 112. Australian National
Parks and Wildlife Service, Canberra.
BOHART, R.M. and MENKE, A.S. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world: a generic
revision. Pp. ix + 695. University of California Press, Berkley.
BROTHERS, D.J. 1981. Note on the biology of Ycaploca evansi (Hymenoptera:
Scolebythidae). Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa 44: 107-108.
CALLAN, E. McC. 1979. The Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) of New Zealand. New
Zealand Entomologist 7: 30-41.
COGGER, H., SADLIER, R. and CAMERON, E. 1983. The terrestrial reptiles of
Australia's island territories. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special
Publication 11: [6 +] 80.
DODD, A.P. 1924. Chalcidoidea and Proctotrupoidea from Lord Howe and Norfolk
Islands, with descriptions of new genera and species. Transactions of the Royal Society
of South Australia 48: 162-186.
EDWARDS, R. 1980. Social wasps: their biology and control. 398 pp. Rentokil
Limited, East Grinstead.
EVANS, H.E., MATTHEWS, R.W. and HOOK, A. 1981. Notes on the nests and prey
of six species of Pison in Australia (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Psyche, Cambridge 87:
221-230.
HAWKINS, C.N. 1942. The insects of Norfolk Island, including a preliminary report
on a recent collection. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (11) 9: 865-902.
HOLLOWAY, J.D. 1977. The Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island: their biogeography and
ecology. Pp. vi + 291. W. Junk, The Hague.
JONES, J.G. and McDOUGALL, I. 1973. Geological history of Norfolk and Philip
Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Journal of the Geological Society of Australia. 20:
239-257.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
MOORE, B.P. 1985. The Carabidae of Norfolk Island. Pp. 237-256 in Ball, G.E.
(ed.), Taxonomy, phylogeny and zoogeography of beetles and ants. Dr. W. Junk,
Dordrecht.
NAGY, C.G. 1975. A new genus of Scolebythidae (Hymenoptera) from Southern
Africa and Australia. Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa 38: 75-
78.
NAUMANN, I.D. (in press). Revision of the caliginosum group of the genus Pison
Jurine (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society.
OTTE, D. and RENTZ, D.C.F. 1985. The crickets of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands
(Orthoptera, Gryllidae). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia 137: 79-101.
SPRADBERY, J.P. 1973. Wasps. Ап account of the biology and natural history of
solitary and social wasps. Pp. xvi + 408. Sidgwick and Jackson, London.
TAYLOR, КЛУ. 1967. А monographic revision of the ant genus Ponera Latreille
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Pacific Insects Monograph 13: 1-112.
TURNER, J.S., SMITHERS, C.N. and HOOGLAND, R.D. 1975. The Conservation
of Norfolk Island. Australian Conservation Foundation Special Publication 1: 1-49.
WILLIAMS, F.X. 1945. The aculeate wasps of New Caledonia, with natural history
notes. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society 12: 407-452.
WILSON, E.O. and TAYLOR, R.W. 1967. The ants of Polynesia. Pacific Insects
Monograph 14: 1-109.
YASUMATSU, K. 1953. Sphecoidea of Micronesia. 4. Revision of the genus Pison
Spinola. Part 1 (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture
Kyushu University 10: 133-150.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 29
THE PREVIOUSLY UNDESCRIBED FEMALES OF
BORDITARTESSUS CASULAENSIS F. EVANS AND
MICROTARTESSUS |. IDYIA (KIRKALDY) (HOMOPTERA:
CICADELLIDAE: TARTESSINAE)
M.M. STEVENS
Yanco Agricultural Institute, N.S.W. Agriculture and Fisheries,
Yanco, N.S.W., 2703
Abstract
The previously unknown females of the tartessine leafhoppers Borditartessus casulaensis
F. Evans and Microtartessus idyia (Kirkaldy) are described, with emphasis being placed
on genitalia and associated structures. Supplementary information on the males of both
species is provided. B. casulaensis is newly recorded from north-eastern New South
Wales and south-eastern Queensland.
Introduction
The subfamily Tartessinae is one of eighteen cicadellid subfamilies
currently known to occur in Australia (Fletcher and Stevens 1988).
J.W. Evans (1966) and Knight (1983) state that the subfamily is
confined to the Oriental and Australian Regions; it has been suggested
that the subfamily originated in Australia during the Tertiary period
(J.W. Evans 1966).
The most recent work to incorporate a revision of the Australian
Tartessinae is that of F. Evans (1981), who recognised 67 Australian
species in 22 genera. Only two of these species extend beyond
Australia to New Guinea, which has its own extensive and largely
unique tartessine fauna.
Species recognition within the Cicadellidae currently relies heavily on
structures associated with the male genitalia (Le Quesne 1983),
especially the aedeagus (Blocker and Triplehorn 1985). As a
consequence, new species are generally described on the basis of male
specimens with or without associated females. Within the Australian
Tartessinae, females are known for only 32 of the 67 currently
recognised species and at present confident identification of single
female specimens is generally not possible, even at the generic level.
The key to genera provided by F. Evans (1981) only allows the generic
placement of female specimens if they fall within two of the 22 genera
occurring in Australia.
When more tartessine females are known from male-correlated
material it should be possible to construct a generic key that is not
dependent on male characters. In addition, phylogenetic analysis of
the group based on both male and female characters may help to
verify the current generic placement of species.
Methods
Specimens were examined and illustrated using a Wild M5
stereomicroscope fitted with a Wild camera lucida. Ovipositors were
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
examined after maceration of abdomens in hot 10% w/v aqueous
KOH and dissection in 70% ethanol.
Borditartessus casulaensis F. Evans
Holotype male: Cabramatta, New South Wales, 4.111.1971, M. Nikitin.
Reg’n No. K71476, Australian Museum, Sydney. Other material
examined: 1 male, 1 female, Wreck Rock, 16 km S of Agnes Water,
Qld, at light, 9-14.xii.1986, D. Rugg, L. Sanchez, ef а!.; 2 males, hind
dunes, Lennox Head, N of Ballina, N.S.W., 10.iii.1981, M.J. Fletcher
and G.R. Brown. At mercury vapour light. Specimens in the
collection of the N.S.W. Department of Agriculture Scientific
Collections Trust, Biological and Chemical Research Institute,
Rydalmere.
Female (Figs 1, 2)
Length: 7.34 mm (п = 1).
Crown pale brown, ocelli pink. Face pale brown, anteclypeus, lora
and lower half of frontoclypeus tending to stramineous. Margins of
maxillary plates tending to mid brown. Labium short, terminating
level with midpoints of fore trochanters. Pronotum pale brown, more
or less transversely striate, striae vague laterally; posterior margin very
narrowly mid brown. Scutellum pale brown, shagreen areas near
lateral corners slightly darker, margins at lateral corners
cream/stramineous. Tegmina pale hyaline brown, margin of appendix
and claval vein darker. Venation of typical tartessine form with three
closed subapical cells. Appendix of moderate width, extending around
tegminal apex. Hind femoral setal formulae 2+2+1, proximal seta
small.
Folded tegmina extending beyond apex of abdomen. Ventral surface
of abdomen mainly cream with a few sparse and vaguely defined
smoky markings. Pregenital sternite (PS, Fig. 1) with a median
longitudinal ridge, posterior margin with a small median notch; cream
laterally, medial region marked with pale, mid, and dark brown.
Ventral surface of T9 pale brown tending to cream medially, each side
bearing numerous stout spines arising from dark brown patches.
Third valvulae (3V, Fig. 1) mid brown, setose apically. Ovipositor
(Fig. 2) dorsally serrate in apical half, serrations small, diminishing in
size distally and extending around apex onto preapical area of ventral
surface. Dorsal serrate area raised above level of shaft.
Male (Figs 6, 7)
Length: X= 6.48 mm, range 6.27-6.91 mm, n=4.
With the exception of terminal abdominal segments, as for female;
holotype and Wreck Rock specimen slightly paler, pale orange/brown
in general colouration; Lennox Head specimens considerably darker,
especially dorsally, tending to mid orange/brown with tegmina hyaline
mid brown, paler in costal area, margin of appendix smoky.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 31
FIGS 1-5. 1, 2, Borditartessus casulaensis: (1), apex of female
abdomen, ventral view; (2), ovipositor, lateral view, with detail of
preapical serrations. 3-5, Microtartessus idyia: (3), apex of female
abdomen, ventral view (colour pattern omitted); (4), apical region of
female pregenital sternite and surrounding areas, oblique ventral view
(colour pattern omitted); (5), ovipositor, lateral view, with detail of
preapical serrations.
PS, pregenital sternite; T9, abdominal tergum 9; 3V, third valvula;
arrows directed towards ovipositor margins (Figs 2 and 5) indicate
boundaries of serrate areas. Scale bars in mm.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
Appendix slightly broader than in female. Hind femoral setal formula
2+2+1 or 2 24 60, preapical rows poorly defined.
M.J. Fletcher (pers. comm.) has commented on variation in aedeagal
structure between males of B. casulaensis. | Known extremes of
aedeagal shape are shown in Figs 6 and 7.
Microtartessus idyia (Kirkaldy)
Material examined: 1 male, 1 female, Louisiana Stn, 30 km N of
Cooktown, Qld, 6.xii.1986, M.S.and B.J. Moulds. Collected at light.
Specimens in the collection of the New South Wales Department of
Agriculture Scientific Collections Trust, Biological and Chemical
Research Institute, Rydalmere.
Female (Figs 3-5)
Length: 6.77 mm (п = 1).
Anterior region of crown very dark brown/black; area posterior to
ridges connecting ocelli cream. Vertex with an irregular mid brown
area medially, black laterally. Frontoclypeus black, dorsal region
irregularly mid brown, dorsal two-thirds of lateral margins below level
of antennal ledges cream. Frontoclypeus below level of antennal bases
strongly shagreen. Maxillary plates, anteclypeus and lora black,
margins of maxillary plates and apex of anteclypeus with sparse mid
brown markings. Antennal bases cream. Labium short, reaching а
point level with apices of fore trochanters. Pronotum uniformly pale
orange with some sparse brown markings near lateral borders adjacent
to eyes; lateral corners narrowly dark brown. Scutellum translucent
pale brown, lateral margins and posterior corner yellow/cream.
Tegmina pale/mid smoky hyaline brown with dark brown markings,
principally in appendix, apical cells and costal region. Veins mid or
dark brown. Appendix broad, extending around tegminal apex. Hind
femoral setal formula 2+ 1 +1 (preapical rows close together).
Folded tegmina extending beyond apex of abdomen. Abdominal
sterna smoky cream, S5 and S6 pale brown with mid/dark brown
markings laterally. Ventrally directed regions of abdominal terga very
dark brown, posterior margins narrowly cream/stramineous.
Pregenital sternite (PS, Figs 3, 4) with conspicuous longitudinal trench
in apical three-quarters, apex acute in ventral view, preapical lateral
margins curved dorsally and under apex; cream laterally, smoky brown
medially and along margin with S6. T9 black, lacking stout spines but
with a few fine pale hairs. Third valvulae black tending to smoky mid
brown medially and basally; setose. Ovipositor (Fig. 5) dorsally
serrate only in apical third, serrations very small, extending around
apex on to preapical area of ventral surface. Dorsal serrate area
conspicuously raised above level of shaft.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 33
FIGS 6-7. Lateral view of aedeagus of Borditartessus casulaensis from
Lennox Head, N.S.W. (6) and Wreck Rock, Qld (7). Scale bars in
mm.
Male
Length: 5.47 mm (п = 1).
With the exception of terminal abdominal segments, similar to female,
except generally darker. Anterior region of crown black; face entirely
black except for antennal bases and pale brown markings on dorsal
two-thirds of frontoclypeal margins below antennal ledges. Pronotal
apex narrowly very dark brown/black. Scutellum with yellow/cream
markings at apical corner not extending along lateral margins.
Tegmina darker than in female, dark brown markings more extensive
and present in claval region, especially between A2 and margin.
Number of M crossveins variable.
Discussion
B. casulaensis has previously been recorded only from the Sydney
region (F. Evans 1981); the identification of further specimens from
Lennox Head in northern New South Wales, and Wreck Rock in
south-eastern Queensland considerably extends the known distribution
of the species.
The colouration of the male M. idyia specimens described by F. Evans
(1981) differs considerably from that shown by the specimens
described here. Her description of M. idyia indicates that the
pronotum and scutellum are black, whilst in the specimens from
Louisiana Station these structures are mainly orange, and pale brown
with yellow/cream markings respectively. Colouration is clearly highly
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
variable within M. idyia and this suggests colouration may be of
limited diagnostic value elsewhere within the subfamily. This is
supported by the observed colour differences in male specimens of B.
casulaensis; the specimens from Lennox head are considerably darker
than both the Wreck Rock specimen and the holotype.
M. idyia does not key out correctly in F. Evans (1981). Examination
of both the male specimen from Louisiana Station and the figure
provided by F. Evans (1981, Fig. 5E) indicates that male M. idyia have
well developed accessory processes associated with the tenth abdominal
segment, causing the appropriate section of the key to be bypassed.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Max and Barbara Moulds, Doug Rugg and
Laurie Sanchez for providing some of the specimens described and
discussed in this paper. I am indebted to Murray Fletcher and Faith
Evans for their constructive comments on an early draft of the
manuscript, and to Geoff Holloway and Graham Brown for the loan
of specimens in their care.
References
BLOCKER, Н.р. and TRIPLEHORN, B.W. 1985. External morphology of
leafhoppers. Chapter 3 (pp. 41-60) in Nault, L.R. and Rodriguez, J.G. (eds), The
leafhoppers and planthoppers. 500 pp. John Wiley and Sons, Brisbane.
EVANS, F. 1981. The Tartessinae of Australia, New Guinea and some adjacent islands
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Pacific Insects 23: 112-188.
EVANS, J.W. 1966. The leafhoppers and froghoppers of Australia and New Zealand
(Homoptera: Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea). Memoirs of the Australian Museum 12:
1-347.
FLETCHER, M.J. and STEVENS, M.M. 1988. Key to the subfamilies and tribes of
Australian Cicadellidae (Hemiptera: Homoptera). Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 27: 61-67.
KNIGHT, W.J. 1983. The Cicadellidae of S.E. Asia - present knowledge and obstacles
to identification. Pp. 197-224 in Knight, W.J., Pant, N.C., Robertson, T.S. and
Wilson, M.R. (eds), Proceedings of the Ist International Workshop on biotaxonomy,
classification and biology of leafhoppers and planthoppers (Auchenorrhyncha) of
economic importance. Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London.
Le QUESNE, W.J. 1983. Problems in identification of species of leafhoppers and
planthoppers. Pp. 39-47 in Knight, W.J., Pant, N.C., Robertson, T.S. and Wilson,
M.R. (eds), Proceedings of the Ist International Workshop оп biotaxonomy,
classification and biology of leafhoppers and planthoppers (Auchenorrhyncha) of
economic importance. Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990 35
BOOK REVIEW
The butterflies of Costa Rica and their natural history: Papilionidae,
Pieridae, Nymphalidae. Philip J. DeVries. 1987. 327pp., 50 colour
pls. Princeton University Press. Australian distributor Cambridge
University Press, Melbourne, Victoria. Australian RRP $51.00
(paperback).
This is an excellent book. It treats nearly 550 species which are
illustrated by 967 coloured figures! Although Costa Rica is a small
country it has an enormously rich butterfly fauna. For example over
90% of the Central American Papilionidae and Pieridae occur in
Costa Rica. Thus, the importance of this book is far greater than its
title might suggest.
Тће first 57 pages provide notes on biology, systematics, collecting
techniques, habitats and distribution. By far the greater part of the
book is taken up with an account of the species. Subheadings for
each species include: Range, Early stages, Hostplants, Habitats Adult
and Fore wing length. While it has been necessary to condense data
there are nevertheless remarkably detailed notes on distribution and
habits, stemming from the author's extensive personal experience.
There is also an excellent bibliography (382 references), a list of major
collecting localities, a summary of larval food plants and a systematic
checklist. А significant amount of the information included in the
book is new.
The photographs are of high quality allowing positive identification of
most species, but space has forced a reduction to below natural size
and there is no indication on the plates of actual size. Many larvae
and pupae are illustrated by excellent line drawings.
There are a number of errors or shortcomings in the book but these
are few compared to the large positive contribution that the book
makes. However, one I find particularly annoying was the lack of
indexing by species name; the reader must know the generic name of a
species to find it in the index.
The book is sensibly priced and I believe represents good value for
money. If you are interested in the butterflies of the Neotropics you
should buy this book as soon as possible.
M.S. Moulds
Research Associate
Australian Museum
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (1) Mar 1990
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
DODSON, G.N. and YEATES, D.K.
(1989). Male Bembix furcata Erichson (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) behaviour on a
hilltop in Queensland. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 65: 172-176.
DOMINIAK, B.C. and WALTERS, P.J.
(1984). Establishment of Acythosiphon pisum (Harris) (Hemiptera: Aphididae) in
New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 269-270.
DONALDSON, J.F.
(1988). Further studies on Asiracinae (Homoptera: Delphacidae) in Australia and
New Caledonia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 133-141.
DOUGLAS, F. and BRABY, M.F.
(1989). A note on the effects of temperature on the early stages of Delias harpalyce
(Don.) - possible constraints on distribution. Vict. Ent. 19: 65-68.
DOYEN, J.T., MATTHEWS, E.G. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
(1990). Classification and annotated checklist of the Australian genera of
Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera). /nvert. Taxon. 3 (1989): 229-260.
DREW, R.A.I.
(19892). The tropical fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae: Dacinae) of the Australasian and
Oceanian Regions. Мет. Qd Mus. 26: 1-521.
(1989b). А century of fruit fly research in Australia. (Perkins Memorial Lecture
delivered to Entomological Society of Queensland, 13 Nov. 1989). New Bull.
ent. Soc. Qd 17: 87-104.
DUNN, K.
(1988). A note on the rare butterfly from Bauple. Vict. Ent. 18: 85.
[Specimen of Delias nigrina misidentified as D. harpalyce (Lepidoptera:
Pieridae).]
(1989a). M.J. Manski — the later years and obituary. Vict. Ent. 19: 61-64.
(1989b). Attraction of some butterflies to colored objects. Vict. Ent. 19: 79-81.
EASTWOOD, R. and MANSKIE, R.C.
(1989). Butterflies collected on one weekend at Maryborough Qld. Vict. Ent. 19: 68-
69.
EDWARDS, Р.В. and ASCHENBORN, Н.Н.
(1985). Establishment and survival of larvae of Onitis caffer Boheman (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) in artificially made brood balls and dung slabs. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 24: 103-109.
ELDER, R.J.
(1989). Laboratory studies on the life history of Nomadacris guttulosa (Walker)
(Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 247-253.
ELSON-HARRIS, M.M.
(1988). Morphology of the immature stages of Dacus tryoni (Froggatt) (Diptera:
Tephritidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 91-98.
ERZINCLIOGLU, Y.Z.
(1989). The early larval instars of Lucilia serricata and Lucilia cuprina (Diptera,
Calliphoridae): myiasis blowflies of Africa and Australia. J. nat. Hist. 23:
1133-1136.
EWART, A.
(1988). Cicadas (Homoptera). Pp. 180-201. Jn Scott, С. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The
natural history of an inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute
Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
(1989). Revisionary notes on the genus Pauropsalta Goding and Froggatt
(Homoptera: Cicadidae) with special reference to Queensland. Мет. Qd Mus.
27: 289-375.
EVANS, H.E.
(1988). Further studies on the systematics and nesting behavior of eastern Australian
Cerceris wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 114: 1-13.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
FOR SALE. The Edward Shearin Butterfly and Moth Collection,
circa 1890. Housed in antique entomological cabinet, with glass
doors, containing 30 draws of moths and butterflies. Viewing and
offers to T.M. Greggain "Brackenthwaite", Mt Glorious, Old,
4520. Phone (07) 289 0180.
FOR SALE. Back issues of Australian Entomological Magazine.
Most issues are available. For further information contact the
Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068.
EXCHANGE. Swedish and other European Coleoptera for
Australian Coleoptera. Rolf Rober, Sandviksv. 202537 162240
Stockholm, Sweden
MOTH LAMPS for sale. Clear tubular type, 250 watt, 240 V,
mercury vapour requiring choke. 8 only available. $35 each (post
incl.). Mrs L. Porteus, P.O. Box 73, Mourilyan, Qld, 4858.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies. Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the
Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE |
Vol. 17, Part 1, 30 Маг 1990
BRABY, M.F. Gahnia radula (R.Br.) Benth., a new larval host
plant for Tisiphone abeona albifascia Waterhouse
(Lepidoptera: Satyrinae). 16 |
EWART, A. Status of the Germar and Leach types of
Australian cicadas (Homoptera) held at the Hope
Entomological Collections, Oxford. |
HARSLETT, M.J. Additional Queensland records for
Heteronympha paradelpha deervalensis Burns (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae: Satyrinae. 6
NAUMANN, I.D. The aculeate wasps and bees (Hymenoptera)
of Norfolk and Philip Islands 17
STEVENS, M.M. The previously undescribed females of
Borditartessus casulaensis F. Evans and Microtartessus idyia
(Kirkaldy) (Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Tartessinae) 29
WILSON, C.G. and FLANAGAN, G.J. The phytophagous
insect fauna of the introduced shrubs Sida acuta and Sida
cordifolia in the Northern Territory, Australia. 7 |
BOOK REVIEW — Butterflies of Costa Rica 35 |
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels. 36
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE...
jf
H
Volume 17, Part 2, 28 June 1990
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions Mr gni inte А
А%16.00 per annum Australia. а Paci:
A$18.00 per annum езе
Institutional Subscriplións (
A$20.00 per annum. $\ ^
Please note that dips. in currency. ‘other d Дыш dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the- subscription; rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society’s News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members’
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest P/L, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia,
Schering P/L.
Cover: Musgraveia sulciventris (Stal), the bronze orange bug
(Hemiptera: Tessaratomidae). Drawing by Genevieve Wallace.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 37
MARCH FLIES (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE) AT CLAIRVIEW,
CENTRAL QUEENSLAND, NOVEMBER 1985
D.S. KETTLE
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
Abstract
Collections of march flies taken from human bait at Clairview, central Queensland on 18
days in November 1985 provided 95 females of 8 species. The catch was dominated by
Cydistomyia avida (Bigot) (44 specimens) and Scaptia subcana (Walker) (26). Other
species taken were: Cydistomyia magnetica Ferguson & Hill, Dasybasis nemopunctata
(Ricardo), Pseudotabanus distinctus Ricardo, Scaptia aureohirta (Ricardo), a species
near Pseudotabanus silvester (Bergroth), and an unidentified species of Dasybasis
Macquart.
Introduction MUN ~
There are few published accounts of march flies being collected in one
locality in Queensland over an extended .period. Spratt (1974)
collected march flies at two localities west of Warwick, south-eastern
Queensland at an altitude of 450 m and Yeates (1985) collected along a
transect from sea level to 780 m at Cape. Tribulation, northern
Queensland. Clairview (22°07’S) is latitudinally midway between Саре
Tribulation (16°05’S) and Warwick (28°12’S) and it was therefore
considered worth while to record observations made at Clairview
Beach, central Queensland from 10 to 29 November 1985.
Collections of march flies were made within 100 m of the sea-shore at
an altitude of «10 m from two human baits and a black dog.
Although there was no attempt to make systematic collections for
fixed periods at specified locations, all specimens were taken in a very
small area. The data are therefore unsuitable for statistical analysis
but allow some valid comparisons. The collection has been deposited
in the University of Queensland Insect Collection housed in the
Department of Entomology
Results
Ninety five march flies, representing 8 species, were collected of which
nearly half (44) were Cydistomyia avida and a quarter (26) Scaptia
subcana (Table 1). During the period of observation the weather
passed through three phases. From 10-18 November the days were
sunny and hot. Мо march flies were taken over the first two days.
Three were taken on the 12th but from the 13th to the 15th they were
a nuisance and 73 (6 species) were collected. On the 19th the weather
changed abruptly, becoming dull and cloudy, and from the 20-25
November it was very wet and only two march flies were taken. The
weather improved on the 26th, being sunny for much of the day, and
continued sunny and dry for the next 3 days.
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Table 1. Catches of march flies at Clairview, 10-29 November 1985
Date A B C D E Еб Н Total
10 - - - - - - - - 0
11 - - - - - - - - 0
12 2 1 - - - - - - 3
13 13 4 1 > 22 - - 22
14 No Observations - absent from Clairview
15 1 6 - - - - - - 17
16 9 2 - zip X - - - 5
17 42 САЗ - & 1 - - 15
18 8 1 2 1 1 1 - - 14
19 - - 2 ‚Ж шге - - - 7)
20 No Observations - absent from Clairview
21 - - - - - - - - 0
22 1 - - - 1 - - - 2
23 - - - - - - - - 0
ЭЙ КУ мч то ш С дч, 5% 0
25 - - - - - - - 0
26 - 1 - == = - - - 1
27 > СИ = - - - 5
28 = Ei NT 1 - - 1 1 5
2) d = пл d = = d = 4
пе sn 25 O у Z2 d » i 95
Cydistomyia avida
Scaptia (Scaptia) subcana
Scaptia (Pseudoscione) aureohirta
Dasybasis nemopunctata
Pseudotabanus distinctus (Note 1)
Pseudotabanus nr silvester (Note 2)
Cydistomyia magnetica
Dasybasis sp. (Note 3)
Hnommogouwr»
Hou wd og m ua
Note 1. Chainey (1987) has revised the genus Mesomyia Macquart
raising the subgenera Lilaea Walker and Pseudotabanus Ricardo to
generic rank.
Note 2. These specimens had narrow pale apical bands on the
abdominal tergites but lacked the associated pale median triangles
which are characteristic of P. silvester.
Note 3. This was a medium-large (13 mm), dark female with sparsely
hairy eyes, basicosta without strong setulae, appendiculate R4, hyaline
wings and with narrow, pale apical bands on the abdominal tergites.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 39
March flies reappeared after the rain but were less abundant (15 over 4
days) and there was a change in composition of the biting population.
C. avida was no longer dominant, S. subcana was present in smaller
numbers but still formed a third of the catch. More D. nemopunctata
were caught (4 cf 1), and Cydistomyia magnetica and Dasybasis sp.
were taken for the first time.
Discussion
Both sexes of many march flies are known to feed on nectar and
Mackerras (1956, 1960) records Scaptia Walker and Dasybasis feeding
at Leptospermum Forst. et f. flowers. Among the march flies
collected at Clairview three C. avida and three P. distinctus were
covered in pollen indicating that they had visited flowers shortly
before capture.
S. subcana took a comparatively long time to settle on human bait. It
tended to congregate around dark objects such as a black dog and a
pair of binoculars coated in a black rubbery material. The dog
reacted to the presence of the march flies and few landed. Some were
collected in a small hand net. S. subcana regularly landed on the
binoculars before attacking the adjacent humans. Ferguson and Hill
(1922) recorded S. subcana attacking persons on the beaches of
Magnetic Island, northern Queensland, and S. violacea Macquart as
showing a decided preference for persons dressed in dark colours.
This attraction of march flies to black objects is the basis of the
Manitoba trap in which a black sphere is suspended below a conical
translucent trap. Spratt (1972) placed dry ice below the sphere and
found that this modified trap performed as efficiently as an animal
baited one.
The species collected at Clairview were within their recorded
distributions (Mackerras 1959, 1960, 1961). Altitudinally, 5.
aureohirta and C. avida have a wide range, being collected at sea level
at Clairview and above 500 m by Yeates (1985, C. ?avida) at Cape
Tribulation. P. distincta was taken at sea level at both localities. On
the coastal plain (« 50 m) at Cape Tribulation Yeates (1985) collected
32 march flies of 8 species from 19 September to 7 October 1982 and
later (29 December 1982 to 3 January 1983) added two more species
from:a collection of 10 march flies. This is comparable to 8 species
from 95 march flies at Clairview.
Spratt (1974) used traps to collect more intensively and for longer
periods (October-May) under more temperate conditions. In 1970-71
at Durakai he caught 3944 march flies of 9 species, a collection
dominated by Dasybasis spp. (99.1%) especially D. hebes (Walker)
(84%). Two years later in a repeat exercise at Allan 30 km east of
Durakai 1232 march flies of 12 species were caught. Dasybasis spp.
were still dominant (76%) but there were fewer D. hebes (18%) and
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
appreciable numbers (> 50) of 3 species of Tabanus L. and Lilaea
fuliginosa (Taylor) (Table 1, Note 1). No species was common to
both Clairview and Durakai/Allan.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Greg Daniels for commenting on an early draft and
for confirming and correcting my identifications.
References
CHAINEY, J.E. 1987. Afrotropical Tabanidae (Diptera): the genus Rhigioglossa
Wiedemann, 1828 including Mesomyia Macquart, 1850, as a subgenus). Annals of the
Natal Museum 28: 137-159.
FERGUSON, E.W. and HILL, G.F. 1922. Notes on Australian Tabanidae. Part ii.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 47: 245-265.
MACKERRAS, I.M. 1956. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia I. General Review.
Australian Journal of Zoology 4: 376-407.
MACKERRAS, I.M. 1959. An annotated catalogue of described Australian Tabaninae
(Diptera; Tabanidae). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 84: 160-
185.
MACKERRAS, I.M. 1960. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia III. Subfamily
Pangoniinae, tribe Scionini and supplement to Pangoniini. Australian Journal of
Zoology 8: 1-152.
MACKERRAS, I.M. 1961. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia IV. Subfamily
Chrysopinae. Australian Journal of Zoology 9: 827-906.
SPRATT, D.M. 1972. Natural occurrence, histopathology and developmental stages of
Dirofilaria roemeri in the intermediate host. International Journal of Parasitology 2:
201-208.
SPRATT, D.M. 1974. Comparative epidemiology of Dirofilaria roemeri infection in
two regions of Queensland. International Journal of Parasitology 4: 481-488.
YEATES, D.K. 1985. Altitudinal transect studies at Cape Tribulation, north
Queensland IV. The march flies (Diptera: Tabanidae). Queensland Naturalist 26: 58-61.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 41
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR SOME NORTHERN
QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES
T.A. WOODGER
C/- Воће P.O., Bohle, Townsville, Old, 4818
The following new records extend the known distribution of eight
species of butterflies collected between January 1985 and July 1988 in
northern Queensland. Three of these are significant range extensions
from those given in Common and Waterhouse (1981). For those
species where the new location falls approximately midway between
recognized subspecies, the closest geographic subspecies has been
chosen for convenience until closer relationships can be determined.
HESPERIIDAE
Trapezites macqueeni Kerr and Sands. Three males were taken on Mt
Stuart, Townsville, on 25th April 1986. The species was previously
recorded as far south as Paluma, this record extending its range 90 km
south-east.
PIERIDAE
Delias ennia nigidius Miskin. A pair of this species was taken at the
southern extremity of the Paluma Range, north-west of Townsville on
25th January 1986. The southern limit of this species had previously
been at Paluma, 50 km to the north-west.
NYMPHALIDAE
Euploea sylvester sylvester (Fabricius). Three specimens were taken at
Fish Hole Creek, 35 km east of Karumba on 10th January, 1985. The
locality extends it's range about 300 km west-north-west. The
previous western limit at this latitude was Forsayth, about 250 km
west of Ingham.
Phaedyma shepherdi latifasciata (Butler). Two specimens were taken 5
km SW of Townsville, the first on 7th April 1985 and the other on
18th April 1986. The previous known southern limit for this
subspecies was Ingham.
Tellervo zoilus zoilus (Fabricius). Previously known as far south as
the Paluma Range, a single specimen was taken 5 km south-west of
Townsville, on 11th May 1986.
LYCAENIDAE
Theclinesthes serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer). This species
was previously known as far north as Mackay until a single specimen
was taken 20 km north of Townsville on 27th September 1986.
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Theclinesthes sulpitius obscura (Waterhouse and Lyell). This species
was common at Cape Cleveland on 15: February and 28th March,
1985 and was previously known as far south as Cairns.
Danis hymetus salamandri W.J. Macleay. Seven specimens were
collected at Cooktown in July 1988. This subspecies was previously
recorded as far south as the McIvor River, 40 km north of Cooktown.
Reference
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FIRST RECORD OF PSOCOPTERA AS PREY OF AUSTRALIAN
SPHECIDAE (HYMENOPTERA)
C.N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Bernard (1934) recorded Psocoptera as prey of the sphecid wasp Nitela
spinolae Latreille in France and Freeman (1938) and Schneider (1982,
1984) have recorded Psocoptera from the nests of another sphecid,
Rhopalum clavipes (L.), in England and Luxembourg respectively. Mr
N. Rodd collected the following Psocoptera from a nest of Nitela sp.
at Mount Tomah, N.S.W. on 16.1.1985.
Cell 1: Elipsocid sp.: 15 nymphs, 2nd - 5th instar. Caeciliid sp.: 1
nymph, final instar. Peripsocus milleri (Tillyard): 1 adult female.
Cell 2: Elipsocid sp.: 30 nymphs, probably 3rd and 4th instar.
Nothing has been recorded on the use of Psocoptera as prey by
Australian Hymenoptera. The material collected by Mr Rodd is,
therefore, of interest as representing the first such record.
References
BERNARD, Е. 1934. Observations sur les proies de quelques Hyménoptéres. Bulletin
de la Société Entomologique de France 39: 247-250.
FREEMAN, P. 1938. Notes on the nesting habits of five species of solitary wasps
(Hymenoptera, Sphecoidea). Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London
(A) 13: 1-6.
SCHNEIDER, N. 1982. Les Psocoptéres du Grand Duché de Luxembourg. III.
Faunistique et écologie des especes urbaines. Bulletin et Annales de la Société Royale
Entomologique de Belgique 118: 131-144.
SCHNEIDER, N. 1984. Observations éco-éthologique sur Rhopalum clavipes L.
Sphécide bien établi au Grand-Duché de Luxembourg (Hym.). L’Entomologiste 40: 145-
154.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 43
HOYA AUSTRALIS SUBSP. SANAE (BAILEY) K. HILL
(ASCLEPIADACEAE) AS A HOST PLANT FOR MARGARONIA
MICROTA MEYRICK (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE)
P.I. FORSTER
Department of Botany, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
Abstract
Larvae of Margaronia microta feed on the parenchymatous tissue of the leaves of Hoya
australis subsp. sanae before pupating inside the leaf. This taxon of Hoya R. Br. is
characterised by very thick leaves and it is speculated that due to their thinner leaves,
other taxa of the genus in Australia may be unsuitable as larval hosts for M. microta.
Introduction
Margaronia microta is a rarely collected small moth that has been
reported from widely separated areas in Queensland (based on
holdings at QDPI, QM, and UQIC). Мо previous host plants have
been recorded for M. microta, however M. tolumnialis (Walker) has
been reported to damage the foliage of figs (Moraceae) (Common
1970).
Observations and Discussion
During botanical exploration in June 1989 of the area west of Temple
Bay in far north Cape York Peninsula, Queensland (12°28’S
143°01’E), a population of the succulent-leaved vine Hoya australis
subsp. sanae was examined (Voucher: Forster 5525 (Queensland
Herbarium, Brisbane)) Several moth larvae were observed to be
feeding in the leaf tissue and the plants with resident larvae were
collected for further observations.
This live material of the Hoya was transported to Brisbane, where a
single adult moth emerged and was identified as Margaronia microta
(Voucher: Forster 89605: UQIC). Larvae of this moth enter the leaf
by chewing through the lower epidermis near the base of the lamina.
Тће larvae then proceed to feed on the mesophyll tissue between the
upper and lower epidermis. When the mesophyll tissue in any one leaf
is consumed, the larvae then move to another leaf repeating the
process. Most larvae appeared to require two to three leaves before
pupating. Pupation occurred within the dried leaf shell, although
some larvae pupated in the surrounding container.
Hoya australis subsp. sanae has particularly succulent leaves in
comparison to most other taxa of this genus or other Asclepiadaceae
that occur in Australia (Table 1). Only the closely allied H. rupicola
K. Hill from the Northern Territory and Western Australia has leaves
with a similar thickness of mesophyll tissue. Given the eventual size
of the pupae of M. microta (4-5 mm long and 2.2-2.6 mm diameter,
п=4), it is perhaps unlikely that other taxa of Hoya, apart from H.
rupicola, are suitable for the feeding pattern reported above. Н.
australis subsp. sanae is restricted to Cape York Peninsula in the
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Table 1.
Australian taxa of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae).
Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane.
Total leaf, mesophyll and epidermal thicknesses in
All vouchers [ ] at
Taxon and Voucher total leaf mesophyll epidermis
thickness thickness thickness
(mm) (mm) (upper = u,
lower = 1)
(um)
australis R. Br. subsp. australis 1.20-1.60 0.50-1.58 2-6 (u)
[Forster 2418 & 1852] 2-3 (1)
australis subsp. sanae* 3.30-3.55 3.20-3.35 9-10 (u)
(Bailey) K. Hill [Liddle IML528] 2-3 (1)
litoralis Schltr. 1.90-2.00 1.87-1.99 2 (u)
[Hardy IML708] 1-2 (1)
macgillivrayi Bailey 2.30-2.40 1.85-2.10 3-4 (u)
[Liddle IML15] 2-3 (1)
nicholsoniae F. Muell. 1.35-1.50 1.40-1.60 2 (u)
[Liddle IML 39] 2 (1)
oligotricha subsp. 0.90-0.95 0.85-0.95 3-4 (u)
tenuipes K. Hill [Liddle IML25] 1-2 (1)
pseudolittoralis Hemsley 0.98-1.15 0.85-0.95 2-3 (u)
[Gray IML24] 1.5-2 (1)
rupicola K. Hill* 2.75-3.00 2.50-2.97 2-3 (u)
[hort. IML464] 2 ()
* known/suggested hosts for M. microta.
region including and north of the above field observations, so
presumably this moth must use other hosts in southern regions.
Conversely it should be noted that the genus Margaronia Hiibner is in
need of revision and future studies may well reveal that the individual
cited above is not conspecific with the southern populations presently
identified as this taxon in the insect collections at QDPI, QM and
UQIC.
Acknowledgements
M.A. Schneider (Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland) identified the moth. J. Marohasy (Biological Branch,
Department of Lands) assisted in the rearing of the individual. J.
Bertram sectioned plant material. G. Kenning climbed large boulders
to obtain plant material and M.C. Tucker and D.J. Liddle assisted on
the trip. This work was supported during 1989 by the Australian
Biological Resources Study.
Reference
COMMON, I.F.B. 1970 Lepidoptera. (Moths and butterflies). Pp. 765-866 (chapter
36). In The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 45
SOME WOOD-BORING AND OTHER INSECTS OF ACACIA
DEALBATA LINK FROM NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES
G.A. WEBB
Forestry Commission of N.S.W., P.O. Box 100, Beecroft, N.S.W.,
2119
Abstract
Nineteen insect taxa were reared from the timber of Acacia dealbata collected from
Hanging Rock State Forest, near Nundle, New South Wales. Eight species (mostly
Cerambycidae) were wood destroying, 8 were either predators or parasites of insects and
the remainder were considered incidental inhabitants. A wide range of wood-destroying
insects are now known from А. dealbata.
Introduction
Acacia dealbata is a common understorey shrub or tree of montane
eucalypt forests of eastern Australia (Costermans 1978). Unlike some
other species of Acacia Willd. in eastern Australia (see Duffey 1963,
McKeown 1947, Webb 1987), the phytophagous insects associated with
A. dealbata are not well known. То date, only species of
Cerambycidae and Anthribidae (Coleoptera), and Xyloryctidae and
Cossidae (Lepidoptera) have been recorded infesting its timber (Dixon
1908, Elliott and de Little 1984, van den Berg 1982, Webb 1987).
In this study of A. dealbata from a P. radiata Don. plantation in
northern New South Wales, wood-boring and other wood-inhabiting
insects are identified. Unpublished records from the collections of the
Forestry Commissions of New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania
are also provided.
Study Area and Methods
On 10 September 1984 the stems of two dead standing A. dealbata
trees (diameter at breast height over bark (DBHOB) = 4 cm, height
= са 3 m) were collected from a 10 yr old P. radiata plantation in the
Hanging Rock State Forest (31?28'S, 151°13’E) near Nundle, New
South Wales. Both stems appeared to have been poisoned with
herbicide. The stems and major branches were cut into 50 cm lengths
and transported back to Sydney. The timber was maintained in a
rearing cage constructed of 1 mm wire mesh within a sheltered, open
air enclosure. Emergent insects were recorded during November and
December, 1984. The timber was retained until 5 February 1985 but
no emergences occurred after 5 December 1984.
Results and Discussion
Wood-borers
Six species of Cerambycidae were reared from the timber (Table 1).
Present Address: Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, 14/1 Bennelong Rd,
Homebush Bay, N.S.W., 2140
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Two of these, Rhinophthalmus nasutus (Shuckard) and Stenoderus
suturalis (Olivier), do not appear to have been recorded from А.
dealbata previously. Phacodes obscurus (Fabricius) is recorded from
A. dealbata for the first time (Table 2). Seventeen further species of
Cerambycidae have been recorded in the literature or in collections
(Table 2). The presence of Arhopalus syriacus (Reitter) was surprising
as this is an exotic species which almost exclusively attacks Pinus spp.
(Webb and Kent in prep.). It is possible that the single specimen may
have been sheltering beneath the bark.
" Anthribus" bispinus Erichson (Anthribidae) and Belus nr. brunneus
(Guérin-Méneville) (Belidae) (Table 1) are wood destroying and have
not previously been reared from A. dealbata. Two species of
Bostrychidae, Xylobosca bispinosa (Macleay) and X. canina
(Blackburn), three species of Curculionidae, Phloeophthorus acaciae
Lea, Myllocerus nr. multimaculatus Lea апа Orthorhinus
cylindrirostris (Fabricius), and the belid Belus bidentatus (Donovan)
are also recorded from A. dealbata (Table 2).
Only two species, the cerambycid Probatodes plumula (Newman) and
the scolytid Phloeophthorus acaciae Lea, appear to be known only
from A. dealbata (Tables 1 and 2). However, as these are single
records only it is likely that both will infest other host plants.
In this study, the Cerambycidae were the most important group of
wood-borers and most of the physical damage to the timber could be
attributed to these beetles. Due to the number of species involved and
the advanced state of degrade of the timber it was not possible to
apportion damage to individual species. The relative abundance of
Ancita crocogaster (Boisduval) and Bethelium signiferum (Newman)
suggested that these two species were the main agents of physical
degrade.
Predators and Parasites
Two species of Cleridae (Eleale nr viridis (Guérin-Méneville) and
Tarsostenodes nr simulator Blackburn) and one melyrid (Balanophorus
sp.) were reared from the retained A. dealbata stems. No
observations were made on the feeding habits of these species but they
probably preyed upon wood-boring and other wood-inhabiting insects.
Both Cleridae and Melyridae, as adults and larvae, are known to prey
on wood-boring insects (Britton 1970, Froggatt 1894, 1916, Moore
1963). Further, other species of Cleridae and particularly other species
of Eleale Newman have been observed preying on recently emerged
insects from timber (Webb pers. obs.).
Three parasitic wasps, one braconid (Helcon sp.), one ichneumonid
(Campoplex sp.) and one aulacid (Aulacostethus пг. variegatus
(Shuckard) were reared from A. dealbata timber during this study.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 47
Table 1. Insects reared from Acacia dealbata timber from Hanging
Rock State Forest.
W = wood-destroying, Pr = predatory, Pa = parasitic, I = incidental
Species Status Number of Emergence
Specimens Dates
Coleoptera
Cerambycidae
Ancita crocogaster (Boisduval) W 7 12, 23, Nov
Arhopalus syriacus (Reitter) W 1 12 Моу
Bethelium signiferum (Newman) W 9 9,12,15,23 Nov
Rhinophthalmus nasutus (Shuckard) W 2 23 Nov, 5 Dec
Stenoderus suturalis (Olivier) W 1 12 Nov
Syllitus grammicus (Newman) W 1 29 Моу
Belidae
Belus nr. brunneus (Guérin-Méneville) W 3 9, 12, 16 Nov
Anthribidae
"Anthribus" bispinus Erichson W 2 15 Nov
Cleridae
Eleale nr viridus (Guérin-Méneville) Pr 1 9 Моу
Tarsostenodes nr simulator Blackburn Pr 3 12, 15, 16 Nov
Melyridae
Balanophorus sp. Pr 3 12, 15, 16 Nov
Tenebrionidae
Bassianus colydioides (Erichson) I 2 12, 23 Nov
Diptera
Asilidae
? Brachyrhopala sp. Pa 1 12 Моу
Tachinidae
Genus indet. Pa 1 15 Моу
Hymenoptera
Braconidae
Helcon sp. Pa 1 12 Моу
Ichneumonidae
Campoplex sp. Pa 1 15 Nov
Aulacidae
Aulacostethus nr variegatus (Shuckard) Pa 4 29 Nov, 5 Dec
Psocoptera
Sp. 1 I many Nov, Dec
Lepidoptera
Anthelidae
Nataxa flavescens Walker I 1 23 Моу
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Table 2. Wood-boring insects previously recorded from Acacia dealbata.
Species Reference
Coleoptera
Cerambycidae
Cerambycinae
Bethelium signiferum (Newman)
Eburophora octoguttata White
Macrones capito Pascoe
Notoceresium elongatum McKeown
Pachydissus sericus Newman
Phacodes obscurus (Fabricius)
Phoracantha punctata Donovan
Sophron inornatum Newman
Syllitus grammicus (Newman)
Tessaromma undatum Newman
Uracanthus acutus Blackburn
Zoedia divisa Pascoe
Lamiinae
Ancita australis (Boisduval)
Ancita crocogaster (Boisduval)
Ancita marginicollis (Boisduval)
Ancita sp. nr antennata (Pascoe)
Ancita sp. nr australis (Boisduval)
Illaena exilis Erichson
Pentacosmia scoparia Newman
Platymopsis lateralis (Pascoe)
Probatodes plumula (Newman)
Bostrychidae
Xylobosca bispinosa (Macleay)
Xylobosca canina (Blackburn)
Buprestidae
Melobasis sp. nr fulgurans Thomson
Curculionidae
Laemosaccinae
Saccolaemus sp. indet. 1
Scolytinae
Phloeophthorus acaciae Lea 6
Otiorhynchinae
Myllocerus sp. nr multimaculatus Lea 6
Hylobiinae
Orthorhinus cylindrirostris (Fabricius) 4
Belidae
Belus bidentatus (Donovan) 4
Anthribidae
Doticus palmaris Pascoe 8
Lepidoptera
Cossidae
Xyleutes durvillei (Herrich-Scháffer) 3,7
Xyleutes liturata (Donovan) 5,8
Xyloryctidae
Cryptophasa melanostigma (Wallengren) 8
Cryptophasa unipunctata Donovan 7
References: |. Webb (unpubl. obs.) 2. Dixon (1908) 3. Elliott and de Little (1984) 4.
Elliott (pers. comm.) 5. Fearn (1985) 6. NSWFC collection 7. Neumann (pers. comm.)
8. van den Berg (1982) 9. Webb (1987).
©
— N = мо 0 оо мы 00 m ь
©
> ©
oo
~
MO о — — co CO > ~ м
о Б
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 49
The subfamily Helconinae (Braconidae) and the Aulacidae are obligate
coleopteran parasites (Froggatt 1916, Moore 1963, Riek 1970) the
latter in particular, have been reared from cerambycid hosts (Riek
1970). However, Gauld (1984) suggests that the ichneumonid genus
Campoplex Gravenhorst may be primarily, if not obligate parasites of
Lepidoptera. Only one lepidopteran, Nataxa flavescens Walker, was
reared from the timber.
Flies of the families Tachinidae and Asilidae were reared from the A.
dealbata timber but their hosts could not be determined. Tachinid
larvae are obligate endoparasites of other arthropods while asilid
larvae may be predacious on other insects (Colless апа McAlpine
1970).
Incidental Inhabitants
Тће remaining taxa: species of Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera), Psocoptera
and Anthelidae (Lepidoptera) are considered to be incidental
inhabitants of the bark or damaged timber. Species of Tenebrionidae
are often found beneath bark and in decayed timber (Britton 1970),
Psocoptera are common residents of loose or flaking bark (Smithers
1970) and the anthelid Nataxa flavescens, is known to pupate beneath
loose bark or within disused borer holes (K.D. Fairey, pers. comm.).
Acknowledgements
K.D. Fairey and R.H. Eldridge (Forestry Commission of N.S.W.),
G.A. Holloway, D. Scambler and D.K. McAlpine (Australian
Museum), B.K. Cantrell (Qld Dept. Primary Industry), G. Daniels
(University of Queensland) and E.C. Zimmerman (C.S.I.R.O.) kindly
identified some of the insects collected. H.J. Elliot and F.G.
Neumann kindly provided records from the Forestry Commission of
Tasmania and Forests Commission of Victoria collections respectively.
References
BRITTON, Е.В. 1970. Coleoptera. (Beetles). Pp. 495-621 (chapter 30). In The insects
of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
COLLESS, D.H. and McALPINE, D.K. 1970. Diptera. (Flies). Pp. 656-740 (chapter
34). In The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
COSTERMANS, L. 1978. Native trees and shrubs of southeastern Australia. 422 pp.
Weldon Publishers, Sydney.
DIXON, J.E. 1908. Food plants of Victorian longicorn beetles. Victorian Naturalist
25:12 NETT
DUFFY, E.A.J. 1963. A Monograph of the immature stages ој Australasian timber
beetles (Cerambycidae). 235 pp. British Museum of Natural History, London.
ELLIOTT, H.J. and de LITTLE, D.W. 1984. Insect pests of trees and timber in
Tasmania. Pp. x + 90. Forestry Commission, Tasmania, Hobart.
FEARN, S. 1985. Life history and habits of the wood moth Xyleutes liturata Don.
(Lepidoptera: Cossidae) in Tasmania. Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 63-68.
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
FROGGATT, W.W. 1893. On the life-histories of Australian Coleoptera Part 1.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 8: 21-42.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1894. On the life-histories of Australian Coleoptera Part 2.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 9: 113-125.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1916. Forest longicorn beetles and their parasites. Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales 271: 561-567.
GAULD, I.D. 1984. An Introduction to the Ichneumonidae of Australia. 413 pp.
British Museum of Natural History, London.
McKEOWN, K.C. 1947. Catalogue of the Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of Australia.
Memoirs of the Australian Museum 10: 1-190.
MOORE, K.M. 1963. Observations on some forest insects. 15. Some mortality
factors of Phoracantha semipunctata (F). (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales 83: 221-229.
RIEK, E.F. 1970. Hymenoptera. (Wasps, bees, ants). Pp. 867-959 (chapter 37). In The
insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1970. Psocoptera. (Psocids, booklice). Pp. 367-375 (chapter 24). In
The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
van den BERG, М.А. 1982. Coleoptera attacking Acacia dealbata Link, Acacia
decurrens Willd., Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd., Acacia mearnsii De Wild. and Acacia
melanoxylon R. Br. in eastern Australia. Phytophylactia 14: 51-55.
WEBB, G.A. 1987. Larval host plants of Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in some
Australian insect collections. Forestry Commission of New South Wales Technical
Paper 38: 1-19.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 5]
BOOK REVIEW
Australian cicadas. M.S. Moulds. 1990. 217 pp., 24 colour plates,
and numerous illustrations and maps. Price: $39.95 (plus $3.00
postage and packaging).
As noted in the preface, cicadas are familiar summer insects to most
Australians, yet no previous comprehensive text has been produced.
This book is thus a timely publication, being intended as a
comprehensive guide rather than a monograph. It has surely
succeeded in this aim and should amply fulfil its purpose of
popularising cicadas, апа rationalising their taxonomy апа
identification for both amateurs and more serious workers alike.
The book is far more than a synthesis of published data, the author
having brought together an impressive body of new data, much of it
his own. One very obvious example is embodied in the distribution
maps, the first time meaningful distribution patterns of our cicadas
have been produced. Many older incorrect records have been
clarified. Another innovation is the attempt to stabilise a set of
common names, including introduction of new names where not
previously available.
Part I of the book provides introductory chapters (again including new
data) dealing with such topics as life history, predators, adult structure
and function (including valuable diagrams showing basic
morphological terminology), sound production and hearing, principles
of classification and nomenclature, and cicada classification. The
final chapter concludes with a very practical review of collecting
techniques and preservation of material, and contains numerous
helpful suggestions and hints.
Part II, the major part of the book, systematically treats the species,
genus by genus (the generic order following the classification listing on
pp. 31-32). Each genus is introduced with outlines of distribution,
characters, and ecology. Under each species is listed common
name(s), cross-reference to plate numbers, synonymy (where
appropriate), distribution, habit, brief adult descriptions and notes on
songs and life histories (these being detailed for a few of the more
interesting and/or better known species). A useful aspect for potential
cicada hunters are references to specific localities where some of the
more localised species are likely to be found. One criticism concerns
the apparently inconsistent order in which species are described in each
genus this is neither alphabetic nor obviously related to natural
species groups, nor in order of date of description; a comprehensive
index, however, does in part offset this criticism.
The species descriptions cover 142 species. The formal listing of
Australian cicadas is 202 species, the remaining species not described
in the text being either listed within the appropriate genera and their
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
status noted, or synonymised with existing species. In most cases ,
these remaining species are known from too few specimens, often only
the type. АП but 16 of the described species are illustrated in 18
colour plates using set specimens; for many species both males and
females are shown. The quality of these plates is excellent, with
accurate colour reproductions. In fact, the plates are of such quality
that most, if not all the illustrated species will be readily identifiable
from the plates alone. It thus seems a great pity, at least to this
reviewer, that 16 of the described species were not included in the
plates, and does constitute a slightly disappointing aspect of the book.
An additional 5 colour plates, all of excellent quality, illustrate various
aspects of life history, with the final plate devoted to a selection of
nymphal exuviae; the latter emphasises the range of size, colour and
shape of cicada exuviae.
The classification followed at the species level is sensibly conservative
(for a guide) in the sense that some of the smaller species certainly
represent species complexes. Examples occur within Pauropsalta
encaustica (Germar) and almost certainly within Cicadetta waterhousei
(Distant) and С. /andsboroughi (Distant). Other examples
undoubtedly exist. А number of important taxonomic changes are
made, however, and include new tribal placements, new synonymies
(mainly at species level, but two at generic level), new generic
combinations, several revisions of status, and the arguable
reinstatement of a name not used since 1852 (P. circumdata (Walker)
p.317).
The book is clearly a landmark publication in the study of the
Australian cicada fauna, and must surely be a highly significant
contribution to Australian entomology on general. The only
comparable overseas volume is that published on the Japanese cicada
fauna. The book is clearly written and very well illustrated and
produced; the colour plates are certainly the highlights of the book.
Typographic errors are few; stippling is missing on the map on page
165. The book concludes with an informative glossary, bibliography
and comprehensive index.
Australian cicadas is most highly recommended to all persons with
interests in cicadas, and with the wealth of new data presented it
should make it relevant to entomologists specialising in other groups.
There is much still to be done on Australian cicadas, with many
species poorly known, many undescribed, and the documentation and
understanding of their songs to be undertaken. This book should
stimulate such studies. It is to be hoped that the book may also
stimulate similar volumes dealing with other conspicuous groups such
as the Odonata, Coleoptera, Diptera and Hymenoptera.
A. Ewart
Department of Geology
University of Queensland
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 53
NEW RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN OSMYLIDAE
(NEUROPTERA)
C.N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
New locality records are given for Australian Osmylidae (Neuroptera) based on material
in the Australian Museum.
Introduction
Identification of Osmylidae (Neuroptera) in the Australian Museum
has provided additional locality records for several species. Some of
the species are uncommon and have been seldom mentioned in
literature; others are common but remarkably few details of localities
are available, the distribution data often being couched in general
terms. This is unfortunate because workers needing detailed data on
distribution and seasonal occurrence are hampered by lack of
information which can most conveniently be provided by taxonomists
when dealing with specimens. The significant new records are given
here.
New records
EIDOPORISMINAE
Eidoporismus pulchellus Esben-Petersen
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 male, Narrabeen, xi.1961, J. Walsh.
This is a rare species. The type locality is Sydney, of which Narrabeen
is a suburb. New (1983b) does not give locality details for the "dozen
ог so specimens" seen by him but they were from "Queensland ог
northern New South Wales" and the specimens on which he based his
redescription of the species (loc. cit.) were from Carnarvon Range,
Queensland.
KEMPYNINAE
Australysmus lacustris Kimmins
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, Wilson's Valley, 24.1.1965, Е.
Evans.
New (1983a) mentions the type locality as Mt Kosciusko and records
the species from Falls Creek and Mt Butler in Victoria.
STENOSMYLINAE
Euporismus albatrox Tillyard
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, ex rain forest foliage, Wiangaree
State Forest, 12.xii.1982, G.and T. Williams.
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
A record by New (1989) from Mt Tamborine, Queensland and the
present specimen from New South Wales appear to be the only records
other than the type series described by Tillyard (1916) from Killarney,
Queensland.
Oedosmylus latipennis Kimmins
NEW SOUTH WALES: 2 males, Mt Tomah, 14.xii.1929, G.M.
Goldfinch. 1 female, same locality, 12.1.1986, N.W. Rodd. 1 male, Mt
Queen, Kanangra Rd, Boyd Plateau, 12.1.1973, L. Willan. 1 male, 2
females, Mt Kaputar, 10-12.1.1978, G. Daniels. 1 male, Paddy's River,
Bago State Forest, 15.1.1980, C.N. and A.S. Smithers. 1 female, Mt
Royal, № of Singleton, 26.1.1979, C.N. and A.S. Smithers. 2 females,
Jenolan, 14-20.1.1985, G. Hangay. 1 male, 3 females, Mt Wilson,
22.xii.1981, A.S. Smithers. AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY:
] male, Lees Ck, Brindabella Range, 27.xii.1974, G. Daniels.
Oedosmylus montanus Kimmins
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 male, Jenolan, 14-20.1.1985, G. Hangay.
Oedosmylus tasmaniensis Krüger
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 male, 1 female, Jenolan, 14-20.1.1985, G.
Hangay. 1 male, New England National Park, 4.1.1966, C.N.
Smithers.
Oedosmylus brevis New
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 male, Dorrigo National Park, 28.11.1987,
D.K. McAlpine, B. Day, R. de Keyzer.
Stenolysmus extraneus (Walker)
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, Heathcote, 15.14.1963, К.
Witchard. 1 male, Cudmirrah, iv.1965, E. Pope. 1 male, Mt Boyce,
16.iv.1971, D.K. McAlpine. 1 male, Narrow Neck, Blue Mts.,
27.11.1978, N.W. Rodd.
I can find only one precise locality for this species in the literature,
Beecroft, near Sydney (Kimmins 1940).
Stenosmylus stenopterus McLachlan
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 male, Gordon, 26.iv.1941, A. Musgrave. 1
female, Sydney, C. Gibbons. 1 female, Timor Rock, Warrumbungle
Range, 26.iii.1971, D.K. McAlpine. 1 male, Grose Vale, near
Richmond, 30.iii.1971, D.K. McAlpine, G.A. Holloway. 1 female,
vicinity of Spring Ridge, 17 km NW Gulgong, 5.iv.1979, D.K.
McAlpine, B.J. Day. 2 males, 1 female, Turramurra, 19.iv.1971, C.N.
Smithers. VICTORIA: 1 female, Chandler’s Creek, 29.11.1976, C.N.
Smithers.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 55
The only published precise locality in the literature appears to be that
of the designated type specimen (Kimmins 1940) from Bakewell, South
Australia. Kimmins (loc. cit.) gives the distribution as South
Australia, Victoria and New South Wales.
Stenosmylus tenuis (Walker)
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 female, Timor Ridge, Warrumbungle
Range, 26.11.1971, О.К. McAlpine. 1 male, Dunedoo, 24.11.1963, К.
Lossin.
Kimmins (1940) does not give precise locality data for the specimens
he examined other than the one from Adelaide. New (1974) records
the species from Bundoora, Victoria.
PORISMINAE
Porismus strigatus (Burmeister)
The Australian Museum holds many specimens of this species with
both sexes being well represented. In the following records only the
dates and localities are given.
NEW SOUTH WALES: Lindfield, 6.v.1976, G. Daniels. 20.iv.1968,
M.H. Gray. 10.1у.1965, О. Edwards. Camden, 9.iv.1968, J.V.
Peters. Moonbar, 3-3500 ft, 11.1889, Helms. Como, 23.iv.1922, A.B.
Wilson's Valley, 6.11.1963, F. Evans. Pearl Beach, 1.1986, С.А.
Urquhart. Duckmaloi, 25.iv.1936, J.C. Wilburd. Yanco, x.1932,
К.С. McKeown. Goonoo State Forest, 22.11.1971, О.К. McAlpine.
17 km NW Gulgong, 15.ii.1979,D.K. McAlpine, B.J. Day. Sawpit
Ck, Snowy Mts, 15.ii.1963, D.K. McAlpine. Scotland Is., near
Sydney, 4.iv.1983, J. Lowry.
Despite the fact that this species is very common, widespread and
easily identified there are few precise published locality records. New
(1983b) gives the distribution as “south-eastern mainland Australia,
common in Victoria and New South Wales, extends to S. Australia
and to southern Queensland” as far north as Eidsvold. He examined
c.200 specimens when redescribing this species.
Comment
Examination of collection data suggests significant differences in times
of year when adult osmylids emerge. There appears to be a tendency
for members of the genera Stenolysmus Kimmins, Stenosmylus
McLachlan and Porismus McLachlan to emerge from March onwards
whereas the other genera tend to emerge earlier in the season.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the many collectors who have presented material
to the Australian Museum and Dr T.R. New for kindly providing me
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
with a manuscript copy of his revision of the genus Oedosmylus
Krüger prior to its publication.
References
KIMMINS, D.E. 1940. А revision of the osmylid subfamilies Stenosmylinae and
Kalosmylinae (Neuroptera). Novitates Zoologicae 42: 165-201, pls 1-8.
NEW, T.R. 1974. The egg and first instar larva of Stenosmylus (Neuroptera:
Osmylidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 24-27.
NEW, T.R. 1983a. А revision of the Australian Osmylidae: Kempyninae (Insecta:
Neuroptera). Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 393-420.
NEW, T.R. 1983b. Revision of the osmylid subfamilies Porisminae and
Eidoporisminae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 763-770.
NEW, T.R. 1989. The genus Oedosmylus Krüger (Insecta: Neuroptera: Osmylidae).
Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 135-148.
TILLYARD, R.J. 1916. Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. 2. Descriptions of new
genera and species of the families Osmylidae, Myrmeleontidae and Ascalaphidae.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 41: 41-70.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 57
NEW ANT HOMOPTERAN INTERACTIONS FROM TROPICAL
AUSTRALIA
R.C. BUCKLEY!, P.J. GULLAN?, M.J. FLETCHER? and R.W.
TAYLOR4
1 Centre for Environmental Management, Bond University, Gold
Coast, Old, 4229
2 Department of Zoology, Australian National University, P.O. Box 4,
Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
3 BCRI, NSW Department of Agriculture, Rydalmere, N.S.W., 2116
4 Division of Entomology, C.S.I. R.O., G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra,
A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Twelve previously unrecorded associations between ants and Homoptera are reported
from the Kimberley region of tropical north-western Australia. The Homoptera include
Eurymelidae (4 species), Psyllidae (1), Cicadellidae (3), Eriococcidae (1), Pseudococcidae
(2) and Margarodidae (1). АП were associated with Jridomyrmex Mayr species (4 in
total) except for two of the cicadellids which were tended by a Crematogaster Lund.
Nine of the Homoptera were tended and two attacked.
Introduction
The interactions between plants, sap-sucking bugs and ants are
significant both to evolutionary theory and to practical pest
management; and ants have been recorded attending or attacking
many different families of Homoptera (Buckley 1987a,b). Here (Table
1) we report 11 previously unrecorded associations, observed in May
1988 in the Napier and King Leopold Ranges, Kimberley region,
tropical north-western Australia.
Field observations and collections were made by RCB; ants identified
by КУУТ; coccoids by PJG; and cicadelloids by MJF. The letters А
and B are used in Table 1 to distinguish species where formal epithets
are not available: these letters are meaningful only within the context
of this paper. Ants and coccoids are held at the Australian National
Insect Collection (ANIC); cicadelloids at the Biological and Chemical
Research Institute (BCRI), NSW Department of Agriculture.
At least one of these associations is of potential economic significance:
Ipoides melaleucae Evans is under consideration as a possible
biological control agent for Melaleuca quinquenervia (Cav.) S.T. Blake
in Florida (J. Balciunas, pers. comm. 1988).
Interactions
Five of the Homoptera were recorded in joint aggregations. The 2
eurymelids 7poides melaleucae and ТроеЏа sp., and the psyllid
Phyllolyma sp., occurred together on Melaleuca viridiflora Sol.
Gaertn., tended by an Iridomyrmex species; and two tartessines were
found together on Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F. Muell., tended by a
58
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Table 1. New associations between ants and Homoptera in tropical
north-western Australia
HOMOPTERAN
ANT & NATURE HOST PLANT
OF ASSOCIATION
Ipoides melaleucae
Evans (Eurymelidae)
RB88K2a
Ipoella sp. A
(Eurymelidae)
RB88K2b
Phyllolyma sp.
aff. P. rufa
(Psyllidae)
RB88K2c
Ipoella sp. A
(Eurymelidae)
RB88K61
Ipoini (?),
sp. indet.
(Eurymelidae)
RB88K4
Tartessinae,
sp. indet.
(Cicadellidae)
RB88K7
Brunotartessus sp.
aff. B. aroaensis
(Cicadellidae)
RB88K8
Balclutha
incisa (Matsumura)
(Cicadellidae)
RB88K57
Melaleuca viridiflora
Sol. ex Gaertn. Fruct.
Iridomyrmex sp. B
(Dolichoderinae)
RB88K1: tending
Iridomyrmex sp. B
(Dolichoderinae)
RB88K1: tending
Iridomyrmex sp. B
(Dolichoderinae)
RB88K1: tending?
(joint aggregation
with RB88K2a, 2b)
Iridomyrmex sp. A
Melaleuca viridiflora
Sol. ex Gaertn. Fruct.
Melaleuca viridiflora
Sol. ex Gaertn. Fruct.
Melaleuca viridiflora
(Dolichoderinae) Sol. ex Gaertn. Fruct.
RB88K60: tending
Iridomyrmex Eucalyptus camaldulenis
sanguineus Forel Dehn.
(Dolichoderinae)
RB88K3: tending
Crematogaster sp. A, Eucalyptus ptychocarpa
(Myrmicinae) F.Muell.
RB88K5: tending
Crematogaster sp. A, Eucalyptus ptychocarpa
(Myrmicinae) F.Muell.
RB88K5: tending
(joint aggregation
with RB88K7)
Iridomyrmex sp. B Poaceae,
(Dolichoderinae) sterile
RB88K56: interaction
uncertain
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 59
Table 1 (cont.). New associations between ants and Homoptera in
tropical north-western Australia
HOMOPTERAN ANT & NATURE HOST PLANT
OF ASSOCIATION
Eriococcus sp. Iridomyrmex sp. B Acacia orthocarpa
(Eriococcidae) (Dolichoderinae) F.Muell.
RB88K53 RB88K56: tending
Dysmicoccus sp., Iridomyrmex sp. B Atalaya hemiglauca
(Pseudococcidae) (Dolichoderinae) (F.Muell.) Benth.
RB88K69 RB88K66: tending
Monophlebulini Iridomyrmex sp., Eucalyptus ptychocarpa
gen. nov., sp. nov.*, I. purpureus (Smith) F.Muell.
(Margarodidae) group. RB88K6:
RB88K9 attacking
Erium globosum Iridomyrmex sp. B Acacia orthocarpa
(Maskell) sens. lat. + (Dolichoderinae) F.Muell.
(Pseudococcidae) RB88K65: attacking
RB88K68
* Bhatti (1989); + Williams (1985, p.154)
Crematogaster species.
In two of the associations recorded the ants were attacking the
Homoptera. An undescribed species of monophlebuline margarodid
was attacked successfully by the common predatory meat ant,
Iridomyrmex purpureus (Smith), despite a dense woolly wax covering.
A smaller Iridomyrmex, designated species B in Table 1, was observed
attacking a mealybug, Erium globosum (Maskell), though the same ant
species also tends several species of eurymelid and cicadellid (Table 1).
Such ant behaviour is not unusual (Buckley 1987a).
In all the remaining associations, the ants were tending the
Homoptera. Typically (Buckley 1987a,b) this involves removal of
honeydew and protection against predators and parasitoids. Ant-
tended coccids, pseudococcids and psyllids have all been reported
previously (Buckley 1987a).
There is apparently only one detailed study of ant-tended eurymelids
(Rozario 1989), though casual observations (RCB, PJG) indicate that
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
most eurymelids in temperate southern Australia are ant-tended. An
experimental study (Buckley 1990) showed that ant attendance does
reduce mortality of the 7poides melaleucae aggregations referred to in
Table 1. We found parasitoid cocoons (collection number RB88K58)
with an untended population of Erium globosum (RB88K59), but these
have not been identified or studied experimentally.
Acknowledgements
Fieldwork was carried out during the Linnaean Society and Royal
Geographical Society Kimberley Research Project 1988. RB's
transport to the field area was sponsored by Ansett Airlines of
Australia and Ansett W.A. Dr M. Carver and Dr K. Taylor of the
Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., identified the psyllid.
References
BHATTI, S. 1989 Systematics of the Australasian tribe Monophlebulini (Homoptera:
Coccoidea: Margarodidae: Monophlebinae). PhD thesis, Department of Zoology,
Australian National University.
BUCKLEY, К.С. 1987a Ant plant homopteran interactions. Advances in Ecological
Research 16: 53-85.
BUCKLEY, R.C. 1987b Interactions involving plants, Homoptera and ants. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 18: 111-135.
BUCKLEY, К.С. 1990 Ants protect tropical Homoptera against nocturnal spider
predation. Biotropica, in press.
ROZARIO, S.A. 1989 Population ecology of leafhoppers (Hemiptera: Eurymelidae) on
eucalypts and their associations with ants. MSc. thesis, Department of Zoology,
Australian National University, Canberra.
WILLIAMS, D.J. 1985 Australian mealybugs. 431 pp. British Museum (Natural
History), London.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 61
NOTES ON THE GENUS NEOPTINUS GAHAN
(=PTINOSPHAERUS BELLES AND LAWRENCE)
(COLEOPTERA: PTINIDAE)
XAVIER BELLÉS ! and JOHN F. LAWRENCE ?
! Centro de Investigación y Desarrollo (CSIC), Jordi Girona 18, 08034
Barcelona, Spain
? Division of Entomology, C.S.I. R.O., G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra,
A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Ptinosphaerus is considered to be synonymous with Neoptinus (syn. n.). The Australian
N. marginicollis (Bélles and Lawrence), comb. n., is compared to N. parvus Gahan from
Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, and notes are given on the habitat of the latter (in pith
of dead Scaevola L. stems).
Introduction
The genus Neoptinus is based on the species N. parvus, described by
Gahan (1900) from a specimen collected by C. W. Andrews on the
east coast of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, in 1897. Pic (1912)
considered the genus to be incertae sedis and commented on its
resemblance to the sphindid genus Aspidiphorus Latreille, a fact that
contributed to its being overlooked by later workers. Bellés and
Lawrence (1984) described the genus and species Ptinosphaerus
marginicollis from a beach near Iron Range, on the Cape York
Peninsula, northern Queensland. During a recent entomological
survey of Christmas Island conducted by the Division of Entomology,
C.S.I.R.O., one of us (JFL) collected a series of about 250 specimens
of N. parvus near Waterfall on the northeast coast of the island. A
comparison of this species with P. marginicollis showed that the two
were congeneric, sharing the following diagnostic features: 1) 9-
segmented antennae, 2) antennal insertions moderately widely
separated, 3) prothorax with sharp lateral edges, and 4) ventrite 4 very
narrow and arcuate behind.
Genus Neoptinus Gahan
Neoptinus Gahan, 1900: 102. Type species: N. parvus Gahan, by
monotypy.
Ptinosphaerus Bellés and Lawrence, 1984: 35. syn. n. Type species: P.
marginicollis Bellés and Lawrence, by original designation.
Neoptinus is most closely related to Pitnus Gorham, with which it
shares such features as the 9-segmented antennae (8-segmented in
Pitnus australiae Lea), wide interantennal space, sharply narrowed
abdomen, narrow and arcuate 4th ventrite, simple, Y-shaped (open)
male genital segment, and basic structure of the aedeagus. It differs
from Pitnus and from all other ptinid genera in having a short, broad
prothorax with sharp lateral edges.
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Key to the species of /Veoptinus
1. Antennae robust, with segments 5 to 8 as long as wide, 9
subcylindrical, blunt at apex (Fig. 1); elytral pubescence
consisting of yellow hairs which are decumbent in punctures
and semierect in intervals; median lobe of aedeagus (in
dorsal view) strongly lanceolate and rounded at apex (Fig. 2)
венанон ан ud odo9POOgo2tob ad dgiuvbadoguBd snis asas? N. parvus
Antennae slender, with segments 5 to 8 longer than wide, 9
subacuminate at apex (Fig. 3). Elytral pubescence consisting
of white hairs which are semierect both in punctures and in
intervals. Median lobe of aedeagus (in dorsal view) with
parallel sides and acutely pointed at apex (Fig. 4)
оса ан onde АС 5t otro pa N. marginicollis
Neoptinus parvus Gahan
Neoptinus parvus Gahan, 1900: 103, pl. 10, fig. 10.
About 250 adults and 3 larvae were collected in dead stems of the
strand plant Scaevola sericea M. Vahl near Waterfall on the northeast
coast of Christmas Island (10?27'S, 105?42'E) on 27 April 1989 by
J.F. Lawrence (deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection,
C.S.LR.O., British Museum (Natural History), London, and the
collection of X. Bellés). The specimens agree with Gahan’s
description, except for the length which varies from 1.1 to 1.5 mm.
Figs 1-4. Figs 1, 2, Neoptinus parvus: 1, head and prothorax,
dorsal; 2, aedeagus, dorsal; Figs 3, 4, Neoptinus marginicollis: 3,
head and prothorax, dorsal; 4, aedeagus, dorsal.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 63
Selected specimens were compared with Gahan's type by C. M. F. von
Hayek and found to be conspecific. The beetles were feeding in the
pith of the dead Scaevola stems, forming extensive mines beneath the
surface. Only three larvae were found, but many of the adults were
reddish-brown in colour, indicating that they had recently emerged and
were still teneral.
Neoptinus marginicollis (Bellés and Lawrence), comb. n.
Ptinosphaerus marginicollis Bellés and Lawrence, 1984: 35.
In addition to the characters given in the key, N. marginicollis differs
from М. parvus in having somewhat smaller eyes, shorter lateral
pronotal carinae (see Figs 1 and 3), more distinct pronotal punctation
and slightly more elongate elytra. Although the collector did not
recall the exact circumstances of capture (and said in a letter that they
might have been among seaweed), it is likely that М. marginicollis also
occurs in the stems of Scaevola sericea, which is also a common strand
plant in tropical northern Queensland (Cribb and Cribb 1985).
Acknowledgements
We thank C. M. F. von Hayek for making the type comparison. Field
work on Christmas Island was supported by the Australian National
Parks and Wildlife Service, and the assistance of the A.N.P.W.S. staff
on Christmas Island is gratefully acknowledged. We also thank A. A.
Calder and D. C. F. Rentz for commenting on an earlier version of
the manuscript.
References
BELLES, X. and LAWRENCE, J. F. 1984. Ptinosphaerus, a new genus of Ptinidae
(Coleoptera) from northern Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 35-37.
CRIBB, A. B. and CRIBB, J. W. 1985. Plant Life of the Great Barrier Reef and
Adjacent Shores. Pp. xviii -- 294. University of Queensland Press, St. Lucia.
САНАМ, C. J. 1900. Family Ptinidae. Pp. 102-105. [п Andrews, C. W. (ed.), А
Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). British Museum (Natural History):
London.
PIC, M. 1912. Ptinidae. Coleopterorum Catalogus 41: 1-46.
м. —|—
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
А NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANT FOR PAPILIO ULYSSES JOESA
BUTLER
J.W. HASENPUSCH
P.O. Box 26, Innisfail, Qld, 4860
Abstract
A previously unrecorded larval food plant, Acronychia vestita F.Muell. (Rutaceae), js
noted for Papilio ulyses joesa.
Introduction
In January 1987, the late Ray Straatman observed a female Papilio
ulysses joesa ovipositing high on a rain forest tree at Innisfail. After
climbing the tree, the immediate area was searched for eggs but none
could be located.
Observations
In November 1988, seven newly emerged larvae of P. ulysses were
transfered to the lower branches of Acronychia vestita and then
sleeved. Of the larvae introduced to this tree, six produced normal
adults (2 females, 4 males) while the seventh died during pupation,
Larvae showed no interest in new growth on the food plant, feeding
on the older leaves. As far as is known, no eggs or larvae have ever
been found naturally on this host. Common and Waterhouse (1981)
record only two food plants for this species, Euodia elleryana F.Muell.
and E. bonwicki F.Muell. The duration of the larval and pupal stages
on this new food plant were not recorded.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the Australian Butterfly Sanctuary, Kuranda, for
their assistance in these notes, Mr G.A. Wood for his continuing
efforts to arouse my interest in Lepidoptera and Mr T. Irvine,
C.S.I.R.O. Atherton, for identifying the food plant.
Reference
COMMON I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 65
PARENTAL CARE IN NOTONOMUS CHAUDOIR
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE: PTEROSTICHINAE)
Paul A. Horne
Department of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Plant Research
Institute, Swan St, Burnley, Vic., 3121
Abstract
Brood care by females of four Notonomus species is described. This is the first
description of such behaviour in Australian species of Carabidae and is an additional
record to the few carabid species worldwide known to exhibit parental care.
Introduction
Parental care of eggs or early immature stages is known in many
groups of insects and other arthropods (Tallamy 1984). In addition to
the social insects, Hinton (1981) listed over 170 species of sub-social
insects known to protect or care for their young. The list contained
only 3 species of Carabidae but Hinton forecast that this number
would increase as our knowledge of this family improved. Thiele
(1977) was able to list 15 species of carabids that exhibited brood care,
14 Pterostichinae and 1 Harpalinae, with none from Australia.
Although some Australian Pterostichinae care for eggs or young they
have not previously been recorded in the literature (Moore, Weir and
Pyke 1987). It is of interest that while parental care has evolved
independently in many of the insect orders (Tallamy 1984; Hinton
1981), it has arisen in the Carabidae only in the subfamilies
Pterostichinae and Harpalinae.
Notonomus Chaudoir is the largest Australian genus within the
Pterostichinae and the 4 species referred to in this paper, plus N.
chalybeus (Dejean) make up the "chalybeus-group" (Sloane 1913).
This paper records brood care by adult females of Notonomus (N.
gravis (Chaudoir), N. phillipi (Newman), N. molestus (Chaudoir) and
N. kershawi Sloane) in Victoria and discusses the relevance of this
behaviour when interpreting pitfall trapping data. The adults are
flightless and are generalist feeders that usually shelter below the soil
surface or under some cover during the day and are active above the
soil surface at night.
Methods
Field collections of the 4 species of Notonomus were made in their
respective ranges and habitats; western plains to Melbourne (N.
gravis), Healesville and Otway Ranges (N. phillipi), Grampians Ranges
(N. molestus) and central Otway Ranges (N. kershawi). Direct
searching by overturning rocks and logs revealed sheltering adult
carabids and, at appropriate times, adult female carabids in chambers
with eggs and larvae.
N. gravis was also collected from a grid of 50 pitfall traps within a
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
Table 1. Numbers of male and female N. gravis captured in pitfall
traps at La Trobe University during December 1982.
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
Teneral Old Teneral Old Teneral Old
Dec 1-15 30 28 33 14 63 42
Рес 16-31 111 107 128 32 239 139
Total 141 135 161 46 302 181
fenced reserve on the La Trobe University campus, Victoria. Each
trap consisted of a plastic cup, 80 mm deep and 60 mm diameter, with
small drainage holes in the base. Traps were checked 6-7 days per
week over spring and summer and 1-3 times per week in autumn and
winter, from February 1978 to September 1979 and from September
1982 to October 1983. АП beetles were returned to the laboratory
where their sex and maturity were noted. Individuals were categorized
as either, (1) teneral male, (2) teneral female, (3) old (non-teneral)
male, or (4) old (non-teneral) female. (Teneral beetles were identified
by the soft elytra, which were easily deformed when pressed). Field
collected adults of N. gravis and N. phillipi were maintained in the
laboratory to allow observations to be made on oviposition (brood)
chamber construction, oviposition and brood care. Carabids were
maintained in clear plastic containers ( 265 x 195 x 100 mm) half filled
with damp peat-moss and fed moistened pellets of commercial dog
food (LUV).
Results
Field observations revealed that adult females of all species
constructed oviposition chambers in soil. Chambers were expansions
at the end of a tunnel, just large enough to contain the adult female
together with freshly laid eggs or with eggs and first instar larvae.
The observed oviposition periods for each species were: N. gravis,
May; N. phillipi, April; N. kershawi, April; N. molestus, October.
In the laboratory, adult females of both М. gravis and М. phillipi
exhibited the maternal behaviour described by Brandmayr and
Brandmayr (1979) as "Brutfursorge", that is, activities conducted
before and after egg-laying which favour survival of larvae. Prior to
oviposition they excavated chambers in the peat moss, large enough to
accommodate one adult and eggs. Batches of 20-30 eggs were laid by
each female during May-June (N. gravis and March-April (N.
phillipi). The adult female remained with the eggs and first instars
until all eggs had hatched, a total duration of at least 4 weeks in each
species. The adult female did not feed during this period.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 67
400
male 1978-79
== =
{ета!е 1978-79
- – А - -
300 |- male 1982-83
——
ко;
= | female МЕ
а.
(
© 200};
Ф
a
E
2
z
WO
0 Tuum Ax. к=:
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJ J
Month
Fig. 1. Numbers of male and female N. gravis captured in a grid of
50 pitfall traps at La Trobe University, Bundoora, in 1978-79 and
1982-83.
Within each batch first instar larvae emerged no more than 2 days
apart, indicating synchronisation of this stage. In the laboratory,
when adult females were removed from brood chambers the eggs left
behind often developed lethal fungal infections.
Numbers of N. gravis captured in pitfall traps were highest at the time
of adult emergence in December-January and lowest between May and
September (Fig. 1). The sex ratio varied throughout the year with
males almost always predominating. Sex ratios for teneral and old
beetles were calculated separately and the results for one month
(December 1982) are presented in Table 1. The results for December
were chosen as the population then consisted of two easily identifiable
components: newly emerged teneral beetles and old (mostly one year
old) beetles. At that time of year activities such as mating, oviposition
and brood chamber construction were not complicating the activity
pattern of N. gravis and equal densities of males and females could be
expected. There was a significant difference (p «0.05, t=4.90, 3 d.f.)
between the ratios for teneral and old beetles, with the ratio being
1.00: 1.14, male: female (n = 302) for teneral individuals but 2.93: 1.00
(n=181) for old beetles. It is, therefore, clear that many old females
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
were removed from the portion of the population that was active on
the surface and, if pitfall trapping data but no other biological
information were available, a variety of interpretations (activity,
mortality, migration) of this trend could be made.
Discussion
Maternal care was observed in all 4 species, but as these are the only
Notonomus species to have been the subject of biological studies, it is
quite likely that other members of this genus have similar behaviour.
Parental care provides benefits for offspring by improving survival
chances but may be costly for the parent insects, usually the females
(Tallamy 1984). It is probable that female Notonomus protect their
eggs from either predators (including other Notonomus) or fungal
attack. Brood caring Carabidae are mostly montane species and this
behaviour has been considered an adaptation to cooler climates
(Brandmayr and Brandmayr 1979; Thiele 1977). Notonomus displays
similar behaviour and is mostly restricted to the mountains of eastern
Australia but some of the habitats are not always cool. XN. gravis for
example, inhabits the western (volcanic) plains of Victoria where
temperatures in excess of 40 ?C are regularly recorded.
The brood care behaviour effectively removed adult females from the
surface and so from potential capture in pitfall traps. The cost for
female N. gravis is reduced opportunity for normal feeding activity on
the soil surface for over a month and probably increased mortality
compared to males. Equal numbers of male and female М. gravis
emerged as teneral adults but fewer females were present after one
year (Table 1). Activity of females, as measured by pitfall trapping, is
less than that of males except during the period of first adult
emergence (December) and immediately following first instar
emergence in May-June (Fig. 1). After one month without food,
female N. gravis are forced to replenish diminished reserves during
May-June, which may cause a higher rate of mortality and explain
why fewer "old" females were captured later in the year.
If parental care occurs in other carabid species as suggested, then
caution should be taken in the interpretation of pitfall trapping data.
Pitfall traps measure activity in addition to density (den Boer 1986)
and if either or both sexes have behavioural patterns that modify
activity, an incorrect estimate of abundance and sex ratio may be
made. Particular care needs to be taken in Australia where little is
known of the biology of the carabid fauna. Аз exemplified by М.
gravis, the dramatic change in sex-ratio between teneral and mature
beetles clearly reflects female inactivity resulting from brooding
behaviour with consequent increased mortality of female beetles later
in the year.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 69
Acknowledgments
This work was performed while a postgraduate student in the Zoology
Department, La Trobe University, under the supervision of Dr T.R.
New. Dr New, Janet Horne and Mark Smith provided helpful
criticism on the manuscript.
References
DEN BOER, P.J. 1986. Carabids as objects of study. Pp. 539-551. In Carabid beetles.
Their adaptations and dynamics. XVII International Congress of Entomology. Hamburg
1984. Gustav Fischer, Stuttgart and New York.
BRANDMAYR, P. and BRANDMAYR, T.Z. 1979. The evolution of parental care
phenomena in pterostichine ground beetles with special reference to the genera Abax and
Molops (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Pp. 35-49. In Den Boer, P.J., Thiele, H.U. and
Weber, F. (eds), On the evolution of behaviour in carabid beetles. Miscellaneous Papers
18 Agricultural University Wageningen, The Netherlands.
HINTON, H.E. 1981. Biology of insect eggs. Vol. 1. Chapter 11. Pp. 269-311.
Pergamon Press, Oxford.
MOORE, B.P., WEIR, T.A. and PYKE, J.E. 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. Pp.
20-320. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 4. Coleoptera: Archostemata,
Myxophaga and Adephaga. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
SLOANE, T.G. 1913. Revisional notes on Australian Carabidae. IV. The genus
Notonomus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. 38: 404-449.
TALLAMY, D.W. 1984. Insect parental care. Bioscience 34: 20-24.
THIELE, H.U. 1977. Carabid beetles in their environments. Zoophysiology and
Ecology Ser. No. 10, 369 pp. Springer-Verlag, New York.
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
EVANS, H.E.
(1990). New Australian species and records of the promontorii group of the genus Bembix F. (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae: Nyssoninae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 27-30.
EVENHUIS, N.L.
(1989). Systematics and evolution of the genera in the subfamilies Usiinae and Phthiriinae (Diptera:
Bombyliidae) of the world. Entomonograph 11: 1-72.
EXLEY, E.M.
(1988). Bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) from Carlisle Island, December 1986. Qd Nat. 29 (1-2): 25-26.
FAITHFULL, I.
(1984). The 1984 caper white migration in Melbourne. Vict. Ent. 14: 63, 69.
(1984). Butterflies from the Foley Road area, Yanakie, South Gippsland, Victoria. Vict. Ent. 14: 64-66.
(1988). The Big Desert - Red Bluff and the border track 3 to 7 November, 1984. Part 2. Vict. Ent. 18: 68-69.
[Coleoptera: Anthicidae, Buprestidae, Geotrupidae, Scarabaeidae]
(1988). The Big Desert - Red Bluff and the border track 3 to 7 November, 1984. Part 3. Vict. Ent. 18: 87-88.
[Coleoptera: Carabidae, Scarabaeidae]
(1988). More butterflies from Yanakie and corrections to previous note. Vict. Ent. 18: 89.
(1989). Observations of swarming flies (Diptera: Chloropidae). Vict. Ent. 19: 58.
(1989). Two additional Wattle Park butterflies. Vict. Ent. 19: 86
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
FARROW, R.A.
(1984). Detection of transoceanic migration of insects to a remote island in the Coral Sea, Willis Island. Aust.
J. Ecol. 9: 253-272.
FLETCHER, М.Ј.
(1988). The Australian genera of Flatidae (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea). Gen. appl. Ent. 20: 9-32.
FLETCHER, M.J. and STEPHENS, M.J.
(1988). Key to the subfamilies and tribes of Australian Cicadellidae (Hemiptera: Homoptera). J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 27: 61-67.
FOLEY, D.H. and PYKE, B.A.
(1985). Developmental time of Creontiades dilutus (Stal) (Hemiptera: Miridae) in relation to temperature. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 24: 125-127. Е
FORSTER, P.I.
(1989). Pollination of Marsdenia fraseri (Asclepiadaceae) by Metriorrhynchus lateralis (Coleoptera: Lycidae).
Coleopts Bull. 43: 311-312.
GALLOWAY, I.D. and AUSTIN, A.D.
(1984). Revision of the Scelioninae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) of Australia. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 99: 1-
138.
GARDNER, J.A.
(1990). Revision of the genera of the tribe Stigmoderini (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) with a discussion of the
phylogenetic relationships. Invert. Taxon. 3 (1989): 291-361.
GARRETT, R.
(1984). Odonata observed in the Big Desert, Victoria, November 1984. Vict. Ent. 14: 59.
GIANNAKAKIS, A. and FLETCHER, B.S.
(1985). Morphology and distribution of antennal sensilla of Dacus tryoni (Froggatt) (Diptera: Tephritidae). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 24: 31-35.
GIBSON, G.A.P.
(1989). Phylogeny and classification of Euplemidae, with a revision of the world genera of Calosotinae and
Metapelmatinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Мет. ent. Soc. Can. 149: 1-121.
СОКОСНОУ, A.V.
(1986). New and little known crickets (Orthoptera, Gryllidae) from Australia and Oceania. Ent. Obozr. 65:
692-708. [In Russian.]
GRAHAM, A.J.
(1988). The life history of a semi-arid population of Croitana croites (Hewitson), Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae:
Trapezitinae). Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 123-126.
GRAHAM, A.J. and MOULDS, M.S.
(1988). A new species of Jalmenus Hübner (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from Western Australia. Gen. appl. Ent.
20: 57-62.
GREENSLADE, P. and DEHARVENG, L.
(1984). Caufrenyllodes (Collembola: Odontellidae), a new genus from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 223-227.
(1990). Australian species of the genus Australonura (Collembola: Neanuridae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 565-593.
GREENSLADE, P.J.M. and GREENSLADE, P.
(1989). Ground layer invertebrate fauna. Рр. 266-284. In Noble, J.C. and Bradstock, К.А (eds),
Mediterranean landscapes in Australia. Mallee ecosystems and their management. CSIRO:
Melbourne.
GREGG, P.C., McDONALD, G. and BRYCESON, K.P.
(1989). The occurrence of Heliothis punctigera Wallengren and H. armigera (Hübner) in inland Australia. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 135-140.
GREHAN, J.R.
(1987). Evolution of arboreal tunnelling by larvae of Aenetus (Lepidoptera: Hepialidae). N.Z. JI Zool. 14: 441-
462. [Deals with 5 Australian species.]
(1989). Larval feeding habits of the Hepialidae (Lepidoptera). J. nat. Hist. 23: 803-824.
GRIGG, G., JACKLYN, P. and TAPLIN, L.
(1988). The effects of buried magnets on colonies of Amitermes spp. building magnetic mounds in northern
Australia. Physiol. Ent. 13: 285-289.
GULLAN, P.J. and JONES, M.G.
(1989). A new species of gall-forming coccoid (Insecta: Homoptera: Eriococcidae) from Western Australia.
Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 14: 321-329.
GUPTA, S.
(1988). New distributional records for Ichneumoninae (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) of the Indo-Australian
area. Orient. Insects 22: 301-357.
GWYNNE, D.T.
(1984). Nuptial feeding behaviour and female choice of mates in Harpobittacus similis (Mecoptera: Bittacidae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 271-276.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990 71
GWYNNE, D.T. and EDWARDS, E.D.
(1986). Ultrasound production by genital stridulation in Syntonarcha iriastis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae): long
distance signalling by male moths? Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 88: 363-376.
GWYNNE, D.T., YEOH, P. and SCHRATRAL, A.
(1988). The singing insects of King's Park and Perth gardens. West. Aust. Nat. 17: 25-71.
HADLINGTON, P. and GEROZISIS, J.
(1985). Urban pest control in Australia. Pp. viii -- 278. New South Wales University Press: Kensington.
HAGAN, C.E. and GRAFF, J.A.
(1989). A portable light trap for Culicoides spp. (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 254.
HALES, D.F., CHAPMAN, R.L., LARDNER, R.M., COWEN, R. and TURAK, E.
(1990). Aphids of the genus Sitobion occurring on grasses.in southern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 19-25.
HALES, D.F. and LARDNER, R.M. '
(1988). Genetic evidence for the occurrence of a new species of Neophyllaphis Takahashi (Homoptera:
Aphididae) in Aystralia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 81-85.
HALLIDAY, R.B.
(1990). Directory of Australasian Acarology. Rep. Div. Ent. C.S.I. R.O. Aust. 46: 1-134.
HANCOCK, D.L.
(1988). A revised classification of the genus Atrophaneura Reakirt (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent.
Mag. 15: 7-16.
HARDY, R.J., TERAUDS, A., RAPLEY, P.E.L., WILLIAMS, M.A., IRESON, J.E., MILLER, L.A., BRIEZE-
STEGEMAN, R. and McQUILLAN, P.B.
(1979). Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania, 1977/78. Insect Pest Surv. Dep. Agric. Tasm. 11: 1-34.
HARRIS, A.C.
(1988). A large migration of the Australian meadow argus butterfly Junonia villida calybe (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) to southern New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 11: 67-68.
HARSLETT, J.
(1981). A lesser observed butterfly seen on the Mount Cordeaux day. Granite Belt Nat. 123: 6.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J.
(1988). Daten zur Biologie und Nahrung dreier australischer Dermestidae (Coleoptera). Ent. Z. 98: 225-229.
(1989). New host records for adults of some fungus-feeding beetles (Coleoptera) from New South Wales and
Queensland, Australia. Victorian Nat. 106: 93-95.
HEAP, M.A.
(1988). The pit-light, a new trap for soil dwelling insects. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 239-240.
HEARD, T.A.
(1988). Propagation of hives of Trigona carbonaria Smith (Hymenoptera: Apidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 303-
304.
HEATH, J.
(1989). The fly in your eye. 20 pp. J. and E. Publishing: Perth.
HELY, P.L., PASSFIELD, G. and GELLATLEY, J.G.
(1982). Insect pests of fruit and vegetables in N.S.W. Pp. viii + 312. Inkata Press: Melbourne.
HILL, C.J.
(1988). The temporal distribution of butterfly species richness in a subtropical region of Australia. Proc. ecol.
Soc. Aust. 15: 115-126.
(1989). The effect of adult diet on the biology of butterflies 2. The common crow butterfly, Euploea core
corinna. Oecologia 81: 258-266.
HILL, C.J. and PIERCE, N.E.
(1989). The effect of adult diet on the biology of butterflies 1. The common imperial blue, Jalmenus evagoras.
Oecologia 81: 249-257.
HILL, L.
(1984). New genera of Hypselosomatinae (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae) from Australia. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl.
Ser. 103: 1-55. :
(1985). Four new species of Duonota Hill (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae). Aust. J. Zool. 33: 283-271.
(1985). New records and species of Pateena Hill (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae). Aust. J. Zool. 33: 273-281.
(1988). The identity and biology of Baclozygum depressum Bergroth (Hemiptera: Thaumastocoridae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 27: 37-42.
(1990). A revision of Australian Pachyplagia Gross (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 605-617.
HILL, L. and MICHAELIS, F.B.
(1988). Conservation of insects and related wildlife. Report on the Australian National Parks and Wildlife
Service survey of insect conservation needs. Occ. Pap. Aust. natn. Parks Wildl. Serv. 13: i-vii, 1-40.
HOCH, H. and ASHE, M.
(1988). Cave-dwelling planthoppers of Australia (Insecta: Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). Jn Pearson, L. (ed.), Reprints
of papers for the 17th biennial Conference, Australian Speleological Federation. Tropical Conference.
27-31 December 1988.
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (2) June 1990
HOCH, H. and HOWARTH, F.G.
(1989). Reductive evolutionary trends in two new cavernicolous species of a new Australian cixiid genus
(Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). Syst. Ent. 14: 179-196.
(1989). | Six.néw, cavernicolous cixiid planthoppers in the genus Solonaima from Australia (Homoptera:
. "Fulgoroidea). Syst. Ent. 14: 377-402.
HOCKEY, M.J. and De BAAR, M.
(1988). “New larval food plants and notes for some Australian Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Aust. ent. Mag. 15:
59-66.
(1988). Insects of the Queensland mangroves. Part 2. Coleoptera. Coleopts Bull. 42: 157-160.
HOLDOM, D.G. and TEAKLE, RE...
(1990). · Some interesting fungi from insects and spiders in Queensland. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 17: 111-112.
HOLLIS, D. and BROOMFIELD, P.S.
(1989). Ficus-feeding psyllids (Homoptera), with special reference to the Homotomidae. Bull. Br. Mus. nat.
Hist. (Ent.) 58: 131-183.
HOLMES, D.R.
(1984). Collecting in the north east mountains. Vict. Ent. 14: 39-40.
(1984). The buddleia's of Harrietville. Vict. Ent. 14: 40-41.
HOLT, J.A. and COVENTRY, R.J.
(1988). The effects of tree clearing and pasture establishment on a population of mound-building termites
(Isoptera) in north Queensland. Aust. J. Ecol. 13: 321-325.
HORNE, P.A. and PETTIGROVE, V.
(1989). A new record of Cnephia umbratorum (Tonnoir) (Diptera: Simuliidae) and Apsectrotanypus pallipes
(Freeman) comb. n. (Diptera: Chironomidae) from the Otway Ranges, Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 16: 21-
26.
HORNE, P.A. and STACPOOLE, C.A.
(1989). An efficient technique for rearing Phlyctinus callosus Boheman (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 28: 152.
HORRAK, M., WHITTLE, C.P., BELLAS, Т.Е. and RUMBO, E.R.
(1988). Pheromone gland components of some Australian tortricids in relation to their taxonomy. J. chem.
Ecol. 14: 1163-1176.
HOUSTON, K.J.
(1988). Larvae of Coelophora inaequalis (F.), Phrynocaria gratiosa (Mulsant) and P. astrolabiana (Weise)
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) with notes on their relationships and prey records. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27:
199-211.
HOUSTON, T.F.
(1989). Leioproctus bees associated with Western Australian smoke bushes (Conospermum spp.) and their
adaptations for foraging and concealment (Hymenoptera: Colletidae: Paracolletini). Rec. West. Aust.
Mus. 14: 275-292.
HOUSTON, W.W.K. and WATSON, J.A.L.
(1988). Odonata. Pp. 33-132, index 289-299. Іп Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological catalogue of Australia.
Vol. 6, Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.
HOWDEN, H.F.
(1990). The Geotrupinae of New Guinea (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Invert. Taxon. 3 (1989): 261-289. [Deals
with species common to New Guinea and Australia.]
HUGHES, R.D. and MORTON, R.
(1985). Bush fly abundance in an overwintering zone during 1979-82 compared with data collected before the
introduction of exotic dung beetles. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 24: 65-68.
HUNTING, M.M.
(1984). Observations from the Victorian high plains. Vict. Ent. 14: 36-37.
(1990). Hesperilla chrysotricha (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 20: 29.
HUTCHISON, М.Ј.
(1988). The invasion of S.W. Australia by the orange palmdart Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder)
Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae, and the subsequent increase in species associated with the fronds of the
Canary Island date palm (Phoenix canariensis). West. Aust. Nat. 17: 73-86.
(1989). The invasion of south-western Australia by the orange palmdart (Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder),
Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae) and its positive effect on species richness. J. Biogeogr. 16: 131-139.
IRELAND, J.E. and GRIFFIN, A.R.
(1984). Observations on the pollination of Eucalyptus muellerana Howitt in East Gippsland. Victorian Nat.
101: 207-211.
IRESON, J.E. and McQUILLAN, P.B.
(1984). Observations on the biology and behaviour of Homoeosoma farinaria Turner (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae)
on Senecio jacobaea L., in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 285-292.
ENTOMOLOGICAE- NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the éditor whoeserves the tight
or charge for notices. ay \ 77; :
у Л
х N, М. 25 2 a \\
FOR SALE. Back issues of Australian Entomological Magazitie.
537, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068.
EXCHANGE. Swedish and other European Coleoptera for
Australian Coleoptera. Rolf Rober, Sandviksv. 202, 162 40
Stockholm, Sweden
MOTH LAMPS for sale. Clear tubular type, 250 watt, 240 V,
mercury vapour requiring choke. 8 only available. $35 each (post
incl.). Mrs L. Porteus, P.O. Box 73, Mourilyan, Qld, 4858.
WANTED. Australian and exotic beetles, with collection data. Some
exchanges available. G.J. Krake, 18 Nymph St, Mitcham, Vice
3132. Phone (03) 874 5343.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies. Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the
Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 17, Part 2, 28 Jun 1990
BELLÉS X. and LAWRENCE, J.F. Notes on the genus
Neoptinus Gahan (— Ptinosphaerus Bellés and Lawrence)
(Coleoptera: Ptinidae) 61
BUCKLEY, R.C., GULLAN, P.J., FLETCHER M.J. and
TAYLOR, R.W. New ant homopteran interactions from
tropical Australia 57
FORSTER, P.I. Hoya australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill
(Asclepiadaceae) as a host plant for Margaronia microta
Meyrick (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 43
HASENPUSCH, J.W. A new larval food plant for Papilio
ulysses joesa Butler 64
HORNE, Р:А. : Parental care in Notonomus Chaudoir
(Coleoptera: Carabidae: Pterostichinae) 65
KETTLE, р.5:' March flies (Diptera: Tabanidae) at Clairview,
central Queensland, November 1985 37
SMITHERS, C.N. First record of Psocoptera as prey of
+:* Australian Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) 42
SMITHERS, C.N. New records of Australian Osmylidae
(Neuroptera) 53
WEBB, G.A. Some wood-boring and other insects of Acacia
dealbata Link from northern New South Wales 45
WOODGER, T.A. New distribution records for some northern
Queensland butterflies 41
BOOK REVIEW — Australian cicadas 51
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 69
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
NEW BOOKS
AUSTRALIAN CICADAS by M.S. Moulds
217 pages, illustr. 24 pages colour plates.
$39.95 plus $3 postage.
MOTHS OF AUSTRALIA by I.F.B. Common
544 pp, 32 colour pls. Introductory offer $195 $112.50 plus $3 post
Australian Entomological Supplies
P.O. Box 314, Miranda, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 521 8703
Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, NSW 2065 Ph. (02) 436 3972
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 17, Part 3, 28 September 1990
Published by: |
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members'
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd.
Cover: Musgraveia sulciventris (Stal), the bronze orange bug
(Hemiptera: Tessaratomidae). Drawing by Genevieve Wallace.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 73
NEW RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM THE EAST
KIMBERLEY, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
D.K. YEATES
Entomology Branch, Department of Agriculture, Baron-Hay Court, South Perth, W.A.,
6151
Abstract
Three butterfly species, previously known from the Northern Territory and eastern
Australian States, are recorded in Western Australia for the first time. The presence of
the grass jewel, Freyeria trochylus putli (Kollar), in Western Australia is confirmed.
Introduction
There are few published accounts of butterflies collected in the
Kimberley region of Western Australia. Warham (1957) listed 17
species from the west Kimberley and Koch (1957) recorded a further 9
species from the Kimberley that were in the insect collection of the
Western Australian Department of Agriculture (WADA). Koch and
van Ingen (1969) recorded a further 15 species from Koolan Island off
the Kimberley coast. This note concerns 4 species not recorded from
the Kimberley by Common and Waterhouse (1981).
100 km
Cape Londonderry
*Kalumburu
eT
75s "Wyndhdm
у Kununurra •
eR |
|
Fig. 1. Locality of study area in northern Western Australia.
Three of the butterflies listed below were collected at Kalumburu
Mission, in the eastern Kimberley region, between May 4 and 6, 1989.
The Mission is situated 280 km NW of Kununurra in northern
Western Australia (Fig. 1). In addition, specimens of the common
swift (Pelopidas agna dingo Evans), collected at Kununurra 20-30
years ago, were found in the WADA. Voucher specimens have been
deposited in the WADA.
Hesperiidae
Ocybadistes walkeri olivia Waterhouse (yellow banded dart)
Common and Waterhouse (1981) recorded this subspecies as far west
as Daly River in the Northern Territory. Four females were collected
at Kalumburu Mission, extending its known range 450 km westwards.
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Pelopidas agna dingo Evans (common swift)
There are three males in the WADA: 2 collected from Kimberley
Research Station (KRS, 22 km N of Kununurra, now the Frank Wise
Institute of Tropical Agricultural Research) and one from Kununurra.
One of the KRS specimens was reared from rice by K.T. Richards and
the other bears a 1967 identification label by I.F.B. Common. This
species is known from the Darwin region (Common and Waterhouse
1981). These specimens extend the known distribution south-west by
400 km.
Lycaenidae
Liphyra brassolis major Rothschild (moth butterfly)
One female was collected in a mature citrus grove at Kalumburu
Mission. The trees had many green tree ant (Oecophylla smaragdina
(L.)) nests and the individual may have emerged in the area. Common
and Waterhouse (1981) record the moth butterfly from the Darwin
region and this capture represents a range extension of 500 km. The
specimen has extensive orange markings on the upperside forewing,
and, in this respect, is more similar to Queensland specimens than
those from the Northern Territory. Three female Australian beaks
(Libythea geoffroy genia Waterhouse) were also collected in the same
grove.
Freyeria trochylus рит (Kollar) (the grass jewel)
This species was collected by Warham (1957) near Derby and it was
collected from Kalumburu Mission during this study. | Warham's
record, extending the range of the grass jewel from the Daly River
region of the Northern Territory, was omitted by Common and
Waterhouse (1981). More intensive collecting in the Kimberley will no
doubt reveal additional range extensions of butterfly species that occur
in the Northern Territory.
Acknowledgements
Greg Daniels (Department of Entomology, University of Queensland,
Brisbane) and Ted Edwards (Australian National Insect Collection,
Canberra) identified some of the specimens. Thanks are due to Kevin
Richards (WADA) for access to the collection under his care. Field
work was carried out while on a Northern Australian Quarantine
Strategy survey funded by the Commonwealth.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
KOCH, L.E. 1957. East Kimberley butterflies. Western Australian Naturalist 6: 83-84.
KOCH, L.E. and van INGEN, F.C. 1969. The butterflies of Koolan Island, Western
Australia. Western Australian Naturalist. 11: 98.
WARHAM, J. 1957. West Kimberley butterflies. Western Australian Naturalist 5:
229-230.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 75
NEW LOCALITY RECORDS FOR SOME BUTTERFLIES IN NEW
SOUTH WALES
C.N. SMITHERS! апа J.V. PETERS?
Australian Museum, P.O. Вох A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
2245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W., 2112
Abstract Ў
New locality records аге given for Heteronympha paradelpha paradelpha Lower, Everes
lacturnus australis Couchman and Danis hymetus taygetus (C. and R. Felder) in New
South Wales.
Nymphalidae
Heteronympha paradelpha paradelpha Lower
Common and Waterhouse (1981) recorded Heteronympha paradelpha
paradelpha as occurring from the Blue Mountains and Sydney
southwards to Victoria and H. p. deervalensis Burns as occurring in an
area encompassing Deervale, Ebor and Dorrigo in New South Wales
and from Stanthorpe in Queensland. De Baar (1977) recorded the
latter subspecies from Bald Rock, in northern New South Wales, and
Wallangarra in Queensland, with Harslett (1990) adding records for
nearby Queensland localities. Mayo et al. (1989) record Н. p.
paradelpha above 1100 m at Barrington Tops. The two subspecies are
separated by about 200 km and are easily recognised on depth of
colour and pattern. Мо differences could be detected between the
genitalia of a male with the pattern of H. p. paradelpha from
Woodford (Blue Mts.) and one with H. p. deervalensis pattern from
Ebor, in material from the Australian Museum.
Additional localities: 1 female, Upper Allyn, near Eccleston,
10.11.1970; 1 female, same locality, 27.11.1970 (D.K. McAlpine, G.A.
Holloway); 1 male, same locality, 27.11.1971 (J.V. Peters); 1 female,
Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, 49 km N of Singleton, 11.11.1989 (A.S.
Smithers); 1 female, same locality, 19.11.1989 (C.N. Smithers). Tuglo
and Upper Allyn are at approximately the same latitude (32?15'S) to
the south of Barrington Tops. The specimens listed here also agree
well with the southern subspecies H. p. paradelpha in colour and
pattern.
Lycaenidae
Everes lacturnus australis Couchman
Everes lacturnus australis is common north of Brisbane but more
southerly populations are scattered and of somewhat limited extent.
South of Port Macquarie the only recorded New South Wales localities
appear to be Barrington Tops and Cessnock.
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Specimens collected in the intervening area: 5 males, 3 females, Tuglo
Wildlife Refuge, 49 km N of Singleton, 22-27.11.1988 (J. V. Peters and
C.N. Smithers); 1 male, same locality, 12.11.1989 (C.N. Smithers); 1
female, Lister Park, Upper Allyn, 28.ii.1971; 1 female, near Eccleston,
28.11.1971 (J.V. Peters).
Danis hymetus taygetus (C. and R. Felder)
Danis hymetus taygetus is uncommon south of Port Stephens and is
certainly rare in the Sydney area. Haines (1969) considered it
worthwhile recording its occurrence at Bayview, a northern coastal
suburb of Sydney, when several specimens were taken or observed in
April and June, 1968. This note records a single specimen seen near
the Pacific Highway at Mount White, about 50 km north-west of
Sydney, on 16.11.1989. It was seen flying in a shady gully, where it
settled on the leaves of several plants. Alphitonia excelsa (Fenzel)
Reiss. ex Benth. (Rhamnaceae), its larval food plant, is reported to
grow in another gully about a kilometre to the east on the other side
of the expressway.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
-- 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DE BAAR, M. 1977. New records for butterflies in Queensland and northern New
South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 4: 11-12.
HAINES, L.C. 1969. The occurrence of Danis hymetus taygetus (Felder) at Bayview,
New South Wales. Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales
1967-68: 62.
HARSLETT, М.Ј. 1990. Additional Queensland records for Heteronympha
paradelpha deervalensis Burns (Lepidoptera: Satyrinae). Australian Entomological
Magazine 17: 6.
MAYO, R., ATKINS, A. and WHITE, B. 1989. New records for butterflies
(Lepidoptera) in eastern New South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 16: 109-
110.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 TI
THE TINEOID MOTH FAMILY ERIOCOTTIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA) IN AUSTRALIA
Ebbe S. Nielsen! and Gaden S. Robinson?
1Division of Entomology, C.S.I. R.O., G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra,
A.C.T., 2601
?Department of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell
Road, London, SW7 5BD, UK
Abstract
The monobasic genus Eucryptogona Lower, 1901, originally placed in the Oecophoridae,
is here recognised as the first known Australian representative of the family
Eriocottidae. The morphology of Eucryptogona is described, and a lectotype designated
for its single included species, Eucryptogona trichobathra Lower, 1901, known only
from Broken Hill, New South Wales. Eriocottis euryphracta Meyrick, 1893, described
from South Australia, is not an eriocottid and it is here transferred formally to the
Yponomeutidae; its generic placement is, however, uncertain.
Introduction
Although Meyrick (1893) described Eriocottis euryphracta from
Australia, the presence of the family Eriocottidae in that continent has
never been confirmed and Meyrick's placement of E. euryphracta has
been treated with scepticism. The literature to date records
Eriocottidae as being restricted to the Afrotropical, Oriental and
Palaearctic regions. However, the distribution of Eriocottidae is much
broader than that (Davis 1990), and in this paper we provide the first
unequivocal record of the family from Australia.
In 1901 Oswald Lower described a moth from Broken Hill as
Eucryptogona trichobathra. He formally placed this new species and
genus in the Oecophoridae, though suggested that it might be better
placed in the Plutellidae, based on characters of its wing venation,
antennae and labial palpi. Lepidopterists have subsequently associated
specimens of Eucryptogona with the Tineoidea in collections. In the
course of work on the Australian Tineidae (Robinson & Nielsen in
press) we examined Eucryptogona and found that it was a typical
representative of the family Eriocottidae.
The family has been recognised and formally named three times as
Eriocottidae, Deuterotineidae and Compsoctenidae. These three
family names were recognized as representing the same family,
Eriocottidae, with two subfamilies, Eriocottinae and Compsocteninae,
by Nielsen (1978). That study summarized the morphology and
systematic position, and diagnosed the family and its subfamilies;
additional morphological observations are provided by Davis (1990).
Robinson (1988) lists the following characters as eriocottid
autapomorphies: (1) ovipositor with dorsal apophyses and (2) sternum
УШ of female membranous, and the following as eriocottine
autapomorphies: (1) antennal scaling sparse, (2) antenna filiform and
(3) ocelli present.
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Figs 1, 2. Eucryptogona trichobathra, adult males.
Compsocteninae, with a single genus Compsoctena Zeller, 1852 with
numerous species, occur through Africa (Dierl 1970), India, China,
Taiwan and into Indonesia (Davis 1990). Eriocottinae are known
from Africa north of the Sahara, southern Europe and USSR, possibly
Pakistan (Nielsen 1982), Thailand (Robinson, unpubl.), and Taiwan
(Davis 1990). Davis (1990) reports five species from the New World,
from Chile, Brazil, Columbia and Venezuela, all in a single genus,
Crepidochares Meyrick, 1922. The Old World species are all placed in
Eriocottis Zeller, 1847 and Deuterotinea Rebel, 1901 with more than
10 species in the former and more than 6 species in the latter
(Zagulajev 1988; Davis 1990).
The Eriocottidae are a comparatively derived family within the
Tineoidea, suggested by Robinson (1988) to be the most "primitive?
ditrysian superfamily and the sister-group of all other Ditrysia.
Eucryptogona exhibits typical tineoid synapomorphies of erect scaling
on the frons, lateral bristles on the labial palpi, and short proboscis.
Further characters of Eucryptogona аге synapomorphies of
Eriocottidae + Acrolophidae + Psychidae: maxillary palpus with
reduced segmentation, forewing vein R5 running to termen,
retinaculum a broad lobe arising between costa and Sc, and apex of
sacculus with a thorn-like sensillum. Nielsen (1978) suggested the
Eriocottidae and Psychidae as each other’s closest relatives, while
Robinson’s (1988) analysis of the tineoid families gave Acrolophidae
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 79
| 0.5 mm |
Figs 3, 4. Eucryptogona trichobathra, head, 3: lateral; 4: dorsal. Note
prominent labial palpi and lateral bristles (Ib).
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Figs 5, 6. Eucryptogona trichobathra, head and mouth parts. 5: head
in ventral view; 6: mouthparts in ventral view (labial palps removed).
ap: anterior tentorial pit; lb: lateral bristles; md: mandible; mp:
maxillary palp: pb: proboscis; pr: prelabium.
+ Psychidae as the sister-group of the Eriocottidae. Based оп the
presence of microtrichia on the wing surface of Eriocottidae, Davis
(1990) argues that the Eriocottidae may represent the most basal
ditrysian lineage.
No attempt has as yet been made to analyse the phylogeny of the
81
Figs 7, 8. Eucryptogona trichobathra, mouth parts and leg. 7: mouth
parts showing labial palpi; 8: fore tibia. as: apical spine; ep:
epiphysis; ga: galea; lb: lateral bristle; Ip: labial palpus; mp: maxillary
palpus.
eriocottine genera. However, there is little doubt that the Australian
genus Eucryptogona is distinct from all other genera. As described
below, it displays such obvious autapomorphies as long-ciliate
antennae, absence of pilifers, reduced maxillary palpus, minute apical
segment of labial palpus, specialized vestiture on labial palpus, and
male genitalia with bare ventromedial digitate process.
Although 10 specimens of E. trichobathra are known, none of these is
a female. Comparison with Deuterotinea, a genus with long-winged
males and wingless females (Zagulajev 1988) that is restricted to arid
climates, suggests that Eucryptogona could also have wing-reduced
females.
The life history is not fully known for any species of Eriocottinae.
Anecdotal accounts indicate that larvae of Eriocottis feed in decaying
wood or as stem-borers (Nielsen 1978). Larvae of Deuterotinea are
detritophagous and construct silken tunnels among grass litter
(Zagulajev 1988). The extensible ovipositors indicate that the eggs are
inserted into crevices. The pupa of Deuterotinea has a single
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Figs 9-13. Eucryptogona trichobathra, antenna. 9: scape with pecten; |
10: antenna at one-third, lateral view; 11: detail of 10. 12: antenna at
midlength, ventral view, note long sensilla trichodea; 13: detail of 12,
sensillum auricillium (sa) and s. coeloconicum (sc).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 83
transverse row of posteriorly directed spines near the anterior margin
of the abdominal terga and a prominent pair of curved, ventrally
directed terminal spines (Nielsen, unpubl.). Adults of Eriocottis fly
during the day and also come to light.
Eriocottis has previously been reported from Australia. Meyrick
(1893: 514) named Eriocottis euryphracta from Port Lincoln, South
Australia. However, this species does not belong to the Eriocottidae
or even to the Tineoidea, but is tentatively allocated to the
Yponomeutidae, its final generic assignment pending further study.
Eucryptogona Lower
Eucryptogona Lower, 1901, Trans. К. Soc. S. Aust. 25: 97. Туре
species: Eucryptogona trichobathra Lower, 1901, ibidem 25: 98, by
monotypy.
Redescription
Wingspan 18-21 mm. Head with moderately swollen compound eyes,
interocular index 1.0. Ocelli absent. Head vestiture (Figs 3-5) rough,
of piliform scales; vertex with raised scales and one pair of tufts of
anteriorly directed scales; frons with scale-sockets in w-shaped patch,
and with close-set microtrichia, scales directed forwards with one
medial tuft directed upwards.
Pilifers absent (Fig. 6). | Mandible digitate, weakly sclerotized,
reaching almost to midline. Maxillary palpus minute, of three
segments of subequal length, entire palp about as long as proximal
segment of labial palpus; two apical segments with scattered scales,
apical segment additionally with microtrichia and long apical sensilla
(Fig. 6); galea 0.8 x length of labial palpus (1.2 x height of head
capsule), with prominent humps with sensilla on lateral surface.
Labial palpus on prominent prelabium, long (1.4 x height of head
capsule) and prominent, 3-segmented, ratio 2.5:5.4:1 (base to tip),
proximal segment curved, middle segment straight, swollen and
markedly wider than proximal segment, apical segment minute, ovate,
with subapical hump with sensilla (Fig. 7); palpus porrect with
prominent tan-coloured vestiture of long, apically divided piliform
scales; scale sockets present on all segments, extremely close-set on
apical portion of middle segment; middle segment with scattered
lateral bristles, apical segment with microtrichia.
Antennae (Figs 9-13) reaching 0.6 length of forewing, scape with
pecten of approximately 16 bristles (Fig. 9); flagellomeres each with
one annulus of lamellar scales on proximal third of flagellum (Fig.
10); each flagellomere with sensilla trichodea up to 5 x width of
flagellum from a basal annulus, two long s. trichodea from just before
midlength, and scattered shorter s. trichodea (Fig. 12); flagellomeres
apically with s. coeloconicum and s. auricillicum (Figs 12, 13).
Legs long and slender; fore tibia with epiphysis with short setae on
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
1A+2A
Fig. 14. Eucryptogona trichobathra, wing venation.
proximal surface and with long hair-scales on opposing tibial surface,
tip of each tarsomere with 2-5 strong spines.
Wings. Forewing index 0.25, wing elongate, almost parallel-sided,
hindwing index 0.33, apex rounded. Retinaculum in male from
between costa and subcosta. Forewing (Fig. 14) with all five К and
three M veins free, R5 to termen well below apex, cell with chorda and
divided M-stem; hindwing with divided M-stem in cell. Only normal-
type scales with rounded, dentate apical edge observed (Fig. 15);
windows minute or absent (Fig. 16), but scales well lacunated (Figs 18,
19); upper surface of forewing with scattered microtrichia (Fig. 17).
Pregenital abdomen. S II with anterior portion well sclerotized and
posterior part very weakly sclerotized; apodemes slender with sensory
wart (?) at base; sterna very weakly sclerotized. Т I and II well
sclerotized, III and IV less so, V-VII very weakly sclerotized. Pleural
membrane at segments II and III each with two pairs of tuberculate
plates, one posterodorsal and one posteroventral to spiracles.
Male genitalia (Figs 20-23). 5 VIII curved rectangular. Т VIII
subtriangular; segment VIII otherwise unremarkable. Vinculum short,
broadly U-shaped. Tegumen hood-shaped, posteriorly produced into
two blunt, narrow lobes (? uncus); lobes and posterolateral edge of
tegumen setose. Socii absent. Gnathos slender, U-shaped, middle
portion with fine spines; subscaphium elongate plate-shaped, anterior
end fused with middle of gnathos. Уајуа elongate, basal portion
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 85
TT OC ЧЕН ЧС T
pium ,
Figs 15-19. Eucryptogona trichobathra, wing scales. 15: cover of
normal type scales; 16: ultra structure of normal type scale, note
absence of conspicuous windows; 17: scattered microtrichia on upper
forewing surface (near tornus); 18, 19: cross-section of normal type
scales (TEM), note prominent lacunae.
86
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
22 23
Figs 20-23. Eucryptogona trichobathra, male genitalia. 20: "normal
mount (slide ANIC 1039); 21: 'unrolled' mount, valva removed; 22:
valva; 23: aedeagus (all slide ANIC 2922).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 87
broadest, dorsal margin slightly concave, distal narrow part (cucullus)
protruding ventrolaterally; cucullus, distal inner surface and ventral
margin of valva setose; ventral margin with triangular process with
thorn-like sensillum; between base and triangular process a well
sclerotized bare blunt digital process from distal end of a longitudinal
fold; centre of valva with short blunt setose process. Aedeagus a
single curved tube. Juxta absent.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Eucryptogona trichobathra Lower
Eucryptogona trichobathra Lower, 1901, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 25:
98. LECTOTYPE o" (here designated), AUSTRALIA, New South
Wales, Broken Hill, 24.v.1899 (3565 Type’) (Lower). Without
abdomen. SAMA [examined].
Redescription
Male (Figs 1, 2). Wingspan 18-21 mm. Head and thorax mottled
reddish grey-brown, many scales pale-tipped. Fore and mid legs dark
brown with many pale-tipped scales; tarsomeres apically cream;
hindlegs brownish cream with light cream hair scales on upper surface
of tibia. Forewing reddish grey-brown mixed with reddish brown,
black and cream, variable; darkest along costa and dorsum, palest
behind costa; with a small greyish black spot at one-half and a longer
spot at two-thirds, and greyish black tinge particularly along fold; cilia
pale brownish grey, cream at apex and tornus. Hindwing pale grey,
with brown along dorsum and termen; cilia similar.
Female. Unknown.
Male genitalia. See generic redescription above.
Distribution
Only known from Broken Hill, New South Wales.
Biology
Lower (1901) recorded three specimens in May. Only a single
specimen, the lectotype, is labelled with a collecting date, 24 May.
Material examined (additional to lectotype)
9 of New South Wales, Broken Hill (variously labelled "Broken Hill’
and "Broken Hill Coll. Lower’) (ANIC, BMNH, SAMA).
Acknowledgments
We thank Dr G.F. Gross and Ms J. Forrest, South Australian
Museum, Adelaide (SAMA) for the loan of specimens. Юг D.R.
Davis, U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington DC,
USA, kindly gave us access to his unpublished manuscript. Mr E.D.
Edwards and Dr M. Horak, ANIC, Canberra, commented on drafts
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
of the manuscript. Illustrations were provided by Mr J. Green
(photography), Ms L. Warrener (line drawing), Ms K. Pickerd (SEM),
Ms E. Brooks and Mr E. Hines (TEM).
References
DAVIS, D.R. 1990. Neotropical Microlepidoptera XXIII. First report of the family
Eriocottidae from the New World, with descriptions of new taxa. Proceedings of the
Entomological Society of Washington 92: 1-35.
DIERL, W. 1970. Compsoctenidae: Ein neues Taxon von Familienstatus
(Lepidoptera). Veróffentlichungen der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München 14: 1-41,
pls 1, 2.
LOWER, О.В. 1901. Descriptions of new genera and species of Australian
Lepidoptera. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 25: 63-98.
MEYRICK, E. 1893. Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales 7: 477-612.
NIELSEN, E.S. 1978. On the systematic position of the genus Eriocottis Zeller, 1847,
with remarks on the phylogeny of primitive Tineoidea (Lepidoptera). Entomologica
Scandinavica 9: 279-296.
NIELSEN, E.S. 1982. Incurvariidae and Prodoxidae from the Himalayan area
(Lepidoptera: Incurvarioidae). Insecta Matsumurana 26: 187-200.
ROBINSON, G.S. 1988. A phylogeny for the Tineoidea (Lepidoptera). Entomologica
Scandinavica 19: 117-129.
ROBINSON, G.S. and NIELSEN, E.S. (In press). Tineid genera of Australia
(Lepidoptera). Monographs on Australian Lepidoptera 2.
ZAGULAJEV, А.К. 1988. Ochsenheimeriidae, Eriocottidae. Lepidoptera 4(7). [In
Russian.] Fauna SSSR 135: 1-302, pls 1, 2.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 89
A NOTE ON ABUNDANCE OF HASORA KHODA HASLIA
SWINHOE (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) IN SYDNEY, NEW
SOUTH WALES
C.N. SMITHERS! and J.V. PETERS?
LAustralian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
2245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W., 2112
Abstract
Data are presented suggesting that Hasora khoda haslia (large banded awl) has become
considerably more common in the Sydney district, N.S.W., since 1986 than hitherto.
This may be due to utilization of cultivated wisteria as a larval host.
Introduction
Common and Waterhouse (1981) mention that Hasora khoda haslia is
"usually uncommon at Sydney but many have been taken in recent
years at Bayview by L.C. Haines". This comment relating to
abundance is certainly applicable to our gardens in Turramurra and
Ryde where the sighting of a specimen was a noteworthy event, at
least since 1960 when our observations on local butterflies began.
During the summer of 1987-88 this species was unusually common,
prompting us to collect data on its occurrence in Sydney. Common
and Waterhouse (1981) also mention "the larvae may occasionally
occur on the garden Wisteria for J.F.R. Kerr has taken an empty
pupal skin on this plant which probably belongs to this species". The
usual host plant is Milletia megasperma (F. Muell.) Benth. (Fabaceae)
of which the natural distribution is restricted to northern New South
Wales and south-eastern Queensland. One specimen is growing in the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Recent Sydney Records of Hasora khoda haslia
Table 1 summarises recent captures and sightings of H. khoda haslia
in the Sydney area.
In addition to the records listed in the table the Australian Museum
has specimens bred by G. Rushworth at Turramurra which emerged on
7.1.1974, 14.v.1979, 12.xi.1980, 12.11.1982 and 13.1.1982.
Discussion
The appearance of large numbers of H. khoda haslia in the summer of
1987-88 was preceded in the summer of 1985-86 by a slight increase in
the number of sightings. This was in strong contrast to the previous
scarcity of specimens (at least since 1960) in gardens. Records suggest
that an increase in numbers in the 1988-89 season had taken place over
a wide area of Sydney and not only in the northern suburbs (e.g.
Oyster Bay specimens reported by L. Foster for 11.1989, when large
numbers were seen flying around wisteria).
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
Table 1. Dates of sightings and captures of H. Кћода haslia in Sydney
Turramurra Ryde Other suburbs
12.xi.1980 16.11.1981
(Bred G. Rushworth)
2.11.1984 11.xii.1983
28.1.1985
25.11.1985
5.1.1986
4.11.1986
5.11.1986
6.11.1987 22.11.1987
14.xii.1987 15.xii.1987 (laying)
27.1.1988 22.xii.1987
29.1.1988 24.1.1988 (emerged)
8.11.1988 2.11.1988
11.11.1988 6.11.1988
10.11.1988 (laying)
1.11.1988 (emerged)
10.ix.1988 5.11.1989 11.11.1989
10.11.1989 11.1989
26.11.1989 (Obs. L. Foster)
27.11.1989
5.11.1989
Cultivated wisteria has long been grown in Sydney gardens and the
butterfly has occasionally been present.
Life history
During the period of increased occurrence females were observed
ovipositing on garden wisteria (Wisteria sinensis Sims (Sweet)) at Ryde
(15.xii.1987, 10.11.1988). The egg stage lasted 5 days, the larval period
was 20 days and the pupal period 15 days at ambient room
temperature (obs. J.V. Peters).
Variations in occurrence of Australian butterflies are unfortunately
seldom documented in the literature. It will be interesting to see if the
increase in Н. khoda haslia at Sydney is permanent or if the numbers
decline in future seasons.
Reference
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990 9]
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
IRVINE, A.K. and ARMSTRONG, J.
(1988). Beetle pollination in Australian tropical rainforests. Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust. 15: 107-113.
JAMES, D.G.
(1988). A new host plant for Junonia villida calybe (Godart) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 15:
6.
(1988). Migration and behaviour of non-reproductive Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in the
Blue Mountains, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 25-30.
(1988). Induction of pupal diapause in Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan and Graphium sarpedon choredon (C.
& R. Felder) (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 39-44.
(1988). Aestivation and reproductive dormancy in adult Heteronympha тегоре merope (Fabricius)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 15: 67-72.
(1988). Fecundity, longevity and overwintering of Trissolcus biproruli Girault (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) a
parasitoid of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 27: 279-301.
(1989). Population biology of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) in a southern New South
Wales citrus orchard. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 279-286.
JOHNSON, N.F.
(1988). Species of Australian Telenominae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) of A.P. Dodd and A.A. Girault. Proc.
ent. Soc. Wash. 90: 229-243.
JOHNSTON, L.M. and JOHNSTON, R.K.
(1988). Butterflies (Lepidoptera). Pp. 214-219. In Scott, С. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an
inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
JOLIVET, P., PETITPIERRE, E. and HSIAO, T.N.
(1988). Biology of Chrysomelidae. 615 pp. Kluwer: Amsterdam.
KARREN, J.B.
(1989). Chlamisus mimosae n. sp. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Chlamisinae) from Brazil and imported into
Australia and Thailand. Coleopts Bull. 43: 355-358.
KASZAB, Z.
(1986). Tenebrioniden (Coleoptera) aus Neukaledonien. Annis hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 78: 151-175 [Lorelus
queenslandicus sp. n. described from Australia].
(1987). Die papuanisch-australischen Апеп der Gattung Derosphaerus Thomson, 1858 (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae). Acta zool. hung. 33: 41-85.
(1988). Katalog und Bestimmungstabelle der Gattung Promethis Pascoe, 1869 (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae).
Acta zool. hung. 34: 67-170.
(1988). Faunistische Angaben der Gattung Promethis Pascoe, 1869 (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae). Folia ent.
hung. 49: 55-116.
KATHIRITHAMBY, J.
(1989). Review of the Order Strepsiptera. Syst. Ent. 14: 41-92.
(1990). Descriptions and biological notes of the Australian Elenchidae (Strepsiptera). Invert. Taxon. 3 (1989):
175-195.
(1990). Descriptions of Corioxenidae (Strepsiptera) from Australia, and a checklist of world genera and species
of Corioxenidae. Invert. Taxon. 3: 469-481.
KAY, І.К.
(1989). Seasonal incidence of Heliothis spp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) on tomatoes in north Queensland. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 193-194.
KEY, K.H.L.
(1990). On the identity of Erichson's species Calliptamus baiulus (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Invert. Taxon. 3:
519-522.
KIREJTSHUK, A.G.
(1987). New genera and species of (Nitidulidae, Coleoptera) from the Australian Region II. Ent. Obozr. 67:
773-799 [In Russian. Translated Ent. Rev. 67: 129-156].
KIREJTSHUK, A.G. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
(1990). Revision of the Australian genus /daethina Reitter (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 1-9.
KOHOUT, ЕЈ.
(1989). The Australian ants of the Polyrhachis relucens species-group (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae).
Mem. Qd Mus. 27: 509-516.
LAMBKIN, K.J. and NEW, T.R.
(1989). The Neuroptera of Lord Howe Island. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 19-21.
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (3) Sept 1990
LAMBKIN, Т.А. and KHATOON, М.
(1990). Culture methods for Necrobia rufipes (Degeer) and Dermestes maculatus Degeer (Coleoptera: Cleridae
and Dermestidae). J. stored Prod. Res. 26: 59-60.
LEWIS, D.J. and DYCE, A.L.
(1989). Taxonomy of the Australian Phlebotominae (Diptera: Psychodidae) with revision of genus
Sergentomyia from the region. Invert. Taxon. 2 (1988): 755-804.
LEWIS, М.Ј.
(1989). Shift in food plant preference with developmental stage by the larvae of Арта callisto Angas
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 21: 5-10.
LITTLE, D.W. de, ELLIOTT, H.J., MADDEN, J.L. and BASHFORD, R.
(1990). Stage-specific mortality in two field populations of immature Chrysophtharta bimaculata (Olivier)
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 51-55.
MALIPATIL, M.B.
(1990). First record of Visayanocorinae (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) from Australia with description of a new
genus and two new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 31-36.
MALIPATIL, M.B. and HOWARTH, F.G.
(1990). Two new species of Micropolytoxus Elkins from northern Australia (Hemiptera: Reduviidae: Saicinae).
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 37-40.
MANSELL, M.W.
(1989). The pitfall trap of the Australian ant-lion Callistoleon illustris (Gerstaecker) (Neuroptera:
Myrmeleontidae): an evolutionary advance. Aust. J. Zool. 36 (1988): 351-356.
MARKS, E.N. and ELSON, M.M.
(1988). Mosquitoes (Culicidae). Pp. 253-257. In Scott, G. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an
inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
MASINI, R.J.
(1988). Inland waters of the Pilbara, Western Australia Part 1. A report of a field study carried out in March-
April, 1983. Tech. Ser. West. Aust. Environ. Prot. Auth. 10: vii + 58.
MATTHEWS, E.G. and DOYEN, J.T.
(1989). A reassessment of the Australian species of Menephilus Mulsant (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) with
descriptions of two new genera and a larva and pupa. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 23: 39-50.
MATTHEWS, R.W. and NAUMANN, I.D.
(1989). Nesting biology and taxonomy of Arpactophilus mimi, a new species of social sphecid (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae) from northern Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 36 (1988): 585-597.
MAZANEC, Z.
(1990). Immature stages and life history of Enytus sp. (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) a parasitoid of Perthida
glyphopa Common (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 57-66.
(1990). The immature stages and biology of Chrysonotomyia sp. A (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), a parasitoid
of Perthida glyphopa Common (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 139-146.
(1990). The immature stages and life history of Diaulomorpha sp. (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), a parasitoid of
Perthida glyphopa Common (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 147-159.
McALPINE, D.K.
(1989). A synopsis of the Australian Piophilidae (Diptera: Schizophora). Gen. appl. Ent. 22: 17-24.
(1990). A new apterous micropezid fly (Diptera: Schizophora) from Western Australia. Syst. Ent. 15: 81-86. |
McCORQUODALE, D.B., THOMSON, C.E. and ELDER, V.
(1989). Nest and prey of Williamsita bivittata (Turner) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae: Crabroninae). Aust. ent.
Mag. 16: 5-8.
McDONALD, F.J.D.
(1988). A revision of Cantao Amyot and Serville (Hemiptera: Scutelleridae). Orient. Insects 22: 287-299.
(1989). Spermatodes grossi sp. n. (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 291-293.
McDONALD, G.
(1990). A fermentation trap for selectively monitoring activity of Mythimna convecta (Walker) (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 107-108.
McFARLAND, A.N.
(1988). Portraits of South Australian geometrid moths. Pp. iv + 400. Privately published: Arizona, U.S.A.
McQUILLAN, Р.В. and SEMMENS, T.D.
(1990). Morphology of antenna and mouthparts of adult Adoryphorus couloni (Burmeister) (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 75-79.
MENKE, A.S.
(1989). Arpactophilus reassessed, with three bizarre new species from New Guinea (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae:
Pemphredoninae). /nvert. Taxon. 2 (1988): 737-747.
MERKL,.O.
(1986). A review of the Australian species of the subtribe Statirina (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae: Lagriini).
Annis hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 78: 187-199.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
EXCHANGE. Swedish and other
European Coleoptera for
TRANSWORLD Australian Coleoptera. Rolf
BUTTERFLY CO. и 202, 162
e
40 Stockholm, Sweden
Since 1976... serving lepidopteriste worldwide
ЛОТИ ЗА ОИ ЗУЛУА WANTED. Australian and exotic
Neotropical, African, Palearctic, beetles, with collection data.
Indo-Australian Butterflies. Papilionidae,
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae,
Lycaenidae etc. Books and more.
Some exchanges available.
G.J. Krake, 18 Nymph St,
LATEST 12-PAGE CATALOGUE Mitcham, Vic., 3132. Phone
(03) 874 5343.
VISIT COSTA RICA! SPECIMEN DATA LABELS.
Entomological programs for collecting — Plotted on acid free 150 gsm
photography at naturalist Lodges paper with indelible drafting
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on ink to your requirements. 1-20
request. Naturalist & Birders programs у copies of 1 label: $1.00, 21-50
available. ; UE A Cri
copies: $2.00, 51-200 copies:
APARTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768 $7.00, 201-500 copies: $15.00.
100 SAN JOSE FAX: +506-281573 Enquiries to Ме DIR:
COSTA RICA, C. AMERICA Johnston, 26 Frank St,
Thorneside, Qld, 4158. Phone
(07) 207 2223 (A/H).
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
АП papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies. Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the
Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 17, Part 3, 28 September 1990
CONTENTS
NEILSEN, E.S. and ROBINSON, G.S. The tineoid moth
family Eriocottidae (Lepidoptera) in Australia 77
SMITHERS, C.N. and PETERS, J.V. New locality records for
some butterflies in New South Wales 75
SMITHERS, СМ. and PETERS, J.V. А note on abundance of
Hasora khoda haslia Swinhoe (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in
Sydney, New South Wales 89
YEATES, D.K. New records of butterflies from the east
Kimberley, Western Australia 73
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 10
(pp. 149-164): Melyridae; Lymexylidae; Cucujidae;
Passandridae; Erotylidae; Bothrideridae; Coccinellidae;
Endomychidae centre lift-out
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 9]
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
дању
Set SLES а
(35 t er
|
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 17, Part 4, 14 December 1990
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members'
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd. |
Cover: Миѕегауеіа sulciventris (Stal), the bronze orange bug
(Hemiptera: Tessaratomidae). Drawing by Genevieve Wallace.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 93
OBSERVATIONS ON THE EASTERN MOUSE SPIDER
MISSULENA BRADLEYI RAINBOW (MYGALOMORPHAE:
ACTINOPODIDAE): NATURAL HISTORY AND
ENVENOMATION
David C. Lake
Science Department, Madang Teachers College, P.O. Box 218, Madang, Papua New
Guinea
Abstract
A mass wandering of Missulena bradleyi is recorded from under a house in south-eastern
Queensland during and following storms. Some notes are made on envenomation and
burrows. It is suggested that the preferred habitat of males may be fissures in clay soils.
Evidence is presented to support increased humidity as the primary stimulus for
wandering behaviour in the mature males.
Introduction
Main (1976) has noted that spiders of the genus Missulena Walckenaer
"Although widespread from desert to eucalypt forest (but not tropical
rain forest) it never occurs in numbers”. During the breeding season,
mygalomorph males wander in search of a mate (Loaring and Loaring
1948). In Western Australian species, Main (1980) records "males
mature in late autumn and early winter. They wander during daylight,
which is unique for mygalomorphs". During unseasonally heavy rain,
seventy five specimens of M. bradleyi were observed under a house at
Mt Tamborine in south-eastern Queensland.
Observations
From 1-12 April 1988, 1140 mm of rain fell on the eastern slopes of
Mt Tamborine. The rain was accompanied by 60 knot winds and
almost continuous, heavy fog. The area is steeply sloping, partly
cleared subtropical rain forest with heavy red clay soils.
During and immediately after these April storms seventy five M.
bradleyi, all mature males, were collected on 40 m? of concrete under
a house. Three were subsequently taken to the Queensland Museum
for identification. Another 40 m? of the underhouse area consisted of
deeply fissured clay soil. The fissures remained dry to a depth of at
least 1 m throughout the storms. Clay soil outside the house was
unfissured, even in areas which remained relatively dry during the
storms. Three sides of the underhouse area were walled. The fourth
side, facing downhill and into the wind was partly covered by a
tarpaulin. The bottom of the tarpaulin was folded so that a pool of
water collected on both the inner and outer sides.
Forty spiders were collected from under the house during the storms:
one from the puddle on the outer side of the tarpaulin: ten from the
puddle on the inner side of the tarpaulin; four on the concrete block
walls; two on furniture; one in clothing and twenty two on the
concrete area. Of those found on the concrete, almost all were
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
moving toward the tarpaulin. Several applications of surface spray
insecticide were given to the concreted area during the storms. When
all planks and storage boxes were moved after the storms another
thirty five spiders, of which seven were still alive, were found in the
concreted area. Some specimens collected during the storms and all
those collected after the storms were examined. All were mature
males.
Burrows
Two weeks after the storms a search was made for burrows within a
200 m radius of the house. Only four were found, two in bare
ground, their usual microhabitat according to Main (1956), and two
among litter under shrubs. Their location and architecture are
summarised in Table 1. Exoskeletons, recognisable as male Missulena,
were found around the entrance to two burrows. One of these
contained a mature female. The single sheet of web which formed the
door of this burrow had become detached and washed several
centimetres from the burrow during the storms. The female was not
found in the sealed side chamber of this burrow but at the base. Like
all four burrows it was oval in shape near the entrance. From
specimens collected from surrounding debris and the structure of the
burrows, indicates all were the burrows of females. The burrows show
various features described by Main (1956, 1976, 1980) but suggest a
greater intraspecific diversity. The distinctive double entrance
described by Main (1956) as a generic characteristic of Missulena was
not observed.
Several open, unlined burrows were observed in the dry clay under the
house during the storm but had disappeared later. The dry clay area
was inspected two weeks after the storms and the surface disturbed,
No spiders were found in the clay fissures but in the 24 h following
the soil disturbance, four mature male specimens were found
wandering on the adjacent concrete. Other than this, no further males
were found wandering on the concrete or in the surrounding area
throughout the six weeks following the storms while the area was
under observation.
Bite
While observing the spiders, I was bitten three times by a single spider
on the inside left forearm. The puncture wounds caused no immediate
pain but within 24 h the area had become red and swollen, and 48 h
later, a hot, oedematous area 20 cm around the bite had developed.
The puncture sites were infected and becoming ulcerous. There were
no general symptoms of nausea, palpitations or faintness. Topical
application of tetracycline cream removed the symptoms within 48 h.
This rapid response suggests these symptoms were due to the cheliceral
bacteria rather than toxin.
95
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
pua[nssijg 01 Кјолпејиој pougisse oq ATUO ued p pue ‘g “ү SMOIING јо Ајпџорг eu) sjuednooo јпоцум +
yrs ^o1imnq
UI SjueuuloI JUV IYO
зошелио IVƏU [PAO 3IULIJUƏ I?9U [BAO ooueljuo тези [VAO JIULUI леоџ [BAO ədeys молтпа
XIIS ou *po[eos poA1ssqo ouou XIIS ou “раје X[IS ou *po[eos loquieqo apis
шә GT шә $] шә $] шә $] yidep ^onmng
(1x91 295)
paA1ssqo ouou рәлләѕдо ouou ƏS роцовјор WIJ рәл1ә$до ouou ооа
posre1 *posdej[oo розтел грозав 02 зрлемјпо рәте зрлемјпо рәте[} X[IS зопедич
зотеш əmu 9 јподе
Jo зупошвелј Kueui poA1ssqo ouou vedere зјеш | рәл1ә$до ouou ѕидәр зопелид
sqniys 1opun 19311] Керә aeq Ke» o1eq ysnq зәрип лә лолоз punoIH
yuasoid jou juoesa1d jou әүешәј IINU juosa1d jou x Juedns99
v € c I ‘ON MOLING
'e1injoogmore MOIING 2uajnssi ^| AQEL
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Discussion
These observations suggest that the fissured network of dry clay forms
the preferred habitat for the mature male Missulena because 1) no
males were found in burrows; 2) large numbers, all males, were found
in a small area with limited access; 3) a larger egress than ingress was
shown by the number of spiders caught in the pools of water formed
by the tarpaulin; 40 spiders found on the concrete were leaving, not
entering, the underhouse area; 5) further male specimens were found
after disturbance of the clay fissure area. These findings suggest that
males do not build burrows after maturation. The fissure network
would provide a large area of cryptic habitat explaining the paucity of
male specimens observed outside the breeding season.
It has been suggested (Main 1956) that burrow flooding is the cause of
some males wandering. Observations presented here suggest high
humidity rather that flooding is the primary cue for males to wander.
Firstly, heavy rain evidently did not flood the burrows of female
Missulena, or those of other mygalomorphs or lycosids found in the
area. Lycosid burrows in more exposed areas and without the
protection of a silk lining should be the first affected, yet long
standing burrows in the area remained intact. secondly, if males build
burrows, flooding would affect males no more than the females or
particularly, the less protected immature spiders, yet only the male
spiders were found wandering. Thirdly, the fissures in which the male
spiders apparently live remained dry, although a thick fog was present
for over the greater part of the storm period.
The observations support Main (1980) in the wandering of males
during daylight. The debris of dead males around the female burrows
also supports the timing of the mating season during late autumn and
early winter.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Dr R. Raven and Ms J. Gallon, Queensland Museum,
for their help and advice.
References
LOARING, W.H. and LOARING, M. 1948. An incident in the life of a trap-door
spider. Western Australian Naturalist 1: 132.
MAIN, B.Y. 1956. Observations on the burrow and natural history of the trapdoor
spider Missulena. Western Australian Naturalist 5: 73-80.
MAIN, B.Y. 1976. Spiders. 296 pp. William Collins Publishers Pty Ltd, Sydney.
MAIN, B.Y. 1980. Spiders of Australia. Axiom, Adelaide.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 97
THE LIFE HISTORY ОЕ CHAETOCNEME DENITZA
(HEWITSON) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: PYRGINAE)
C.G. MILLER
111 James Road, Goonellabah, N.S.W., 2480
Abstract
The life history of Chaetocneme denitza is described and compared with that of other
members of the genus, particularly C. beata Hewitson.
Introduction
Waterhouse (1932) and Common and Waterhouse (1981) give
Lophostemon confertus (R. Brown) as the host plant of C. denitza
and state that larvae are reported to live in shelters in the leaves of
this tree. Beyond this unconfirmed report, nothing of the early stages
of this skipper has been described.
In March 1987, an egg and three 1st and 2nd instar larvae, found on
Lophostemon confertus in the Nerang/Mudgeeraba area of southern
Queensland, were reared to the adult stage in the similar climate of
Lismore, New South Wales.
Life history
Egg (Fig. 2). Dome shaped, diameter 1.1 mm at base with 26
prominent vertical ribs; base and summit of dome cream with a
circumferential brown band between.
Larva. Ist instar (Fig. 3): length 4 mm; head black, finely granulose;
prothoracic plate dark brown; body uniform reddish brown with
numerous fine dark brown setae. 2nd and 3rd instars: length 7 and 11
mm; head uniformly shiny dark brown with deep longitudinal groove;
prothoracic plate reddish brown; body green with fine lighter green
mottling and five broad transverse bands and a narrow darker green
dorsal line; segments 3 to 7 with light brownish pink suffusion
laterally; anal segments light orange-brown. 4th instar: length 18 mm;
1
Fig. 1. Adult male C. denitza. Scale = 10 mm.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
head and prothoracic plate cedar-brown with dark brown longitudinal
groove between prominent dorsal lobes; body pink-beige with fine
cream mottling and darker green bands as 3rd instar; anal segment
light brown; prolegs with white spots at bases. Sth and біл instar
(Fig. 5): length 25 and 37 mm; as 4th instar but body colour more
pronounced pink except thoracic segments and anal plate which are
lime green.
Pupa (Fig. 7). Length 26 mm; smooth cream, becoming light brown
with reddish brown spots.; head dark brown with forked projection;
abdominal segments paler with a few brown spots; a white trapezoid
patch lined brown on the wings.
Discussion
The egg was laid on the upper surface of the leaf about three quarters
of the way along its length towards the tip. The larva made two
converging incisions from the edge of the leaf which turned parallel
for a short distance when about 3 mm apart to form a roughly
triangular or bell shaped flap. Silk was laid between the parallel
incisions and across the flap, the contraction of which caused the flap
to fold over through 180? towards the middle of the leaf and become
concave downwards (Fig. 4).
The 2nd instar larva made a similar larger shelter attached by a single
thread of silk from the apex to the leaf, and the 3rd instar made a
more elongated shelter attached to the leaf with silk threads around its
perimeter and rotated sideways so that it lay at right angles to the axis
of the leaf.
The 4th instar larva usually occupied the third instar shelter for some
time before making a larger but otherwise similar one.
Fifth and 6th instars occupied a shelter made by attaching a broad
longitudinal segment of one leaf to an adjacent leaf below. Pupation
occurred in this shelter, the pupa being attached to the roof of the
shelter by a cremaster and central girdle.
The larvae rest during the day on the undersurface of the shelter but
when the sun is shining directly on the shelter they frequently rest on
the leaf using the flap as shade. Larval feeding occurred at or shortly
after dusk, before dawn and occasionally at other times during the
night.
Pupal duration was approximately two weeks, adults emerging in late
October at or shortly after dusk.
The Ist instar larva and many aspects of the life history of C. denitza
are difficult to distinguish from those of C. beata which was found in
the same area, on the same host in identical shelters. The dorsal lobes
of the head of 1st to 3rd instar C. denitza are more prominent than in
C. beata giving the former a heart shaped appearance. 2nd and 3rd
instar C. beata lack the transverse green bands of C. denitza. The
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 99
Figs 2-9. 2: egg (parasitized); 3: Ist instar larva; 4: Ist instar larval
shelter with hatched egg; 5: mature larva C. denitza; 6: mature larva
C. beata; 7: pupa C. denitza; 8: pupal cap C. denitza; 9: pupal cap C.
beata. Scale bars 2 = 0.5 mm; 3, 8, 9 = 1 mm; 4, 5, 6, 7 = 10 mm.
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
shape and colour of the head of the latter instars of C. denitza is
markedly different from C. beata. The head of C. beata is cream With
a narrow black median groove and small rounded dorsal lobes (Fig.
6), whereas that of C. denitza is cedar-brown with a broader median
groove between more pointed and prominent dorsal lobes. Although
final instar larvae of C. beata may have a pinkish tinge the prolegs, it
is never as pronounced or generalised as in C. denitza. The pupa]
head of C. beata (Fig. 9) is cream whereas that of C. denitza (Fig. 8)
is dark brown. Larvae of C. critomedia have a red suffusion but have
the head dark brown with a black longitudinal groove and a cream
band (Wood 1985). C. denitza lacks the head projections found in c.
porphyropis and is also without the lateral spots of this species (Wood
1984). Unlike other members of the genus, C. denitza larvae are
sometimes found in open country in direct sunlight, often on the
northern side of the host growing on hills and ridges.
First instar larvae of C. denitza, like C. beata readily make new
shelters when transposed to potted Lophostemon confertus plants,
unlike C. porphyropis, whose 1st instar larvae rarely make more than
one shelter.
The presence of Ist instar larvae in March and the emergence of adults
in October suggest that there are two generations annually in southern
Queensland.
C. denitza is found in the northern part of the Northern Territory and
from Cape York to southern Queensland (Common and Waterhouse
1981). Lophostemon confertus is found along the eastern coast of
Australia from Newcastle to Fraser Island with isolated stands farther
inland in southern Queensland, and also in northern Queensland
(Boland et al. 1984). It seems probable therefore, that other food
plants will be discovered.
Acknowledgements
The author wishes to thank Mr G. Fraser, North Coast Agricultural
Institute, Wollongbar, N.S.W. for assistance with photography and
Ms B. Ranieri for typing the manuscript.
References
BOLAND, D.J., BROOKER, M.I.H., CHIPPENDALE, G.M., HALL, N., HYLAND,
B.P.M., JOHNSTON, R.D., KLEINIG, D.A. and TURNER, J.D. 1984. Forest trees
of Australia. 687 pp. Nelson and C.S.I.R.O. Australia, Melbourne.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
-- 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1932. What butterfly is that? 291 pp. Angus and Robertson,
Sydney.
WOOD, G.A. 1984. The life history of Chaetocneme porphyropis (Meyrick and
Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Australian Entomological Magazine 11:
11-12.
WOOD, G.A. 1985. The life history of Chaetocneme critomedia sphinterifera
(Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Australian Entomological Magazine
11: 84-86.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 101
BUTTERFLIES RECORDED FROM MURRAY ISLAND, TORRES
STRAIT, QUEENSLAND
T.A. LAMBKIN ! and A.I. KNIGHT?
1 Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly,
Qld, 4068
2 77 Ninth Avenue, St Lucia, Qld, 4067
Abstract
АП records of butterflies from Murray Island, with collectors! names and collection
dates are listed. Danis scaeffera Eschscholtz and an unidentified species of Nacaduba
Moore are recorded from Australia for the first time. The New Guinea subspecies,
Ocybadistes ardea ardea Bethune-Baker, Borbo impar tetragraphus Mabille, Graphium
eurypylus lycaonides Rothschild, Tirumala hamata subnubila Talbot, Danis cyanea
manto Grose-Smith and Kirby and Catochrysops panormus papuana Tite, are recognised
in Australia for the first time. Cepora perimale latilimbata (Butler), Cupha prosope
turneri (Butler), Deudorix epijarbas diovis Hewitson and Euploea alcothoe monilifera
(Moore) are recorded for the first time from Murray Island. The occurrence of Troides
priamus poseidon (Doubleday) on Murray Island is confirmed. Polymorphism of
Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) is noted, and taxonomic problems with the Jamides
phaseli Mathew complex and the C. p. turneri and C. p. latilimbata subspecies groups
are discussed.
Introduction
Until recently the butterfly fauna of the Torres Strait islands was
poorly known, with most records coming from the collections of
Hermann Elgner during the first decade of this century (Moulds 1977).
These records were published by Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) and
repeated in all subsequent publications.
Elgner collected on Murray (Mer) Island, the largest in a group of
three volcanic islands lying on the Great Barrier Reef in the far east of
the Torres Strait, in 1907 (Moulds 1977). No other collectors visited
the island until after the construction of an airstrip in 1979 (Table 1).
This paper summarises all collection records from Murray Island
(Table 2) and includes discussion of new and significant records.
We have followed the taxonomic arrangement of Common and
Waterhouse (1981), Smiles (1982), Hancock (1983) and Ackery and
Vane-Wright (1984).
Despite the amount of collecting done on Murray Island during the
last five years, the seasonality of the butterflies is still not well known
as most of the collecting has occurred between March and July.
Further collecting, particularly during the summer/wet season months,
would make our knowledge of the butterfly fauna of the island more
complete.
Discussion
HESPERIIDAE
Ocybadistes ardea ardea Bethune-Baker
O. a. ardea was previously known from Aru Island and New Guinea
to New Britain (Evans 1949). Specimens from Murray Island differ
EE ~
102 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1999
Table 1. Details of collecting trips to Murray (Mer) Island
Trip Collector(s) Date
l. H. Elgner August, September 1907
2. С.А. Wood (1987a) April, May 1984/85
3. М. Gough (QDPI) May 1984
4. I. Johnson July 1985
5% J.F. Donaldson and E. Hamacek (QDPI) May, June 1985
6. T.A. Lambkin (QDPI), АЛ. Knight,
M. De Baar, K. Beattie March, April 1986
7. J.W. Turner (QDPI) April 1986
8. С.а. Miller May 1986
9. G.K. Waite (QDPI) February 1987
10. I. and A. Johnson April 1989
11. Т.А. Lambkin (QDPI) and A.I. Knight April 1989
12. P. Allsopp (BSES) November 1989
13. J.F. Donaldson (QDPI) March 1990
QDPI Queensland Department of Primary Industries.
BSES Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations
from mainland Australian specimens of O. a. heterobathra (Lower) in
the colour of the underside hindwing, being consistently orange, and
we have placed them into О. a. ardea. О. a. heterobathra from
northern Queensland, typically have the hindwing beneath with a
pronounced greenish tinge (Evans 1949); some northern Queensland
examples have the hindwing beneath tending towards yellow but no
specimen from Murray Island that we have seen has the greenish tinge
characteristic of O. a. heterobathra. [Further problems exist with the
taxonomy of this subspecies, with specimens from south eastern
Queensland (Currumbin and Burpengary) (authors' collections) having
the colour of the hindwing beneath brown instead of yellow-green.]
Borbo impar tetragraphus Mabille (Figs 1, 2, 5)
B. i. tetragraphus was previously known from the Moluccas to the
Solomons (Evans 1949) and is recorded for the first time from Murray
Island. Specimens from Murray Island (Figs 1, 2) have a distinct
upper orange tone, and on the forewing the spot in space 2 is
separated from the lower cell spot as in B. i. tetragraphus (Evans
Figs 1-10. (1 9, 2 9), Borbo impar tetragraphus, Murray Island (Old); (38, 4
$), В. i. lavinia, Darwin (N.T.); (5 &), B. i. tetragraphus, Moa Island (Qld); (6 &),
Euploea alcothoe monilifera, Murray Island (Qld); (7 d), Tirumala hamata
subnubila, Murray Island (Qld); (8 9), T. Л. hamata, Brisbane (Qld); (9-10, 9),
Danis schaeffera, Murray Island (Qld), (9), recto, (10), verso. Forewing lengths -
length of costal margin (mm): Fig. 1 (19), 2 (22), 3 (17), 4 (20), 5 (19), 6 (44), 7
(47), 8 (42), 9, 10 (20).
103
Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
. ent.
Aust
BE _ жол
104 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1999
1949) and are distinct from B. i. lavinia Waterhouse from the
Northern Territory (Figs 3, 4) (Miller collection), which are much
paler in colour and have the spot in space 2 overlapped by the cell
spot (Evans 1949).
Specimens of B. i. tetragraphus from Murray Island have noticeably
smaller spots on both wings (particularly in females) than B. i. lavinjg
from the Northern Territory. We suggest that the record of this
subspecies from Moa (Banks) Island by Waterhouse and Lyell (1914)
(as Parnara laraca Swinhoe) and Common and Waterhouse (1981) jg
incorrect and should refer to B. i. fetragraphus. We have seen one
male from Moa Island (Fig. 5) (Miller collection) and cannot
distinguish it from males from Murray Island. This, together with
Waterhouse and Lyell's description "female examples from Banks
Island have the hyaline spots and dots smaller, especially those in the
cell" is additional evidence that the Moa Island population is distinct
from B. i. lavinia from the Northern Territory. Thus it may prove
that B. i. lavinia is restricted to the Northern Territory and that B. į,
tetragraphus is the subspecies in Torres Strait.
PAPILIONIDAE
Graphium eurypylus lycaonides Rothschild (Figs 21, 22)
С. е. lycaon (C. апа R. Felder) (Fig. 22) is known from Murray Island
(Waterhouse & Lyell 1914) and Cape York to Sydney (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). Specimens collected on Murray Island since 1984
(Table 2) do not agree with С. e. lycaon but are С. e. lycaonides,
which occurs from West Irian to Papua (D'Abrera 1971). Murray
Island specimens (Fig. 21) are pale blue in colour, with a dark brown
ground colour above and small submarginal spots. С. e. nyctimus
(Waterhouse and Lyell) (authors’ collections) from the Northern
Territory is closer in appearance to С. e. lycaon from eastern
Australia than to G. e. /усаопійеѕ from Murray Island.
Troides priamus poseidon (Doubleday)
Australian records of this subspecies are scanty (Haugum and Low
1979), with the only recent records for Torres Strait being from Moa,
Yam (Monteith, Miller pers. comm.) and Darnley (Miller, Wood pers.
comm.) Islands. Specimens collected in 1986 confirm its presence on
Murray Island.
PIERIDAE
Cepora perimale latilimbata (Butler)
Cepora perimale scyllara (W.S. Macleay)
C. p. scyllara occurs on mainland Australia and in the southern and
eastern region of the Torres Strait (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 105
C. p. latilimbata (Butler) ranges from New Guinea into Torres Strait
with its distribution overlapping that of C. p. scyllara (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). A large series of specimens collected by us on
Murray Island indicate that specimens assignable to both subspecies
with a total range of intermediates occur there, indicating that the
status of the two subspecies needs to be reviewed.
NYMPHALIDAE
Tirumala hamata subnubila Talbot (Figs 7, 8)
Specimens of T. Л. subnubila (Fig. 7) from Murray Island show
consistent differences to mainland Australian specimens of T. Л.
hamata (W.S. Масјеау) (Fig. 8). In Murray Island examples the blue
spots and stripes are smaller and narrower than in examples from
mainland Australia. Common and Waterhouse (1981) stated that the
nominotypical subspecies occurs in New Guinea and Australia, but
Talbot (in D'Abrera 1971) separated Papuan (New Guinean) examples
from Australian, and placed them into a separate subspecies, 7. Л.
subnubila. We consider the Murray Island population is consistently
different from Т. А. hamata and warrants placement in T. Л.
subnubila.
Euploea alcothoe monilifera (Moore) (Fig. 6)
This mainly New Guinean species has a limited distribution in
Australia (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and (De Baar 1988). Only
one male specimen has been taken on Murray Island (Table 2) (Fig. 6)
and it is uncertain whether the species is established there or is a
vagrant. Since 1981, E. a. monilifera has been taken on Saibai (QDPI
collection) and Campbell (De Baar collection) Islands and more
recently in the Northern Territory (Fenner pers. comm.).
Euploea algea amycus Miskin
Wood (1987a) proposed the merging of Murray Island E. a. amycus
with E. core corinna (W.S. Macleay). De Baar (in press) has refuted
this argument and supports retention of separate taxa.
Figs 11-20 (following page). (11-14), Hypolimnas antilope, (11, 12 &, 13, 14 $),
Murray Island (Qld); (15-16 9), Nacaduba sp. nr. mioswara, Murray Island (Qld),
(15), recto, (16), verso; (17, 19 9), Danis cyanea manto, Murray Island (Qld), (17),
recto, (19), verso; (18, 20 9), D. c. arinia, Innisfail (Qld), (18), recto, (20), verso.
Forewing lengths - length of costal margin (mm): Figs 11, 12 (36), 13 (40), 14
(41), 15, 16 (9.5), 17, 19 (17), 18, 20 (19).
ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Aust
y
Y,
Пуми ee
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 107
Figs 21-26. (21 d), Graphium eurypylus lycaonides, Murray Island (Qld); (22 &),
G. e. lycaon, Townsville (Qld); (23, 25 9), Catochrysops panormus papuana,
Murray Island (Qld), (23), recto, (25), verso; (24, 26 9), C. p. platissa, (24), recto,
Brisbane (Qld), (26), verso, Mackay (Qld). Forewing lengths (total length of costal
margin, mm): Fig. 21 (43), 22 (42), 23, 25 (15), 24, 26 (14).
108 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Table 2. Butterfly species recorded from Murray (Mer) Island
Numbers are trip numbers from Table 1
HESPERIIDAE
Hasora chromus chromus (Cramer) 2,4,6
Badamia exclamationis (Fabricius) 2,10,11
Notocrypta waigensis proserpina (Butler) 2,5,6,8
Ocybadistes ardea ardea Bethune-Baker
2,4,5,6,8,11,13
Ocybadistes walkeri sonia Waterhouse 10
Suniana sunias rectivitta (Mabille) 1,2,10,11
Telicota augius krefftii (W.J. Macleay) 1,2,4,5,6,8,10,11,12,13
Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower) 1,2,5,6,8,10,11
Borbo cinnara (Wallace) 1,2,6,8,10,13
Borbo impar tetragraphus Mabille 4,6,8,10,11
Pelopidas agna dingo Evans 2
Pelepidas lyelli lyelli Rothschild 2,5,6,8,11
PAPILIONIDAE
Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. and R. Felder)
8,10
Graphium eurypylus lycaonides Rothschild 1,2,3,5,6,8,10,11
Graphium macfarlanei macfarlanei (Butler) 2,3,8,11
Graphium agamemnon ligatum (Rothschild) 8
Princeps aegeus ormenus (Guérin-Méneville) 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,11,13
Princeps fuscus indicatus (Butler)
Princeps ambrax ambrax (Boisduval)
Cressida cressida cressida Butler
Atrophaneura polydorus queenslandicus (Roths.)
Troides priamus poseidon (Doubleday)
PIERIDAE
Catopsilia pomona pomona Fabricius
Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler)
Elodina angulipennis (T.H. Lucas)
Cepora perimale latilimbata (Butler)
NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus)
Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll)
Tirumala hamata subnubila Talbot
Euploea batesii resarta Butler
Euploea alcothoe monilifera (Moore)
Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay)
Euploea algea amycus Miskin
Euploea sylvester sylvester (Fabricius)
Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius)
Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius)
1,2,6,9,10,11
2
2,3,6,8,10,11,12
1,2,3,5,6,8,10,11,13
1,6,8
2,5,6,7,8,10,11,12,13
1,2,5,10,11,13
1
1,2,3,5,6,7,8,10,11,12,13
6,8,11
10
1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,13
5
2,6,8,10,11
2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11
10
2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13
1,2,3,5,6,8,10,11
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
109
Table 2 (cont.) Butterfly species recorded from Murray (Mer) Island
Numbers are trip numbers from Table 1
Mycalesis sirius sirius (Fabricius)
Mycalesis terminus terminus (Fabricius)
Mycalesis perseus perseus (Fabricius)
Orsotriaena medus moira Waterhouse and Lyell
Xois arctoa arctoa (Fabricius)
Taenaris artemis jamesi Butler
Doleschalia bisaltide australis C. and R. Felder
Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius)
Hypolimnas misippus (Linnaeus)
Hypolimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer
Hypolimas antilope (Cramer)
Yoma sabina parva (Butler)
Junonia villida calybe (Godart)
Junonia orithya albicincta Butler
Vagrans egista propinqua (Miskin)
Cupha prosope turneri (Butler)
Polyura sp.
LYCAENIDAE
Arhopala micale amydon Waterhouse
Hypolycaena phorbas phorbas (Fabricius)
Deudorix epijarbas diovis Hewitson
Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman
Petralaea dana (de Niceville)
Anthene seltuttus affinis (Waterhouse and Turner)
Candalides erinus erinus (Fabricius)
Nacaduba berenice berenice (Herrich-Scháffer)
Nacaduba sp. nr. mioswara Tite
Catopyrops ancyra mysia (Waterhouse and Lyell)
Prosotas nora auletes (Waterhouse and Lyell)
Danis cyanea manto Grose-Smith and Kirby
Danis schaeffera Eschscholtz
Jamides phaseli (Mathew) complex
Jamides amarauge Druce
Catochrysops amasea amasea Waterhouse and Lyell
Catochrysops panormus papuana Tite
Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus)
Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray)
Zizina labradus labdalon Waterhouse and Lyell
Zizeeria karsandra (Moore)
Famegana alsulus alsulus (Herrich-Schaffer)
Zizula hylax attenuata (T.P. Lucas)
Eüchrysops cnejus cnidis Waterhouse and Lyell
2,6,8,10,11
1,2,5,6,8,9,10,11
2,6,11
2,6,8,10,11
1,2,6,10
2,6,8,10,11,13
2,3,5,6,8,9,10,11,13
2,5,6,8,9,10,11,12
2,8,10,11
1,2,3,5,6,7,8,10,11,12
2,6,8,10,11
1,2,3,5,6,8,10,11,12
8,10,11,12
2,8,11
4
1,4,5,6,8,9,10,11
10
10
о-о моо = A
1,2,4,6,8,10,11
6,10,11
2,6,10,11
11
2,4,5,6,8,10,11,12
2
1
1,2,4,5,6,8,10,11,13
1,2,6,8,10,11,12
6,10
1,2,4,5,6,8,10,11,12,13
2,10
2,5,6,8,11
11
1,2,5,8,11
110 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) (Figs 11-14)
H. antilope was recorded for the first time within Australian limits b
Wood on Murray Island (1987a) and also from Yorke Island (1987b).
More specimens have since been taken on Murray Island (Table 2) апа
the series of specimens that we collected (1986, 1989) indicate that the
species is polymorphic. When observed in flight, some forms of H,
antilope resemble in colour and pattern some forms of Euploea batesii
resarta Butler, which fly in the same areas.
Cupha prosope turneri (Butler)
Cupha prosope prosope (Fabricius)
C. p. turneri is known from New Guinea and Darnley Island, Torres
Strait (Common and Waterhouse 1981). Common and Waterhouse
(1981) placed specimens from Murray Island into the subspecies C. р.
prosope (Fabricius) whose distribution includes the rest of Torres
Strait and coastal Queensland.
The long series of specimens that we collected from Murray Island
indicates that the majority of specimens should be identified as C. р.
turneri, some as C. p. prosope, and the rest as intermediates. А;
discussed above for C. perimale (Donovan), the situation deserves
further study.
Polyura sp.
The identification of a Polyura sp. sighted by Johnson, 1989 (Table 1)
remains in doubt. Torres Strait is at the junction of the distributions
of two Polyura species, P. jupiter jupiter (Butler) occuring on
mainland New Guinea and P. sempronius sempronius (Fabricius) being
endemic to Australia (Smiles 1982). The most northern known locality
of P. s. sempronius is Thursday Island (Smiles 1982).
LYCAENIDAE
Deudorix epijarbas diovis Hewitson
D. epijarbas diovis Hewitson occurs on the Australian mainland from
Coen, Cape York Peninsula (Sands pers. comm.) to Gosford, New
South Wales (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and is also known from
New Guinea (Sands pers. comm.). One male specimen taken by M.
De Baar (Table 2) (De Baar collection) is the first record from Torres
Strait.
Nacaduba sp. nr mioswara Tite (Figs 15, 16)
A single female of an unidentified species of Nacaduba Moore was
collected by M. De Baar (Table 2) (De Baar collection) and appears
closest to N. mioswara Tite from Mioswar Island and New Hanover
(D'Abrera 1971).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 111
Danis cyanea manto Grose-Smith and Kirby (Figs 17-20)
Specimens of D. cyanea Cramer from Murray Island are distinct from
D. c. arinia Oberthür from northern Queensland and we have
identified them as D. c. manto which occurs in south-eastern New
Guinea (D'Abrera 1971). Females from Murray Island (Figs 17, 19)
have narrower white bands on the fore and hindwings, both above and
beneath, than do D. c. arinia (Figs 18, 20) and have the submarginal
blue markings heavily reduced on the hindwing above. Murray Island
males are identical to those of D. c. arinia above, but differ by having
narrower white bands beneath.
Danis schaeffera Eschscholtz (Figs 9, 10)
D. schaeffera ranges from Bachan and Ternate, through New Guinea
to New Britain, the Solomons and New Caledonia (D'Abrera 1971)
and is recorded for the first time within Australian limits from three
females collected by us (Table 2). Our specimens match closely the
race D. s. caesius Grose-Smith from the Hydrographer Mountains
(New Guinea) illustrated in D'Abrera (1971).
Jamides phaseli complex
Much confusion surrounds the identification of J. phaseli-like
butterflies from Murray and Darnley Islands (Johnson 1983, Wood
1987a). The long series of male and female specimens that we have
seen from Murray Island (Beattie. De Baar, Knight, Lambkin
collections) show a broad range of colour variation. It appears two
species are involved and further study is needed to determine their
status.
Catochrysops panormus papuana Tite (Figs 23-26)
The Murray Island population of C. panormus Felder has previously
been placed in C. p. platissa Herrich-Scháffer which occurs across
tropical Australia and down the east coast to Grafton, New South
Wales (Common and Waterhouse 1981). D'Abrera (1971) illustrated
the female of C. p. papuana and we consider that females from
Murray Island are identical with it.
C. p. papuana females from Murray Island (Figs 23, 25) have a dark
grey ground colour above, with more extensive shiny blue central areas
and a series of bright, white submarginal arrow-shaped flecks on the
hindwing. The markings beneath are brighter and more colourful than
in C. p. platissa (Figs 24, 26). The males of C. p. papuana are more
lilac in colour above, and have brighter markings beneath, than in C.
p. platissa.
Acknowledgements
We thank Mr K. Beattie, Mr M. De Baar, Mr S.J. Johnson, Dr C.G.
Miller and Mr G.A. Wood for supplying information on their
112 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
collections from Murray Island. We also thank Dr С.В. Monteith,
Queensland Museum, Mr M. De Baar and Dr C.G. Miller for the loan
of material. Assistance with identification of Euploea species was
given by Mr M. De Baar. Photographs were taken by Ms K. Koch.
The butterfly records from collections by QDPI and BSES were made
during surveys sponsored by the Australian Quarantine and Inspection
Service, as part of their Northern Monitoring Programme.
References
ACKERY, Р.К. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed Butterflies. 425 pp.
British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
-- 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
D'ABRERA, B. 1971. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 415 pp. Lansdowne
Press, Melbourne.
De BAAR, M. 1988. Insects collected during a trip to Torres Strait, 27 March to 10
April 1987. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 15: 107-117.
De BAAR, M. (in press). Е. core corinna (Macleay) and Е. algea amycus (Miskin)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) form hybrids within Torres Strait, Queensland. Australian
Entomological Magazine 18: (in press).
EVANS, W.H. 1949. A catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia and Australia
in the British Museum (Natural History). Pp. xix + 502. British Museum (Natural
History), London.
HANCOCK, D.L. 1983. Classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera): a
phylogenetic approach. Smithersia 2: 1-48.
HAUGUM, J. and LOW, A.M. 1979. A Monograph of the Birdwing Butterflies. Vol.
1, part 2, pp. 85-192. Scandinavian Science Press Ltd, Klampenborg, Denmark.
JOHNSON, S.J. 1983. A brief look at the butterflies of Darnley Island. News Bulletin
of the Entomological Society of Queensland 11: 117-119.
MOULDS, M.S. 1977. Bibliography of the Australian butterflies. 239 pp. Australian
Entomological Press, Greenwich.
SMILES, R.L. 1982. The taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Polyura Billberg
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History)
(Entomology Series) 44: 115-237.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, С. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Pp. vi +
239. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WOOD, G.A. 1987a. The butterflies of Murray Island, Torres Strait, Queensland.
Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 39-42.
WOOD, G.A. 1987b. New and interesting butterfly records from northern Queensland
and Torres Strait. Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 71-72.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 113
NEW GAHNIA FORST. & FORST. F. FOODPLANT RECORDS
FOR THREE WESTERN AUSTRALIAN SKIPPERS
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
Matthew R. Williams
Department of Conservation and Land Management, 50 Hayman Road, Como, W.A.,
6152
Abstract
The larval foodplants of Hesperilla donnysa albina Waterhouse, Hesperilla chrysotricha
chrysotricha (Meyrick and Lower) and Antipodia atralba anaces (Waterhouse) are
recorded. They are all species of Gahnia.
Observations and Discussion
During 1989/90, I collected larvae and pupae of Hesperilla donnysa
albina апа Hesperilla chrysotricha chrysotricha, and eggs, larvae and
pupae of Antipodia atralba anaces. The larval foodplants for each of
these species are set out below. The life histories of other races of
each species have been previously recorded (Fisher 1978, 1985;
Common and Waterhouse 1981; Atkins 1984).
Voucher specimens are lodged in the Insectary, Department of
Conservation and Land Management, 50 Hayman Road, Como,
Western Australia.
Hesperilla donnysa albina
The larval foodplant near Lake Forrestdale, in southern suburban
Perth, is Gahnia trifida Labill. At Lesmurdie (a Perth suburb) the
larval foodplant is Gahnia decomposita (R.Br.) Benth. А previous
record from Fremantle refers simply to "a Gahnia" (Common and
Waterhouse 1981).
Hesperilla chrysotricha chrysotricha
Common and Waterhouse (1981) state that the larvae "feed on Gahnia
trifida and, in the Stirling Range, a large tough Gahnia". At
Lesmurdie and at Manjimup, larvae and pupae were taken on Саћта
decomposita. Pupae taken at these locations were black, not dark
brown as reported for other subspecies (Common and Waterhouse
1981; Fisher 1978).
The large, tough Gahnia sp. in the Stirling Range could be either С.
decomposita or G. deusta (G. Keighery, pers. comm.). However, G.
deusta is apparently not utilised by this species in South Australia
(Fisher 1978, 1985). С. decomposita is therefore likely to be the
foodplant of H. c. chrysotricha in the Stirling Range.
Antipodia atralba anaces
The foodplant at Lesmurdie is Саћта lanigera (R.Br.) Benth.; the
same species recorded for А. a. anapus (Waterhouse) and A. а.
114 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
dactyliota (Meyrick) (Atkins 1984). С. lanigera was previously
unrecorded in the Perth region (S. Patrick pers. comm.).
Acknowledgements
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land
Management and Sue Patrick of the Western Australian State
Herbarium assisted in the identification of the plant specimens.
References
ATKINS, A. 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae)
with comments on its biology and relationships. Australian Entomological Magazine 11:
45-48.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FISHER, R.H. 1978. Butterflies of South Australia. 272 pp. Government Printer,
South Australia.
FISHER, R.H. 1985. Butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea) of
Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 1-8.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 115
THE OCCURRENCE OF VEIGAIA | UNCATA ЕАККІЕК
(ACARINA: MESOSTIGMATA: VEIGAIIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
AND PAPUA NEW GUINEA
R.B. HALLIDAY
Division of Entomology, CSIRO, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Veigaia uncata is recorded from several rainforest sites in Papua New Guinea and north
Queensland. This is the first record of Veigaiidae from tropical Australasia, and
confirms the suggestion that V. uncata is circumtropical in distribution.
Introduction
Farrier's (1957) review of the mite family Veigaiidae included 30
species arranged in 3 genera. Most species were known only from
Europe, with a few recorded from North America and Asia. Since
then, veigaiids have been described and recorded from many parts of
the world (Bregetova 1961, Bhattacharyya 1972, Ishikawa 1972, 1978,
Hurlbutt 1983, 1984). The only Australian record of the family
appears to be Veigaia gentiles Womersley, 1956, described from
Kangaroo Island. А second species, Veigaia uncata, is here recorded
from Australia and Papua New Guinea, thereby extending the known
range of this species and the family.
Veigaia uncata Farrier
Veigaia uncata Farrier, 1957; Bregetova, 1961; Bhattacharyya, 1972;
Hurlbutt, 1983, 1984.
Material Examined
QUEENSLAND: Ravenshoe State Forest, Tully Falls Road, 15.xi.1987, rainforest leaf
litter, Walford-Huggins coll., 1 female; same data, 1.x.1987, 1 female;
Koombooloomba, 4.vii.1971, Taylor and Feehan coll., ANIC356, 1 female; Crawfords
Lookout, 5.vii.1971, Taylor and Feehan coll, ANIC361, 2 females; same data,
10.vii.1971, ANIC368, 1 female; Tully Falls Nat. Pk., 2.vii.1971, Taylor and Feehan
coll., 2.vii.1971, ANIC355, 1 female; Upper Mulgrave River, 19.vi.1971, Taylor and
Feehan coll., ANIC315, 2 females. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Highlands Highway near
Komum (near Mt Hagen), alt. 1830 m, 16.vii.1972, G. Baker coll., ANIC418, 1 female
+ 2 deutonymphs.
Notes
Veigaia uncata is easily distinguished from most other members of the
genus, including V. gentiles, by the presence of prominent spurs on the
trochanter and femur of leg IV of the female (but see V. capreolus
below). These spurs are absent in the deutonymph. However, the
deutonymph is identical with the female in the morphology of the
epistome, the setae of the palp genu and femur, and in the dorsal
shield chaetotaxy.
Hurlbutt (1983) cites records of this species from North Carolina
(Farrier 1957), Georgia (USSR) (Bregetova 1961), Madagascar
(Bregetova 1961), India (Bhattacharyya 1972), and Tanzania (Hurlbutt
1983). He speculates that the species may be circumtropical in
distribution - the present records support this suggestion. The
116 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Queensland records all come from tropical rainforest in an area
around Cairns and the Atherton Tableland, and range in altitude from
75 m at Mulgrave River to 750 m at Tully Falls. It is unlikely that the
species has been introduced to these localities by human intervention,
despite the observation that veigaiids seem prone to dispersal by this
means (see the many quarantine interceptions listed by Farrier 1957).
Hurlbutt (1983) also states that V. uncata may be a junior synonym of
V. capreolus (Berlese 1905), described from Java. It is true that these
two species both have spurs on leg IV, and that they are superficially
similar in other ways, but they are certainly not synonymous. In V.
capreolus the pre-sternal plates are completely fused with the sternal
shield, while they are free and distinct in V. uncata. Also, Berlese's
illustration of capreolus (1905, fig. 30., reproduced by Farrier), and
examination of the holotype, shows that the genital and ventral shields
are fused, while these are quite separate in V. uncata. The ventral
shield of V. capreolus is flask-shaped, with smoothly rounded lateral
margins. АП illustrations of V. uncata, as well as the present
specimens, show the ventral shield of V. uncata as very wide, with its
antero-lateral corners reaching almost to the posterior tips of the
peritrematal shields. The proposed synonymy therefore cannot be
accepted.
Acknowledgements
I thank David Lee for permission to borrow the type of Veigaia
gentiles from the South Australian Museum and Fausta Pegazzano for
examining the type of V. capreolus.
References
BERLESE, A. 1905. Acari nuovi. Manipulus IV (Acari di Giava). Redia 2: 154-176,
pls XV-XVII.
BHATTACHARYYA, S.K. 1972. Studies on Indian mites (Acarina: Mesostigmata).
11. Three new 'species and two new records from Botanical Garden, Shillong. Oriental
Insects 6: 205-215.
BREGETOVA, N.G. 1961. The veigaiaid mites (Gamasoidea, Veigaiaidae) in the
USSR. Parazitologicheskii Sbornik Zoologicheskii Institut Akademii Nauk USSR 20:
10-107. (In Russian).
FARRIER, M.H. 1957. А revision of the Veigaiidae (Acarina). North Carolina
Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin 124: 1-103.
HURLBUTT, H.W. 1983. The systematics and geographic distribution of East African
Veigaiidae (Acarina: Mesostigmata). Acarologia 24: 129-143.
HURLBUTT, H.W. 1984. A study of North American Veigaia (Acarina:
Mesostigmata) with comparisons of habitats of unisexual and bisexual forms.
Acarologia 25: 207-222.
ISHIKAWA, К. 1972. The fauna of the lava caves around Mt. Fuji-san. XI.
Mesostigmata (Acarina). Bulletin of the National Science Museum (Tokyo) 15: 445-451.
ISHIKAWA, K. 1978. The Japanese mites of the family Veigaiidae (Acari,
Mesostigmata). I. Descriptions of two new species. Annotationes Zoologicae
Japonenses 51: 100-106.
WOMERSLEY, H. 1956. On some new Acarina-Mesostigmata from Australia, New
Zealand and New Guinea. Journal of the Linnaean Society, London (Zoology) 42: 505-
599.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 117
NOTES ON SYSTEMATICS AND BIOLOGY OF TRICHAULAX
KRAATZ (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE: CETONIINAE)
Anthony Hiller
Mt Glorious Biological Centre, Mt Glorious, Qld, 4520
Abstract
The flower chafer genus Trichaulax from Australia and New Guinea is discussed and
five species are recognized and keyed: T. nortoni Butler, T. marginipennis (Macleay), T.
concinna (Janson), T. macleayi (Kraatz) stat. rev. and T. philipsii (Schreibers). T.
sericea Janson is proposed as a junior synonym of T. macleayi and T. trichopyga
Thomson is proposed as a junior synonym of T. nortoni. Distributional data are
presented for all species. Breeding biology is summarized and adult nectar sources are
listed.
Introduction
Krikken (1984) placed the genus Trichaulax within the cetoniine tribe
Schizorhinini, subtribe Schizorhinina. Many species now grouped
under Trichaulax have in the past been placed in Schizorhina Kirby
and there has been considerable confusion over the use of correct
specific names (Lea 1914). Krikken (1984) considered Schizorhina to
be monotypic. The Junk Coleopterorum Catalogus (Schenkling 1921)
erroneously uses the name 7. trichopyga (Thomson) for 7. nortoni
(pers. comm. M. Bacchus).
Genus Trichaulax Kraatz
Trichaulax species are easily recognized and separated from other
genera of Australian Cetoniinae by the presence of hair-like vestiture
adorning the elytra, which, in most species, is arranged in prominent
longitudinal bands. In all Trichaulax the outer edge of the female
fore tibia bears three teeth, while that of the male bears only a single
terminal tooth. All species have the hind tarsus longer in the males
than in the females. This condition is most marked in T. nortoni and
least so in 7. concinna. The males of all species have a longitudinal
groove along the mid-line of the abdominal sterna. Females lack this
groove, the sterna being entirely convex and completely uninterrupted.
The genus doubtless occurs in all Australian states except Tasmania
but there are still no confirmed records from the Northern Territory.
The only species to occur outside Australia is 7. macleayi which
occurs in both Queensland and New Guinea.
Abbreviations
In the text the following abbreviations are used: (AH) Collection of
Anthony Hiller, Mt Glorious, Qld; (AM) Australian Museum,
Sydney, NSW; (ANIC) Australian National Insect Collection,
Canberra, ACT; (IFTA) Insect Farming and Trading Agency,
Bulolo, Papua New Guinea (JHT) Collection of Jean Harslett,
Amiens, Old; (JH) Collection of Jack Hasenpusch, Innisfail, Qld;
118 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
(JS) Collection of Joseph Sedlacek, Brisbane, Qld; (MV) Museum
of Victoria, Melbourne, Vic; (PGA) Collection of P.G. Allsopp,
Bundaberg, Qld; (QDF) Queensland Forest Service, Indooroopilly,
Qld; (QDPI) Queensland Department of Primary Industries,
Brisbane, Qld; (QDPIM) Queensland Department of Primary
Industries, Mareeba, Qld; (QM) Queensland Museum, South
Brisbane, Qld; (RE) Collection of R. Eastwood, Nambour, Qld;
(SL) Collection of S. Lamond, Sydney, NSW; (UQIC) University of
Queensland Insect Collection, St Lucia, Qld; (WH) Collection of
Allan Walford-Huggins, Yeppoon, Qld. А ? in material examined
indicates the sex of the specimen could not be determined.
Key to Species of Trichaulax
Ita. Derm of dorsal surface metallic green; scutellum indented in
септе тте Е ГЕСИ Тае сопсіппа
Derm of dorsal surface black or brown, never green;
scutellum not indented in сепїте............................. 2
2 PEL Elytral vestiture bicoloured, whitish in elytral sulci and orange
ашеутаЦар:сев к ыгы скы ЛАТА КТҮҮ ДЕ ТЕ; погїопї
Elytral vestiture not bicoloured .............................. 3
Бан а Elytral sulci shallow and narrow; elytral vestiture always
И далаш оо окшы олар Опа рй dux marginipennis
Elytral sulci broad and deep; elytral vestiture usually
ochraceousjonirustredim e CH јр 4
Д Derm of dorsal surface always black; vestiture deep rust-red;
parameres of male narrow and parallel-sided (Figs 5, 6);
New Guinea and far northern Queensland ............. macleayi
Derm of dorsal surface black or brown; vestiture paler,
ochraceous or whitish; parameres broader, widening towards
apex (Figs 1, 2); southern Australia and east coast north to
Mt Garnet, Оџеепѕд]апа.............................. philipsii
Trichaulax nortoni Butler
(Figs 9, 10, 19, 22)
Schizorhina nortoni Butler, 1865: 161.
Schizorhina trichopyga Thomson, 1878: x, new synonymy.
Trichaulax marginipennis Froggatt (nec Macleay), 1907: 162;
Schenkling 1921: 187.
Adult (Figs 19, 22)
This is the second largest Trichaulax species (males, length 22-32 mm,
width 15-19 mm; females, length 25-31 mm, width 15-18 mm).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 119
Specimens from northern Queensland tend to be somewhat smaller
than southern examples.
This species is singular within the genus in bearing vestiture of two
colours, that within the fine shallow dorsal sulci being off-white, while
the pygidium, ventral surface and elytral apices are clothed in orange.
Adults are easily separated from large specimens of 7. macleayi by the
narrower condition of the elytral sulci and by the bicoloured vestiture.
Confusion with T. marginipennis is avoided by the presence of the
orange vestiture on elytral apices and pygidium.
The parameres are broad and the interstice between them pyriform
(figs 9, 10).
Material Examined
Queensland: 2%, Cairns (JHT, JS); 2%, 32, Kuranda (AH, AM, ANIC,
JHT, QM); 22, 32, Mt Glorious (AH); 1d, 19, Beacon Hill, nr Imbil
(КЕ). 59, 8$, no data (ANIC, JS, QM, UQIC).
Distribution
Cairns to Mt Glorious. Illidge (1917) recorded the species from
Gympie and noted that a specimen from that locality became the type
of Thomson’s T. trichopyga, although Thomson’s description cites the
type locality only as "Australia". The preferred habitat appears to be
rainforest and adjacent communities. The type specimen of 7.
nortoni, accessed by the British Museum in 1865, is labelled "Sydney"
but this locality would appear to require confirmation. The apparent
disjunct distribution between northern and southern Queensland may
be due to lack of collecting between the three confirmed localities and
probably the species occurs between these areas where there is suitable
habitat.
Biology
Adults of T. nortoni have been taken in January and February in
northern Queensland, and in February and March in southern
Queensland. The northern populations feed on Eucalyptus blossom.
At Mt Glorious the flight period is from approximately 10 am to 3 pm
and adults have been collected from flowers of Euodia micrococca F.
Muell. (Fig. 22) and Eucalyptus intermedia R. Baker, often preferring
the topmost crown of the tree. The beetles are active on the hottest,
brightest and most humid days.
Predators of the adult beetles have not been recorded but Dacelo
novaeguineae (Hermann), the common kookaburra, has been seen to
take large insects from flowering E. micrococca at Mt Glorious.
Early stages of T. nortoni are not yet known. However there is no
reason to suppose that their larval requirements are significantly
120 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
different from other species of the genus. Illidge (1917) observed a
flying female enter a hollow in a standing tree which was subsequent
felled and the female extracted from where it had penetrated down the
core to near the base of the tree. Illidge describes the tree as a "dark
yellow wood" which may be the rainforest species now known as the
"deep yellow wood", Rhodosphaera rhodanthema (F. Muell.) Engl.
At Mt Glorious a specimen has been observed hovering about the open
ends of dead, hollow branches of a tall Eucalyptus grandis W. Hill ex
Maiden, presumably seeking an oviposition site.
Eight ova were dissected from one female collected at Mt Glorious,
each measuring 3.5 mm x 2.0 mm. This somewhat worn specimen was
taken in March, by which time many of its eggs would have been laid,
so eight eggs is not to be considered a complete egg batch.
Trichaulax marginipennis (Macleay)
(Figs 11-14, 20, 23)
Schizorhina marginipennis Macleay, 1863: 13
Adult (Figs 20, 23)
This is the largest species of Trichaulax (males, length 29-34 mm,
width 17-19 mm; females, length 29-35 mm, width 17-21 mm).
The derm is black, and the dorsal sulci are very shallow, so much so
that in most specimens examined the vestiture is abraded away in these
areas, leaving only the outer perimeter of the elytra clothed in short,
velvety, off-white vestiture. The venter is more evenly clothed. It can
be separated from 7. nortoni by short pale vestiture on the elytral
apices and the relatively naked pygidium. In addition, the lateral
edges of the elytra of T. marginipennis are broadly vested whereas the
corresponding area of T. nortoni is very narrow.
The male genitalia show fine and narrow parameres (Figs 11, 12).
Material examined
Queensland: 17, Banana (AM); 2%, 3%, Brisbane (JHT, QM, UQIC); 19,
Brookfield, Brisbane (QDPI); 1%, Bulimba, Brisbane (UQIC); 18, 19, ex
larva, Indooroopilly, Brisbane (QDPI); 34, Willawong, Brisbane (QM); 1c,
Figs 1-14. 1-12 male genitalia in dorsal and lateral views: 1-2,
Trichaulax philipsii (Mt Garnet); 3-4, presumed hybrid between T.
philipsii and T. macleayi (Mt Garnet); 5-6, T. macleayi (Mt Garnet);
7-8, T. concinna (Camooweal); 9-10, T. nortoni (Mt Glorious); 11-12,
T. marginipennis (Willawong). Fig. 13, larva of T. marginipennis
(Indooroopilly). Fig. 14, pupal cells and adult of 7. marginipennis
(Willawong).
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 121
=o
p
122 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Brookstead (PGA); 4d, 19, Clermont (QM); 228, 19, Duaringa (AM,
ANIC, UQIC); 3%, 3%, Edungalba (AH, AM, ANIC, ОМ); 1%, Hambledon
(ОМ); 3®, Beacon Hill, nr Imbil (RE); 38, 19, 60 km SW Ingham (AH);
1d, Longreach (QM); 1%, 19%, Millmerran (ANIC); 19, Mt Walker, via
Rosewood (ОМ); 19, Palm Is (ANIC); 12, Peak Downs, via Capella (AH);
17, Port Denison (AM); 7%, 52, Rockhampton (ANIC, JHT, UQIC); 19,
North Stradbroke Is (JS); 19, Toowoomba (JS); 12, Woodstead (JHT); 5c,
39, Woodstock (ANIC, QM); 19, Yandilla (QM). New South Wales: 1?,
Armatree, K31650 (AM); 17, Glenreagh (AM); 17, Moree (ANIC). 8%,
82, no data (AH, AM, ANIC, JS, QDPI, QM).
Distribution
T. marginipennis is known from 60 km south-west of Ingham,
northern Queensland, south to Armatree, 100 km north of Dubbo in
central western New South Wales. The western-most record is
Longreach, Queensland. The species favours drier inland areas,
occurring over a wider range than 7. nortoni, but co-existing with T.
philipsii in the south and T. macleayi in the north. It is active from
December to April, with most specimens being taken in February.
Biology
Adults feed at blossom, often of Eucalyptus, but seldom has the tree
species been identified. G. Brooks recorded E. ochrophloia F. Muell.
as a nectar source (in Willemstein 1978) and Bursaria spinosa Cav. was
noted by E.E. Adams at Edungalba, Queensland. Near Grafton, New
South Wales, a specimen was taken on flowers of Eucalyptus maculata
Hook. (pers. comm. R. Wylie).
Larval host trees are better known for T. marginipennis than for any
other Trichaulax species. They have been identified as: Lophostemon
confertus (R. Br.) P. Wilson, Indooroopilly, Qld. (pers. comm. M. De
Baar); Flacourtia jangomas (Lour.) Rauschel (Illidge 1917); Eucalyptus
maculata, Indooroopilly, Qld (Cantrell 1979).
Fig. 13 depicts a preserved specimen of the large curled larva from the
Indooroopilly site. Several were found, together with larvae of T.
philipsii.
Four pupal cells, each containing a desiccated adult, were found at
Willawong on the southern outskirts of Brisbane, by D. Libke in April
1985. These were in a hollow limb of a dying Eucalyptus robusta
Smith, 15 m above ground in Eucalyptus forest with Melaleuca
understorey. The tree was seen to be dying in September and was
felled in December 1984. It was hollow and filled with red earthy
pulp. The pupal cells were found in April 1985 in a group 4- 6 cm
apart, tightly adhering to the inside wall of a hollow limb 12 cm from
the opening in which an abandoned duck nest had been situated.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 123
Probably due to the now horizontal position of the trunk excluding
rain from the extremely hard and tough pupal cells, the adults had
failed to break out from them. One cell was discarded by the finder,
one, together with the dead adult insect, is lodged in QM, and the
remaining two, together with their male occupants are held in AH.
These last two are black, ovate, rough in texture and measure
approximately 4.5 x 2.8 cm and 4.5 x 3 cm respectively (Fig. 14).
Trichaulax concinna (Janson)
(Figs 7, 8, 18)
Schizorhina concinna Janson, 1873: 134, pl. 6, fig. 3.
Adult (Fig. 18):
A small species, (males length 18-22 mm, width 11-14 mm; females
length 19-22 mm, width 12-13 mm).
This is the only green Trichaulax species, the least known, very few
specimens having been taken since the species was first described in
1873.
The vestiture is off-white, the isolated sulcus on each elytron is angled
sharply towards the outer posterior angles of the pronotum, and the
scutellum is indented. The pygidium is sparsely scaled, and the ventral
clothing margins the overlap of each sternite. The genitalia are shown
in Figs 7 and 8.
Material examined
Queensland: 2%, 35km E of Camooweal (QDPIM); 1d', 12, 27, 100km NW
of Mt Isa (AH, QDPI, WH). Western Australia: 22, Carnot Bay, Broome
(MV). 1%, no data, ex Dodd Coll. (QM).
Distribution
The type locality is Nicol Bay, east of Dampier, WA. Carnot Bay is
situated 90 km north of Broome, WA. A further specimen was taken
at Broome in July 1987 (pers. comm. С. Wood). АП other records
are for Queensland, the major one being 100 km NW Mt Isa (2 35
km E of Camooweal, Qld), and the most recent is of a single specimen
from Hughenden, Qld in April 1989 (pers. comm. J. Hasenpusch).
Such an apparently disjunct distribution is questionable, and the
occurrence of the species at intermediate localities in the Northern
Territory is to be expected. However to date I have not examined any
Trichaulax from there.
Biology
T. concinna was abundant at Camooweal during March 1976 feeding
on Eucalyptus blossom (pers. comm. R.I. Storey), while the
124 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Hughenden, Qld record is for April. This would indicate that the date
of July for the 1987 specimen from Вгооте, WA requires
confirmation. As yet the immature stages remain unrecorded.
Illidge (1917) found adults of 7. concinna in a hollow eucalypt at the
"Kelvin Grove scrub", now in suburban Brisbane. Since the species
has not subsequently been recorded in this region this identification
requires confirmation. As discussed later, it may have been 7.
philipsii.
Trichaulax macleayi Kraatz stat.rev.
(Figs 5, 6, 17)
Trichaulax macleayi Kraatz 1894: 255.
Trichaulax philippsii var. macleayi Schenkling 1921: 187.
Trichaulax sericea Janson 1905: 17, new synonymy.
Adult (Fig. 17)
A striking species with polished black derm and profuse bright rust-
red vestiture, Т. macleayi is variable in size, (males, length 24-31 mm,
width 14-17 mm; females, length 24-33 mm, width 14-20 mm). The
three specimens from Papua New Guinea are the smallest male
examined and the two largest females. All bear coarser, longer
vestiture than Australian specimens. In Janson's 1905 description of
T. sericea he separates it from T. macleayi by the following features:
"narrower form, head less shiny, clypeus narrower, more closely
and shallowly punctured, more parallel-sided. Thorax silky and
subopaque and more sparsely punctured, the basal lobe
narrower and more deeply emarginate. Scutellum distinctly
narrower, and more acutely produced at its apex. Hairs in the
sulci and at the margin of the elytra longer and of a yellow
colour.”
Comparison of three recent specimens from Papua New Guinea with a
long series of northern Queensland material indicates that the above
differences listed by Janson are insufficiently marked to justify
separation of the PNG populations from those of northern
Queensland. Regarding Janson’s reference to a yellow colour of
vestiture, only one of the three PNG specimens exhibits this colour,
and that specimen, a female, is much abraded. Such a degree of
abrasion and wear is often accompanied by fading in the colour of the
vestiture. The remaining male and female bear rust red vestiture of
the same shade as that of material from northern Queensland.
Janson continued:
". . . pygidium only sparsely pilose at the base and apex, and
underside also more sparsely pubescent and centre of abdomen
is impunctate and entirely without hairs.”
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 125
Several specimens from various northern Queensland localities exhibit
those criteria, and indicate the difficulties that may be encountered
when relying on a variable feature as a taxonomic character. The
genitalia of the New Guinea male compares well with those of males
from northern Queensland. The type locality for Janson’s material
was "Babooni Village, 3600 ft [2 1100 m], British New Guinea" and
the collector A.E. Pratt. This is probably "Bebeni", a village at about
the correct altitude near Mt Lotili in the Goilala region north of Port
Moresby where Pratt collected (Frodin and Gressitt 1982).
In areas where both 7. macleayi and T. philipsii occur, such as at Mt
Garnet, specimens of intermediate colour of vestiture (Fig. 16) are
found (pers. comm. J. Hasenpusch). As these intermediate specimens
have been recorded only in the small area of overlap between the
species I consider them to be hybrids. They have the derm black as
does T. philipsii and genitalia vary in form between both species (Figs
3, 4). Another interesting specimen with dark green derm and orange
vestiture was taken in April 1988 near Laura, northern Queensland by
S. Lamond. The genitalia are closer to 7. macleayi than to T.
concinna but the specimen has the indented scutellum of 7. сопстпа,
and may be a hybrid between these two species. Normal T. macleayi
with a black derm were present on the same tree, and T. concinna
could be expected to occur there.
The male genitalia (Figs 5, 6) has parameres of parallel thickness for
much of their length.
Material examined
Queensland: 4d, 49, 17, Cairns (AM, JHT, JS, QM, UQIC); 12, Cape
Tribulation (AH); 1%, Mt Carbine (JS); 29, 17, Cooktown (AM, JS, QM);
19, W of "Fairview", near Laura (AH); 62, 19, Mt Garnet (AH, JH)
(includes 3 intermediates between T. macleayi and T. philipsii); 18,
Gordonvale (PGA); 62, 1%, Hambledon (QM); 1d, Kuranda (АМО); 19,
Lake Placid (QM); 18, Laura (SL) (intermediate between Т. macleayi and
T. concinna); 7d, 3%, Mt Molloy (AH); 19, Woodstock (QM); 12, Yule
Point (AH). Papua New Guinea: 1%, 29, no other data (АН). 54, 62,
18? no data (AM, ANIC, JHT, MV, QDPI, QM, 0010).
Distribution
АП records so far are from northern Queensland and Papua New
Guinea, with no material available from Cape York Peninsula. Mt
Garnet appears to be the southern limit for T. macleayi and I have
seen no more western specimens, despite Kraatz's type being thought
to have come from Western Australia (Lea 1914).
Biology
This species is by no means uncommon in northern Queensland and
has been collected from December through to April, with most records
126 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
for February and March. At Mt Molloy, northern Queensland, it was
active on blossom for fourteen days in February 1987 (pers. comm. С.
Wood). In PNG it has been taken in February and May. Eucalyptus
blossom is much favoured as a nectar source by adults. Brooks (in
Willemstein 1978) lists E. acmenoides Schauer, E. gummifera
(Gaertner) Hochr. and E. ochrophloia F. Muell. as flower records. At
Cape Tribulation and Trinity Beach, northern Queensland, adults have
been taken on the blossom of Euodia elleryana F. Muell (pers.
comm.S. Lamond). Larvae have been reared from a hollow log full
of dirt and detritus on the ground on Rat Island in the Barron River
(pers. comm. A. Walford-Huggins). These emerged as adults on the
10 January 1972. This is an interesting record, as it is the only one for
any Trichaulax utilising fallen timber, provided of course, that the
larvae or ova were not already present in the log before it fell.
Trichaulax philipsii (Schreibers)
(Figs 1, 2, 15, 21)
Cetonia philipsii Schreibers 1802: 193, pl. 20, fig. 4.
Cetonia carinata Donovan 1805: [2].
Schizorhina schreibersii Thomson 1878: 22.
Schizorhina donovani Thomson 1878: 23.
Schizorhina kirbyi Thomson 1878: 22.
Adult (Figs 15, 21)
A medium sized species (males, length 20-26 mm, width 12-17 mm;
females, length 24-29 mm, width 14-18 mm). In this species the
colour of both the derm and vestiture varies between localities. The
southern populations have a black derm and white vestiture, material
from northern NSW and southern Queensland is brown in derm
(particularly pale on the pronotum) with ochraceous vestiture, and the
northern Queensland populations are very dark brown, almost black
derm with pale golden vestiture. Presumed hybrids between T.
macleayi and T. philipsii have been discussed above.
The parameres are broader than those of T. macleayi (Figs 1 and 2)
Figs 15-23. Adults of Trichaulax species: 15, T. philipsii (Mt
Garnet); 16, presumed hybrid between T. philipsii and T. macleayi
(Mt Garnet); 17, T. macleayi (Mt Garnet); 18, T. concinna
(Camooweal); 19, T. nortoni (Mt Glorious); 20, T. marginipennis
(Ingham); 21, T. philipsii (Mt Glorious); 22, T. nortoni (Mt Glorious);
23, T. marginipennis (Peak Downs).
©
е
с
o
o
a
~
ч
~
=
50
3
~
~
о
~
o
=
NS
128 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
and this is helpful in separating material from northern Queensland.
Material examined
Queensland: 19, Beenleigh (QM); 19, Blackdown Tableland (QM); 1%,
Indooroopilly, Brisbane (QDPI); 2?, Duaringa (AM); 3d, 3%, Dunmore
(AH); 12, Expedition Range (ANIC); 3d, 19, Mt Garnet (АН, JH); 19,
Glen Aplin (QDPI); 7d, 1%, Mt Glorious (AH); 1%, Macleay Island,
Moreton Bay (AH); 12, Mary River (UQIC); 18, 12, 3?, Millmerran (AM,
ANIC); 2d, Mt Nebo (AH, JS); 19, Redland Bay (0010); 48, 19, Mt
Spec (AH, ANIC, QM); 15, Theodore (QM); 12, Tiberoowuccum (RE);
19, Townsville AH); 19, Upper Cedar Creek, Samford (UQIC); 1c,
Yandilla (QM). New South Wales: ld, Amosfield (JHT); 19, 17,
Blackheath (AM, ANIC); 1?, Blue Mts (AM); 1?, Caldwell (AM); 28,
Helensburg (JHT, JS); 17, Kosciusko (AM); 22, 2%, 57, Sydney (AM,
ANIC, QDPI, UQIC); 1%, Mt Tinderry (ANIC). Australian Capital
Territory: 1%, Canberra (ANIC). Victoria: 19, Blairgowrie (AH); 19,
Ferny Hills (JS); 12, Mizpah Rd (ANIC); 19, Portland (AH); 1%, Rokeby
(ANIC); 1d, Russels Creek (ANIC); 2%, 2%, Upper Tamil River (ANIC).
South Australia: 22, Kangaroo Island (AM). Western Australia: 1d, Lake
Grace (AH); 32, Parkerville, 300 km N of Perth (AH); 128, Kojanup (AH);
17, Salt River (AM). 34, 32, no data (AH, ANIC, JS, QDPI, UQIC).
Distribution
From Mt Garnet, northern Queensland to Portland, Vic., and with
records from Nuriootpa (Matthews 1984) and Hahndorf, SA (Lea
1914), T. philipsii enjoys the widest range of any Trichaulax. It
appears to be uncommon in the northern part of its range. Material
from the southern part of Western Australia is tentatively included
here but may warrant further study. The specimen from Hahndorf
SA is referred to by Lea (1914) as variety kirbyi.
Biology
The nectar sources for this widespread species are little better known
than for other species. At Mt Glorious, Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber
ex. Sprengle, E. intermedia R. Baker and Euodia micrococca F. Muell.
(Fig. 21) are all utilised, while at Dunmore, Eucalyptus exserta F.
Muell. and Angophora costata (Gaertner) J. Britten are favoured. At
Portland, Vic. a species of Leptospermum has been recorded (pers.
comm. S. Lamond).
Cantrell (1979) noted Eucalyptus maculata Hook as a larval host at
Indooroopilly, south-eastern Queensland and K. Hiller, has found
puparia, one containing a desiccated adult, in a fallen E. saligna Smith
at Mt Glorious. Illidge (1917) recorded adults of T. concinna from
the interior of a moribund Eucalyptus at Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, but
it is more likely that the species involved was Т. philipsii.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 129
Discussion
This work will enable identification of species in a genus which has
hitherto remained somewhat neglected and confusing. There are vast
areas such as the Northern Territory and Cape York Peninsula where
members of the genus must occur, but from which there are still no
records. Further collecting in these areas is vital if a greater
understanding of the distribution of the species is to be achieved and I
would be happy to see material from these areas.
Trichaulax are difficult to collect as they feed high in trees. This can
be partially overcome by the construction of very long net handles and
by various tree climbing techniques, but none will provide total access.
A. good pair of binoculars is a vital aid to locating specimens.
Collected material needs to be treated with more care than that of
most other groups, as the vestiture is subject to abrasion and staining.
If material is to be kept alive for photography or behavioural study,
single specimens should be kept in clear plastic vials fitted with a fine
metal mesh lid. These can be held until required in a field container
which has a compartment for dry ice. This will reduce the specimen's
activity and minimise damage. At ambient temperature, the specimen
will soon become active again, and continue its normal activities. In
many of the inland areas where Trichaulax occurs the temperature at
night can drop considerably, so an artificially induced change in
temperature causes no ill effects.
Acknowledgements
I thank the following for their assistance: Ernest Adams, M. Bacchus
(Natural History Museum), Keith Carnaby, Peter Clark (IFTA),
Murdoch De Baar (QDF), Jean Harslett, Jack Hasenpusch, Katie
Hiller, Steve Lamond, John Lawrence (ANIC), A. Neboiss (MV),
Michael Powell, Joseph Sedlacek, Ross Storey (QDPIM), the Thomas
family, Alan Walford-Huggins, Ken Walker (MV), Tom Weir (ANIC),
Steve Wilson, Graham Wood, Ross Wylie (QDF), the curators of AM,
QDPI, QM, UQIC, and the Queensland Herbarium for tree
identifications.
Geoff Monteith has been invaluable, and Geoff Thompson provided
scanning electron micrographs and the photograph.
References
BUTLER, А.С. 1865. Description of a new species of Cetonia in the collection of the
British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (3) 16: 161-162.
CANTRELL, B.K. 1979. Breeding site of Trichaulax philipsii (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae). News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 6: 127-128.
DONOVAN, E. 1805. An epitome of the natural history of insects of New Holland,
New Zealand, Otaheite, and other islands in the Indian, Southern, and Pacific Oceans:
130 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
including the figlures and descriptions of one hundred and forty-three species. . . Pp. iv
+ [167] + [41] pls. Rivington : London.
FRODIN, D.G. and GRESSITT, J.L. 1982. Biological exploration of New Guinea.
Pp. 87-130. In: J.L. Gressitt (ed.) Biogeography and ecology of New Guinea.
Monographiae Biologicae. Vol. 42. W. Junk: The Hague.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1907. Australian Insects. Pp. xiv -- 449. William Brooks and
Co. Ltd: Sydney.
ILLIDGE, R. 1917. Life history of Trichaulax marginipennis with notes on other
Cetonidae, etc. Queensland Naturalist 2: 50-52
JANSON, O.E. 1873. Descriptions of new species of Australian Cetoniidae. Cistula
Entomologica 1: 133-140, pl. 6.
KRAATZ, E.G. 1894. Trichaulax macleayi nov.spec. Wiener entomologische Zeitung
13: 255.
KRIKKEN, J. 1984. А new key to the suprageneric taxa in the beetle family
Cetoniidae, with annotated lists of the known genera. Zooloogische Verhandelingen 210:
1-75.
LEA, A.M. 1914. Notes on Australian Cetoniides; with a list of species and
descriptions of some new ones. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia
38: 132-218, pls 6-13.
MACLEAY, W.J. 1863. Descriptions of twenty new species of Australian Coleoptera,
belonging to the families Cicindelidae and Cetoniidae. Transactions of the
Entomological Society of New South Wales 1: 9-21.
MATTHEWS, E.G. 1984. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 3.
Special Educational Bulletin Series No 6, South Australian Museum, Adelaide.
SCHENKLING, S. 1921. Scarabaeidae: Cetoninae. Pp. 1-431. In: Schenkling, S. (ed),
Coleopterorum Catalogus Vol. XXI Part 72. Scarabaeidae III. W. Junk: Berlin.
SCHREIBERS, K.F.A. von, 1802. Descriptions of some singular coleopterous insects.
Transactions of the Linnean Society 6: 185-206.
THOMSON, J. 1878. Une note au sujet de diverses Cétonides. Bulletin de la Société
entomologique de France (5) 8: x-xii.
THOMSON, J. 1878. Typi Cetonidarum suivis de typi Monommidarum et de typi
Nilionidarum Musaei Thomsoniani. Pp. 1-44. Deyrolle: Paris.
WILLEMSTEIN, S.C. 1978. Lists of flowers visited by Cetoniidae (Coleoptera) and
central European Cerambycinae and Lepturinae (Col., Cerambycidae), based on
historical and analytical research. Rijksherbarium, Leiden.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 131
HOST RECORDS (КАМПУ ASCLEPIADACEAE) AND
DISTRIBUTION OF TIRUMALA HAMATA HAMATA (WSS.
MACLEAY) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN
AUSTRALIA
Paul I. Forster ! and Geoff Martin 2
! Department of Botany, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
2 4] Essington Avenue, Palmerston, N.T., 0830
Abstract
The species of the family Asclepiadaceae, hosts for larvae of Tirumala hamata hamata
are reviewed and their distribution noted. Marsdenia velutina R. Br. is recorded as a
host in the Northern Territory.
Introduction
Tirumala hamata hamata is widespread in eastern and northern
Australia, Malesia and Melanesia (Common and Waterhouse 1981,
Ackery and Vane-Wright 1984). Previously recorded larval food
plants in the Asclepiadaceae are Secamone elliptica R. Br.,
Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. (as Ischnostemma carnosum,
but see Forster 1988) (Sankowsky 1975); Heterostemma papuana
Schltr., (Parsons in Ackery and Vane-Wright 1984) and Hoya australis
R. Br. ex Traill (Edgar in Ackery and Vane-Wright 1984). All of
these asclepiadaceous plants are widely distributed within Australia,
Melanesia and in parts of Malesia (Forster 1988, Forster and Harold
1989).
Some Asclepiadaceae in the Australian region are either evergreen or
may be seasonally deciduous. The deciduous taxa are to be found
predominantly in the northern tropical parts of Australia where there
are marked wet and dry seasons. Secamone elliptica and Cynanchum
carnosum are evergreen vines, although S. elliptica may partially
defoliate under conditions of severe water deficit stress. Hoya
australis is a succulent leaved evergreen vine, with a number of
variable infraspecific taxa in the Australian region (Forster and Liddle
unpublished).
Observations & Discussion
In the region including Darwin and Palmerston in the Northern
Territory, T. hamata hamata utilises S. elliptica and C. carnosum,
both previously recorded as larval hosts from south-eastern
Queensland (Sankowsky 1975). This butterfly has also been observed
to oviposit and successfully develop from egg to adult on Marsdenia
velutina R. Вг. While M. velutina is perennial, eggs are laid only on
the fresh young leaves which are available only in the wet season. М.
velutina has a fairly extensive distribution in the Northern Territory,
but is recorded from only a few localities in Western Australia and
Queensland (Forster unpublished). M. velutina is particularly
widespread in Papuasia (Forster 1990), so may well be utilised in these
regions as well.
132 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
Fig. 1. Distribution in Australia for Secamone elliptica, Cynanchum
carnosum and Marsdenia velutina (vertical hatching) and for Tirumala
hamata hamata (cross hatching) (redrawn from Common and
Waterhouse 1981).
The new and published records for distribution in Australia for
Asclepiadaceae hosts are given in Figure 1. Comparison of these
distributions to that given for T. hamata hamata by Common and
Waterhouse (1981) would indicate that the butterfly may utilise further
as yet unrecorded hosts in southern New South Wales and Victoria if
it is to successfully reproduce in those areas. Otherwise it may
migrate to southern parts of Australia.
Asclepiadaceae that occur in these southern areas include Tylophora
barbata R. Br., T. paniculata R. Br., Marsdenia suaveolens R. Br., M.
flavescens A. Cunn. and M. rostrata R. Br. and some of these may be
suitable as hosts for 7. hamata hamata.
Acknowledgement
This work was incidental to taxonomic work of P. Forster funded by
the Australian Biological Resources Study during 1989-1990.
References:
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies their cladistics
and biology. Pp. vii + 425. British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FORSTER, P.I. 1988. Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. V. Cynanchum
carnosum (R.Br.) Schltr. and its synonymy. Austrobaileya 2: 525-527.
FORSTER, P.I. 1990. Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.
FORSTER, P.I. and HAROLD, K. 1989. Secamone R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae:
Secamonoideae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 3: 69-78.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies.
Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 55-56.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 133
BOOK REVIEW
Crop Protection Information: An International Perspective. Edited by K.M.
Harris and P.R. Scott. ISBN 0 85198 636 6, 1989. 321 pp. price £35.
С.А.В. International, Wallingford, U.K.
At first glance this is a perplexing title and perhaps 'Crop Protection
Information: Needs, sources and dissemination! would have been more specific
but ultimately attract less attention. The book comprises papers presented to
an International Crop Protection Information Workshop held at CAB
International, Wallingford, UK, in 1989, and findings of a commissioned
survey of electronic databases. There are four sections containing 16 chapters
and two appendices and the full spectrum of pests (invertebrates, plant
pathogens, weeds and vertebrates) is considered.
Section 1 discusses a) information needs of farmers, extension and research
services, the private sector, and monitoring and regulatory agencies, b) roles of
aural, visual, printed and electronic communication media and draws on the
results of a questionnaire on information usage and availability - information
in printed form is still rated much higher than in electronic form, and c)
developments in information dissemination techniques, highlighting the
advances in telecommunications, CR-ROM technology, and expert systems.
Section 2 illustrates the crop protection information requirements for a few
specific crops. Rice is the first example, and a clear account is given of the
information material provided or required by the researcher, extension worker
and farmer. IPM is recognized as knowledge-intensive technology which
necessitates development of linkage processes between researcher and farmer.
The deficiencies relating to pest problems in developing countries and
improvements in access to the range of information sources are highlighted in
a chapter on wheat. Research on tropical perennials (particularly coffee),
types of information and its dissemination are discussed in the final chapter of
this section which pleads "succinct, coherent, easily accessible information on
an international scale for the benefit of non-specialists". Don't we all?
Section 3 deals with regional and country perspectives covering Europe,
francophone Africa, Kenya, Peninsula Malaysia, East Asia (primarily China),
the Pacific, the Caribbean, Brazil and North America. Chapters are varied in
content, some providing quite detailed accounts of crop protection problems
and practices and the various forms of and needs for information. Crop
protection information is abundant but there are considerable shortfalls in
availability, particularly in developing and non-English speaking countries.
Unfortunately, Australia isn't represented in this section which is a pity as
rapid advances in electronic crop protection information are occurring here
and the problems of developing such systems would be of value to those still
contemplating this course.
Appendix 1 includes a series of tables relating to a survey of 103 electronic
databases covering pesticides, general agricultural crop protection information,
expert systems or management programs, pest or crop lists and quarantine.
Workshop recommendations are presented in Appendix 2 with the many
proposals categorised under crops, organisms, plant quarantine, IPM and
pesticides. The realisation that there are "some 40 countries without any
134 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
formal system for registering pesticides or regulating their use" illustrates the
huge differences in crop protection perceptions throughout the world.
The book comes in compact hardcover form, well printed and at a ’realistic’
price. The text is easy to read and the editors have done an excellent job in
eliminating errors. The only ones I encountered were 1. on p. 200
'monocrotophos' is read as being an organochlorine, and 2. on p. 218 Cydia
molesta (oriental fruit moth) would appear to be a fly (although I suspect a
line maybe missing from the sentence). Agricultural extension workers and
students, quarantine personnel and field-based researchers in plant protection
will be particularly interested in this book. However, it will most likely find a
place in departmental libraries rather than private reference collections.
H.A.C. Fay,
Entomological Branch, D.P.I.,
P.O. Box 1054,
Mareeba, Qld 4880.
1992 Churchill
Fellowships
for overseas study
The Churchill Trust invites ications from Australians, of
18 years and over from all walks of life who wish to be
considered for a Churchill Fellowship to undertake, during
1992, an overseas study project that will enhance their
usefulness to the Australian community.
No prescribed qualifications are required, merit being the
primary test, whether based on past achievements or
demonstrated ability for future achievement.
Fellowships are awarded annually to those who have
already established themselves in their calling. They are
not awarded for the purpose of obtaining higher academic
or formal qualifications.
Details may be obtained by sending a self addressed
stamped envelope 12 x 24 cms to: 5
The Winston Churchill Memorial Trust
218 Northbourne Ave, Braddon,
ACT 2601.
Completed application forms and reports | . :
from three referees must be submitted by , °;
Thursday 28 February 1991.
Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990 135
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
MERKL, O.
(1987). A review of the Australian species of the subtribe Lagriina (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae: Lagriini). Annis
hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 79: 121-166.
(1988). Notes on Lagria azureipennis Macleay, 1886, with description of Lagria gressitti sp. n. (Coleoptera,
Tenebrionidae: Lagriini). Annis hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 80: 65-69.
МЕУЕРЕУ, G.S and LAWRENCE, Ј.Е.
(1987). Nocturnal ground beetles of tribe Hyocini (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae) of Australia. IV. Key to genera and
subgenera. Ent. Obozr. 67: 803-816.
MICHAELIS, F.B. and YULE, C.
(1988). Plecoptera. Pp. 133-176, index 300-304. Jn Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological catalogue of Australia.
Vol. 6, Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.
MILLEDGE, G.A.
(1989). Scolodera pardalotus n. gen., n. sp. (Mantodea, Mantidae) from northern Queensland, Australia. Rec.
Aust. Mus. 41: 107-110.
MOCZAR, L.
(1989). Revision of the helvetica-group of the genus Ceropales Latreille (Hym.: Ceropalidae). Beitr. Ent. 39: 9-61.
MONTEITH, G.B.
(1988). Beetles (Coleoptera). Pp. 220-237. In Scott, С. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an inland
lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
MOORE, A.D.
(1989). Phenology of a native Tetrastichus sp. (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) as a parasitoid of the introduced gall
midge Cystiphora schmidti (Rübsaamen) (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 63-68.
MOORE, B.P. and BROWN, W.V.
(1989). Graded levels of chemical defence in mimics of lycid beetles of the genus Metriorrhynchus (Coleoptera). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 229-233.
MOORE, K.M.
(1989). А new species of Glycaspis (Homoptera: Psyllidae) and additional information on host associations. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 81-86.
(1990). А sibling new species of Glycaspis Taylor (Homoptera: Psyllidae) and reinstatement of three synonyms. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 225-228.
MOORE, M.D.
(1990). Ogyris genoveva in the Riverland of South Australia. Vict. Ent. 20: 20-24.
MOSS, J.T. ST. LEGER
(1990). Notes on Moreton Island butterflies. Qd Nat. 30: 66-67.
(1990). А survey of the cicadas of Moreton Island, Queensland. Qd Nat. 30: 68-70.
MOULDS, M.S.
(1990). Australian cicadas. 217 pp, 24 col. pls. University of New South Wales Press: Sydney.
MOUND, L.A. and PALMER, J.M.
(1990). Two new Thripidae (Thysanoptera) from the male flowers of Araucaria and Casuarina in Australia and
Hawaii. Entomologist's mon. Mag. 126: 1-7.
MURRAY, M.D. and LUDERS, D.J.
(1990). Faunistic studies at the Windmill Islands, Wilkes Land, East Antarctica, 1959-80. Res. Notes ANARE 73:
i-iv, 1-45.
NAUMANN, I.D.
(1990). Description of the caliginosum species group of the genus Pison Jurine (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae:
Larrinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 233-245.
NEBOISS, A.
(1987). А new species of Adinolepis Neboiss from Western Australia (Cupedidae: Coleoptera). Rec. West. Aust.
Mus. 13: 323-325.
(1988). Trichoptera., Pp. 177-280, index 305-315. In Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological catalogue of Australia.
Vol. 6, Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.
(1989). Additions and corrections to the Atlas of Trichoptera of the SW Pacific — Australian region. Occ. Pap.
Mus. Vict. 4: 63-67.
NEBOISS, A., JACKSON, J. and WALKER. K.
(1989). Caddis-flies (Insecta: Trichoptera) of the world heritage area in Tasmania — species composition and
distribution. Occ. Pap. Mus. Vict. 4: 1-41.
136 Aust. ent. Mag. 17 (4) Dec 1990
NEBOISS, A. and WALKER, K.
(1989). Types of Trichoptera (Insecta) held in the Museum of Victoria. Occ. Pap. Mus. Vict. 4: 43-56.
(1989). Types of Plecoptera (Insecta) he;ld in the Museum of Victoria. Occ. Pap, Mus. Vict. 4: 57-61.
NEW, T.R.
(1988). A revision of the Australian Hemerobiidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Invert. Taxon. 2: 339-411.
(1989). The Psychopsidae (Insecta: Neuroptera) of Australia and the Oriental Region. Invert. Taxon. 2 (1988):
841-883.
(1990). Тһе genus Oedosmylus Krüger (Insecta: Neuroptera: Osmylidae). Invert. Taxon, 3 (1989): 135-148.
NEW, T.R. and LAMBKIN, K.J.
(1989). The larva of Norfolius (Neuroptera: Nymphidae). Syst. Ent. 14: 93-98.
NICHOLAS, F.W. and J.M.
(1989). Charles Darwin in Australia with illustrations and additional commentary from other members of the
Beagle's company including Conrad Martens, Augustus Earle, Captain FitzRoy, Philip Gidley King, and
Syms Covington. Pp. xiv + 175. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, New York, New Rochelle,
Melbourne, Sydney.
O'HARA, J.E.
(1989). Systematics of the genus group taxa of the Siphonini (Diptera: Tachinidae). Quaest, Ent, 25: 1-229
OHMART, C.P. and LARSSON, S.
(1989). Evidence for absorption of eucalypt essential oils by Рагорз atomaria Olivier (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 201-206.
OKAJIMA, S.
(1990). Тһе Old World species of Pygothrips (Thysanoptera: Phlaeothripidae). Syst. Ent. 15: 87-99.
OSMELAK, J.A.
(1990). Тһе elm leaf beetle Pyrrhalta luteola (Muller), (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), in Victoria. Vict. Ent. 20: 25-
28.
OYEYELE, S.O. and ZALUCKI, M.P.
(1990). Cardiac glycosides and oviposition by Danaus plexippus on Asclepias fruticosa in south-east Queensland
(Australia), with notes on the effect of plant nitrogen content. Ecol. Ent. 15: 177-185.
PIPER, R.G., SWEENEY, A.W. and GIBBONS, D.S.
(1990). Pollina attached to adult anopheline mosquitoes from northern Australia. News Bull. ent. Soc. Оа 18: 83-
84.
POPE, R.D.
(1989). А revision of the Australian Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) part 1. Subfamily Coccinellinae. Invert. Taxon. 2
(1988): 633-735.
POPE, R.D. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
(1990). А review of Scymnodes Blackburn, with the description of a new Australian species and its larva
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Syst. Ent. 15: 241-252.
QIN, T.K. and GULLEN, P.J.
(1989). Cryptostigma Ferris: a coccoid genus with a strikingly disjunct distribution (Homoptera: Coccidae). Syst.
Ent. 14: 221-232.
(1990). The Australian mealybugs (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae) of Xanthorrhoea (Xanthorrhoeaceae). Invert.
Taxon. 3: 759-769.
QUICKE, D.L.J.
(1989). Three new genera of Braconini from Australasia and Malaysia (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Zool.
Scr. 18: 295-302.
(1989). Further new host records for genera and species of Braconinae (Hym., Braconidae). Entomologist’s топ.
Mag. 125: 199-205.
QUICKE, D.L.J. and HUDDLESTON, T.
(1989). The Australian braconid wasp subfamily Mesostoinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) with the description of a
new species of Mesostoa. J. nat. Hist. 23: 1309-1317.
REEVES, D.M.
(1988). Dragonflies (Odonata). Pp. 170-179. In Scott, С. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an inland
lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
(1990). Dragonflies and damselflies (Odonata) from Moreton Island, Queensland. Qd Nat. 30: 71-74.
(1990). Whirligig beetles (Coleoptera—Gyrinidae) from Moreton Island, Queensland. Qd Nat. 30: 74-76.
REID, C.A.M.
(1989). Тһе Australian species of the tribe Zeugophorini (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Megalopodinae). Gen. appl.
Ent. 21: 39-47.
REID, C.A.M. and OHMART, C.P.
(1989). Determination of the sex of pupae of Paropsis atomaria Olivier, and related Paropsina (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 29-30.
REISS, F.
(1990). Revision der Gattung Zavreliella Kieffer, 1920. Spixiana 13: 83-115.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
SPECIMEN DATA LABELS. Plotted on acid free 150 gsm paper
with indelible drafting ink to your requirements. 1-20 copies of 1
label: $1.00, 21-50 copies: $2.00, 51-200 copies: $7.00, 201-500
copies: $15.00. Enquiries to Mr D.R. Johnston, 26 Frank St,
Thorneside, Qld, 4158. Phone (07) 207 2223 (A/H).
EXCHANGE. Korean butterflies for Australian Pieridae. Mrs Cheong
Seon Woo, Dept of Biology, College of Natural Sciences,
Kyungpook National University, Taegu, 702-701, South Korea.
EXCHANGE. Italian Lepidoptera for Australian Papilionidae and
Saturnidae. Crespi Franco, Via C. Menotti 23, 41033 Concordia,
Modena, Italy.
FOR SALE. Common and Waterhouse Butterlies of Australia. First
edition, 1972. $40. Colin M. Roche, 24 Framont Ave, Holland
Park, Qld, 4121. Ph. (07) 397 7254.
FOR SALE. Butterflies from South and Central America, Europe,
Africa etc. Specialists in Morphidae, Brassolidae and Papilionidae.
Books and more. Entomological expeditions. Latest 12-page
Worldwide Lepidoptera catalogue. Transworld Butterfly Company,
Apartado 6951, 100Q San Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
АП papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies. Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the
Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 17, Part 4, 14 December 1990
CONTENTS
FORSTER, P.I. and MARTIN, G. Host records (family
Asclepiadaceae) and distribution of Tirumala hamata hamata
(W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia 131
' HALLIDAY, B. The occurrence of Veigaia uncata Farrier
(Acarina: Mesostigmata: Veigaiidae) in Australia and Papua
New Guinea 115
HILLER, A. Notes on systematics and biology of Trichaulax
Kraatz (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Cetoniinae) 115
LAKE, D.C. Observations on the eastern mouse spider
Missulena bradleyi Rainbow (Mygalomorphae:
Actinopodidae): natural history and envenomation 93
LAMBKIN, T.A. and KNIGHT, A.I. Butterflies recorded from
Murray Island Torres Strait, Queensland 101
MILLER, C.G. The life history of Chaetocneme denitza
(Hewitson) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae) 97
WILLIAMS, M.R. New Gahnia Forst. & Forst.F. foodplant
records for three Western Australian skippers (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) 113
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 135
BOOK REVIEW 133
VOL. 17 INDEX i-iv
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
»
ARIS.